ANDERSEN GROUP INC
10-K, 1998-05-29
ELECTRIC LIGHTING & WIRING EQUIPMENT
Previous: FEDERATED AMERICAN LEADERS FUND INC, NSAR-B, 1998-05-29
Next: APACHE CORP, S-8, 1998-05-29




                UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           Washington, D.C. 20549
                                    FORM 10-K
    (Mark One)
     [ X ] ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES
           EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

         For the fiscal year ended February 28, 1998             or

     [ ]  TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES
          EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

      For the transition period from __________ to __________

                          Commission File Number: 0-1460

                              ANDERSEN GROUP, INC.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

                Connecticut                                     06-0659863
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation    (I.R.S. Employer Identification
     or organization)                                       No.)
                                                    

      515 Madison Avenue, New York, New York                   10022
     (Address of principal executive offices)               (Zip Code)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (212) 826-8942

        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: NONE

           Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                                                          Name of each exchange
     Title of each class                                   on which registered
     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Common Stock, No Par Value                            The NASDAQ Stock Market
10 1/2% Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due 2007

                           
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months,  and (2) has been subject to such filing  requirements
for the past 90 days.
                                            Yes   X                        No

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best  of  the  Registrant's   knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements.  Incorporated  by  reference  in Part III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K.

     The  aggregate  market  value of the Common  Stock,  no par value,  held by
non-affiliates  of the Registrant based upon the average bid and asked prices on
May 8,  1998,  as  reported  on  the  NASDAQ  Stock  Market,  was  approximately
$8,646,000. Shares of Common Stock held by each officer and director and by each
person who owns 5% or more of the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in
that  such  persons  may be  deemed  to be  affiliates.  This  determination  of
affiliate  status  is not  necessarily  a  conclusive  determination  for  other
purposes.

     As of May 8, 1998, there were 1,930,478 shares of Common Stock, no par
value, outstanding.
                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
                        Portions of the definitive Proxy
                          Statement dated May 19, 1998,
             filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A,
                        are incorporated into Part III.

                    The exhibit index is located on page E-1




<PAGE>


                                     PART I

ITEM 1.     BUSINESS.

     General.  Andersen Group, Inc.,  referred to herein as the "Company" or the
"Registrant",  was  incorporated  under the laws of the State of  Connecticut in
1951.

The Company has  historically  made  investments  in companies  that operated in
several  highly  diverse  segments,  and  which  required  extensive  management
participation in operation and restructure.  These segments have included dental
distribution and manufacture,  electronics  manufacturing and supply businesses,
ultrasonic cleaning equipment,  communications electronics, medical products and
services and video products.  More recently,  however, the Company has increased
its level of investments that do not require extensive management participation.
These passive investments  include  investments in certain U.S.-based  financial
institutions  and in the securities of Russian and Eastern  European  companies.
The Company intends to continue to make minority, non-controlling investments in
the future.

Since  1991,   however,   the  Registrant's   primary   investment,   comprising
approximately  33% of the Company's total assets,  has been The J.M. Ney Company
(JM Ney) which  historically  operated in two  industry  segments:  Electronics,
consisting of JM Ney's  electronics and ultrasonics  divisions,  and Dental.  In
November  1995,  JM Ney sold the assets and  certain  liabilities  of the Dental
segment.  In 1997, Ney Ultrasonics  Inc., a subsidiary of JM Ney, was classified
as a separate industry segment  (Ultrasonic  Cleaning  Equipment) and, effective
February 28, 1998,  substantially all of the assets of the Ultrasonics  Cleaning
Equipment segment were sold.

     In  December  1997,  JM  Ney  borrowed  $7.5  million  on a  10.26%  bullet
subordinated  note,  due 2004 with  warrants,  entitling  the lender to purchase
40,000 shares of JM Ney capital  stock at a fixed price,  in order to have funds
available for a strategic  acquisition designed to grow JM Ney's business. If JM
Ney makes an acquisition,  the Company's  ownership of JM Ney may become diluted
through the issuance of JM Ney capital stock as part of the consideration  paid.
While criteria for a strategic  acquisition have been identified,  no agreements
have been reached concerning any possible targets. In addition to the investment
in JM Ney,  since April 1993,  the  Registrant has held an investment in Digital
GraphiX,  Incorporated  (DGI), a video graphics company.  DGI sold substantially
all of its assets in April 1997 and has  substantially  completed the winding up
of its affairs (see "Other Investments").

     Effective  June  1,  1997,  as part of a  strategic  reorganization  of the
Company,  Oliver R. Grace, Jr., the Company's former Chairman,  became President
and Chief Executive Officer,  and Francis E. Baker, the Company's  President and
Chief Executive  Officer from 1959 to 1997,  became  Chairman and Secretary.  In
addition,  in May 1998 the Company's  principal executive offices were relocated
to New York, New York.

Industry  Segment  Information.

     Financial   information   regarding  the  Company's  industry  segments  is
contained in Note 18 to the Registrant's  Consolidated  Financial Statements for
the fiscal year ended February 28, 1998 contained in Item 8 herein.

Narrative  Description  of Business.

     During  the  fiscal  year  ended   February  28,  1998,  the  Company  held
investments in companies that operated in two business segments, Electronics and
Ultrasonic Cleaning Equipment. As noted below, the Ultrasonic Cleaning Equipment
segment  was  sold  effective  February  28,  1998  and has  been  treated  as a
discontinued operation in the Company's  Consolidated  Financial Statements.  In
addition,  the Company  held  interests  in a company with plans to develop data
transmission  networks throughout the Commonwealth of Independent States, and in
a Russian  titanium  producing  company.  The Company  also holds a portfolio of
marketable  securities  comprised  primarily  of the  common  stock  of  certain
financial  institutions  and of companies based in, or mutual funds which invest
in, companies based in Russia or other Eastern European countries.

Electronics Segment

The  Electronics  segment,  which  consists  of  the operations of  JM Ney, is a
full-service,   precious  metal  and  parts  supplier  to  automotive,  medical,
industrial  electronics,  military and  semi-conductor  manufacturers.  JM Ney's
fully integrated  approach includes  fabrication and manufacture of its precious
metal alloys,  as well as design,  engineering and  metallurgical  support.  The
fabrication  capabilities include stamping, wire drawing,  rolling from ingot to
foil, precision turning, injection and insert molding, and refining.

JM Ney specializes in the engineering and  manufacturing of precious metal alloy
contacts and contact assemblies aimed at low amperage  applications.  Electrical
contacts  made of precious  metals,  including  gold,  platinum,  palladium  and
silver,  are  considered  extremely  dependable  as the  materials are inert and
highly  resistant to corrosion  and wear.  In  developing a finished  contact or
assembly, JM Ney's technical staff works closely with customers, typically on an
engineer-to-engineer  level,  in order to design a product that meets all of the
metallurgical, electronic, dynamic and other performance specifications required
for the customer's  applications.  JM Ney designs and builds the necessary molds
and tools as well as designs and  manufactures  the end product.  By controlling
the total  process JM Ney  believes it has a  competitive  advantage  over other
companies in  technology,  cost and response  time. JM Ney has attained ISO 9001
certification  and QS9000  certification  for the manufacture of its products as
well as  approval  by the  Japanese  Industrial  Standards  (JIS) and the United
States Food and Drug Administration.

In connection  with  the  sale of the  assets and liabilities of  the  Company's
Dental segment in November,  1995, JM Ney (and the Company,  solely for purposes
of a non-competition covenant) entered into a three year manufacturing agreement
to alloy and fabricate precious metals for Ney Dental International, Inc. (NDI),
the purchaser of JM Ney's dental business. As part of this agreement, JM Ney and
the Company  agreed,  for a ten-year  period,  not to sell alloys,  equipment or
merchandise  into  the  dental  market  that  NDI  serves.  JM Ney is,  however,
permitted to continue  producing,  selling and marketing  precious metal copings
and other  machined and molded parts and material for use in the dental  implant
industry.

     JM Ney's  business  has  limited  direct  competition  with  regard  to the
manufacture of low amperage  precious metal contacts and contact  assemblies due
to the inherent  risks,  which  accompany the  engineering  and  manufacture  of
precious metals (i.e., high start-up and inventory costs,  theft,  etc.).  While
some  competitors  offer  similar  products,  the  Company  believes  that these
operations  lack the vertical  integration to compete across the entire spectrum
of products.  JM Ney faces indirect competition from companies such as Engelhard
Corporation  and  Johnson  Matthey,   Inc.,  which  have  significantly  greater
resources  and which are involved in higher  volume  production of more standard
precious metal alloys.

JM Ney sells to more than 800  customers,  with  approximately  85% of its sales
being  made  to  customers  in the  United  States.  JM  Ney's  sales  are  made
domestically through both field sales and manufacturers' representatives located
in key geographic markets. Internationally,  JM Ney sells through manufacturers'
representatives, independent distributors and original equipment manufacturers.

Two customers in the Electronics segment (Implant Innovations, Inc., a purchaser
of precision  machined  precious metal  components and precious metal materials,
and First Inertia, Inc., a purchaser of electronic components for the automotive
market) each accounted for more than 10% of the Registrant's  consolidated sales
in fiscal 1998.

Ultrasonic Cleaning Equipment Segment

     Effective  February  28,  1998,  the  Company  sold the net  assets  of Ney
Ultrasonics Inc. (Ney Ultrasonics) which until that date comprised the Company's
Ultrasonic Cleaning Equipment segment for approximately $3.5 million in cash. In
addition to  consideration  received at closing,  and anticipated to be received
upon the agreement of closing date financial information, the Company expects to
receive  consideration during the next several years based on growth of sales of
certain products by the purchasers of Ney Ultrasonics net assets.  See Note 5 to
the Company's  Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended February 28,
1998 contained in Item 8 herein.

Other Investments

Trading Portfolio

At February 28, 1998, the Company had a portfolio of short-term investments with
a reported  value of  $9,001,000.  The  reported  amount is  reflected  net of a
$617,000  valuation  reserve to provide for  volatility  and liquidity  concerns
relating  to  marketable  investments  in  Russia  and  other  eastern  European
countries.  The larger components of these  investments  include $5.6 million of
common  stocks of savings  banks and $2.4  million of the CA IB Emerging  Russia
Fund. In addition,  these investments include investment in Ukrainian and Polish
companies,  common stock of Centennial  Cellular,  Inc. and municipal bonds. See
Note 3 to the Company's  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for the year ended
February 28, 1998 contained in Item 8 herein.

Digital GraphiX

During fiscal 1998 the Company  received  payments of its  investments in notes,
preferred  stock and common  stock of DGI,  pursuant to DGI's  liquidation  as a
result of the sale of  substantially  all of its net assets in April  1997.  For
further  information  on the  Registrant's  investment in DGI, see Note 7 to the
Company's  Consolidated  Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended February
28,  1998  contained  in Item 8 herein,  and Certain  Relationships  and Related
Transactions in Item 13.

Institute for Automated Systems

The  Company  also  holds an  investment  in Treglos  Investments,  LTD, a joint
venture that is investing in the  Institute  for  Automated  Systems,  a Russian
telecommunications  company that has  agreements to develop a data  transmission
network  throughout the  Commonwealth of Independent  States.  The joint venture
owns  approximately 6% of the Institute for Automated  Systems.  Among the joint
venture partners are the Company's Chairman and another Director.  See Note 7 to
the  Company's  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for the  fiscal  year ended
February 28, 1998  contained  in Item 8 herein,  and Certain  Relationships  and
Related Transactions in Item 13.



<PAGE>


AVISMA

The Company also owns 9,734 shares of AVISMA, a Russian based titanium producer.
These  shares  were  purchased  during  fiscal  1998  for an  aggregate  cost of
approximately $1,225,000. They are being valued for financial reporting purposes
net of a valuation  reserve of  $245,000.  AVISMA  will be merged into VSMPO,  a
Russian titanium processing  company,  under the terms of a transaction in which
VSMPO will be the surviving entity.  There is currently a limited trading market
for AVISMA. The Company anticipates improved liquidity following the merger with
VSMPO.  See Note 7 to the Company's  Consolidated  Financial  Statements for the
fiscal year ended  February  28, 1998  contained  in Item 8 herein,  and Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions in Item 13.

Research and Development

During fiscal years 1998, 1997, and 1996, research and development  expenditures
from continuing  operations  totaled  approximately  $1,444,000,  $1,228,000 and
$1,374,000, respectively.

Sources and Availability of Raw Materials and  Components

JM  Ney  purchases  its  raw  materials,  including  precious  metals,  and  the
components  used in the  manufacture  of its products  from a number of domestic
suppliers, and generally is not dependent upon any single supplier.  Although JM
Ney utilizes Russian  palladium in the manufacture of many of its products,  and
despite recent  publicized  events  regarding  lack of palladium  shipments from
Russia to the world market,  the Company believes that its sources of supply are
adequate for its continuing needs.

Compliance with Environmental Protection Laws

Management  of  the  Company   believes  that  the  Company  and  its  operating
subsidiaries are in material compliance with applicable federal, state and local
environmental regulations. Compliance with these regulations has not in the past
had any material  effect on the  Company's  capital  expenditures,  consolidated
statements  of  operations  or  competitive  position,   nor  does  the  Company
anticipate that compliance with existing  regulations  will have any such effect
in the near future.

Employees

As of April 30, 1998, the Company, including all subsidiaries, had 191 full-time
employees and one part-time employee. None of these employees are represented by
a labor  union,  and the  Company  is not  aware of any  organizing  activities.
Neither the Company nor any of its  subsidiaries has experienced any significant
work  stoppage due to any labor  problems.  The Company  considers  its employee
relations to be satisfactory.

Forward Looking Statements

This report contains forward-looking  statements,  which are subject to a number
of risks, and  uncertainties  that may cause actual results to differ materially
from expectations.


<PAGE>


Executive Officers of the Company

The Executive Officers of the Company and certain  significant  employees of its
subsidiaries are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------- -------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
                                                                                                         Officer
             Name                 Age                             Position                                Since
- ------------------------------- -------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
<S>                               <C>    <C>                                                               <C> 
Francis E. Baker                  68     Chairman and Secretary                                            1959
Oliver R. Grace, Jr.              44     President and Chief Executive Officer                             1997
Bernard F. Travers, III           40     Assistant Secretary                                               1993
Ronald N. Cerny                   46     President, The J.M. Ney Company                                   1993
Andrew M. O'Shea                  39     Treasurer of the Company; Chief Financial Officer and
                                         Secretary, The J.M. Ney Company                                   1995
Eugene Phaneuf                    51     Vice President - Operations,
                                              The J.M. Ney Company                                         1996
- ------------------------------- -------- ----------------------------------------------------------- -----------------
</TABLE>

Except as set forth below, all of the officers and significant  employees of its
subsidiaries  have been associated  with the Company in their present  positions
for more than the past five years.

     Mr. Grace,  Jr. has been a Director of the Company since 1986 and President
and Chief Executive  Officer since June 1, 1997. Mr. Grace,  Jr. was Chairman of
the Company from March 1990 to May 1997. Mr. Grace,  Jr. has also been President
of AG Investors, Inc., one of the Company's subsidiaries, since 1992. Mr. Grace,
Jr. is a General  Partner of The Anglo  American  Security  Fund L.P. Mr. Grace,
Jr., the Company's  Chairman,  is the brother of John S. Grace,  a member of the
Company's Board of Directors.

     Mr.  Baker became  Chairman on June 1, 1997.  He has been a Director of the
Company since 1959 and was President and Chief Executive Officer from 1959 until
June 1, 1997. Mr. Baker is also the Secretary of the Company,  a position he has
held since May 1997.

     Mr.  Travers,  III joined the Company in 1983. He was promoted to Assistant
Secretary in June 1993.  From 1990 through the present he has also served as the
Company's  Director  of Law and  Taxation.  Mr.  Travers  is an  attorney  and a
Certified Public Accountant.

Mr. Cerny has served as President of JM Ney since November 1995. From April 1993
to November  1995,  Mr.  Cerny was the General  Manager of JM Ney's  Electronics
Division.  From 1988 until  joining JM Ney,  Mr.  Cerny  served as  Director  of
Operations  (1990-1993) and Director of Sales & Marketing (1988 to 1990) for the
Materials  Technology  Division  of Johnson  Matthey,  Inc.,  a precious  metals
fabricator.

     Mr.  O'Shea  became  Treasurer  of the Company in June 1997.  He joined the
Company in December 1995 as Treasurer and Chief Financial  Officer of JM Ney. In
November 1997 he was also appointed JM Ney's Secretary.  From 1994 until joining
the Company, Mr. O'Shea was Vice-President of Finance and Administration for the
WorldCrisa  Corporation.  From 1990 to 1994, Mr. O'Shea worked for Buxton Co. in
various  financial  management  capacities,   including  Senior  Vice-President,
Finance and Administration. Mr. O'Shea is a Certified Public Accountant.

     Mr.   Phaneuf   joined   JM  Ney  in  1990.   He  was   promoted   to  Vice
President-Operations  of JM Ney in March 1996. From April 1994 to February 1996,
Mr.  Phaneuf was JM Ney's  Director of  Operations.  He was also Acting  General
Manager of Ney Ultrasonics  from April 1995 through  December 1996. From 1990 to
1994, Mr. Phaneuf was JM Ney's Manager of Engineering and Manufacturing.

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES.

The Company's  principal  executive offices were relocated to New York, New York
in May 1998. The Company  subleases  office space from an entity owned by Oliver
R. Grace,  Jr. the Company's  President and Chief  Executive  Officer,  at lease
rates that approximate market.

The Company's  subsidiary,  Andersen  Realty,  Inc.,  owns a 108,000 square foot
building  located in  Bloomfield,  Connecticut.  Portions of this  facility  are
leased to the  present  owners of its  former  Dental  and  Ultrasonic  Cleaning
Equipment segments, as well as to third parties.

JM Ney owns a 100,000 square foot facility within a 16.5 acre industrial park in
Bloomfield,  Connecticut.  This site contains JM Ney's principal  operations and
general  administrative  offices.  The  Registrant  believes that its plants and
properties, and the production capacities thereof, are suitable and adequate for
its business needs of the present and immediately foreseeable future.


ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

     Morton  International,  Inc. v. A.E.  Staley Mfg.  Co. et al. and  Velsicol
Chemical Corp. v. A.E. Staley Mfg. Co. et al.

As previously  reported in the Company's  Form 10-K for the year ended  February
28, 1997, in July 1996,  two companion  lawsuits were filed in the United States
District  Court for the District of New Jersey,  by various owners and operators
of  the  Ventron-Velsicol  Superfund  Site  (Site).  The  lawsuits,  which  were
subsequently  consolidated,  were filed  under the  Comprehensive  Environmental
Resource Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA),  the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act, the New Jersey Spill Act and New Jersey common law,  alleging that
the defendants (over 100 companies, including JM Ney) were generators of certain
wastes  allegedly  processed at the site.  The lawsuits  seek  recovery of costs
incurred and a declaration  of future  liability for costs to be incurred by the
owners and operators in studying and remediating the Site.

Based on preliminary  disclosure of  information  relating to the claims made by
plaintiffs and  defendants,  JM Ney, which produced and refined  precious metals
used  in  dental  amalgams,  is one of the  smaller  parties  to  have  had  any
transactions  with one of the  plaintiff's  predecessors  in interest.  However,
under both CERCLA and the New Jersey Spill Act, a party is jointly and severally
liable,  unless  there  is a basis  for  divisibility.  At this  time,  there is
insufficient  information  to determine the  appropriate  allocation of costs as
between or among the defendant  group, if liability to the generator  defendants
is ultimately proven.  Moreover,  because of the incomplete status of discovery,
the Company is unable to predict the probable  outcome of the  lawsuit,  whether
favorable or unfavorable,  and has no basis to ascertain a range of loss, should
any  occur,   with  respect  to  an  outcome  that  might  be  characterized  as
unfavorable.

The Company continues to investigate whether any liability,  which may accrue at
some  future  date,  may be  subject to  reimbursement  in whole or in part from
insurance  proceeds.  The Company  intends to continue to vigorously  defend the
lawsuit.

     James S.  Cathers and Sylvia Jean  Cathers,  his wife v. Kerr  Corporation,
Whip-Mix Corporation, The J.M. Ney Company and Dentsply Corporation, Inc.

As previously  reported in the Company's  Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended August
31,  1997,  in August  1997,  JM Ney was  included as a defendant in an asbestos
related civil action for negligence and product  liability filed in the Court of
Common Pleas of Allegheny  County,  Pennsylvania,  in which the Plaintiffs claim
damages in excess of $30,000 (the  jurisdictional  limit) from being  exposed to
asbestos and asbestos products alleged to have been manufactured and supplied by
the  defendants,  including  Ney's  former  Dental  Division,  while  one of the
Plaintiffs  worked in a dental lab from 1960 to 1986 at an unspecified  location
in  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania.  The  Plaintiffs  allege  that this  exposure  to
asbestos  and  asbestos  products  caused  the  wrongful  death  of  one  of the
Plaintiffs  from cancer  (mesothelioma).  The  Plaintiffs  have not provided any
specific  allegations of facts as to which  defendants may have  manufactured or
supplied  asbestos  and asbestos  products  which are alleged to have caused the
injury.

         The Company  has  determined  that it has  insurance  that  potentially
covers  this  claim  and has  called  upon the  insurance  carriers  to  provide
reimbursement of defense costs and liability, should any arise. As of this date,
the Company has no basis to conclude that the  litigation may be material to the
Company's  financial  condition or business.  The Company  intends to vigorously
defend the lawsuit.

     Anthony  Nicholas  Georgiou,  et al. v.  Mobil  Exploration  and  Producing
Services, Inc., Metromedia International Telecommunications, Inc., et al.

On January 14, 1998, Anthony Nicholas Georgiou,  et al. v. Mobil Exploration and
Producing Services, Inc., Metromedia International Telecommunications,  Inc., et
al., was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern  District of
Texas. Plaintiffs claim that the defendants, including the Registrant and Oliver
R. Grace, Jr. the Registrant's President and Chief Executive Officer, interfered
with plaintiffs' business relationships with several companies involving certain
oil  exploration  and  production  contracts  in Siberia and  telecommunications
contracts in the Russian  Federation.  The specific counts are civil conspiracy,
tortious  interference with contractual  relationships and tortious interference
with  prospective  contractual  relationships.  Plaintiffs  have alleged  actual
damages in excess of  $500,000,000  and have  sought  punitive  damages of three
times alleged actual  damages.  The Company filed its answer denying each of the
substantive  allegations of wrongdoing contained in the complaint.  In addition,
the  Company  has moved to  dismiss  this case in Texas  against  it for lack of
personal jurisdiction.

The Company  believes that this action  against it will be dismissed for lack of
personal  jurisdiction.  If the action were not dismissed,  the Company believes
that it has  meritorious  defenses and will  continue to  vigorously  defend the
action. The Company is investigating whether any liability,  which may accrue at
some  future  date,  may be  subject to  reimbursement  in whole or in part from
insurance  proceeds.  As of this date,  the Company has no basis to conclude the
litigation may be material to the Company's financial condition or business.



<PAGE>


ITEM 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

On February 25, 1998, the Company held a special meeting of its  stockholders to
amend  and  restate  the   Company's   Amended  and  Restated   Certificate   of
Incorporation to eliminate  certain  restrictions on the payment of dividends on
the  Company's  Common Stock and the Company's  Series A Cumulative  Convertible
Preferred  Stock,  change the dividend  payment rate on the Preferred  Stock and
eliminate the requirement that the Company redeem the Preferred Stock.

The number of votes  cast for,  against  or  withheld,  as well as the number of
abstentions and broker non-votes of each class of capital stock entitled to vote
is set forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Class of Stock                  For             Against                 Withheld                   Abstentions
<S>                          <C>                 <C>                     <C>                         <C>   
Common                       1,140,084           37,782                  744,234                     13,378
Preferred                      236,258            5,832                    5,614                      8,744
</TABLE>

     Based upon these results, the changes to the Company's Amended and Restated
Certificate  of  Incorporation  was amended to reflect  the changes  referred to
above.

                                     PART II


ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The  Registrant's  Common  Stock is traded on The NASDAQ  Stock Market under the
symbol (ANDR) with quotes supplied by the National Market System of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (NASDAQ).

The  approximate  number of record and  beneficial  holders of the  Registrant's
Common Stock on May 8, 1998 was 625 and 1,100, respectively. The Company's high,
low and closing  sales  prices for the common  equity,  for each full  quarterly
period within the two most recent fiscal years,  are included  below.  The stock
prices shown, which were obtained from NASDAQ,  represent prices between dealers
and do not  include  retail  markups,  markdowns  or  commissions  and  may  not
necessarily represent actual transactions.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- --------------------------------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ----------------------
        Year ended February 28, 1998                   High                   Low                    Close
- --------------------------------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ----------------------
    <S>                                              <C>                      <C>                    <C> 
    First Quarter                                     5 1/2                   4 1/2                  5 1/8
    Second Quarter                                    6 3/4                   5                      6 1/2
    Third Quarter                                    10 1/4                   6 1/4                  7 5/8
    Fourth Quarter                                    7 1/2                   4 7/8                  5 7/8
- --------------------------------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ----------------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- --------------------------------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ----------------------
        Year ended February 28, 1997                   High                   Low                    Close
- --------------------------------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ----------------------
    <S>                                               <C>                     <C>                    <C>
    First Quarter                                     6 1/2                   3 3/4                  6
    Second Quarter                                    7                       5 1/4                  6 1/2
    Third Quarter                                     7                       3 1/4                  5 1/4
    Fourth Quarter                                    6 1/2                   5                      5 1/2
- --------------------------------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------ ----------------------
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.


The  following  table  summarizes  certain  financial  data with  respect to the
Company  and  is  qualified  in  its  entirety  by  the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements of the Company for the fiscal year ended  February 28, 1998 contained
in Item 8 herein, (amounts in thousands, except per share data).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ------------------------------------ ---------------- ----------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------
Years ended February                      1998              1997             1996            1995            1994
- ------------------------------------ ---------------- ----------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------
<S>                                      <C>               <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>    

Revenues (1)                             $28,868           $20,501         $19,437         $24,520          $17,024
- ------------------------------------ ---------------- ----------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------
Income (loss) from continuing
operations                                 1,770               334          (1,921)           (397)            (923)
- ------------------------------------ ---------------- ----------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------
Net income (loss)                          2,212               299           1,933            (388)            (868)
- ------------------------------------ ---------------- ----------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------
Income (loss) applicable to
common shares                              1,772                22           2,389            (975)          (1,468)
- ------------------------------------ ---------------- ----------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------
Income (loss) from continuing
operations per common share,
diluted                                      .68               .03            (.76)           (.90)           (1.22)
- ------------------------------------ ---------------- ----------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------
Income (loss) per common
share, diluted                               .91               .01            1.23            (.50)           (0.80)
- ------------------------------------ ---------------- ----------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------
Depreciation, amortization
and accretion                              1,480             1,419           1,887           2,329            3,368
- ------------------------------------ ---------------- ----------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------
Total assets                              44,771            37,677          38,798          43,679           48,590
- ------------------------------------ ---------------- ----------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------
Total debt                                14,537            10,119           8,485          12,328           16,371
- ------------------------------------ ---------------- ----------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------
Redeemable preferred stock                  -                4,891           5,280          10,593           10,494
- ------------------------------------ ---------------- ----------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------
- ------------------------------------ ---------------- ----------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------
Common and other stockholders' 
equity (2)                                20,196            13,647          13,625           9,913           10,837
- ------------------------------------ ---------------- ----------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------
Book value per common share                 7.97              7.05            7.04            5.13             5.62
- ------------------------------------ ---------------- ----------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------
</TABLE>

(1) The results of Digital  GraphiX are included in 1994, 1995 and two months of
1996.  Net sales and  revenues,  and income (loss) from  continuing  operations,
exclude the results of operations of the Company's Ultrasonic Cleaning Equipment
and Dental  segments as a result of their sales in  February  1998 and  November
1995, respectively.

(2) 1998  amount  includes  preferred  stock as a  result of the elimination of
its mandatory redemption provisions.
<PAGE>


ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
          RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

                             RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

1998 vs. 1997

REVENUES
- --------
Total revenues from  continuing  operations of  $28,868,000  for the fiscal year
ended February 28, 1998 (FY98) were 40.8% more than the  $20,501,000 of revenues
recorded for the year ended February 28, 1997 (FY97).  This increase  represents
the  combination of a 23.0% increase in sales  generated by The J.M. Ney Company
(JM Ney),  and an increase of $3,613,000 of investment and other income over the
net losses of $142,000 recorded in FY97.

JM Ney's increase in sales to $25,397,000  reflects  growth in sales of contacts
for sensors used in the  automotive  industry,  and increased  sales of precious
metal  materials,  particularly  materials for use in the  manufacture of dental
implant  components.  Such sales  growth  during FY98 is  reflected  net of a 2%
decline in sales to the Company's former Dental segment.

     Investment and other income totaled  $3,471,000 for FY98,  versus a loss of
$142,000 in FY97, as follows (000s omitted):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                           FY98          FY97
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>   
Net gains from domestic investment portfolio                              $1,759        $1,032
Net gains from Russian and Eastern European  portfolio                       665            -
Interest and dividends                                                       228           366
Rental income                                                                376           342
Gain from Digital GraphiX                                                    196            -
Loss from investments in Phoenix Shannon                                       -        (2,175)
Other, net                                                                   247           293
                                                                         -------       -------
                                                                          $3,471         ($142)
</TABLE>

Gains  from the  Company's  domestic  investment  portfolio  increased  due to a
rebound in the market value of the Company's  investment in Centennial Cellular,
which had  experienced  a decline in value in FY97,  and to continued  growth in
value from the  Company's  portfolio of financial  institutions.  All gains from
this  portion of the  investment  portfolio in each of the two most recent years
represented   increases  in  net  unrealized   appreciation  of  the  underlying
investments.   Also,  during  FY98,  the  Company  significantly   expanded  its
investment  activities  in Russia  and  Eastern  Europe.  This  resulted  in the
recording  of net realized and  unrealized  gains of $665,000,  net of valuation
allowances  of $617,000  established  for the  foreign  trading  portfolio,  and
$245,000  established  for a Russian  security held for longer term  investment.
Such reserves were  established  to address  volatility  and liquidity  concerns
within these markets.

During FY98, Digital GraphiX, Incorporated, an investment whose results had been
consolidated  with those of the Company  through April 1995, sold its net assets
and used the  proceeds to repay notes,  redeem its  preferred  stock,  and issue
liquidating  dividends on its common stock.  As a result,  the Company  received
$196,000 in excess of the net carrying value of its investment.

During FY97,  the Company wrote off $2,175,000 in the value of its investment in
the common stock of, and a note receivable from,  Phoenix Shannon,  p.l.c. which
had been received as part of the consideration for the sale of the net assets of
the Company's former Dental segment in FY96.

COST OF SALES
- -------------
Cost of sales totaled $17,040,000, or 67.1% of net sales in FY98, versus cost of
sales of  $13,259,000,  or 64.2% of net sales in FY97.  The decline in the gross
margins from 35.8% to 32.9% was caused  primarily by  significant  increases and
volatility  in the price of palladium  which is used in the majority of JM Ney's
products,  and by increases in materials sales as a percentage of overall sales.
However,  gross margins of $8,357,000 in FY98  represented a 13.2% increase over
FY97 levels.

During most of FY97, the price of palladium  remained  relatively stable between
$141 per troy ounce and $115 per troy ounce, with an increase at fiscal year end
to above  $155 per  ounce.  Such a market  condition  enabled  JM Ney to  easily
replace the metal it had sold with metal of  approximately  equal value for LIFO
accounting  purposes.  However,  during FY98, the price of palladium  fluctuated
widely.  Prices  ranged  from a low of $142 per troy ounce to a high of $240 per
ounce.  During much of this period,  the market viewed these price  increases as
temporary,  as  reflected  in the lower  cost for  palladium  in future  months.
Accordingly, for certain segments of its business, this price increase could not
be  immediately  passed on to JM Ney's  customers.  Although  JM Ney had certain
hedging  programs in place,  such  strategies  did not cover all sales  programs
involving significant quantities of palladium.

During the first quarter of FY99, the price of palladium has increased  further.
JM Ney has utilized expanded metals hedging,  financing and purchasing  programs
to reduce the adverse  exposure that this development may have on its results of
operations.

In addition,  the Company's FY98 gross margin  benefited from lower gold prices,
which served to slightly offset the impact of the effects of the palladium price
increases and volatility.

Also,  during  FY98,  sales of precious  metal  materials,  in the form of wire,
strip, and rod represented  approximately  31.8% of sales, versus material sales
of 24.4% in FY97.  Material products generally have lower average gross margins,
due to the commodity nature of the product,  versus highly  engineered parts and
components,  which involve an increased  amount of value-added  processing,  and
higher gross margins.  Such sales mix  contributed  further to the lower average
gross margins during FY98.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
- --------------------------------------------
Selling,  general and administrative expenses from continuing operations totaled
$6,260,000,  or 8.5%  more  than  the  costs  incurred  during  FY97.  Costs  of
approximately   $128,000   incurred  in  the  process  of   upgrading  JM  Ney's
manufacturing  system to be Year 2000  compliant,  an  increase  of  $167,000 of
recruiting  costs,  including  personnel fees and  advertising,  and legal costs
incurred in connection with the exchange of the Company's 10 1/2% Debentures and
change of the terms of its  Preferred  Stock all  contributed  to the  growth in
these expenses.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES
- ---------------------------------
Research and development expenses increased from $1,228,000, or 5.9% of sales in
FY97 to $1,444,000,  or 5.7% of sales in FY98.  While  increased  material sales
served to lower the relative comparison, the absolute increase of 17.6% reflects
the cost of efforts to develop new proprietary alloys that have similar physical
attributes to existing alloys with lower palladium content to reduce exposure to
market fluctuations,  and to work on new manufacturing processes which enable JM
Ney to offer product alternatives.

INTEREST EXPENSE
- ----------------
Interest  expense  increased  from  $790,000  in FY97  to  $1,163,000  in  FY98.
Increased borrowings under JM Ney's revolving line of credit to support both its
working capital  requirements  and those of Ney  Ultrasonics  served to increase
interest.  In addition,  significant increases in the leasing rates of palladium
and platinum also served to increase  financing  costs under its line of credit.
JM Ney was not exposed to these volatile  interest rates to the extent that many
other companies using palladium were, thus this impact was contained.

Also, during the year, JM Ney closed on a $7.5 million  seven-year  subordinated
note that bears interest at the annual rate of 10.26%. Interest and amortization
of deferred financing costs for two months added to the interest expense total.

INCOME TAXES
- ------------
Income tax expense  from  continuing  operations  totaled  $1,191,000  for FY98,
versus a tax  benefit  from  continuing  operations  of $882,000  for FY97.  The
current year expense  included a net increase of $1,016,000  in deferred  income
taxes  payable.  The effective  tax rate for FY97 was favorably  impacted by the
settlement of audits of prior state income tax returns.

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
- -----------------------
Effective  February 28, 1998, the Company sold the net assets of Ney Ultrasonics
for approximately $3.5 million and additional contingent  consideration.  Net of
expenses incurred in the transaction,  the Company recognized a gain of $97,000,
net of tax. For the year then ended,  Ney  Ultrasonics  generated  approximately
$345,000  of net income on sales of  $5,713,000.  During  FY98 these  operations
generated  an increase  in sales of 47.5% over FY97,  which  produced  the first
operating profit in its history.  The Company is optimistic that continuation of
the market  penetration of the  ultrasonic  cleaning  technology  will result in
increased future profits in the form of contingent consideration from the sale.

PREFERRED DIVIDENDS
- -------------------
Preferred  dividends,  including the  amortization  of issuance  costs,  totaled
$477,000  during FY98,  which is a 16.1% increase over the dividends of $411,000
accrued  for  FY97.  The  dividends  per  preferred   share,   which  include  a
participating  dividend  based  on the  operating  income  of JM Ney,  including
earnings  relating to Ney Ultrasonics  and the former Dental segment,  increased
from  approximately  $1.24  per  share in FY97 to  approximately  $1.69 in FY98.
However,  due to purchases of shares of preferred  stock during both years,  the
aggregate  preferred  dividends  increased  by  a  lower  amount.  Reversals  of
previously  accrued but unpaid  dividends  added  $37,000 and $134,000 to income
applicable to common shareholders in FY98 and FY97, respectively.

As a result  of the  shareholder  approval  of the  change  in the  terms of the
Preferred Stock,  dividends that had been accrued from May 1993 through November
1997 were paid in February 1998.

NET INCOME
- ----------
As a result of the income of $1,770,000  generated from  continuing  operations,
income of $345,000 from discontinued operations,  and the gain of $97,000 on the
sale of Ney  Ultrasonics,  total net income for FY98 was $2,212,000,  versus net
income of $299,000 in FY97. After net preferred dividends,  income applicable to
common  shareholders  for FY98 was  $1,772,000,  or $.92 per share  basic,  $.91
diluted,  versus income applicable to common  shareholders of $22,000,  or $0.01
per basic and diluted share in FY97.

1997 VS. 1996

REVENUES
- --------
For the year ended February 28, 1997 (FY97), revenues from continuing operations
totaled  $20,501,000,  which were 5.5% more than revenues during the fiscal year
ended  February  29,  1996  (FY96).  This  increase  primarily  reflects a 24.8%
increase  in sales for The J.M.  Ney  Company (JM Ney),  losses  sustained  from
investments  in  Phoenix  Shannon,  p.l.c.,  and the  absence  of sales from the
Company's former Video Products segment.

Sales  from  JM  Ney  were  $20,643,000   during  FY97,  versus  FY96  sales  of
$16,544,000.  Sales  growth  was  generated  in  automotive,  medical  and other
industrial markets, which resulted from expansion of manufacturing  capabilities
and effective  marketing  efforts.  Additional  sales growth was generated  from
dental alloy fabrication services to the Company's former Dental segment,  which
during FY96 was included  for only three months after the sale of that  division
to  Phoenix  Shannon.  Sales  from  Digital  GraphiX,  Incorporated  (DGI),  the
Company's  formerly  consolidated  Video Products  segment,  totaled  $2,080,000
during the first two months of FY96.  Due to an offering of DGI's common  stock,
the Company's  ownership was diluted and DGI's results beyond that date were not
consolidated with those of the Company.  Accordingly,  during FY97, this segment
did not generate any reported sales for the Company.

Investment and other income produced a net loss of $142,000 during FY97,  versus
income of $813,000 in the prior fiscal year. A significant decline in the market
value of Phoenix  Shannon  common stock  resulted in the  complete  write-off of
$2,175,000  of the  Company's  investment  in Phoenix  Shannon,  including  a $1
million note  receivable.  During  FY96,  the Company  absorbed a $525,000  loss
relating to a decline in the market value of Phoenix Shannon's common stock.

Gains from common  stocks,  which  primarily  comprised  investments  in certain
financial institutions, produced net investment gains of $1,032,000 during FY97,
while these investment  activities yielded $585,000 of net gains during FY96. In
addition, rental income increased from $281,000 in FY96 to $342,000 in FY97, due
primarily to a full year of revenue from the former  Dental  segment,  which has
leased  space in the  Company's  100,000  square foot  office and  manufacturing
facility.  Interest income of $342,000 in FY97 was 27.1% lower than the $469,000
recorded in FY96,  due  primarily to reduced  interest  related to the Company's
note  receivable from DGI, which was partially  offset by increased  interest on
excess cash balances.  The DGI note was partially  converted to DGI's  preferred
stock  during  FY97,  and no  accruals  of dividend  income  were  recorded.  In
addition,  fee income of $200,000 in FY97 added to the total of  investment  and
other income.

COST OF SALES
- -------------
Cost of sales of  $13,259,000  in FY97  represented  64.2% of sales,  while such
costs  amounted to  $12,016,000,  or 64.5% of sales during FY96.  The  increased
gross  margins,  35.8% versus  35.5%,  represents  the net of a 1.5% increase in
margins  for JM Ney,  and the  absence  of higher  margin  sales  from the Video
Products segment, for which only modest sales were reported for FY96.

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
- --------------------------------------------
Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses of  $5,772,000  during FY97 were
24.9% lower than the $7,683,000 of such expenses reported for FY96. A write-down
in FY96 of $1 million of the  Company's  investment  in DGI,  and  approximately
$950,000 of legal and settlement costs relating to a suit filed against a former
subsidiary  of the  Company  accounted  for  most of the  higher  costs in FY96.
Selling,  general and administrative  expenses totaled 28.2% of revenues in FY97
versus 39.5% in FY96.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES
- ---------------------------------
Research  and  development   expenses  decreased  from  $1,374,000  in  FY96  to
$1,228,000  in FY97 due to the absence in FY97 of such  expenses  from DGI. Such
expenses,  excluding DGI, were $1,041,000, or 6.3% of sales in FY96, versus 5.9%
of sales for FY97. The relative  increase  reflects efforts at JM Ney to develop
new precious metal alloys, and product processes.

INTEREST EXPENSE
- ----------------
Interest  expense of  $790,000  during FY97  represents  a 36.1%  decrease  from
interest expense of $1,237,000 incurred during FY96.  Principal payments in both
years on  long-term  obligations,  including  prepayments  made  during  FY97 to
implement a Capital Stock Purchase Program, along with lower average outstanding
amounts  under  revolving  credit  agreements,  resulted  in the lower  interest
expense in FY97.

INCOME TAX BENEFIT
- ------------------
An income tax benefit of $882,000 relating to continuing operations was recorded
in FY97 due to the $548,000  pre-tax loss and to the  favorable  settlement of a
state income tax audit relating to prior years which was the primary factor that
enabled the Company to reverse approximately $546,000 of accrued income taxes. A
tax  benefit of  $952,000  relating  to  $2,873,000  of losses  from  continuing
operations was recorded in FY96.

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
- -----------------------
During FY97, Ney Ultrasonics'  operations produced a net loss of $35,000, versus
a net loss of $349,000 from this former  segment in FY96.  Market  acceptance of
newly-introduced ultrasonic cleaning technology improved its sales and operating
results. In addition,  during FY96, nine months of activities from the Company's
former Dental segment produced net income of $413,000, or $0.21 per share. A net
gain of  $3,790,000,  or $1.96 per share,  was recorded in FY96 from the sale of
the net assets of this segment to Phoenix Shannon.  This gain included  $519,000
of a curtailment gain relating to JM Ney's defined benefit pension plan. Part of
the  proceeds  received  from the sale of the Dental  segment  included  200,000
shares of Phoenix  Shannon's  stock,  which were valued at  $1,700,000  and a $1
million note  receivable.  As noted,  during FY96 and FY97,  the entire value of
this portion of the  consideration  was completely  written off. Phoenix Shannon
was  subsequently  placed into  bankruptcy and its assets,  including the former
Dental segment,  were sold.  However,  such proceeds were insufficient to enable
the Company to realize any value from either the note or the stock.

PREFERRED DIVIDENDS
- -------------------
The preferred dividend  requirement,  including the amortization of the issuance
discount,  totaled  $411,000  in FY97  versus  $559,000  in FY96.  The  decrease
reflects the combination of fewer  outstanding  preferred  shares in FY97 versus
FY96 due to share  purchases in the fourth  quarters of both FY96 and FY97,  and
increased per-share dividends. Due to increased consolidated operating income of
The J.M. Ney Company, including the results of Ney Ultrasonics,  and the gain on
the sale of the Dental segment, per-share dividends increased from $0.78 in FY96
to $1.24 in FY97.

NET INCOME
- ----------
For  FY97,  the  Company  reported  net  income  of  $299,000.  After  preferred
dividends,  and reversal of preferred dividends due to the repurchase of shares,
income  applicable to common  shareholders was $22,000 or $0.01 per share.  This
compares to net income of  $1,933,000,  including the gain on sale of the Dental
segment  and  the  results  of both  discontinued  operations.  After  preferred
dividends and the reversal of $1,015,000 of dividends from share purchases, FY96
income applicable to common shareholders was $2,389,000, or $1.23 per share.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
- -------------------------------

At  February  28,  1998,   consolidated  cash  and  short-term  investments  and
marketable securities totaled approximately  $11,517,000,  which was an increase
of $2,953,000  from the February 28, 1997 total of  $8,564,000.  At February 28,
1998, the marketable securities included approximately  $5,611,000 of the common
stock of  certain  financial  institutions,  $493,000  of  non-investment  grade
municipal bonds, and $430,000 of the common stock of Centennial Cellular,  which
had purchased certain cellular  partnership  interests from the Company in FY95.
This  portfolio  also  included  approximately   $2,467,000  reported  value  of
marketable  investments  in an emerging  Russian mutual fund, and a portfolio of
securities of companies located in the Ukraine and Poland. The reported value of
this  portfolio is reflected net of a valuation  reserve of $617,000,  which was
established  to address  liquidity and market  volatility  concerns  inherent in
those particular emerging markets.

During FY98,  the Company made  substantial  investments  in Russian and Eastern
European  markets,  including an investment with a recorded value of $980,000 in
AVISMA/VSMPO,  a Russian titanium producer whose stock does not currently have a
reported  market value due to the  relative  sparseness  in the stock's  trading
volume.  This  security  is  recorded  at its cost less a  valuation  reserve of
$245,000. Including this investment, the Company's investment of $835,000 in the
Institute for Automated Systems and the  above-reported  marketable  securities,
total  Russian  and  Eastern  European   investments  was  $4,282,000,   net  of
aforementioned  valuation reserves. This represents approximately 9.6% of assets
and 21.2% of total stockholders' equity.

During FY98, pursuant to shareholder approval,  the Company exchanged $4,311,000
of its 10 1/2%  Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures for an equal amount of new
notes which bear the same interest rate and conversion terms, but do not contain
restrictive  covenants  contained  in the original  issue.  The new notes have a
longer average maturity, with the final maturity date being in 2007. Pursuant to
this exchange,  the Company paid the remaining $456,000 of an Industrial Revenue
Bond and  $1,387,000  principal  value of the 10 1/2%  Debentures  that were not
tendered in the  exchange.  The exchange and  redemption  of the original  notes
resulted  in  the  elimination  of  a  restriction  concerning  the  payment  of
dividends. Accordingly, in February 1998, approximately $1,222,000 of previously
accrued but unpaid dividends on preferred stock were paid.

The Company also received the consent of its shareholders to change the terms of
its  Series  A  Cumulative  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  ("Preferred  Stock"),
including  elimination of the required  redemption terms and an amendment of the
dividend rate to a fixed annual amount of $1.50 per share, paid quarterly. Prior
to the change,  the Preferred Stock called for dividends based upon the earnings
of JM Ney  (including  the former  Dental and  Ultrasonics  Cleaning  segments).
Accordingly,  such dividends could range from a minimum of $0.75 per share, to a
maximum of $1.75 per share. For FY98, such dividends totaled $1.69 per preferred
share.

During FY98, JM Ney entered into a seven-year $7,500,000  subordinated note with
a  commercial  bank that bears  interest  at 10.26%  per annum.  JM Ney used the
proceeds to make distributions to the Company, pay down existing obligations and
fund  certain  capital  expenditures.  The  remaining  funds  and the  increased
availability  under  its  line of  credit  will be used for the  acquisition  of
another  business,  although no specific  transaction  has been  identified.  In
connection  with issuing this note,  JM Ney also granted the lender  warrants to
acquire  34,000  and 6,000  shares of its  common  stock at $1.00 and $10.00 per
share,  respectively.  Concurrent with this note agreement,  JM Ney also amended
the terms of its $6  million  revolving  credit  agreement  which  expanded  its
precious metals financing  options,  reduced JM Ney's interest rates for certain
borrowings  under  the  line,  and  amended  covenants  to  accommodate  the new
financing.

During  FY98,  the prices of the  precious  metals  that JM Ney  utilizes in the
alloying and manufacturing of its products experienced  significant  volatility.
Primarily as a net result of an increase of approximately  $100 per ounce of the
palladium  content  of its  inventory,  and a $60 per ounce  decline in the gold
component of its  inventory,  JM Ney's LIFO reserve  increased by  $1,176,000 to
maintain the net recorded value of these inventories at their historical values.

As a result  of  covenants  contained  in its  borrowing  agreements,  JM Ney is
restricted from paying dividends or otherwise  transferring funds to the Company
outside the normal course of business,  except as defined in certain agreements.
At February 28, 1998, JM Ney's working capital and net worth, net of liabilities
to  the  Company,   totaled   approximately   $9.4  million  and  $6.8  million,
respectively.  The Company believes income  generated from its  investments,  or
funds generated from  liquidation of existing  investments and allowed  payments
from JM Ney will be sufficient to meet its anticipated  working capital and debt
service requirements for the foreseeable future.



<PAGE>


FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
- --------------------------

This report contains forward-looking  statements,  which are subject to a number
of risks, and  uncertainties  that may cause actual results to differ materially
from  expectations.  Those  uncertainties  include,  but are not  limited to the
following:

The Company has expanded its investment and business  development  activities in
Russia  and  Eastern  Europe.  Economic  and  political  developments  in  these
countries  could  significantly  impact  both the  return  on and the  return of
capital employed in these regions. Anticipated contingent consideration from the
sale of Ney Ultrasonics is dependent upon the successful marketing of technology
developed  while the Company owned Ney  Ultrasonics.  Changes in technology,  or
shortfalls  in the success of the buyer's  marketing of this  technology,  could
affect the ultimate  consideration  to be received.  The price and volatility of
precious  metals,  particularly  palladium and gold, could impact the market for
many of JM Ney's products as users substitute less expensive materials.

YEAR 2000
- ---------
The Year 2000  compliance  issues concern the inability of certain  computerized
information systems to properly recognize date-sensitive information as the Year
2000 approaches.  Systems that do not recognize such information  could generate
erroneous  data or cause systems to fail.  The Company has upgraded its hardware
and is in the process of installing a new version of its  software,  which among
other  benefits,  will result in the  Company  being Year 2000  compliant.  This
conversion is expected to be completed prior to the end of FY99. The Company has
also taken measures to ensure that other systems within its operations,  as well
as the interface with its customers,  suppliers and other vendors, are conducted
in a Year  2000  compliant  environment.  Approximately  $128,000  of costs  was
incurred  during FY98 for this  project.  The Company  estimates  that the costs
anticipated  to be  incurred  during  the  next  fiscal  year to  complete  this
conversion process will not exceed $300,000.




<PAGE>



ITEM 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

The financial statement schedules are filed as part of Part IV, Item 14, of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The  Registrant's  Consolidated  Financial  Statements for the fiscal year ended
February 28, 1998 are set forth below.

The  following  table  summarizes  certain  financial  data with  respect to the
Company and is qualified in its entirety by the Company's Consolidated Financial
Statements  for the fiscal year ended  February 28, 1998  contained in this Item
(amounts in thousands, except per share data).

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        1998 Quarterly Financial Data                  May 31           August 31        November 30          February 28
- --------------------------------------------------- -----------       -------------    ---------------      ---------------
<S>                                                   <C>               <C>                <C>                  <C>  
Net sales and revenues                                $6,338            $9,346             $6,396               6,788
Gross profit                                           2,073             1,938              2,226               2,120
Income (loss) from continuing operations                 217             2,088               (283)               (252)
Net income (loss)                                        267             2,111               (183)                 17
Income (loss) applicable to common shares                141             2,040               (305)               (104)
- --------------------------------------------------- ------------      -------------    ----------------     ---------------
Earnings (Loss) Per Diluted Common Share (1):
Continuing operations                                    .05               .78               (.21)               (.19)
Net income (loss)                                        .07               .79               (.16)               (.05)
- --------------------------------------------------- ------------      -------------    ---------------    ----------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

        1997 Quarterly Financial Data                  May 31           August 31        November 30          February 28
- --------------------------------------------------- -----------       -------------    ---------------    -----------------
<S>                                                   <C>               <C>                <C>                 <C>   
Net sales and revenues                                $6,694            $4,775             $3,942              $5,090
Gross profit                                           2,200             1,657              1,774               1,753
Income (loss) from continuing operations                 574              (376)              (855)                991
Net income (loss)                                        619              (374)              (941)                995
Income (loss) applicable to common shares                477              (474)            (1,027)              1,046
- --------------------------------------------------- ------------      -------------   ----------------    -----------------
Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share:
Continuing Operations                                    .22              (.25)              (.49)               0.43
Net income (loss)                                        .25              (.25)              (.53)               0.43
- --------------------------------------------------- -------------    --------------   -----------------   -----------------
</TABLE>

     (1) The sum of  earnings  per  share  for the four  quarters  may not equal
earnings  per share  for the  total  year due to  certain  items in the  diluted
earnings per share calculation for an individual quarter that were anti-dilutive
for the total year.

<PAGE>


ANDERSEN GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
February 28, 1998 and 1997
(in thousands, except share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             1998                      1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                        <C>                       <C>  
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents                                                                  $2,516                    $3,219
Marketable securities                                                                       9,001                     5,345
Receivable from sale of subsidiary                                                          3,521                         -
Accounts and other receivables, less allowance for doubtful
accounts of $130 in 1998 and $190 in 1997                                                   3,870                     2,773
Inventories                                                                                 8,076                     9,040
Prepaid expenses and other assets                                                             142                       516
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total current assets                                                                       27,126                    20,893
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------- 
Property, plant and equipment, net                                                          9,443                     9,336
Prepaid pension expense                                                                     4,665                     4,274
Investments                                                                                 1,815                     2,181
Other assets                                                                                1,722                       993
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                                          $44,771                   $37,677
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current liabilities:
Current maturities of long-term debt                                                     $    595                   $   773
Short-term borrowings                                                                       2,183                     2,305
Accounts payable                                                                              951                     1,398
Accrued liabilities                                                                         3,352                     3,670
Deferred income taxes                                                                       1,286                       564
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Total current liabilities                                                                   8,367                     8,710
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Long-term debt, less current maturities                                                     4,459                     7,041
Subordinated note payable, net of unamortized discount                                      7,300                         -
Other long-term obligations                                                                 1,888                     1,121
Deferred income taxes                                                                       2,561                     2,267
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 17 and 20)
Redeemable cumulative convertible preferred stock,
  no par value; authorized 800,000 shares; issued
  789,628 shares;  outstanding shares 265,192 in 1997;
  unamortized discount of $81 in 1997; liquidation                                                                    4,891
  preference $18.75 per share                                                                  -
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Stockholders' equity:
Cumulative convertible preferred stock, no par value;
authorized 800,000 shares, outstanding 256,416 shares                                       4,769                         -
Common stock, no par value; authorized 6,000,000 shares,
  issued 1,958,478 shares in 1998 and 1997                                                  2,103                     2,103
Treasury stock, at cost, 21,800 shares in 1998 and 24,000
  shares in 1997                                                                              (82)                      (90)
Additional paid-in capital                                                                  3,248                     3,248
Retained earnings                                                                          10,158                     8,386
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Total stockholders' equity                                                                 20,196                    13,647
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                                          $44,771                   $37,677
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


ANDERSEN GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Years ended February 28, 1998, 1997
and February 29, 1996
(in thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                               1998                   1997                  1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>                   <C>                    <C>   
Revenues:
Net sales                                                   $25,397               $ 20,643               $18,624
Investment and other income (loss)                            3,471                   (142)                  813
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             28,868                 20,501                19,437
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs and expenses:
Cost of sales                                                17,040                 13,259                12,016
Selling, general and administrative                           6,260                  5,772                 7,683
Research and development                                      1,444                  1,228                 1,374
Interest expense                                              1,163                    790                 1,237
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             25,907                 21,049                22,310
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  before income taxes                                         2,961                   (548)               (2,873)
Income tax expense (benefit)                                  1,191                   (882)                 (952)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) from continuing operations                      1,770                    334                (1,921)
Income (loss) from discontinued Ultrasonics
  segment, net of income taxes (benefit) of
  $221, ($22) and ($214), respectively                          345                    (35)                 (349)
Gain on sale of discontinued Ultrasonics
  segment, net of income taxes of $84                            97                      -                     -
Income from discontinued Dental segment,
  net of  income taxes of $170                                    -                      -                   413
Gain on sale of discontinued Dental segment,    net
of income taxes of $2,041                                         -                      -                 3,790
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                                    2,212                     299                1,933
Preferred dividend requirement                                 (477)                   (411)                (559)
Reversal of preferred dividends                                  37                     134                1,015
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income applicable to common shareholders                    $ 1,772                    $ 22              $ 2,389
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) per common share:
BASIC
  Continuing operations                                       $.69                     $.03               $ (.76)
  Discontinued operations                                      .18                     (.02)                 .03
  Gain on sales of discontinued segments                       .05                        -                 1.96
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Income per common share                                     $.92                     $.01               $ 1.23
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DILUTED
  Continuing operations                                       $.68                     $.03               $ (.76)
  Discontinued operations                                      .18                     (.02)                 .03
  Gains on sales of discontinued segments                      .05                        -                 1.96
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Income per common share, diluted                            $.91                     $.01                $1.23
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


ANDERSEN GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity 
Years ended February 28, 1998, 1997
and February 29, 1996
(in thousands, except share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     1998             1997               1996
- -------------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
<S>                                              <C>              <C>                <C>   
Preferred Stock
Beginning balance                                      -                -                  -
Reclassification due to removal of
redemption provisions of preferred
stock                                               $4,769              -                  -
- -------------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
                                                    $4,769              -                  -
- -------------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
Common Stock, Outstanding Shares
  Beginning balance                              1,958,478        1,958,205          1,958,205
  Shares issued from prior
   conversion of preferred stock                       -                273                -
- -------------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
                                                 1,958,478        1,958,478          1,958,205
- -------------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
Common Stock
  Beginning balance                                 $2,103           $2,103             $2,103
  Shares issued from prior
   conversion of preferred stock                       -                -                  -
- -------------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
                                                  $2,103              $2,103            $2,103
- -------------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
Additional Paid-In Capital
  Beginning balance                               $3,248              $3,248            $1,924
  Gain from redemption of preferred
stock                                                 -                  -               1,324
- -------------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
                                                  $3,248              $3,248            $3,248
- -------------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
Retained Earnings
  Beginning balance                               $8,386              $8,364            $5,975
  Net income                                       2,212                 299             1,933
  Preferred stock dividend and
   accretion                                        (477)               (411)             (559)
  Reversal of preferred dividends and
   accretion                                          37                 134             1,015
- -------------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
                                                 $10,158              $8,386            $8,364
- -------------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
Treasury Stock
  Beginning balance                                 $(90)               $(90)             $(90)
  Shares issued, at identified cost                    8                                   -
- -------------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
                                                    $(82)               $(90)             $(90)
- -------------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
- -------------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
Total stockholders' equity                       $20,196             $13,647           $13,625
- -------------------------------------------- ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>


<PAGE>



ANDERSEN GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended February 28, 1998, 1997
and February 29, 1996
(in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998          1997          1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- --------------
<S>                                                            <C>           <C>           <C>    
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income                                                     $2,212        $  299        $1,933
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used 
in operating activities:
Depreciation, amortization and accretion                        1,480         1,419         1,887
Deferred income taxes                                           1,016            67          (479)
Gain on sale of Dental segment                                     -             -         (3,790)
Gain on sale of Ney Ultrasonics                                   (97)           -             -
Losses (gains) from securities                                 (2,619)        1,149           (46)
Purchases of securities                                        (2,218)       (1,625)       (3,576)
Proceeds from sales of securities                               1,230           526         1,893
Pension (income) expense                                         (391)         (247)            8
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment                  -             58             1
Investment in Digital GraphiX                                      -            (87)          543
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of
changes from sale of Ney Ultrasonics in 1998 and sale of
Dental segment in 1996:
Accounts and notes receivable                                  (2,048)        1,564        (1,205)
Inventories                                                      (386)         (428)       (2,941)
Prepaid expenses and other assets                                 (97)         (339)         (806)
Accounts payable                                                  507        (1,799)        2,006
Accrued liabilities and other long-term obligations            (1,257)         (930)       (2,022)
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- --------------
  Net cash used in operating activities                        (2,516)         (373)       (6,594)
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- --------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment                -              4           256
Purchase of property, plant and equipment                      (1,740)       (1,191)       (1,503)
Proceeds from sale of Dental segment, net of cash sold             -             -         16,848
Purchase of investments                                        (1,225)           -             -
Proceeds from collection of investments                         1,542            -             -
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- --------------
  Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities          (1,423)       (1,187)       15,601
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- --------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Principal payments on long-term debt                           (2,760)       (1,250)         (642)
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debt                     7,500            -             -
Redemptions of preferred stock                                   (160)         (392)       (3,758)
Proceeds (payment) of short-term borrowing, net                  (122)        2,305        (3,200)
Dividends paid                                                 (1,222)           -             -
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- --------------
 Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities            3,236           663        (7,600)
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- --------------
 Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents            (703)         (897)        1,407
 Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                   3,219         4,116         2,709
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- --------------
 Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                        $2,516        $3,219        $4,116
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Years ended February 28, 1998, 1997
and February 29, 1996

(1)    Nature of Business

Andersen  Group,  Inc.  (the Company) is a diversified  holding  company,  which
invests in both marketable and illiquid securities of domestic and foreign-based
companies. It also owns a consolidated subsidiary, which manufactures electronic
connectors,  components and precious metal materials for sale to the automotive,
defense, semiconductor and medical and dental markets.

(2)    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.

Principles of Consolidation

The Company's  financial  statements include the accounts of the Company and its
wholly  owned  subsidiaries.   All  significant  intercompany  transactions  and
balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash  equivalents  include funds held in  investments  with an original
maturity of three months or less.

Marketable Securities

The Company's marketable  securities are carried as trading securities at market
value in accordance  with Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 115,
Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities (SFAS 115). The
Company has  established a valuation  allowance of $617,000 at February 28, 1998
to provide for  volatility  and liquidity  concerns  relating to its  marketable
investments in Russia and other eastern European  countries.  Any changes in the
valuation  of the  portfolio  are  reflected  in the  accompanying  Consolidated
Statements of Operations.


<PAGE>


Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.  Cost is determined using
the last-in,  first-out  (LIFO) method for precious metals and at standard costs
which  approximate the first-in,  first-out  (FIFO) and average cost methods for
the balance of the inventories.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment,  including capital leases, are stated at cost and
depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the
respective assets, as follows:

             Buildings and improvements                  10-50 years
             Machinery and equipment                      5-10 years
             Furniture and fixtures                       3-10 years

Unamortized Discounts

Unamortized discounts on redeemable  convertible  cumulative preferred stock and
subordinated notes payable are accreted using the effective interest method.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are determined using the asset and liability approach.  This method
gives  consideration  to the future tax  consequences  of temporary  differences
between  the  carrying  amounts and the tax bases of assets and  liabilities  at
currently enacted tax rates.

Earnings per share

In  accordance  with  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 128 -
"Earnings Per Share" (SFAS 128), basic earnings per share is computed based upon
the weighted  average  number of common  shares  outstanding  during the period.
Diluted earnings per share is computed based upon the weighted average number of
common  shares plus the assumed  issuance of common  shares for all  potentially
diluted securities.  See Note 13 for additional information and a reconciliation
of the basic and diluted earnings per share computations.

Inventory Hedging

The Company has entered into precious metal forward contracts as a hedge against
precious metal fluctuations for firm price deliveries. These contracts limit the
Company's  exposure to both  favorable  and  unfavorable  precious  metals price
fluctuations. Gains or losses on these contracts are recognized when the product
deliveries  being  hedged have been made.  The Company  also  utilizes  precious
metals leasing and deferred  payment  purchases of precious metals to manage the
price exposure of certain components of its inventory.



<PAGE>


Financial Statement Presentation

Certain reclassifications, and the restatement of the Consolidated Statements of
Operations to reflect Ney  Ultrasonics  Inc. as a discontinued  operation due to
the sale of the net assets  effective  February 28, 1998,  have been made to the
FY97  and  FY96  financial   statements  in  order  to  conform  with  the  FY98
presentation.

(3)     Marketable Securities

Marketable securities consist of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   February 28, 1998              February 28, 1997
                                                                   -----------------              -----------------
<S>                                                                      <C>                           <C>   
Common stock of savings banks                                            $5,611                        $3,508
Common stock of Centennial Cellular                                         430                           263
CA Emerging Russia Fund                                                   2,422                            -
Portfolio of Ukraine stocks                                                 314                            -
Common stock of Bank Handlowey                                              348                            -
Portfolio of Russian stocks                                                  -                            500
Valuation reserve - foreign investments                                    (617)                           -
Municipal bonds                                                             493                           488
Escrowed investments - sale of Dental segment                                 -                           586
                                                                         ------                        ------
                                                                         $9,001                        $5,345
                                                                         ------                        ------
</TABLE>

(4)    Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        February 28, 1998      February 28, 1997
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>                        <C>   
 Raw material                                  $2,989               $3,111
 Work in process                                6,509                3,877
 Finished goods                                   657                2,955
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               10,155                9,943
 LIFO Reserve                                   2,079                  903
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               $8,076               $9,040
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

At February  28, 1998 and February  28,  1997,  inventories  valued at LIFO cost
comprised 79% and 64% of total inventories,  respectively. At February 28, 1998,
inventories  valued at LIFO consisted of 9,620 troy ounces of gold,  16,714 troy
ounces of silver,  3,448 troy  ounces of  platinum  and  16,713  troy  ounces of
palladium. Such quantities of precious metals are net of 5,000 ounces of silver,
558 ounces of platinum and 2,000 ounces of palladium,  which represents physical
quantities held but not owned by the Company's primary operating subsidiary, The
J.M.  Ney Company (JM Ney),  subject to leasing  arrangements  with the precious
metals  division of JM Ney's primary  bank. In addition,  as a hedge for certain
portions of its inventory, JM Ney at February 28, 1998 had short-term borrowings
of 732 troy  ounces  of gold,  2,000  ounces  of  silver  and  2,000  ounces  of
palladium.



<PAGE>


(5)    Discontinued Operations

Ney Ultrasonics Inc.

Effective  February 28, 1998, the Company sold the net assets of Ney Ultrasonics
Inc. for approximately  $3,521,000. As a result, the Company has recorded a gain
of $97,000,  net of expenses  relating to the  transaction  and income  taxes of
$84,000.  The  Company  expects to receive  additional  consideration,  which is
contingent on the growth of the sales of products and technology  transferred as
part of the sale.

The assets and liabilities sold are presented below (in thousands):

             Accounts receivable, net                             $  951
             Inventories                                           1,350
             Other current assets                                     63
             Property and equipment                                  246
             Other assets                                            153
                                                                  ------      
                                                                   2,763
             Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                242
                                                                  ------
             Net assets sold                                      $2,521

Ney  Ultrasonics'  results of  operations  have been  presented as  discontinued
operations.   Revenue  from  the  segment  totaled   approximately   $5,713,000,
$3,874,000 and $4,611,000 in FY98, FY97 and FY96, respectively.

Dental Segment

On November 28, 1995, the Company sold the assets and certain liabilities of its
Dental segment to Phoenix Shannon p.l.c. of Shannon,  County Clare,  Ireland and
recorded a gain of $3,790,000,  net of expenses, and income taxes of $2,041,000.
The Company  received $18.5 million in cash,  part of which,  under the terms of
the sale, was used to purchase  200,000  Phoenix  Shannon  Ordinary Shares and a
two-year,  interest-bearing note for $1 million. Included in the gain on sale is
an increase of $519,000 in prepaid pension expense from a curtailment gain which
arose as a result of the transfer of the employees of the Dental  segment to the
new employer.

During FY97, the $1 million note and the remaining  value of the Phoenix Shannon
ordinary  shares were written off,  resulting  in charges to  investment  income
totaling $2,175,000.

The  results  of  operations  of the  Dental  segment  have  been  presented  as
discontinued  operations.  Revenue from this segment totaled approximately $29.6
million during FY96.



<PAGE>


(6)    Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             February 28, 1998              February 28, 1997
- ------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------ ------------------------------
<S>                                                               <C>                            <C>    
Land and improvements                                             $1,056                         $ 1,054
Buildings and improvements                                         9,392                           8,783
Machinery and equipment                                           10,539                          10,188
Furniture and fixtures                                               867                             921
- ------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------ -------------------------------
                                                                  21,854                          20,946
Less accumulated depreciation and
  amortization                                                    12,411                          11,610
- ------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------ -------------------------------
                                                                  $9,443                         $ 9,336
- ------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------ -------------------------------
</TABLE>

     Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  was  $1,405,000,  $1,393,000  and
$1,797,000 in FY98, FY97 and FY96, respectively.

At both February 28, 1998 and February 28, 1997,  property,  plant and equipment
includes  $1,146,000 of machinery and equipment  acquired under capital  leases,
which expire through FY02, with related  allowances for depreciation of $728,000
and $493,000, respectively.

(7)      Investments

Investments consist of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              February 28, 1998             February 28, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------- ------------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>                           <C>    
Investment in Institute for Automated Systems                      $   835                       $   835
Investment in AVISMA                                                   980                            -
Investment in Digital GraphiX, Incorporated                             -                          1,346
- --------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------------------
                                                                   $ 1,815                       $ 2,181
- --------------------------------------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------------------
</TABLE>

Digital GraphiX Incorporated

Prior  to a May 1995  offering  of its  common  stock,  DGI was a  wholly  owned
subsidiary of the Company.  After the transaction,  the Company's  ownership was
diluted  to 19%,  after  which  time the  investment  in DGI  stock and debt was
recorded using lower of cost or market accounting.

During  FY97,  the  Company  reduced  its  investment  in DGI through the formal
discharge  of DGI's  obligation  to repay $2.2  million of a note  payable,  and
recorded a corresponding  income tax benefit.  During FY97, as part of a plan to
position DGI for ultimate sale, the Company  invested an additional  $250,000 to
purchase DGI common shares which  increased the recorded value of its investment
to $1,346,000.

In FY98,  the net  assets  of DGI  were  sold.  Through  payments  of debts  and
preferred stock and liquidating  distributions  on its common stock, the Company
was able to realize its carrying value and recognize a gain of $196,000.

Institute for Automated Systems

At both  February 28, 1998 and February 28, 1997,  the Company had an investment
of $835,000 in a joint  venture,  which has an equity  interest in the Institute
for Automated  Systems, a Russian  telecommunications  company that has plans to
develop a data transmission network throughout Russia. Costs expended in FY98 to
develop  this  investment  were  expensed  in  the  Consolidated   Statement  of
Operations.

The Company's  President and another  Director are among a group of investors in
this joint venture.

AVISMA

During FY98, the Company invested  approximately  $1,225,000 in the common stock
of AVISMA, a Russian titanium producer. This investment is being recorded at its
cost,  net of a valuation  allowance  of  $245,000.  Excluded  from the recorded
balance  are shares with a cost basis of  approximately  $775,000  purchased  by
three of the Company's  directors and an  investment  fund  controlled by one of
these  directors.  Such shares are being held by the Company for  administrative
convenience pending the issuance of new shares to be issued in connection with a
merger of AVISMA into VSMPO, a Russian titanium processing company.

(8)     Short-term Borrowings

J.M. Ney has a $6.0 million demand  revolving  credit and deferred payment sales
agreement  with two  commercial  banks.  At  February  28,  1998,  $696,000  was
outstanding. The facility is secured by substantially all of JM Ney's assets. At
JM Ney's  discretion,  interest is charged at the bank's  prime rate,  which was
8.5% and 8.25% at February 28, 1998 and February 28, 1997,  respectively,  or at
LIBOR plus  1.75% if the  borrowing  is fixed for a period of time,  or at 1.75%
over the bank's  precious metals leasing rate if the borrowing is represented by
deferred payment  purchases of precious metals. A fee of 0.25% is charged on the
unused balance of the facility.  This agreement includes  restrictive  covenants
that limit the amount of dividends and distributions  from JM Ney to the Company
and which require JM Ney to maintain a specified amount of stockholders' equity.
At February 28, 1998 the amount of net assets which JM Ney was  restricted  from
distributing to the Company totaled approximately $10,808,000.

In addition,  at February 28,  1998,  the Company had a $1,487,000  demand loan,
which  was  secured  by a  portion  of the  Company's  portfolio  of  marketable
securities. Interest on this borrowing was charged at 7.75%.



<PAGE>


(9)    Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 February 28, 1998                      February 28, 1997
- --------------------------------------- ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>                                    <C>  
Employee compensation                                $  449                                 $  628
Accrued dividends                                       112                                    934
Income taxes                                            201                                     51
Accrued interest                                        314                                    265
Deferred hedging gains                                  346                                     42
Other                                                 1,930                                  1,750
- --------------------------------------- ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------
                                                     $3,352                                 $3,670
- --------------------------------------- ------------------------------------ ----------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(10)   Long-term Debt and Subordinated Notes Payable

Long-term  debt and  subordinated  notes  payable  consist of the  following (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       February 28, 1998          February 28, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------- --- ----------------------
<S>                                                                        <C>                       <C>
Mortgage note payable, interest at 5.4%,
  paid February 1998                                                       $    -                     $   575
Convertible subordinated debentures, due
  October 2002; redeemed or exchanged in
  February 1998                                                                 -                       6,287
Convertible subordinated debentures, due October
  2007; interest at 10.5%, payable  semi-annually;
  annual principal payments in varying amounts
  through maturity; unsecured                                                4,311                        -
Subordinated note payable of JM Ney due
  December 2004; unsecured; quarterly interest
  payments at 10.26%                                                         7,500                        -
Other                                                                          743                        952
- -------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------     ----------------------
                                                                            12,554                      7,814
Less unamortized discount on subordinated
  note payable                                                                 200                         -
- -------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------     ----------------------
                                                                            12,354                      7,814
Less current maturities                                                        595                        773
- -------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------     ----------------------
                                                                           $11,759                     $7,041
- -------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------     ----------------------
</TABLE>

The terms of the 2007  convertible  subordinated  debentures call for the annual
redemption  of   approximately   $431,000  of  principal.   The  debentures  are
convertible  into  common  stock of the  Company at any time prior to  maturity,
unless  previously  redeemed,  at $16.17 per share,  subject to adjustment under
certain  conditions.  At February 28, 1998,  266,604 shares of common stock were
reserved for conversion.

In connection with the issuance of the subordinated note payable,  JM Ney issued
warrants  to the  lender to  acquire  34,000  shares of its  common  stock at an
exercise price of $1.00 per share,  and 6,000 warrants with an exercise price of
$10.00 per share.  The lender has an option to put the warrant  back to J.M. Ney
at the earlier of  December  2002 or the date of an initial  public  offering of
J.M. Ney's Common Stock on terms as defined in the agreement.

Maturities  of  long-term  debt for  each of the  next  five  fiscal  years  and
thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

                                  1999                            $    595
                                  2000                                 569
                                  2001                                 542
                                  2002                                 548
                                  2003                                 443
                               Thereafter                            9,857
                                                                   -------
                                                                   $12,554


(11)   Income Taxes

For FY98, FY97 and FY96, income tax expense (benefit)  consists of the following
(in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Fiscal Years                                 1998                 1997                  1996
- ------------                            -------------------- --------------------- ------------------
<S>                                       <C>                   <C>                 <C>    
Current Federal                           $   350               $(410)              $   360
Current State                                 130                (561)                  296
Deferred Federal                              940                  62                   360
Deferred State                                 76                   5                    29
                                        -------------------- --------------------- ------------------
                                           $1,496               $(904)               $1,045
                                        -------------------- --------------------- ------------------
</TABLE>

The  difference  between the actual income tax expense  (benefit) and the income
tax expense (benefit) computed by applying the statutory Federal income tax rate
of 34% to income  (loss)  before  taxes is  attributable  to the  following  (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998                  1997                1996
                                                        -------------------- --------------------- ------------------
<S>                                                           <C>                   <C>                 <C>   
Income tax expense (benefit)                                  $1,261                $(206)              $1,012
State income taxes, net of Federal benefit                       206                  107                  196
Change in enacted tax rates                                       -                  (264)                  -
Change in valuation allowance                                     -                    -                  (483)
Adjustment of accrual for prior years' taxes                      -                   546                  319
Other                                                             29                    5                    1
- ------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- --------------------- ------------------
                                                              $1,496                $(904)              $1,045
- ------------------------------------------------------- -------------------- --------------------- ------------------
</TABLE>

During FY97, the Company  settled a State income tax audit covering FY89 through
FY96. This settlement is the primary reason for the $546,000 benefit  adjustment
of accrual for prior years' taxes reported in the above reconciliation.



<PAGE>


     The principal  components of the net deferred tax asset  (liability)  as of
February 28, 1998 and February 28, 1997 are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1998                     1997
                                                                   ----------------------- --------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>                      <C>    
Deferred tax liabilities:
Fixed asset basis differences                                             $(1,229)                 $(1,288)
Inventory                                                                  (1,486)                  (1,443)
Pension                                                                    (1,726)                  (1,581)
Unrealized gains on marketable securities, net                               (470)                      -
Installment sale                                                              (30)                    (207)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------ ----------------------- --------------------------
Total deferred tax liabilities                                             (4,941)                  (4,519)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------ ----------------------- --------------------------
Deferred tax assets:
Post-retirement benefits other than pensions                                  395                      415
Unrealized losses on marketable securities, net                                -                       177
Allowance for uncollectible receivables                                        48                      440
Federal credit carry-forwards                                                 337                      302
Other                                                                         314                      354
- ------------------------------------------------------------------ ----------------------- --------------------------
Total deferred tax assets                                                   1,094                    1,688
- ------------------------------------------------------------------ ----------------------- --------------------------
Net deferred tax liabilities                                              $(3,847)                 $(2,831)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------ ----------------------- --------------------------
</TABLE>

At February 28, 1998 and 1997 the Company recorded no valuation  allowance.  The
Company  believes  that it is more  likely  than not  that  the sale of  certain
assets,   investment  securities  and  certain  real  property,   will  generate
sufficient income to fully utilize its deferred tax assets. At February 28, 1998
the Company had  $337,000 of Federal  credit  carry-forwards,  $156,000 of which
were  attributable to the alternative  minimum tax and have no expiration  date.
The remaining credits, totaling $181,000, expire from 1999 through 2002.

(12)   Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock

During  February 1998 the Company amended its  Certificate of  Incorporation  to
modify the terms of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock (Preferred  Stock) to
provide for a fixed dividend rate of $1.50 per preferred  share and to eliminate
the mandatory redemption feature of the Preferred Stock.

During FY98,  FY97 and FY96,  the Company  purchased  8,776,  24,283 and 299,561
shares, respectively, of its Preferred Stock at $18.25 per share in FY98, $16.15
per share in FY97,  and at $12.25 per share in FY96. The FY98 and FY97 purchases
were part of a repurchase program, while in FY96 purchases were made under terms
of a voluntary tender offer. As a result of the purchases,  the Company reversed
accrued dividends and accreted discounts of $37,000,  $134,000 and $1,015,000 in
FY98,  FY97  and  FY96,  respectively.  In  addition,  in  FY96,  $1,324,000  of
additional  paid-in  capital was  recorded to reflect the  discount of the total
purchase cost,  including  expenses,  from the original issue cost of the shares
purchased.

Quarterly  dividend  payments,  ranging  from  $.1875 to $.4375 per share,  were
accrued  based upon the  operating  income of JM Ney, as defined.  Approximately
$1.69,  $1.24,  and $.78 per preferred  share of dividends  were accrued  during
FY98, FY97, and FY96, respectively.

The preferred shares increase in carrying value at a rate of approximately  $.26
per share per year and, as such, approximately $40,000, $58,000, and $137,500 of
accretion were recorded as part of the preferred dividend  requirement for FY98,
FY97 and FY96, respectively.

The preferred shares are convertible into the Company's common stock at any time
at a rate of 1.935 shares of common stock for each preferred  share. At February
28, 1998, 496,165 shares of common stock have been reserved for conversion.

(13)    Earnings Per Share

The  computation  of base and  diluted  earnings  per  share is as  follows  (in
thousands, except per share amounts):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      1998              1997              1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------ ---------------- -----------------
<S>                                                                  <C>              <C>               <C>   
Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share
Income applicable to common shareholders                             $1,772           $   22            $2,389
- --------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------ ---------------- -----------------
Denominator for basic earnings per share -
  weighted average shares                                             1,935            1,934             1,934
Effect of dilutive securities - stock options                            18              -                -
- --------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------ ---------------- -----------------
Denominator for diluted earnings per share                            1,953            1,934             1,934
- --------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------ ---------------- -----------------
Basic earnings per share                                               $.92             $.01             $1.23
Diluted earnings per share                                             $.91             $.01             $1.23
- --------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------ ---------------- -----------------
</TABLE>

For each of FY98, FY97 and FY96 the effects of the conversion of Preferred Stock
or the 10 1/2%  Debentures  have  been  excluded  because  the  impacts  of such
conversions would have been antidilutive.

(14)   Stock Option Plans

The  Company's  incentive  stock  option  plan  provides  for  option  grants to
directors and key employees at prices equal to at least 100% of the stock's fair
market value at date of grant. In addition, during FY97, a stock option plan was
put into effect under which options to acquire  shares of JM Ney were granted in
both FY98 and FY97. The per share  weighted  average fair value of stock options
granted in 1998 under the JM Ney Plan was $6.22.  The per share weighted average
fair value of stock  options  granted in 1997 under the Company and JM Ney plans
were $2.08 and $4.95, respectively on the dates of grant using the Black Scholes
option pricing model with the following weighted average  assumptions:  expected
dividend yield of 0%;  risk-free  interest rate of 6.5%;  expected life of seven
years; and expected volatility of 33.3%.



<PAGE>


The Company has adopted the disclosure  provisions of SFAS No. 123,  "Accounting
for Stock-Based  Compensation".  Accordingly,  no compensation  expense has been
recognized for the stock option plans. Had  compensation  cost for the Company's
stock option plans, including the JM Ney plan, been determined based on the fair
value on the grant  date for awards  during  FY98 and FY97  consistent  with the
provisions  of SFAS No. 123, the  Company's  net earnings  applicable  to common
shares,  and earnings per share would have been reduced to the proforma  amounts
indicated below (amounts in thousands, except per share data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1998                  1997
                                                                        ----------------------- --------------------
<S>                                                                             <C>                   <C>   
Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders:
   As reported                                                                  $1,772                $  22
   Pro forma                                                                    $1,581                $ (68)

Earnings (loss) per share - diluted:
   As reported                                                                    $.91                 $.01
   Pro forma                                                                      $.81                $(.03)
</TABLE>

The assumption  regarding the stock options issued during FY98 and FY97 was that
such  options vest over  periods  ranging from one to three years.  Proforma net
income  reflects  only  options  granted in FY98 and FY97.  Therefore,  the full
impact of calculating  compensation cost for stock options under SFAS No. 123 is
not reflected in the proforma amounts because the compensation  cost for options
granted prior to FY97 is not considered.

The Company  reserved  149,700  shares of common stock for the exercise of stock
options.  At February 28, 1998,  the Company had 70,500  options  available  for
issuance under the plan. JM Ney has reserved  150,000 shares of its common stock
for the exercise of stock options, of which 3,700 were available for issuance at
February 28, 1998.

Activity  under the Company's  plans,  including an expired plan,  but excluding
J.M. Ney's plan, was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Number              Weighted Average              Range of
          Outstanding Options                   of Shares              Exercise Price           Exercise Prices
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------ -------------------------
<S>                                               <C>                       <C>                    <C>     <C>  
Balance at February 28, 1995                      77,300                    $8.40                  $6.50 - $9.50
Canceled                                         (37,600)                   $9.06                  $7.00 - $9.00
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------ -------------------------
Balance at February 29, 1996                      39,700                    $7.77                  $6.50 - $9.38
Granted                                           75,000                    $4.29                  $3.81 - $6.13
Canceled                                         (13,000)                   $7.50                  $3.81 - $9.38
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------ -------------------------
Balance at February 28, 1997                     101,700                    $5.02                  $3.81 - $8.38
Exercised                                         (2,200)                   $3.81                  $3.81
Canceled                                         (20,300)                   $5.43                  $3.81 - $7.00
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------ -------------------------
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------ -------------------------
Balance at February 28, 1998                      79,200                    $4.95                  $3.81 - $8.38
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------------- ------------------------ -------------------------
</TABLE>

At February 28,  1998,  the range of exercise  prices and the  weighted  average
remaining contractual life of the options was as follows:


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Options Outstanding                           Options Exercisable
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  Weighted 
                                              Weighted            Average                               Weighted
    Range of                                  Average            Remaining                              Average
    Exercise                Number            Exercise           Contractual          Number            Exercise 
     Prices              Outstanding           Price               Life              Exercisable         Price
- --------------------- ------------------ ------------------ --------------------- ----------------- ----------------
<S>     <C>                 <C>                <C>               <C>                    <C>              <C>  
$8.38 - $7.75                8,000             $8.22             3.0 years              8,000            $8.22
$7.00 - $5.38               22,900             $6.22             5.8 years             22,900            $6.22
        $3.81               48,300             $3.81             8.1 years             45,800            $3.81
- --------------------- ------------------ ------------------ --------------------- ----------------- ----------------
                            79,200             $4.95             6.9 years             76,700            $4.99
- --------------------- ------------------ ------------------ --------------------- ----------------- ----------------
</TABLE>

Also, during FY98 and FY97,  options to purchase 16,800 and 130,000 shares of JM
Ney,  at  exercise  prices of $10.86  and $10.00  per share  respectively,  were
issued. During FY98, options to acquire 500 shares of JM Ney at $10.00 per share
were forfeited. At February 28, 1998, 38,841 of the 146,300 total outstanding JM
Ney options  were  exercisable.  At February  28,  1998,  the Company  owned all
850,000 outstanding shares of JM Ney. There presently is no public market for JM
Ney's common stock.

(15)   Retirement Plans

The  Company  maintains  both   noncontributory   defined  benefit  and  defined
contribution   plans,  which  collectively  cover  substantially  all  full-time
employees.   The  defined   contribution   plans  are  funded  annually  through
contributions  in amounts that can be deducted for Federal  income tax purposes.
Benefits   payable  under  all  plans  are  based  upon  years  of  service  and
compensation levels.

The plan  assets,  which are managed by  third-party  trustees,  include  equity
securities,  government  and corporate  debt  securities  and other fixed income
obligations.

The following table sets forth the actuarially  determined  funded status of the
Company's  defined  benefit  plan  and  amounts   recognized  in  the  Company's
Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    February 28, 1998          February 28, 1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------- --------------------------
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
<S>                                                                      <C>                        <C>   
     Vested                                                              $ 9,145                    $8,970
     Non-vested                                                               72                        68
- --------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------- --------------------------
Accumulated benefit obligation                                             9,217                      9,038
Effect of projected compensation increases                                   995                        983
- --------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------- --------------------------
Projected benefit obligation                                              10,212                     10,021
Plan assets at fair value                                                 18,087                     16,815
- --------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------- --------------------------
Plan assets in excess of projected benefit obligation                      7,875                      6,794
Unrecognized prior service cost                                             (131)                      (141)
Unrecognized net gain on plan assets                                      (3,079)                    (2,379)
- --------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------- --------------------------
Prepaid pension expense                                                  $ 4,665                     $4,274
- --------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------- --------------------------
</TABLE>


For FY98,  FY97 and FY96, the projected  benefit  obligations and pension income
were determined using the following assumptions:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Fiscal Years                                                   1998                 1997                1996
- ------------                                           -------------------- ------------------- --------------------
<S>                                                            <C>                  <C>                 <C> 
Discount rate                                                  7.5%                 7.5%                7.5%
Future compensation growth rate                                5.5%                 5.5%                5.5%
Long-term rate of return on plan assets                        9.0%                 8.0%                8.0%

</TABLE>
Net pension expense  (income) for the Company's  funded defined benefit plan for
FY98, FY97 and FY96 includes the following components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Fiscal Years                                                    1998                1997                 1996
- ------------                                            ------------------- ------------------- --------------------
<S>                                                           <C>                 <C>                  <C>  
Service cost of benefits accrued                              $  234               $ 253                $ 341
Interest cost on projected benefit obligations                   736                 723                  806
Return on plan assets                                         (2,294)             (2,190)              (2,130)
Unrecognized net gain                                            933                 967                  991
- ------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------------------
Pension (income) expense                                      $ (391)             $ (247)               $   8
- ------------------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------- --------------------
</TABLE>

In  addition,  as  discussed  in Note 4, during  1996  prepaid  pension  expense
increased by $519,000 as a result of the curtailment gain recorded in connection
with the sale of the net assets of the Dental segment.

The Company also has a supplemental  defined benefit plan, which covers a former
senior  executive of JM Ney.  There are no assets held by the plan.  At February
28, 1998 and February 28, 1997, the  actuarially  determined  status of the plan
and the amount  recognized  in the balance  sheet was a vested  accumulated  and
projected   benefit   obligation   of   approximately   $284,000  and  $314,400,
respectively.  For FY98,  FY97,  and FY96, a discount  rate of 7.5% was used for
determining the projected benefit obligation.

Pension expense for all defined  contribution plans totaled $122,000,  $121,000,
and $143,000 in FY98, FY97 and FY96, respectively.

(16)   Post-retirement Benefit Obligations

During FY93,  the Company  amended its retiree  health care plan to include only
those retirees  currently in the plan and  discontinued  the benefit for current
employees. The Company's cost of its unfunded retiree health care plan for FY98,
FY97 and FY96 was approximately  $56,000,  $53,000,  and $55,000,  respectively,
including interest.  At February 28, 1998 and February 28, 1997, the accumulated
benefit obligation for post-retirement  benefits was approximately  $803,000 and
$823,000,  respectively.  At  February  28,  1998,  32 retirees  were  receiving
benefits under this plan.

The accumulated  benefit  obligation was determined using the unit credit method
and assumed  discount  rates of 7.25% at both February 28, 1998 and February 28,
1997, respectively.  At February 28, 1998 and February 28, 1997, the accumulated
benefit obligation was compiled using assumed health care cost trend rates of 9%
and 10%, respectively  gradually declining to 5% in the year 2001 and thereafter
over the projected payout period of the benefits.

The estimated effect on the present value of the accumulated  benefit obligation
at March 1, 1998 of a 1%  increase  each year in the health care cost trend rate
used would  result in an  estimated  increase  of  approximately  $61,000 in the
obligation.

(17)   Leases

During FY97, the Company incurred capital lease obligations totaling $579,000 in
connection with lease agreements to acquire  equipment.  This non-cash financing
activity has been excluded from the FY97  Consolidated  Statement of Cash Flows.
The Company leases  various  manufacturing  and office  facilities and equipment
under operating lease  agreements  expiring  through December 2004. In addition,
the  Company  earns  rental  income from office  space  leased to tenants  under
operating  leases expiring  through  November 2000.  Lease expense was $264,000,
$209,000,  and $240,000 for FY98,  FY97,  and FY96,  respectively,  while rental
income  totaled  $376,000,  $342,000,  and  $281,000 for FY98,  FY97,  and FY96,
respectively.

Future  minimum  lease  payments and rental income under the terms of the leases
for each of the years ending February 28, are as follows (in thousands):

                                   Lease Payments                  Rental Income
         1999                            $284                          $412
         2000                             179                           215
         2001                             125                           102
         2002                             117                            -
         2003                              88                            -
         Thereafter                       106                            -
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

(18)   Business Segments and Export Sales

During FY98, the Company operated in two continuing segments, Electronics, which
comprises the operations of JM Ney, and Corporate,  which includes the Company's
investment,  real  estate and  corporate  administrative  activities.  Operating
income  consists  of net  sales,  less cost of sales and  selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses directly allocated to the industry segments.  Corporate
revenues  consist of investment and other income not  attributable to a specific
segment.   Corporate  identifiable  assets  include  marketable  securities  and
short-term  investments,  and assets not directly  attributable  to JM Ney, or a
specific segment.



<PAGE>


Summarized  financial  information  for  business  segment  is  as  follows  (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          FY98           FY97           FY96
                                                                          ----           ----           ----
<S>                                                                    <C>            <C>             <C>   
     Net sales and revenues:
      Electronics                                                      $25,397        $20,643        $16,544
      Video Products                                                      ----          ----           2,080
      Corporate                                                          3,471           (142)           813
                                                                  -------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                       $28,868        $20,501        $19,437
                                                                  -------------   ------------   ------------
    Operating income (loss):
      Electronics                                                       $2,860         $2,589        $ 1,612
      Video Products                                                      ----           ----           (177)
      Corporate                                                          1,264         (2,356)        (3,071)
                                                                  -------------   ------------   ------------            
                                                                        $4,124        $   242        $(1,636)
                                                                  -------------   ------------   ------------
    Interest expense:
      Electronics                                                      $   468       $     13            379
      Corporate                                                            695            777            858
                                                                  -------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                        $1,163        $   790        $ 1,237
                                                                  -------------   ------------   ------------
    Identifiable assets:
      Electronics                                                      $25,337        $22,467        $20,886
      Ultrasonics                                                         ----          1,798          1,911
      Corporate                                                         19,434         13,412         16,001
                                                                  -------------   -----------   ------------
                                                                       $44,771        $37,677        $38,798
                                                                  -------------   -----------   ------------
    Depreciation and amortization:
      Electronics                                                       $1,126        $ 1,142         $1,363
      Ultrasonics                                                          139             95             76
      Corporate                                                            215            240            230
                                                                  -------------   ------------  ------------
                                                                        $1,480         $1,477         $1,669
                                                                  -------------   ------------  ------------
    Capital expenditures:
      Electronics                                                       $1,597         $1,512         $1,239
      Ultrasonics                                                          109            234             66
      Corporate                                                             34             24            123
                                                                  -------------   ------------  ------------
                                                                        $1,740         $1,770         $1,428
    ------------------------------------------------------------- -------------   ------------  ------------
</TABLE>

Export  sales  for  FY98,  FY97  and  FY96  were  $4,370,000,   $3,417,000,  and
$2,560,000,  respectively. Such sales were made primarily to customers in Europe
and the Pacific Rim.

During FY98 sales to two  customers  accounted for 14.9% and 12.6% of net sales.
Sales to a third  customer  during FY97  accounted for 10.3% of net sales during
that year. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of sales during FY96.

(19)   Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents,  accounts receivable, accounts
payable and other accrued  liabilities  are  reasonable  estimates of their fair
value based upon their  current  maturities.  The carrying  value of  marketable
securities approximates fair value as determined by quoted market prices.

At February 28, 1998, JM Ney owned futures contracts to purchase 5,500 ounces of
palladium  through  June 1998 at an average  price of $217.87,  which had a fair
market value of $61,000.  The value of these  contracts has not been recorded at
February 28, 1998, as these  contracts  have been  purchased to hedge firm price
orders.  In  addition,  gains  totaling  $346,000  from  expired or sold futures
contracts have been deferred from income recognition until the underlying orders
have been shipped.

The carrying value of short-term  borrowing equals fair value as it reflects the
market  value of the  corresponding  precious  metals in which the  liability is
denominated, or is at current market rates.

The  carrying  values  of  long-term  debt  issued by banks  and  capital  lease
obligations  approximate  fair value based on interest rate and repayment terms,
and the extent to which the individual debts are secured.  The fair value of the
Company's 10.5% convertible  debentures  approximates  carrying value based upon
market  interest rates,  its  subordinated  status,  and the market value of the
Company's common stock in relation to the conversion feature of the debt.

(20)    Litigation

The Company is involved in various legal proceedings generally incidental to its
business.  While the results of any  litigation or regulatory  issues contain an
element  of  uncertainty,  management  believes  that the  outcome of any known,
pending or threatened legal proceeding, or all of them combined, will not have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  financial  position  or  results of
operations.

(21)    New Accounting Standards

Reporting Comprehensive Income

Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 130,  Reporting  Comprehensive
Income  ("SFAS  130") was  issued in June 1997 and is  effective  for  financial
statements  beginning  after  December 15, 1997. The statement  establishes  new
standards for reporting and display of  comprehensive  income and its components
(revenues,  expenses,  gains,  and  losses)  in a full  set  of  general-purpose
financial  statements.  The  impact  of SFAS 130 on future  financial  statement
presentations will be to show comprehensive income.

Segment Reporting

Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 131, Disclosures about Segments
of an Enterprise  and Related  Information  ("SFAS 131") was issued in June 1997
and is effective for financial  statements  beginning  after  December 15, 1997.
This  Statement   establishes   standards  for  the  way  that  public  business
enterprises  report  information  about operating  segments in annual  financial
statements and requires that those enterprises report selected information about
operating segments in interim financial reports issued to shareholders.  It also
establishes  standards  for related  disclosures  about  products and  services,
geographic  areas,  and major  customers.  Management has not yet determined the
impact of SFAS 131 on future financial statement presentations.



(22)    Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

The information  below supplements the cash flow data presented in the Company's
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands):

                                     1998              1997               1996
                                     ----              ----               ----
        Cash paid for
           Interest                $1,129              $863              $1,203
           Income taxes, net        $ 360              $ 85              $1,410

During FY98, the company  exchanged  $4,311,000 of its convertible  subordinated
debentures  due October  2002 for an equal  amount of  convertible  subordinated
debentures due 2007. In addition to the extended  average maturity of the notes,
the new notes do not contain the restrictive  covenants that were present in the
original issue.
Interest and conversion terms of the old notes remain the same in the new notes.

As discussed in Note 5,  effective  February 28, 1998,  the Company sold the net
assets of Ney Ultrasonics Inc. No consideration had been paid as of February 28,
1998, and accordingly the effects of this  transaction have not been included in
the Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flow. During March 1998,  $2,400,000 of the
consideration was received and an additional  $500,000 was placed in escrow. The
remaining  portion of the purchase  price is expected to be received  during the
second quarter of FY99.



<PAGE>


Independent Auditors' Report

Deloitte and Touche LLP Letterhead


The Stockholders and Board of Directors
Andersen Group, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated  balance sheet of Andersen Group,
Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as of February  28,  1998 and the related  consolidated
statements of operations,  stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year then
ended.  These  consolidated  financial  statements are the responsibility of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Andersen Group, Inc.
and  subsidiaries at February 28, 1998, and the results of their  operations and
their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles.



/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP


Hartford, Connecticut
April 16, 1998


<PAGE>

Independent Auditors' Report

KPMG Peat Marwick LLP Letterhead


The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Andersen Group, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated balance sheet of Andersen Group,
Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as of February  28,  1997 and the related  consolidated
statements of operations,  common and other stockholders' equity, and cash flows
for the years ended February 28, 1997 and February 29, 1996. These  consolidated
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Andersen Group, Inc.
and  subsidiaries at February 28, 1997, and the results of their  operations and
their cash  flows for the years  ended in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.


                                                       /s/KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Hartford, Connecticut
April 8, 1997






<PAGE>


ITEM 9.     CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH
            ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

     The information required by this Item is not applicable because it has been
previously  reported in  the  Registrant's  definitive  Proxy  Statement,  dated
May 19, 1998.

                                    PART III

Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Report in that the
Registrant has filed a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A not
later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year  covered by this Report and
certain information included therein is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 10.     DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

     The  information  required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the
Registrant's   definitive  Proxy   Statement,   dated  May,  19,  1998,  and  is
incorporated  by reference to the Section in Part I hereof  entitled,  Executive
Officers of the Registrant.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

The  information  required  by this Item is  incorporated  by  reference  to the
Registrant's definitive Proxy Statement, dated May 19, 1998.

ITEM 12.     SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
             AND MANAGEMENT.

The  information  required  by this Item is  incorporated  by  reference  to the
Registrant's definitive Proxy Statement, dated May 19, 1998.

ITEM 13.     CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

The  information  required  by this Item is  incorporated  by  reference  to the
Registrant's definitive Proxy Statement, dated May 19, 1998.


<PAGE>



                                     PART IV

ITEM 14.      EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND
              REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

(a)1.  Consolidated  Financial Statements applicable to the Registrant contained
in Item 8:

                                                                           Pages
        Consolidated Balance Sheets
          as of February 28, 1998 and 1997                                   20
        Consolidated Statements of Operations
          for the years ended February 28, 1998, 1997 and
          February 29, 1996                                                  21
        Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
          for the years ended February 28, 1998, 1997
          and February 29, 1996                                              22
        Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
          for the years ended February 28, 1998, 1997
          and February 29, 1996                                              23
        Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                         24-40
        Independent Auditors' Reports                                      41-42

(a)2.  Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules:

        Schedule
        I  Condensed Financial Information                            F-1 to F-5
        II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                                F-6

Note:  Schedules  other than those listed above,  are omitted as not applicable,
not  required,  or the  information  is included in the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements or notes thereto.

(a)3.   Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K:

Exhibit
  No.                Description
- -------              -----------

3.1 Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.*
 
3.2   Amended and  Restated  By-Laws  of  the Registrant as  of April  18, 1997,
      incorporated  herein  by  reference  to Exhibit  3.2 to the  Registrant's
      Annual  Report  on Form  10-K  for the  year  ended  February  28,  1997
      (Commission File No. 0-1460).

4.1   Indenture, dated  as of February 26, 1998, between the Registrant and  The
      Chase  Manhattan Bank, as  Trustee,  in respect of  $4,311,000,  aggregate
      principal amount, 10 1/2% Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due 2007.*


10.1  Andersen  Group, Inc. Incentive  Stock  Option Plan incorporated herein by
      reference to Appendix A to the Registrant's  Post-Effective Amendment No.1
      to Form S-8 (File No. 333-17659) filed February 27, 1997.

10.2  Andersen Group, Inc. Incentive and Non-Qualified  Stock Option Plan 
      incorporated herein by reference to Appendix B to the Registrant's  
      Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Form S-8 (File No. 333-17659) filed
      February 27, 1997.

10.3  Deferred Compensation Agreement,  entered into as of September 30, 1992,
      by and between the Registrant and Francis E. Baker,  incorporated herein
      by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of the Registrant's  Annual Report on Form
      10-K for the year ended February 28, 1995 (Commission File No. 0-1460).

10.4  Letter  Agreement, dated March 7, 1993, between the Registrant and Ronald 
      N. Cerny,  incorporated  herein by  reference  to Exhibit  10.30 to the
      Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended February 28,
      1995 (Commission File No. 0-1460).

10.5  Letter  Agreements, dated  February  23, 1995 and March 20,  1995, between
      the Registrant and Ronald N. Cerny.

10.6  Asset  Purchase  Agreement among Phoenix Shannon p.l.c., Andersen Group,
      Inc., The J.M.  Ney Company  and Ney Dental  International,  Inc. dated as
      of  August 10, 1995, incorporated herein  by  reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
      the Registrant's Quarterly Report on  Form 10-Q for the quarter ending 
      August 31, 1995 (Commission file No. 0-1460).

10.7  Amendment No. 1 to Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Phoenix Shannon 
      p.l.c., The J.M. Ney Company,  Andersen Group, Inc. and Ney Dental  
      International,  Inc. made as of October 30, 1995, incorporated herein by 
      reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's  current report on Form 8-K 
      dated December 13, 1995 (Commission file No. 0-1460).

10.8  Amendment No. 2 to Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Phoenix Shannon 
      p.l.c., The J. M. Ney Company, Andersen  Group, Inc., and Ney Metals, Inc.
      (f/k/a Ney Dental International,  Inc.) made as of October 30, 1995, 
      incorporated herein by reference to  Exhibit  10.2 to  the  Registrant's 
      current report on Form 8-K dated December 13, 1995 (Commission file 
      No.0-1460).

10.9  Revolving Credit and Deferred Payment Sales Agreement by and among The 
      J.M. Ney Company,  Bank of Boston  Connecticut  and Rhode Island  Hospital
      Trust National Bank made as of the 8th day of  October 1996, incorporated 
      herein by  reference to exhibit 10.13 of the Registrant's Annual Report on
      Form 10-K for the year ended February 28, 1997.

10.10 Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of December 29, 1997 by and between
      The J.M. Ney Company and BankBoston, N.A.*

10.11 Asset Purchase  Agreement made effective as of February 28, 1998 among CAE
      U.S., Inc., Ney Ultrasonics Inc. and Andersen Group, Inc.*

10.12 Amendment  Agreement  dated as  of December 29, 1997 by and among The J.M.
      Ney Company ("Borrower"), BankBoston, N.A. (Successor by merger to Bank of
      Boston Connecticut)("BankBoston") and Rhode Island Hospital Trust National
      Bank ("RIHT" and, collectively, with BankBoston, the "Banks") with respect
      to a  Certain Revolving Credit and  Deferred Payment Sales Agreement dated
      as of October 8, 1996 by and among the Borrower and the Banks.*
     
21.   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.*

23.   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.*

27.1  Financial Data Schedule.*

27.2  Restated Financial Data Schedule.*

27.3  Restated Financial Data Schedule.*

(b)     Reports on Form 8-K.
        A Form 8-K was  filed on  December  29,  1998  reporting,  under  Item 4
        "Changes  in  Registrant's  Certifying  Accountant",  a  change  in  the
        Company's independent certified public accountants. An amendment to Form
        8-K was filed on  January 9, 1998  filing a copy of the letter  received
        from KPMG Peat Marwick.


*Filed herein


<PAGE>




                                   SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  Registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

ANDERSEN GROUP, INC.                          ANDERSEN GROUP, INC.
Registrant                                    Registrant

/s/ Oliver R. Grace, Jr.                      /s/ Andrew M. O'Shea
- -------------------------                     ---------------------
Oliver R. Grace, Jr., Principal               Andrew M. O'Shea, Principal 
 Executive Officer                             Financial and Accounting Officer

May 28, 1998                                  May 29, 1998

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following  persons on behalf of the  Registrant and
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

NAME                                  TITLE                       DATE
                                     
/s/ Francis E. Baker                  Chairman, Secretary         May 26, 1998
- --------------------                  and
Francis E. Baker                      Director

                                                     
/s/ Oliver R. Grace, Jr.              President, Chief            May 28, 1998
- ------------------------              Executive Officer
Oliver R. Grace, Jr.                  and Director

/s/ Peter N. Bennett                  Director                    May 24, 1998
- --------------------                                                  
Peter N. Bennett                       

/s/ John S. Grace                     Director                    May 27, 1998
- -----------------                                                            
John S. Grace                                     

/s/ Louis A. Lubrano                  Director                    May 29, 1998
- --------------------                                   
Louis A. Lubrano                              

/s/ James J. Pinto                    Director                    May 27, 1998
- ------------------                                                             
James J. Pinto                                   


<PAGE>



Deloitte and Touche LLP Letterhead


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Stockholders and Board of Directors
Andersen Group, Inc.:

We have audited the consolidated  financial  statements of Andersen Group,  Inc.
and  subsidiaries as of February 28, 1998 and for the year then ended,  and have
issued  our  report  thereon  dated  April 16,  1998;  such  report is  included
elsewhere in this Form 10-K.  Our audit also  included the  financial  statement
schedules of Andersen Group, Inc. and subsidiaries,  listed in Item 14 as of and
for the year ended February 28, 1998. These 1998 financial  statement  schedules
are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our  responsibility is to
express  an opinion  based on our audit.  In our  opinion,  such 1998  financial
statement schedules,  when considered in relation to the basic 1998 consolidated
financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects,
the information set forth therein.





/s/ Deloitte and Touche LLP
Hartford, Connecticut
April 16, 1998


<PAGE>


KPMG Peat Marwick LLP Letterhead


The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Andersen Group, Inc.

Under date of April 8, 1997, we  reported on the  consolidated  balance sheet of
Andersen  Group,  Inc. and  subsidiaries as of February 28, 1997 and the related
consolidated  statements of operations,  common and other stockholders'  equity,
and cash flows for the years ended  February 28, 1997 and February 29, 1996,  as
contained  in  the  1998  annual  report  to  stockholders.  These  consolidated
financial statements and our report thereon are included in the Annual Report on
Form  10-K for  1998.  In  connection  with  our  audits  of the  aforementioned
consolidated  financial  statements,  we  also  audited  the  related  financial
statement  schedules as listed in the accompanying index as of February 28, 1997
and for the years ended February 28, 1997 and February 29, 1996. These financial
statement  schedules are the  responsibility  of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial  statement  schedules
based on our audits.

In  our  opinion,  such  1997  and  1996  financial  statement  schedules,  when
considered  in  relation  to the  basic  1997  and 1996  consolidated  financial
statements  taken as a whole,  present  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the
information set forth therein.



                                                       /s/KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
                                                       ------------------------

Hartford, Connecticut
April 8, 1997



<PAGE>
                                      F-1


                              ANDERSEN GROUP, INC.
                  Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information
                                of the Registrant

                            Condensed Balance Sheets
                           February 28, 1998 and 1997
                             (amounts in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1998                          1997
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>                         <C>   
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents                                                            $ 1,441                     $ 2,304
Marketable securities                                                                  9,001                       5,345
Receivable from sale of subsidiary                                                     3,521                          -
Accounts and other receivables, less allowance for doubtful
accounts                                                                                 125                          53
Prepaid expenses and other assets                                                          5                         390
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------
Total current assets                                                                  14,093                       8,092
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------
Investment in The J. M. Ney Company                                                     6,604                     15,107
Subordinated note receivable from The J.M. Ney Company                                  4,000                         -
Investment in Digital GraphiX, Incorporated                                                -                       1,346
Property, plant and equipment, net                                                      2,629                      2,748
Other assets                                                                            2,711                      1,225
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------
                                                                                      $30,037                    $28,518
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current liabilities:
Short-term borrowings                                                                 $ 1,487                    $    -
Current maturities of long-term debt                                                      441                        586
Accounts payable                                                                          297                        101
Due to The J. M. Ney Company                                                              656                        316
Accrued liabilities                                                                     1,728                      1,765
Deferred income taxes                                                                     161                        564
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------
Total current liabilities                                                               4,770                      3,332
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------
Long-term debt, less current maturities                                                 4,124                      6,540
Other long-term liabilities                                                               596                         -
Deferred income taxes                                                                     351                        108
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
Redeemable cumulative convertible preferred stock,
    no par value; authorized 800,000 shares; issued
    789,628 shares; outstanding 265,192 shares;
    liquidation preference $18.75 per share                                                -                       4,891
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------
Stockholders' equity:
Cumulative convertible preferred stock,
    no par value; authorized 800,000 shares; issued
    789,628 shares; outstanding 256,416 shares;
    liquidation preference $18.75 per share                                             4,769                         -
Common stock, no par value; authorized 6,000,000
shares,                     issued 1,958,478 shares                                     2,103                      2,103
Additional paid-in capital                                                              3,248                      3,248
Retained earnings                                                                      10,158                      8,386
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------
                                                                                       20,278                     13,737
Treasury stock, at cost, 21,800 shares in 1998 and 24,000 in 1997                         (82)                       (90)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------
Total stockholders' equity                                                             20,196                     13,647
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------
                                                                                      $30,037                    $28,518
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------- --------------------------
See accompanying notes to condensed financial information.
</TABLE>

                                


<PAGE>
                                      F-2


                              ANDERSEN GROUP, INC.
                   Schedule I Condensed Financial Information
                                Of the Registrant

                       Condensed Statements of Operations
                     Years ended February 28, 1998 and 1997
                  (amounts in thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       1998                                1997
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ------------------------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>                                <C>    
Revenues:
Investment and other income                                          $3,691                              $  267
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ------------------------------------

Costs and expenses:
General and administrative                                            2,223                               2,280
Interest expense                                                        694                                 777
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ------------------------------------
                                                                      2,917                               3,057
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ------------------------------------
Income (loss) from continuing operations
     before income taxes and equity in earnings
     of The J.M. Ney Company                                            774                              (2,790)
Income tax expense (benefit)                                            361                              (1,778)
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ------------------------------------
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    before equity in earnings of
    The J.M. Ney Company                                                413                              (1,012)
Equity in earnings of The J.M. Ney Company                            1,357                               1,346
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ------------------------------------
Income from continuing operations                                     1,770                                 334
Income from discontinued operations
    net of income taxes                                                 345                                 (35)
Gain on sale of discontinued segment
    net of income taxes                                                  97                                  -
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ------------------------------------
Net income                                                            2,212                                 299
Preferred dividend requirement                                         (477)                               (411)
Reversal of preferred dividend                                           37                                 134
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ------------------------------------
Income applicable to common shares                                   $1,772                              $   22
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) per common share:
BASIC
    Continuing operations                                            $ 0.69                              $ 0.03
    Discontinued operations                                            0.18                               (0.02)
    Gain on sale of discontinued segment                               0.05                                0.00
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ------------------------------------
    Net income                                                       $ 0.92                              $ 0.01
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ------------------------------------
DILUTED
    Continuing operations                                            $ 0.68                              $ 0.03
    Discontinued operation                                             0.18                               (0.02)
    Gain on sale of discontinued segment                               0.05                                0.00
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ------------------------------------
    Net income                                                       $ 0.91                              $ 0.01
- ------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- ------------------------------------
See accompanying notes to condensed financial information.
</TABLE>


                              


<PAGE>
                                      F-3

                              ANDERSEN GROUP, INC.
         Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information of the Registrant

                       Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
                     Years ended February 28, 1998 and 1997
                             (amounts in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1998                            1997
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------- --------------------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>                             <C>    
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income                                                             $2,212                          $  299
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash 
  used in operating activities:
Equity in earnings of The J. M. Ney Company                            (1,357)                         (1,346)
Equity in earnings of Ney Ultrasonics                                    (345)                             35
Depreciation, amortization and accretion                                  216                             167
Deferred income taxes                                                     880                             105
Gain on sale of Ney Ultrasonics                                           (97)                             -
Net (gains) losses  from securities                                    (2,619)                          1,149
Purchases of securities                                                (2,218)                         (1,625)
Proceeds from sales of securities                                       1,230                             526
Investment in Digital GraphiX                                              -                              (87)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Accounts and notes receivable                                             (72)                            652
Prepaid expenses and other assets                                         372                            (184)
Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other
  long-term obligations                                                  (409)                           (654)
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------- --------------------------------
Net cash used in operating activities                                  (2,207)                           (963)
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------- --------------------------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of property, plant and equipment                                 (34)                             (7)
Proceeds from collection of investments                                 1,542                              -
Investment in other assets                                             (1,225)                             -
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------- --------------------------------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities                       283                              (7)
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------- --------------------------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Principal payments on long-term debt                                   (2,561)                         (1,178)
Proceeds from short-term debt                                           1,486                              -
Redemption of preferred stock                                            (160)                           (392)
Dividends paid                                                         (1,222)                             -
Dividends received from The J. M. Ney Company                           3,518                           1,150
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------- --------------------------------
 Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities                    1,061                            (420)
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------- --------------------------------
 Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents                               (863)                         (1,390)
 Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                           2,304                           3,964
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------- --------------------------------
 Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                                $1,441                          $2,304
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------- --------------------------------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid for:
 Interest                                                              $  766                          $  803
 Income taxes, net                                                     $  360                          $   85
- ----------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------- --------------------------------
See accompanying notes to condensed financial information.
</TABLE>
                               

<PAGE>
                                       F-4

                               ANDERSEN GROUP, INC
                  Schedule I - Condensed Financial Information
                                of the Registrant

                    Notes to Condensed Financial Information
                           February 28, 1998 and 1997
NOTE 1 - GENERAL
The Condensed  Financial  Information  presented  herein is required because the
Registrant's  wholly owned subsidiary,  The J. M. Ney Company (JM Ney),  entered
into a Revolving  Credit and Deferred  Payment Sales Agreement with two banks in
October 1996 and was  subsequently  amended  December 30, 1997,  which contained
covenants that limit the transfer of cash and other resources from JM Ney to the
Registrant.

     The Condensed  Financial  Information of the  registrant  should be read in
conjunction  with  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  the  Notes  to
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  which are  included  in Item 8 herein.  The
Condensed  Financial  Information  of the  Registrant  include  the  accounts of
several  wholly owned  subsidiaries  which are  immaterial  to the  Registrant's
Condensed Financial Information.

NOTE 2 - TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
The Registrant and its wholly owned  subsidiaries  share certain  administrative
services.  The  costs of these  services  are  allocated  to the  entity,  which
receives the service.  The following are among the types of services  which have
been  provided  to the  Registrant  by JM Ney:  maintenance,  accounting,  human
resources,  management  information systems and the rental of office space in JM
Ney's  facility.  Services  provided  by the  Registrant  to JM Ney  include the
following:  legal, tax, and business advisory services. In addition, during FY97
JM Ney paid the Registrant interest for the cost of capital used by JM Ney. Also
during the last two months of FY98,  JM Ney paid the  Registrant  interest  on a
junior  subordinated note, and a management fee, which will extend into 1999. In
connection with JM Ney entering into the Revolving  Credit and Deferred  Payment
Sales Agreement  referred to above, the Registrant and JM Ney entered into a Tax
Sharing  Agreement,  effective as of March 1, 1996, which requires JM Ney to pay
the Registrant an amount which may be equal to the maximum  allowable  amount of
any Federal and State income  taxes for which JM Ney or any of its  subsidiaries
would have been liable for in the particular  year.  During FY98, the Registrant
and JM Ney refined their accounting for deferred income taxes, which resulted in
a transfer of $1,041,000 of deferred tax  obligations  from the Registrant to JM
Ney. The  Registrant  files a  consolidated  Federal  income tax return with its
subsidiaries.  During  FY98,  JM  Ney  made  a $4  million  distribution  to the
Registrant in the form of an 8% junior  subordinated  note due January 31, 2005.
Effective  December,  1997,  the  Registrant  and JM  Ney  also  entered  into a
Financial,  Investment Banking and Professional  Services Agreement under which,
subject  to JM Ney's  compliance  with  certain  covenants,  JM Ney will pay the
Registrant  fees for defined  services.  The retainer for the first 15 months of
this agreement will be at the annual rate of $500,000.  Thereafter, the retainer
will  increase by $100,000 per year.  The  agreement  runs through  November 30,
2002.

NOTE 3 - SHORT TERM BORROWINGS
At February 28, 1998,  the Registrant  had a $1,487,000  demand loan,  which was
secured  by a portion  of the  Company's  portfolio  of  marketable  securities.
Interest on this borrowing was charged at 7.75%.

NOTE 4 - LONG TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          February 28, 1998             February 28, 1997
                                                                     ----------------------------- -----------------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>                           <C>                    
Mortgage note payable; Interest at 5.4%, paid February 1998                        -                         $  575
Convertible subordinated debentures, due October 2002;
     redeemed or exchanged in February 1998                                        -                          6,287
Convertible subordinated debentures, due October 2007;
     interest at 10.5%, payable semi-annually; annual
     principal payments in varying amounts through                             $4,311                            -
maturity, unsecured
Other                                                                             254                           264
                                                                     ----------------------------- -----------------------------
                                                                                4,565                         7,126
Less current maturities                                                           441                           586
                                                                     ----------------------------- -----------------------------
                                                                               $4,124                        $6,540
                                                                     ----------------------------- -----------------------------
</TABLE>

                                     

<PAGE>
                                      F-5

     The  terms of the 2007  convertible  subordinated  debentures  call for the
annual  redemption of  approximately  $431,000 of principal.  The debentures are
convertible  into  common  stock of the  Company at any time prior to  maturity,
unless  previously  redeemed,  at $16.17 per share,  subject to adjustment under
certain  conditions.  At February 28, 1998,  266,604 shares of common stock were
reserved for conversion.

Maturities  of  long-term  debt for each of the next  five  fiscal  years are as
follows (in thousands):

                     1999                             $   441
                     2000                                 441
                     2001                                 442
                     2002                                 443
                     2003                                 443
                     Thereafter                         2,355
                                                      ---------
                                                      $ 4,565
                                                      ---------


NOTE 5 - CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

See Note 12 to the Registrant's Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal
year ended February 28, 1998 contained in Item 8 herein.

NOTE 6 - CASH DIVIDENDS

The amount of cash dividends paid to the Registrant by Consolidated Subsidiaries
during fiscal years 1998 and 1997 was  approximately  $3,518,000 and $1,150,000,
respectively.

NOTE 7 - Litigation

     The  Registrant  is  involved  in  various  legal   proceedings   generally
incidental  to its business.  While the results of any  litigation or regulatory
issues contain an element of uncertainty,  management  believes that the outcome
of any known,  pending or threatened legal proceeding,  or all of them combined,
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's  financial  position or
results of operations.






















                              


<PAGE>
                                      F-6

                              Andersen Group, Inc.
                 Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                             (Amounts in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    -----Additions-----------
                                            Balance         Charged to           Charged                               Balance
                                           beginning         costs and          to other                                 end
    Description                             of year          expenses            account        Deductions             of year
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
February 28, 1998
<S>                                           <C>               <C>             <C>               <C>                   <C>
Allowance for doubtful
    accounts                                  $190               17             (36) (d)          (41) (a)              $ 130
Reserve for returns                           $ 95                                                                      $  95
Warranty reserve                              $ 70              (40)            (30) (d)                                $   0
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

February 28, 1997
Allowance for doubtful
    accounts                                  $124               76                               (10) (a)              $ 190
Reserve for returns                           $  0               95                                                     $  95
Warranty reserve                              $100              (30)                                                    $  70
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

February 29, 1996
Allowance for doubtful
    accounts                                  $360               97            (287) (b)          (46)(a)               $124
Warranty reserve                              $ 65               35                                                     $100
Discontinued operation                        $ 63                                                (63) (c)              $  0
Deferred income tax
    valuation allowance                       $483             (483)                                                    $  0
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(a) Write offs net of recoveries.
(b) Transferred in connection with sale of certain assets of Dental Segment. (c)
Eliminated in connection with reduction in stock ownership of Digital GraphiX in
     May 1995.
(d)  Transferred  in  connection  with sale of  certain  assets  of  Ultrasonics
segment.










                                    



<PAGE>
                                      E-1


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit
  No.    Description                                                    Page No.
- -------  -----------                                                    --------

 3.1     Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.         E-2 

 4.1     Indenture, dated  as of February 26, 1998, between the 
         Registrant and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee,  
         in respect of  $4,311,000, aggregate principal amount, 
         10-1/2% Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due 2007.*            E-3

 
10.10    Securities Purchases Agreement dated as of December 29, 1997.
         by and between The J.M. Ney Company and BankBoston, N.A.          E-4

10.11    Asset Purchase Agreement made effective as of February 28,1998
         among CAE U.S., Inc., Ney Ultrasonics Inc. 
         and Andersen Group, Inc.                                          E-5

10.12    Amendment Agreement dated as of December 29, 1997 by and among
         The J.M. Ney Company ("Borrower"), BankBoston, N.A. (Successor
         by merger to Bank of Boston Connecticut)("BankBoston") and Rhode 
         Island Hospital Trust National Bank ("RIHT" and, collectively,
         with BankBoston, the "Banks") with respect to a Certain
         Revolving Credit and Deferred Payment Sales Agreement dated as
         of October 8, 1996 by and among the Borrower and the Banks.       E-6

21.      Subsidiaries of the Registrant.                                   E-7

23.      Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.                                 E-8

27.1     Financial Data Schedule.                                          E-9

27.2     Restated Financial Data Schedule.                                 E-10

27.3     Restated Financial Data Schedule.                                 E-11











                             



                                       E-2
                                       
                                                                    EXHIBIT 3.1

                           SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                              ANDERSEN GROUP, INC.

         We, the subscribers, certify that we do hereby associate ourselves as a
body politic and corporate  under the statute laws of the State of  Connecticut;
and we further certify that:

FIRST:        The name of the corporation is Andersen Group, Inc.

SECOND:       The nature of the business to be transacted and the purposes to be
              promoted and carried out by the corporation are as follows:

              To  engage  in  any  lawful  act  or  activity   for  which  a
              corporation  may be  organized  under  the  provisions  of the
              Connecticut Business Corporation Act.

THIRD:        The amount  of  the  capital  stock  of  said  corporation  hereby
              authorized is six million(6,000,000) shares of common stock, 
              without par value, and eight hundred thousand (800,000) shares of
              preferred stock, without par value, the terms of which are set 
              forth on Exhibit A attached  hereto.  The Board of Directors is 
              authorized to issue, from time to time, all such shares, to fix 
              and determine the terms, limitations and relative rights and 
              preferences of the preferred stock into series, to fix and
              determine the variations among series to the extent permitted by
              law and to provide that shares of the preferred stock, or any 
              thereof, may series be convertible into the same or a different 
              number of shares of common stock.

FOURTH:       The amount of paid-in capital with which this corporation shall 
              commence business is $2,000.

FIFTH:        The duration of the corporation is unlimited.

SIXTH:        No stockholder  of said  corporation  shall have any preemptive or
              other right of subscription  to any  shares  of any class of stock
              of said corporation, issued  or  to  be  issued  or  sold, whether
              now or hereafter authorized, or to any securities convertible into
              stock of said corporation of any class, or to receive any such 
              shares or securities by way of dividend, other than right or 
              rights,  if any, as the Board of Directors may determine;  but any
              shares of stock or  convertible  securities  which the  Board of  
              Directors may determine to offer for subscription to  stockholders
              may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, be offered in 
              such proportions and to the holders of any one or more or all
              classes of stock of the corporation then outstanding, and at such
              price or prices as the Board of Directors may determine.

SEVENTH:      A director of the corporation shall not be liable to the 
              corporation or its  shareholders  for breach of duty as a director
              for  monetary damages  in an amount in excess of the  compensation
              received by such  director  for serving the corporation during the
              year of such breach (or such lesser  amount as may  hereafter be 
              permitted by the Connecticut Business Corporation  Act), except to
              the extent such exemption from liability or limitation  thereof is
              not permitted under the Connecticut  Business  Corporation Act as 
              currently in effect or as the same may hereafter be amended.  No 
              amendment, modification or repeal of this provision shall 
              adversely affect any right or protection of a director that exists
              at the time of such  amendment,  modification  or repeal.



<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT A


                      STATEMENT FIXING AND DETERMINING THE
       TERMS OF SHARES OF SERIES A CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
                            OF ANDERSEN GROUP, INC.

     The Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock of Andersen Group, Inc.
shall be  subject  to the  following  terms,  limitations,  relative  rights and
preferences.

         1.  Designation.  There  shall  be a series  of  Preferred  Stock,  the
designation  of which shall be the "Series A  Cumulative  Convertible  Preferred
Stock, without par value," hereinafter referred to as the Series A Stock and the
number of authorized shares constituting the Series A Stock shall be 800,000.

         2.  Dividends.  (a) The holders of the Series A Stock shall be entitled
to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors but only out of funds
legally available  therefor,  cumulative cash dividends at the rate specified in
subparagraph  (b) below,  and no more,  payable not later than 45 days after the
end of each fiscal quarter of the Company, commencing with the end of the fiscal
quarter  during which the Series A Stock is  initially  issued.  Such  dividends
shall be subject to  proportional  adjustment  if dividends  are payable for any
part of a  fiscal  quarter.  So long as any  share  of  Series  A Stock  remains
outstanding no dividend or other  distribution  shall be paid or declared on any
shares of Common Stock,  without par value (the "Common Stock"), of the Company,
other than  dividends  payable in shares of Common Stock of the Company,  unless
all cumulative  dividends on the Series A Stock shall have been paid or declared
and set apart for payment.  Subject to the  foregoing  and not  otherwise,  such
dividends  (payable in cash,  stock or  otherwise)  as may be  determined by the
Board of  Directors  may be declared  and paid on the Common  Stock from time to
time out of any funds legally available  therefor,  and the Series A Stock shall
not be entitled to participate in any such  dividends or  distributions  whether
payable in cash, stock or otherwise.

                  (b) Cumulative  dividends shall be payable at a quarterly rate
per share upon the Series A Stock in an amount equal to $0.375.

<PAGE>

         3.  Optional  Redemption.  All or any part of the Series A Stock may be
called for  redemption  by the Company at its option at any time or from time to
time on or after the day after the second  anniversary of February 28, 1991 (the
"Effective Time"), by paying therefor in cash a redemption price equal to $17.75
per share in the case of any such redemption during the period commencing on the
day after such second  anniversary  and ending on the third  anniversary  of the
Effective Time,  $18.00 per share in the case of any such redemption  during the
period  commencing  on the day after  such third  anniversary  and ending on the
fourth  anniversary of the Effective  Time,  $18.25 per share in the case of any
such  redemption  during the  period  commencing  on the day after  such  fourth
anniversary  and ending on the fifth  anniversary  of the  Effective  Time,  and
$18.75  per share in the case of any such  redemption  thereafter,  in each case
plus  accrued and unpaid  dividends to the date fixed for  redemption.  At least
twenty (20) days'  notice prior to the  redemption  date,  by prepaid  certified
mail,  shall be given  to the  holders  of  record  of the  Series A Stock to be
redeemed,  addressed to the last post office address shown on the records of the
Company.  On the date  fixed for  redemption,  and stated in such  notice,  such
holder of such Series A Stock  shall  surrender  such  holder's  certificate  or
certificates at the place designated in such notice and thereupon be entitled to
receive  payment of the redemption  price. If notice of redemption is duly given
and if funds for the  redemption  have been set  aside  prior to the  redemption
date,  notwithstanding  the fact that a shareholder may have failed to surrender
the same,  no dividend  shall be payable on such shares after the date fixed for
redemption, and all rights with respect to shares so called for redemption shall
forthwith,  after such date, terminate,  except only the right of the holders to
receive the redemption price thereof,  without  interest.  If fewer than all the
outstanding  shares  of  Series  A Stock  are to be  redeemed  pursuant  to this
paragraph,  the number of shares to be redeemed shall be determined by the Board
of Directors of the Company, and such shares shall be redeemed pro rata from all
record  holders of the Series A Stock in proportion to the number of such shares
held by such holders (rounding to the nearest whole share to avoid redemption of
fractional shares).

         4.       Voting Rights.

                  (a)  General.  The  shares  of  Series  A Stock  shall  not be
entitled to vote upon any matters upon which  shareholders are entitled to vote,
except to the extent required by law, including the right to a class vote in the
event of any  amendment to the  Company's  certificate  of  incorporation  which
creates a new class of shares  equal or senior to the  Series A Stock or changes
an existing  class of shares into a class equal or senior to the Series A Stock,
and except to the extent set forth in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph 4.

                  (b) Certain  Voting  Rights.  If and  whenever  six  quarterly
dividends or the equivalent (whether or not consecutive) payable on the Series A
Stock  shall be in  arrears  whether or not  earned or  declared,  the number of
Directors  then  constituting  the Board of  Directors  of the Company  shall be
increased  by one and the  holders of the Series A Stock,  voting  together as a
class,  shall be  entitled  to elect the one  additional  Director at any annual
meeting of  shareholders  or a special  meeting held in place  thereof,  or at a
special  meeting  of the  holders of the  Series A Stock  called as  hereinafter
provided.  Whenever  all  arrears  in  dividends  on the  Series  A  Stock  then
outstanding  shall have been paid and dividends thereon for the current dividend
period  shall have been paid or  declared  and set apart for  payment,  then the
right of the holders of the Series A Stock to elect such additional one Director
shall cease (but subject  always to the same  provisions for the vesting of such
voting rights in the case of any similar future  arrearages in  dividends),  and
the term of office of any  person  elected  as  Director  by the  holders of the
Series  A Stock  shall  forthwith  terminate  and the  number  of the  Board  of
Directors  shall be reduced  accordingly.  At any time after such  voting  power
shall have been so vested in the Series A Stock,  the  Secretary  of the Company
may, and upon the written  request of any holder of shares of the Series A Stock
(addressed to the Secretary at the principal office of the Company) shall,  call
a special  meeting of the holders of the Series A Stock for the  election of the
one Director to be elected by them as herein  provided,  such call to be made by
notice  similar to that  provided in the  by-laws  for a special  meeting of the
shareholders or as required by law. If any such special  meeting  required to be
called as above provided shall not be called by the Secretary within twenty (20)
days after receipt of any such request,  then any holder of shares of the Series
A Stock may call such  meeting,  upon the notice  above  provided,  and for that
purpose  shall  have  access to the stock  books of the  Company.  The  Director
elected at any such  special  meeting  shall hold  office  until the next annual
meeting of the  shareholders  or special  meeting held in place  thereof if such
office  shall not have  previously  terminated  as above  provided.  In case any
vacancy  shall occur with respect to the Director  elected by the holders of the
Series A Stock, a successor  shall be elected by the Board of Directors to serve
until the next annual  meeting of the  shareholders  or special  meeting held in
place thereof upon the nomination by the holders of the Series A Stock.

<PAGE>
         5.  Liquidation,  Dissolution  and  Winding  Up.  In the  event  of any
liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of the affairs of the Company,  whether
voluntary or  involuntary,  the holders of the Series A Stock shall be entitled,
before any assets of the Company shall be distributed  among or paid over to the
holders of the Common  Stock,  to be paid  $18.75  per share  together  with any
accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, and to no more. If, upon such liquidation,
dissolution or winding up, the assets of the Company  distributable as aforesaid
among the holders of the Series A Stock shall be  insufficient to permit payment
to them of said amount, the entire assets shall be distributed ratably among the
holders of the Series A Stock issued and outstanding and having such priority.

<PAGE>

        6.  Conversion.  (a) The holder of shares of Series A Stock  shall have
the right, at its option,  to convert one or more of such shares into fully paid
and  nonassessable  shares of Common  Stock of the  Company at any time and from
time to time after the date of  issuance,  at the rate of 1.875 shares of Common
Stock for each one share of Series A Stock or at the rate which results from the
making of any  adjustment  specified in  subparagraph  (e) hereof (the number of
shares of Common Stock  issuable at any time,  giving effect to the latest prior
adjustment  pursuant to  subparagraph  (e) hereof,  if any, in exchange  for one
share of Series A Stock being hereinafter called the "Conversion Rate").

                  (b) The Series A Stock shall be  convertible  at the office of
any transfer agent of the Company,  and at such other office or offices, if any,
that the Board of Directors  may  designate,  into fully paid and  nonassessable
shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Rate. In case of the redemption for any
shares of Series A Stock, such right of conversation  shall cease and terminate,
as to the shares to be redeemed,  at the close of business on the date fixed for
such  redemption,  unless default shall be made in the payment of the redemption
price for the shares to be so redeemed.

                  (c) In order to convert  shares of Series A Stock into  shares
of Common Stock  pursuant to the right of conversion  set forth in  subparagraph
(a),  the  holder  thereof  shall  surrender  the  certificate  or  certificates
representing  Series A Stock,  duly endorsed to the Company or in blank,  at any
office herein above  mentioned  and shall give written  notice to the Company at
said office that such holder elects to convert the same,  stating in such notice
the name or names in which such holder wishes the  certificate  or  certificates
representing shares of Common Stock to be issued. The Company shall, within five
business  days,  deliver at said office to such holder of Series A Stock,  or to
such holder's nominee or nominees,  a certificate or certificates for the number
of shares of Common Stock to which such holder  shall be entitled as  aforesaid,
together  with cash to which such holder shall be entitled in lieu of fractional
shares  in an  amount  equal  to the  same  fraction  of the  Market  Price  (as
hereinafter  defined)  of a whole  share of  Common  Stock on the  business  day
preceding the day of conversion. The Company shall make no payment or adjustment
on  account  of any  dividends  accrued  on the  shares  of the  Series  A Stock
surrendered  for  conversion or any dividends upon shares of Common Stock issued
upon conversion,  except that the registered  holder of shares of Series A Stock
being  converted  shall be entitled to receive  payment of any unpaid  dividends
which  have  accrued  on such  shares for  dividend  periods up to the  dividend
payment date immediately preceding such surrender for conversion at the time the
Company makes  payment to other holders of the Series A Stock of accrued  unpaid
dividends for such dividend periods;  provided,  that if the Company acquires at
any time all outstanding shares of Series A Stock, the Company shall on the date
of the acquisition of the last outstanding  share,  declare and pay such accrued
and unpaid dividends out of funds legally available therefor. Shares of Series A
Stock shall be deemed to have been  converted as of the date of the surrender of
such shares for conversion as provided above, and the person or persons entitled
to receive the shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon such  conversion  shall be
treated  for all  purposes  as the record  holder or  holders of such  shares of
Common Stock on such date.  Upon  conversion  of only a portion of the number of
shares  covered  by  a  certificate   representing  shares  of  Series  A  Stock
surrendered for conversion,  the Company shall issue and deliver to, or upon the
written order of, the holder of the  certificate so surrendered  for conversion,
at the expense of the Company,  a new certificate  covering the number of shares
of Series A Stock  representing  the  unconverted  portion of the certificate so
surrendered,  which new  certificate  shall  entitle  the holder  thereof to the
rights of the shares of Series A Stock represented thereby to the same extent as
if the certificate  theretofore  covering such  unconverted  shares had not been
surrendered for conversion.

<PAGE>

                  (d) The  issuance of  certificates  for shares of Common Stock
upon the  conversion of shares of Series A Stock shall be made without charge to
the converting  stockholder for any original issue or transfer tax in respect of
the issuance of such certificates and any such tax shall be paid by the Company.
The Company shall not, however,  be required to pay any tax which may be payable
in respect  of any  transfer  involved  in the issue and  delivery  of shares of
Common  stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series A Stock so
converted  were  registered,  and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless
and until the person requesting such issue has paid to the Company the amount of
any such tax or has established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax
has been paid.

                  (e) The  Conversion  Rate shall be  subject  to the  following
adjustments:

                         (i) If the Company shall declare and pay to the holders
of Common  Stock a  dividend  or other  distribution  payable  in shares of
Common Stock or Convertible  Securities (as hereinafter defined), the Conversion
Rate in effect  immediately  prior thereto shall be adjusted so that the holders
of Series A Stock  hereafter  surrendered  for  conversion  shall be entitled to
receive the number of shares of Common  Stock which such holder would have owned
or been entitled to receive after the  declaration  and payment of such dividend
or other  distribution  if such  shares  of  Series A Stock  had been  converted
immediately  prior to the  record  date for the  determination  of  stockholders
entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution.

     (ii) If the Company shall subdivide the outstanding  shares of Common Stock
into a greater  number of shares of Common  Stock,  or combine  the  outstanding
shares  of  Common  Stock  into  a  lesser   number  of  shares,   or  issue  by
reclassification  of its shares of Common Stock any shares of the  Company,  the
Conversion  Rate in effect  immediately  prior thereto shall be adjusted so that
the holders of Series  Stock  thereafter  surrendered  for  conversion  shall be
entitled to receive the number of shares of Common Stock which such holder would
have owned or been  entitled to receive after the happening of any of the events
described above if such shares of Series A Stock had been converted  immediately
prior to the  happening  of such event on the day upon  which such  subdivision,
combination or reclassification, as the case may be, becomes effective.

<PAGE>

     (iii) If the Company  shall issue or sell any  Additional  Shares of Common
Stock for a consideration  per share less than the Conversion  Amount,  then the
Conversion  Rate shall be adjusted to the number  determined by multiplying  the
Conversion  Rate in  effect  immediately  prior  to such  issuance  or sale by a
fraction,  the  numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding  immediately prior to the issuance or sale of such Additional Shares
of Common  Stock plus the number of such  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock so
issued or sold,  and the  denominator  of which shall be the number of shares of
Common  Stock  outstanding  immediately  prior to the  issuance  or sale of such
Additional  Shares of Common  Stock  plus the  number of shares of Common  Stock
which the aggregate  consideration for such Additional Shares of Common Stock so
issued  or sold  would  purchase  at a  consideration  per  share  equal  to the
Conversion Amount.  For the purposes of this subparagraph  (iii), the date as of
which the Conversation  Amount shall be computed shall be the earlier of (x) the
date on which the Company  shall enter into a firm  contract for the issuance or
sale of such  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock or (y) the date of the  actual
issuance or sale of such shares.

<PAGE>

     (iv) If the Company  shall  issue or sell any  warrants or options or other
rights  entitling the holders  thereof to subscribe  for or purchase  either any
Additional Shares of Common Stock or evidences of indebtedness,  shares of stock
or other securities which are convertible into or exchangeable,  with or without
payment of additional  consideration in cash or property,  for Additional Shares
of Common Stock (such  convertible or  exchangeable  evidences of  indebtedness,
shares  of stock or  other  securities  hereinafter  being  called  "Convertible
Securities"),  and the  consideration  per share for which Additional  Shares of
Common Stock may at any time thereafter be issuable pursuant to such warrants or
other rights or pursuant to the terms of such Convertible Securities (when added
to the  consideration  per  share of Common  Stock,  if any,  received  for such
Convertible  Securities,  warrants  or other  rights),  shall  be less  than the
Conversion  Amount,  then the  Conversion  Rate shall be adjusted as provided in
subparagraph (iii) on the basis that (x) the maximum number of Additional Shares
of Common  Stock  issuable  pursuant  to all such  warrants  or other  rights or
necessary  to  effect  the  conversion  or  exchange  of  all  such  Convertible
Securities   shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  issued  and  (y)  the  aggregate
consideration  (plus the  consideration,  if any,  received for such Convertible
Securities,  warrants or other  rights) for such  maximum  number of  Additional
Shares of Common  Stock  shall be deemed to be the  consideration  received  and
receivable by the Company for the issuance of such  Additional  Shares of Common
Stock pursuant to such warrants or other rights or pursuant to the terms of such
Convertible  Securities.  

                          (v) If the  Company  shall  issue or sell  Convertible
Securities and the consideration per share for which Additional Shares of Common
Stock  may at any time  thereafter  be  issuable  pursuant  to the terms of such
Convertible  Securities  shall be less  than  the  Conversion  Amount,  then the
Conversion Rate shall be adjusted as provided in subparagraph (iii) on the basis
that (x) the maximum  number of Additional  Shares of Common Stock  necessary to
effect the conversion or exchange of all such  Convertible  Securities  shall be
deemed to have been issued and (y) the aggregate  consideration for such maximum
number  of  Additional  Shares  of  Common  Stock  shall  be  deemed  to be  the
consideration  received and  receivable  by the Company for the issuance of such
Additional  Shares of Common  Stock  pursuant  to the terms of such  Convertible
Securities.  No  adjustment  of the  Conversion  Rate  shall be made  under this
subparagraph  (v) upon the  issuance  of any  Convertible  Securities  which are
issued  pursuant  to the  exercise  of any  warrants  or other  rights,  if such
adjustment shall previously have been made upon the issuance of such warrants or
other  rights  pursuant  to   subparagraph   (iv).  

     (vi) For the purposes of  subparagraphs  (iv) and (v), the date as of which
the Conversion Amount shall be computed shall be the earliest of (x) the date of
which the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock for the
purpose of entitling them to receive any warrants or other rights referred to in
subparagraph  (iv) or to receive  any  Convertible  Securities,  (y) the date on
which the Company  shall  enter into a firm  contract  for the  issuance of such
warrants or other rights or Convertible Securities or (z) the date of the actual
issuance of such warrants or other rights or Convertible Securities.

     (vii) No adjustment of the Conversion Rate shall be made under subparagraph
(iii) upon the  issuance  of any  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock  which are
issued  pursuant to the  exercise of any warrants or other rights or pursuant to
the exercise of any conversion or exchange rights in any Convertible Securities,
if such  adjustment  shall  previously  have been made upon the issuance of such
warrants or other rights or upon the issuance of such Convertible Securities (or
upon the  issuance  of any  warrants  or other  rights  therefor),  pursuant  to
subparagraphs (iv) or (v).

<PAGE>

     (viii) If any  warrants or other  rights (or any  portions  thereof)  which
shall  have  given  rise to any  adjustment  pursuant  to  subparagraph  (iv) or
conversion rights pursuant to Convertible Securities which shall have given rise
to any adjustment  pursuant to subparagraph (v) shall have expired or terminated
without the exercise  thereof  and/or if by reason of the terms of such warrants
or other rights or Convertible  Securities  there shall have been an increase or
increases,  with the passage of time or otherwise, in the price payable upon the
exercise or conversion  thereof,  then the Conversion  Rate  hereunder  shall be
readjusted (but to no greater extent than  originally  adjusted) on the basis of
(x) eliminating  from the  computation of any Additional  Shares of Common Stock
corresponding  to such  warrants or other rights or  conversion  rights as shall
have expired or terminated,  (y) treating the Additional Shares of Common Stock,
if any,  actually issued or issuable  pursuant to the previous  exercise of such
warrants or other rights or of  conversion  rights  pursuant to any  Convertible
Securities  as having been issued for the  consideration  actually  received and
receivable therefor, and (z) treating any of such warrants or other rights or of
conversion   rights  pursuant  to  any  Convertible   Securities   which  remain
outstanding  as being  subject to  exercise or  conversion  on the basis of such
exercise  or  conversion  price as shall be in  effect  at the  time;  provided,
however,  that any  consideration  which was actually received by the Company in
connection with the issuance or sale of such warrants or other rights shall form
part of the  readjustment  computation even though such warrants or other rights
shall have  expired  without the exercise  thereof.  (ix) To the extent that any
Additional Shares of Common Stock, any warrants or other rights to subscribe for
or purchase any Additional Shares of Common Stock, or any Convertible Securities
shall be issued for a cash  consideration,  the  consideration  received  by the
Company  therefor  shall be deemed to be the amount of the cash  received by the
Company  therefor,  or, if such Additional  Shares of Common Stock,  warrants or
other  rights  or  Convertible   Securities  are  offered  by  the  Company  for
subscription,  the  subscription  price or, if such Additional  Shares of Common
Stock,  warrants  or  other  rights  or  Convertible   Securities  are  sold  to
underwriters or dealers for public offering without a subscription offering, the
initial public  offering  price,  in any such case excluding any amounts paid or
receivable for accrued  interest or accrued  dividends and without  deduction of
any compensation,  discounts or expenses paid or incurred by the Company for and
in the underwriting  of, or otherwise in connection with, the issuance  thereof.
If and to the extent that such issuance shall be for a consideration  other than
cash, then, except as herein otherwise  expressly  provided,  the amount of such
consideration  shall be deemed to be the fair value of such consideration at the
time of such issuance as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company. If
Additional  Shares  of  Common  Stock  shall be  issued  as part of a unit  with
warrants or other rights,  then the amount of  consideration  for the warrant or
other right shall be deemed to be the amount  determined at the time of issuance
by the Board of  Directors  of the  Company.  If the Board of  Directors  of the
Company shall not make any such determination, the consideration for the warrant
or other right shall be deemed to be zero.

     (x) In case the Company shall effect a reorganization,  shall merge with or
consolidate  into  another  corporation,  or shall sell,  transfer or  otherwise
dispose of all or  substantially  all of its  property,  assets or business and,
pursuant  to  the  terms  of  such  reorganization,   merger,  consolidation  or
disposition of assets,  shares of stock or other securities,  property or assets
of the Company,  successor or transferee or an affiliate  thereof or cash are to
be received by or distributed  to the holders of Common Stock,  then each holder
of Series A Stock shall be given a written  notice  from the  Company  informing
each  holder  of the terms of such  reorganization,  merger,  consolidation,  or
disposition  of assets  and of the record  date,  thereof  for any  distribution
pursuant  thereto,  at least ten days in advance of such record  date,  and each
holder of  Series A Stock  shall  have the right  thereafter  to  receive,  upon
conversion  of such  Series A Stock,  the  number  of  shares  of stock or other
securities,  property  or assets of the  Company,  successor  or  transferee  or
affiliate thereof or cash receivable upon or as a result of such reorganization,
merger,  consolidation  or  disposition  of assets by a holder of the  number of
shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion  Rate  immediately  prior to such
event, multiplied by the number of shares of Series A Stock as may be converted.
The  provisions of this  subparagraph  (x) shall  similarly  apply to successive
reorganizations, mergers, consolidation or dispositions of assets.

     (xi) The Company may make such increases in the  conversion  rate, so as to
increase  the number of shares of Common Stock into which the Series A Stock may
be converted,  in addition to those required by subparagraphs  (i) - (v) and (x)
above,  as it  considers  to be  advisable  in order that any event  treated for
Federal  income tax purposes as a dividend of stock or stock rights shall not be
taxable to the recipients.

     (xii) The number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  at any given time
shall not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the Company, and
the  disposition  of such shares shall be  considered an issue or sale of Common
Stock for the purposes of this paragraph (e).

<PAGE>

     (xiii) If a state of facts shall occur which,  without  being  specifically
controlled by the  provisions of this paragraph (e), would not in the reasonable
opinion of the Board of Directors  fairly protect the  conversion  rights of the
Series A Stock in accordance  with the essential  intent and  principles of such
provision,  then the Board of Directors of the Company  shall make an adjustment
in the application of such provisions,  in accordance with such essential intent
and principles, so as to protect such conversion rights.

     (xiv) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment in the
Conversion  Rate shall be  required  unless  such  adjustment,  either by itself
orwith other  adjustments  not  previously  made,  would  require a change of at
least1% in such rate; provided,  however, that any adjustment which by reason of
this subparagraph  (xiv) is not required to be made shall be carried forward and
taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.

     (xv) All calculations under this paragraph (e) shall be made to the nearest
one-thousandth of a share.

     (xvi)  Whenever  the  Conversion  Rate shall be  adjusted  pursuant to this
paragraph (e), the Company shall  forthwith cause to be delivered to each holder
of  Series A Stock,  a notice  setting  forth in  reasonable  detail  the  event
requiring the adjustment and the method by which such  adjustment was calculated
(including  a  description  of the basis on which the Board of  Directors of the
Company determined the fair value of any consideration  other than cash pursuant
to subparagraph  (ix)) and specifying the new Conversion Rate,  accompanied by a
letter of a firm of independent  certified public  accountants (which may be the
regular auditors of the Company) of recognized national standing selected by the
Board of  Directors  of the  Company,  stating  that such firm has  reviewed the
relevant provisions of this paragraph 6 and the Company's calculation of the new
Conversion Rate. In the case referred to in subparagraph  (x), such notice shall
be issued  describing  the amount  and kind of stock,  securities,  property  or
assets or cash which shall be receivable  upon  conversion of the Series A Stock
after giving effect to the provision of such subparagraph (x).

     (xvii) The Company  shall  provide the holders of the Series A Stock prompt
notice ofany tender or exchange offer made to holders of the Common Stock to the
extent such offer is subject to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and the rules and regulations thereunder.

                  (f) The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available,
free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common
Stock,  solely for the purposes of effecting  the  conversion of Series A Stock,
the full number of shares of Common Stock then  deliverable  upon the conversion
of all shares of Series A Stock at the time outstanding.  The Company shall take
at all times  such  corporate  action as shall be  necessary  in order  that the
Company may validly and  legally  issue fully paid and  nonassessable  shares of
Common  Stock  upon the  conversion  of  Series A Stock in  accordance  with the
provision hereof,  free from all taxes,  liens,  charges and security  interests
with respect to the issue  thereof.  The Company will,  at its expense,  use its
best  efforts  to cause such  shares of Common  Stock to be listed  (subject  to
issuance  or notice of  issuance  on all stock  exchanges,  if any, on which the
Company's Common Stock may become listed.

                  (g) No fractional shares of Common Stock or scrip representing
fractional  shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon any conversion of Series
A Stock,  but, in lieu  thereof,  there shall be paid an amount in cash equal to
the same  fraction of the Market  Price of a whole share of Common  Stock on the
business day preceding the day of conversion.

<PAGE>

         7.       Definitions

                  (a) "Additional  Shares of Common Stock" shall mean all shares
of Common Stock of the Company  issued by the Company after the Effective  Time,
except (i) shares  which may be issued  pursuant to  conversion  of the Series A
Stock,  and  (ii)  shares  issued  upon  conversion  of  convertible  securities
outstanding on the date of issuance of the Series A Stock,  or upon the exercise
of  options  granted  or to be granted  with  respect  to up to  100,000  shares
pursuant to any stock option plan approved by the shareholders of the Company.

                  (b) "Conversion Amount" shall mean at any applicable date, the
amount equal to the quotient  resulting  from dividing  $15.45 by the Conversion
Rate in effect on such date for the Series A Stock.

                  (c) "Market Price" of a share of Common Stock on any day shall
mean the average closing price of a share of Common Stock for the 15 consecutive
trading days preceding such day on the principal national securities exchange on
which the shares of Common  Stock are listed or  admitted  to trading or, if not
listed or admitted to trading on any national securities  exchange,  the average
closing  price of a share of Common  Stock for the 15  consecutive  trading days
preceding such day on the  NASDAQ/National  Market Systems,  or if the shares of
Common Stock are not publicly traded, the Market Price for such day shall be the
Conversion Amount or the book value of a share of Common Stock of the Company as
disclosed in the last  balance  sheet of the Company  regularly  prepared by the
Company, whichever is higher.

         8. Stated Value. The entire consideration  received by the Company upon
issuance of the Series A Stock shall be allocated to capital surplus.

         9. Shares Surrendered. Any shares of Series A Stock redeemed, purchased
or otherwise  reacquired,  or surrendered  for conversion  shall be canceled and
restored to the status of authorized but unissued  shares of Preferred  Stock of
the Company, but shall not thereafter be issued as shares of Series A Stock.

         10.  Reports to Holders.  The Company shall  transmit to the holders of
the  Series  A  Stock  copies  of the  annual  reports  and of the  information,
documents  and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing
as the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  may from time to time by rules and
regulations  prescribe)  which  the  Company  may be  required  to file with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including,  without limitation,
its  Annual  Reports to  Shareholders,  its  Annual  Reports  on Form 10-K,  its
Quarterly  Reports  on Form 10-Q and its  Current  Reports  on Form 8-K.  If the
Company is not required to file such  information  the Company shall transmit to
the  holders  of the  Series A Stock,  within 15 days  after it would  have been
required to file such information  with the Securities and Exchange  Commission,
financial statements,  including any notes thereto,  prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting  principles,  reasonably  comparable to that which
the  Company  would  have been  required  to  include  in such  annual  reports,
information,  documents  or other  reports if the  Company  were  subject to the
reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.


                                       E-3

 
                              ANDERSEN GROUP, INC.


                                       AND


                            THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK
                                               TRUSTEE





                                    Indenture

                          Dated as of February 26, 1998




                                Up to $4,311,000

               10 1/2 Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due 2007





<PAGE>



                                     PART 1

                               Special Provisions



<PAGE>



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS*

                                     Part 1

Parties....................................................................... 1

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY....................................................... 5
ARTICLE I Definitions And Other Provisions Of General Application............. 5
ss. 1-1. Certain Definitions.................................................. 5
"Common Stock" ............................................................... 5
"Senior Indebtedness" ........................................................ 6
   ss.ss. 1-2. through 1-12.  Miscellaneous Provisions........................ 6
   ss. 1-13.   Governing Law.................................................. 6
ARTICLE II Debenture Forms.................................................... 6
   ss. 2-1.  Forms Generally.................................................. 6
   ss. 2-2.  Form of Debenture................................................ 7
ARTICLE III The Debentures....................................................11
   ss. 3-1.   Title and Terms.................................................11
   ss. 3-2.  Denominations....................................................12
   ss.ss. 3-3.  through 3-9.   Debenture Register, Record Data, etc...........12
   ss. 3-10.  Authentication and Delivery of Original Issue...................12
ARTICLE IV Redemption Of Debentures And Sinking Fund..........................14
   ss. 4-1.  Right of Redemption..............................................14
   ss.ss. 4-2.   through 4-8.   Redemption Procedure..........................15
ARTICLE V  Covenants..........................................................15
   ss.ss. 5-1.   through 5-7.   Covenants.....................................15
   ss. 5-8.  Waiver of Covenants..............................................15
   ss. 5-9.  Accountants' Certificate.........................................15
ARTICLE VI Debentureholders' Lists And Reports By Trustee And Company.........15
   ss.ss. 6-1.   through 6-4.   Lists-and Reports.............................15
ARTICLE VII Remedies..........................................................16
   ss.ss. 7-1.   through 7-14.    Events of Default and Remedies..............16
ARTICLE VIII The Trustee......................................................16
   ss.ss. 8-1.  through 8-13.   Concerning the Trustee........................16
ARTICLE IX Supplemental Indentures............................................16
   ss.ss. 9-1.  through 9-7.    Supplemental Indentures.......................16
ARTICLE X Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance Or Transfer.......................16
   ss.ss. 10-1.   and 10-2.    Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer..16
ARTICLE XI Satisfaction And Discharge.........................................16
   ss.ss. 11-1.   and 11-2.    Satisfaction and Discharge;
                  Application of Trust Money..................................16
ARTICLE XII Immunity Of Incorporators, Stockholders, Officers And Directors...18
   ss. 12-1.  Exemption from Individual Liability.............................18
ARTICLE XIII Subordination Of Debentures......................................18
   ss. 13-1.  Agreement of Subordination......................................18
   ss. 13-2.  Payments to Debentureholders....................................18
   ss. 13-3.  Subrogation of Debentures.......................................19
   ss. 13-4.  Authorization by Debentureholders...............................20
   ss. 13-5.  Notice to Trustee...............................................21
   ss. 13-6.  Trustee's Relation to Senior Indebtedness.......................22
   ss. 13-7.  No Impairment of Subordination..................................22
ARTICLE XIV Conversion Of Debentures..........................................22
   ss. 14-1.  Conversion Privilege............................................22
   ss. 14-2.  Exercise of Conversion Privilege................................23
   ss. 14-3.  No Conversion Adjustments.......................................24
   ss. 14-4.  Adjustment of Conversion Price..................................24
   ss. 14-5.  Fractions of Shares.............................................25
   ss. 14-6.  Effect of Mergers, etc., on Conversion Privilege................27
   ss. 14-7.  Notice of Adjustments...........................................27
   ss. 14-8.  Notice of Certain Events........................................28
   ss. 14-9.  Company to Reserve Common Stock; Listing; Registration..........29
   ss. 14-10.  Taxes on Conversions...........................................29
   ss. 14-11.  Responsibility of Trustee......................................30


<PAGE>
                                                   
         THIS INDENTURE  dated as of February 26, 1998 between  ANDERSEN  GROUP,
INC., a Connecticut corporation  (hereinafter called the "Company"),  having its
principal executive offices at 1280 Blue Hills Avenue,  Bloomfield,  Connecticut
06002 and THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, a New York banking corporation  (hereinafter
called the "Trustee"),  having its Bond and Trustee Administration Office at 450
West 33rd Street,  New York, New York, 10001  (hereinafter  called the Principal
Corporate  Trust  Office)  sets  forth  certain  of its  provisions  in full and
incorporates other of its provisions by reference to the document (herein called
the "General  Provisions")  annexed hereto as Part 2, and such provisions as are
set  forth  in  full  and  such  provisions  as are  incorporated  by  reference
constitute a single instrument.

         Whenever this instrument  incorporates herein by reference, in whole or
in part or as hereby  amended,  any  provision of the General  Provisions,  such
provision  of the  General  Provisions  shall  be  deemed  to be a part  of this
instrument  as fully to all intents and  purposes as though said  provision  had
been set forth in full in this instrument.

                             RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

         The Company  wishes to redeem up to $5,665,000  in aggregate  principal
amount of its 10 1/2%  Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures due 2002 (the "2002
Debentures"),  and to issue up to $5,665,000 in aggregate principal amount of 10
1/2% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2007 (the "Debentures") in exchange
for such 2002 Debentures; and

         All things  necessary to make the  Debentures,  when  executed and duly
issued by the Company  and  authenticated  and  delivered  hereunder,  the valid
obligations of the Company,  and to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the
Company, in accordance with their and its terms, have been done.

         Now, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

         For  and in  consideration  of the  premises  and the  purchase  of the
Debentures by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the
equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Debentures, as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

             DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

ss. 1-1. Certain Definitions.

         Section 1.01 of the General  Provisions is herein  incorporated as part
of this ss. 1-1.

         "Common  Stock"  means the  Common  Stock of the  Company  of the class
authorized at the date of this Indenture and stock of any other class into which
such  presently  authorized  Common Stock may be changed and any other shares of
stock of the Company  which do not have any priority in the payment of dividends
or upon liquidation over any other class of stock.

         "Senior  Indebtedness" means the principal of, and premium, if any, and
accrued  and unpaid  interest  on (a)  indebtedness  of  the  Company  for money
borrowed,  whether  outstanding  on the date of execution  of this  Indenture or
thereafter created,  incurred or assumed, other than all obligations of any kind
owed by the Company in respect of the  2002  Debentures,  (b) guarantees  by the
Company of  indebtedness  for money borrowed by or performance  obligations  due
from any other  Person,  whether  outstanding  on the date of  execution of this
Indenture  or  thereafter  created,  incurred  or  assumed,  (c) purchase  money
indebtedness   evidenced  by  notes,   lease-purchase   agreements   or  similar
instruments  for the payment of which the Company is responsible  or liable,  by
guarantees or otherwise,  whether  outstanding  on the date of execution of this
Indenture or thereafter  created,  incurred or assumed,  (d)  obligations of the
Company under any agreement to lease, or lease of, any real or personal property
which are required to be  capitalized  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles, or any other agreement to lease, or lease of, any real or
personal  property  which,  by the terms  thereof,  are expressly  designated as
Senior  Indebtedness,  whether  outstanding  on the  date of  execution  of this
Indenture  or  thereafter  created,   incurred   or  assumed,  (e)  performance,
completion or similar bonds of the  Company,  and (f)  modifications,  renewals,
extensions and refundings of any such indebtedness,  guarantees,  obligations or
bonds;  unless, in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to
which  the  same  is  outstanding,   it  is  provided  that  such  indebtedness,
guarantees,  obligations or bonds, or such modification,  renewal,  extension or
refunding thereof, are not superior in right of payment to the Debentures.

         ss.ss. 1-2. through 1-12.  Miscellaneous Provisions.

         Sections  1.02  through  1.12  of the  General  Provisions  are  herein
incorporated as ss.ss. 1-2 through 1-12 hereof, respectively.

         ss. 1-13.   Governing Law.

         This Indenture and the Debentures shall be construed in accordance with
and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                 DEBENTURE FORMS

         ss. 2-1.  Forms Generally.

         Section 2.01 of the General  Provisions is herein  incorporated  as ss.
2-1. hereof.

         ss. 2-2.  Form of Debenture.

                           [FORM OF FACE OF DEBENTURE]

No.                                                                        $    
                              ANDERSEN GROUP, INC.

               10 1/2% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURE DUE 2007

         ANDERSEN GROUP,  INC., a corporation  duly organized and existing under
the laws of the State of Connecticut  (herein  called the "Company",  which term
includes  any  successor  corporation  under the  Indenture  referred  to on the
reverse   hereof),   for   value   received,   hereby   promises   to   pay   to
_____________________,   or   registered   assigns,   the   principal   sum   of
______________  Dollars,  on  October  15,  2007,  and to pay  interest  on said
principal sum  semiannually on April 15 and October 15 of each year, at the rate
of 10 1/2% per annum,  from the April 15 or October 15, as the case may be, next
preceding the date of this Debenture to which interest has been paid, unless the
date hereof is a date to which  interest  has been paid,  in which case from the
date of this  Debenture,  or unless no interest has been paid on the Debentures,
in which case from October 15, 1997 until payment of said principal sum has been
made or duly provided for and at such rate on any overdue  principal and premium
and  (to the  extent  that  the  payment  of  such  interest  shall  be  legally
enforceable)  on  any  overdue  installment  of  interest.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  when there is no existing  default in the payment of interest on the
Debentures,  if the date hereof is after a Regular  Record Date (which  shall be
the close of business on the March 31 or September  30, as the case may be, next
preceding  an  Interest  Payment  Date  unless  the  Regular  Record  Date as so
determined  would not be a Business Day, in which event it shall be the Business
Day next preceding) and before the next succeeding  Interest  Payment Date, this
Debenture  shall  bear  interest  from such  Interest  Payment  Date;  provided,
however,  that if the Company  shall  default in the payment of interest  due on
such Interest  Payment Date,  then this  Debenture  shall bear interest from the
next preceding  Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid, or, if no
interest has been paid on the Debentures, from October 15, 1997. The interest so
payable,  and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date
will,  as provided in said  Indenture,  be paid to the Person in whose name this
Debenture (or one or more  Predecessor  Debentures) is registered at the Regular
Record Date for such Interest  Payment Date.  The principal of, and premium,  if
any, and interest on this  Debenture are payable in such coin or currency of the
United  States of America as at the time of payment is legal  tender for payment
of public  and  private  debts,  at the  office or agency of the  Company in the
Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York; provided, that interest may be
paid,  at the option of the  Company,  by check  mailed to the  Person  entitled
thereto at such Person's address last appearing on the Debenture  Register.  Any
interest not  punctually  paid or duly provided for shall be payable as provided
in the Indenture.

         Reference is made to the further provisions of this Debenture set forth
on the reverse  hereof,  which  shall have the same  effect as though  fully set
forth at this place.

         Unless the  certificate of  authentication  hereon has been executed by
the Trustee by manual  signature,  this  Debenture  shall not be entitled to any
benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this instrument to be duly
executed under its corporate seal.

                                                     ANDERSEN GROUP, INC.


                                                     By
                                                              President

Dated:
[SEAL]
Attest:


Secretary

                [FORM OF TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION]
This is one of the Debentures referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

                                                     THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK
                                                               as Trustee,


                                                     By
                                                              Authorized Officer

                         [FORM OF REVERSE OF DEBENTURE]
                              ANDERSEN GROUP, INC.

               10 1/2% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURE DUE 2007

         This Debenture is one of a duly  authorized  issue of Debentures of the
Company designated as its 10 1/2% Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures Due 2007
(herein called the "Debentures"), limited in aggregate principal amount of up to
$4,311,000,  issued and to be issued under an Indenture dated as of February 26,
1998  (herein  called  the  "Indenture"),  between  the  Company  and The  Chase
Manhattan Bank (herein  called the "Trustee",  which term includes any successor
Trustee under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental
thereto  reference  is hereby  made for a  statement  of the  respective  rights
thereunder of the Company,  the Trustee and the Holders of the  Debentures,  and
the terms  upon  which the  Debentures  are,  and are to be,  authenticated  and
delivered.

         The Debentures  are subject to redemption  through the operation of the
Mandatory  Sinking Fund provided in the  Indenture,  on October 15, 1998, and on
each October 15 thereafter,  to and including October 15, 2006, on notice as set
forth in the Indenture,  at a Sinking Fund Redemption Price equal to 100% of the
principal amount thereof, together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date.

         As provided in the  Indenture,  the transfer of this  Debenture  may be
registered  on the  Debenture  Register of the Company,  upon  surrender of this
Debenture for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in
the  Borough of  Manhattan,  City and State of New York,  duly  endorsed  by, or
accompanied  by a written  instrument  of transfer in form  satisfactory  to the
Company and the  Debenture  Registrar  duly executed by, the  registered  Holder
hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new
Debentures,  of authorized  denominations  and for the same aggregate  principal
amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

         The  Debentures  are issuable  only as  registered  Debentures  without
coupons  in the  denominations  of $1,000 and  integral  multiples  thereof.  As
provided in the Indenture, and subject to certain limitations therein set forth,
Debentures are exchangeable for a like aggregate  principal amount of Debentures
of different authorized denominations,  as requested by the Holders surrendering
the same.

         No service charge will be made for any such registration of transfer or
exchange,  but the Company may require  payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

         Prior  to  due  presentment  for   registration  of  transfer  of  this
Debenture,  the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee
may treat the Person in whose name this  Debenture  is  registered  as the owner
hereof for the purpose of receiving payment as herein provided and for all other
purposes, whether or not this Debenture be overdue, and neither the Company, the
Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

         If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of
all the Debentures may be declared due and payable, and such declarations may be
in certain events  rescinded,  in the manner and with the effect provided in the
Indenture.

         The indebtedness evidenced by the Debentures is, to the extent provided
in the  Indenture,  subordinate  and  subject  in right of  payment to the prior
payment in full of Senior Indebtedness,  and this Debenture is issued subject to
the  provisions  of the  Indenture  with  respect  thereto.  Each Holder of this
Debenture,  by  accepting  the  same,  agrees  to and  shall  be  bound  by such
provisions  and  authorizes the Trustee in his behalf to take such action as may
be necessary or  appropriate  to effectuate  the  subordination  so provided and
appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

         Subject to the  provisions of the  Indenture,  the Person in whose name
this  Debenture is  registered in the  Debenture  Register is entitled,  at such
Person's  option,  at any  time on or  before  October  15,  2007  (or,  if this
Debenture or some portion  hereof shall be called for redemption on a Redemption
Date through operation of the Mandatory Sinking Fund which is prior to such date
and the Company shall not  thereafter  default in making  payment of the Sinking
Fund  Redemption  Price,  then,  with respect to this  Debenture or such portion
hereof,  on or before the close of business on the Redemption  Date), to convert
the principal  amount of this  Debenture or any portion of the principal  amount
hereof which is $1,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000, into shares of Common
Stock (as defined in the  Indenture) of the Company at a conversion  price equal
to $16.17  aggregate  principal  amount of  Debentures  for each share of Common
Stock (or at the current  adjusted  conversion  price if an adjustment  has been
made as provided in the  Indenture),  upon  surrender  of this  Debenture to the
Company at its office or agency in the Borough of  Manhattan,  City and State of
New York,  with written  notice to the Company that the Holder of this Debenture
elects to convert  this  Debenture  or a specified  portion (as above  provided)
hereof, and accompanied,  if required by the Company or the Trustee, by a proper
assignment  hereof in blank. If this Debenture is surrendered  during any period
beginning  subsequent  to a Regular  Record  Date and  ending at the  opening of
business on the Interest  Payment Date next  following  such Regular Record Date
(unless  this  Debenture or such portion  hereof then being  converted  has been
called for  redemption on a Redemption  Date occurring  during such period),  it
shall also be  accompanied  by payment in New York Clearing House funds or other
funds  reasonably  acceptable  to the Company of an amount equal to the interest
payable on such Interest  Payment Date on the principal amount of this Debenture
then being  converted.  As provided in the Indenture,  the  conversion  price is
subject to adjustment in certain events. Subject to the foregoing, no adjustment
is to be made upon any  conversion  for dividends on  securities  issued on such
conversion or for interest accrued hereon. As further provided in the Indenture,
in the case of any  capital  reorganization,  certain  reclassifications  of the
Common Stock, the  consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other
corporation or the disposition of the properties and assets of the Company,  as,
or substantially as, an entirety to any other corporation,  this Debenture shall
thereafter  cease to be  convertible  into Common Stock and shall be convertible
into shares of stock or other  securities or property  (including cash) to which
the  holders of Common  Stock are  entitled  upon such  capital  reorganization,
reclassification,  consolidation,  merger or disposition. No fractions of shares
or scrip representing  fractions of shares will be issued on conversion,  but an
adjustment in cash will be made for any  fractional  interest as provided in the
Indenture.

         The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
amendment  thereof and the  modification  of the rights and  obligations  of the
Company and the rights of the Holders of the  Debentures  under the Indenture at
any time by the  Company  with the  consent  of the  Holders  of a  majority  in
aggregate  principal  amount  of the  Debentures  at the time  Outstanding.  The
Indenture  also  contains   provisions   permitting  the  Holders  of  specified
percentages  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of the  Debentures  at  the  time
Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all the Debentures, to waive compliance
by the Company  with  certain  provisions  of the  Indenture  and  certain  past
defaults under the Indenture and their consequences.  Any such consent or waiver
by the Holder of this Debenture shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder
and upon all future Holders of this  Debenture and of any Debenture  issued upon
the  registration  of transfer  hereof or in exchange  herefor or in lieu hereof
whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Debenture.

         Except with respect to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness
set forth in this  Debenture and in the  Indenture,  no reference  herein to the
Indenture and no provision of this Debenture or of the Indenture  shall alter or
impair the obligation of the Company,  which is absolute and  unconditional,  to
pay the  principal of, and premium,  if any, and interest on, this  Debenture at
the time, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

         No  recourse  shall be had for the  payment  of the  principal  of,  or
premium,  if any, or the  interest  on, this  Debenture,  or for any claim based
hereon,  or  otherwise  in  respect  hereof,  or based on or in  respect  of the
Indenture  or any  indenture  supplemental  thereto,  against any  incorporator,
stockholder,  officer or  director,  as such,  past,  present or future,  of the
Company or any  successor  corporation,  whether by virtue of any  constitution,
statute or rule of law, or by the  enforcement  of any  assessment or penalty or
otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the
consideration for the issue hereof, expressly waived and released.

         All terms used in this  Debenture  which are  defined in the  Indenture
shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                 THE DEBENTURES

ss. 3-1. Title and Terms.

         The aggregate principal amount of Debentures which may be authenticated
and delivered  under this Indenture is limited to up to  $4,311,000,  except for
Debentures  authenticated  and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in
exchange for, or in lieu of, other Debentures, as provided herein.

         The  Debentures   shall  be  known  and  designated  as  the  "10  1/2%
Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures  Due 2007" of the  Company.  Their  Stated
Maturity shall be October 15, 2007,  and they shall bear interest,  as set forth
below,  at the rate per  annum set forth in the  preceding  sentence,  until the
principal  thereof  becomes  due and  payable,  and at such rate on any  overdue
principal and premium and (to the extent that the payment of such interest shall
be legally enforceable) on any overdue installment of interest.

         Every  Debenture  shall be dated  the date of its  authentication  and,
except as  otherwise  provided in this ss.  3-1,  shall bear  interest,  payable
semiannually  on April 15 and  October  15 of each  year,  from the  April 15 or
October 15, as the case may be, next  preceding  the date of such  Debenture  to
which  interest  on the  Debentures  has  been  paid,  unless  the  date of such
Debenture is an April 15 or October 15 to which interest has been paid, in which
case from such date, or unless no interest has been paid on the  Debentures,  in
which case from October 15, 1997. However,  when there is no existing default in
the payment of interest on the Debentures,  each Debenture  authenticated  after
the Regular Record Date for any Interest Payment Date but prior to such Interest
Payment  Date  shall be dated  the date of its  authentication  but  shall  bear
interest from such Interest Payment Date; provided,  however, that if and to the
extent that the Company  shall default in the payment of the interest due on any
Interest Payment Date, then such Debenture shall bear interest from the April 15
or  October  15,  as the case may be,  to which  interest  has been  paid,  next
preceding  such Interest  Payment Date,  unless no interest has been paid on the
Debentures, in which case from October 15, 1997.

         The Regular  Record Date  referred to in ss. 3-7 for the payment of the
interest  payable,  and  punctually  paid or duly  provided for, on any Interest
Payment Date shall be the close of business on the March 31 or September  30, as
the case may be, next  preceding  such Interest  Payment Date unless the Regular
Record  Date as so  determined  would not be a Business  Day,  in which event it
shall be the Business Day next preceding.

         The Person in whose name any  Debenture  is  registered  at the Regular
Record  Date with  respect to an  Interest  Payment  Date shall be  entitled  to
receive  the  interest  payable  on such  Interest  Payment  Date  (unless  such
Debenture has been called for redemption on a Redemption  Date which is prior to
such Interest Payment Date)  notwithstanding  the cancellation of such Debenture
upon any registration of transfer or exchange or conversion  thereof  subsequent
to such Regular Record Date and prior to such Interest  Payment Date;  provided,
however,  that if and to the extent the Company  shall default in the payment of
the interest due on any Interest Payment Date, such Defaulted  Interest shall be
paid as provided in ss. 3-7.

         The  principal and the Sinking Fund  Redemption  Price of, and interest
on, the  Debentures  shall be payable at the office or agency of the  Company in
the Borough of Manhattan,  City and State of New York (herein  called the "Place
of Payment"); provided, that interest may be paid, at the option of the Company,
by check mailed to the Person  entitled  thereto at such  Person's  address last
appearing on the Debenture Register.

         The Debentures shall be redeemable and shall be entitled to the benefit
of and be redeemable  for the Mandatory  Sinking Fund as provided in Article IV.
The Debentures may not otherwise be redeemed at the option of the Company.

         The  Debentures  shall be  subordinated  in right of payment to certain
other indebtedness of the Company as provided in Article XIII.

         The Debentures shall be convertible as provided in Article XIV.

ss. 3-2.  Denominations.

         The  Debentures  shall be issuable  as  registered  Debentures  without
coupons in the denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

ss.ss. 3-3.  Through 3-9.    Debenture Register, Record Data, etc.

         Sections  3.03  through  3.09  of the  General  Provisions  are  herein
incorporated as ss.ss. 3-3 through 3-9 hereof, respectively.

ss. 3-10.  Authentication and Delivery of Original Issue.

         Forthwith  upon the execution and delivery of this  Indenture,  or from
time to time thereafter,  Debentures up to the aggregate  principal amount of up
to  $4,311,000  may be executed by the Company and  delivered to the Trustee for
authentication  upon original issue,  and shall thereupon be  authenticated  and
delivered by the Trustee upon Company  Order,  without any further action by the
Company.



<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IV

                    REDEMPTION OF DEBENTURES AND SINKING FUND

ss. 4-1.  Right of Redemption.

          (a ) The Company  covenants that, on or prior to October 15, 1998, and
on or prior to each October 15 thereafter to and including  October 15, 2006, it
will  pay to  the  Trustee,  in  trust,  as and  for a  mandatory  sinking  fund
(hereinafter  called the "Mandatory Sinking Fund") to be held and applied by the
Trustee to the  redemption of  Debentures,  an amount in cash (herein called the
"Mandatory Sinking Fund Payment") sufficient in each instance to redeem, at 100%
of the  principal  amount  thereof (said  percentage  of principal  amount being
hereinafter called the "Sinking Fund Redemption  Price"),  together with accrued
interest  to the  Redemption  Date,  an  amount  equal  to 10% of the  aggregate
principal amount of Debentures  originally issued  hereunder,  as rounded off to
the nearest integral of $1,000;  provided,  however,  that the obligation of the
Company to make any Mandatory Sinking Fund Payment in cash may, at the option of
the Company, and as specified by it in a Company Request on or before the August
15  next  preceding  any  such  October  15 (or  such  later  date as  shall  be
satisfactory  to the  Trustee),  be reduced and  satisfied  to the extent of the
Sinking Fund Redemption Price,  together with accrued interest to the Redemption
Date, of any Debentures (a) acquired by the Company and delivered by the Company
to the  Trustee  for  cancellation,  (b)  redeemed  otherwise  than  through the
operation of the Mandatory  Sinking  Fund, or (c) converted  pursuant to Article
XIV hereof, and in each case under clauses (a), (b) and (c) delivered,  redeemed
or  converted  prior  to any such  August  15 (or  such  later  date as shall be
satisfactory  to the  Trustee  for  receipt of such  Company  Request),  and not
theretofore  made the  basis  for the  reduction  of a  Mandatory  Sinking  Fund
Payment.

         (b ) As soon as  practicable  after  August 15 in each year  commencing
with  1998,  the  Trustee  shall take the action  herein  specified  to call for
redemption  on the next  succeeding  October 15, at the Sinking Fund  Redemption
Price, together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date, a principal amount
of Debentures  sufficient to exhaust,  as nearly as  practicable,  the sums then
held by it in the  Mandatory  Sinking  Fund  and to be paid to it  prior to such
October  15  for  the  Mandatory   Sinking  Fund  pursuant  to  ss.ss.   4-1(a),
respectively;  provided, however, that if such sums aggregate less than $50,000,
such action shall not be taken except upon a Company Request. The Company hereby
irrevocably  authorizes the Trustee to give notice in the name of the Company of
the redemption of such  Debentures,  in the manner and with the effect specified
in this Article IV.

         (c ) The Company's  obligation to make a Mandatory Sinking Fund Payment
on any  October 15 shall  automatically  be  reduced  by an amount  equal to the
Sinking Fund Redemption Price  allocable,  together with accrued interest to the
Redemption  Date, to any  Debentures or portions  thereof  called for redemption
pursuant  to ss.  4-1(b)  on such  October  15 and  surrendered  for  conversion
pursuant  to  Article  XIV  hereof;  provided,  that if the  Trustee  is not the
conversion agent for the Debentures,  the Company or such conversion agent shall
give the Trustee  written notice prior to the Redemption  Date of the Debentures
or portions thereof so surrendered for conversion.

ss.ss. 4-2.   Through 4-8.    Redemption Procedure.

         Sections  4.02  through  4.08  of the  General  Provisions  are  herein
incorporated as ss.ss. 4-2 through 4-8 hereof, respectively.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                    COVENANTS

ss.ss. 5-1. Through 5-7.   Covenants.

         Sections  5.01  through  5.07  of the  General  Provisions  are  herein
incorporated as ss.ss. 5-1 through 5-7 hereof, respectively.

ss. 5-8.  Waiver of Covenants.

         The  Company  may omit in any  particular  instance  to comply with any
covenant  or  condition  set forth in ss.ss.  5-6 or 5-7, if before or after the
time for such  compliance  the Holders of a majority in principal  amount of the
Debentures  at the  time  Outstanding  shall,  by Act of such  Debentureholders,
either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with
such  covenant or  condition,  but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such
covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived,  and, until such
waiver shall become effective,  the obligations of the Company and the duties of
the Trustee in respect of any such  covenant or  condition  shall remain in full
force and effect.

ss. 5-9.  Accountants' Certificate.

         At the time the  statement  required  by ss. 5-4 is filed,  the Company
will also  file  with the  Trustee  a letter  or  statement  of the  Independent
accountants who shall have certified the financial statements of the Company for
its preceding fiscal year in connection with the annual report of the Company to
its  stockholders  for such year to the effect that,  in making the  examination
necessary for certification of such financial statements,  they have obtained no
knowledge of any default by the Company in the performance or fulfillment of any
covenant,  agreement or condition set forth in ss. 5-6 in this Indenture,  which
default  remains  uncured at the date of such letter or  statement,  or, if they
shall have obtained  knowledge of any such uncured  default,  specifying in such
letter or statement  such default or defaults and the nature  thereof,  it being
understood that such accountants  shall not be liable directly or indirectly for
failure to obtain knowledge of any such default or defaults.

                                   ARTICLE VI

           DEBENTUREHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

ss.ss. 6-1. through 6-4.  Lists-and Reports.

         Sections  6.01  through  6.04  of the  General  Provisions  are  herein
incorporated in ss.ss. 6-1 through 6-4 hereof, respectively.

         The "reporting date" referred to in ss. 6-3 shall be July 1, commencing
July 1, 1999.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                                    REMEDIES

ss.ss. 7-1.   through 7-14.    Events of Default and Remedies.

         Sections  7.01  through  7.14  of the  General  Provisions  are  herein
incorporated as ss.ss. 7-1 through 7-14 hereof, respectively.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   THE TRUSTEE

ss.ss. 8-1.  Through 8-13.    Concerning the Trustee.

         Sections  8.01  through  8.13  of the  General  Provisions  are  herein
incorporated as ss.ss. 8-1 through 8-13 hereof, respectively.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

ss.ss. 9-1.  0Through 9-7.    Supplemental Indentures.

         Sections  9.01  through  9.07  of the  General  Provisions  are  herein
incorporated as ss.ss. 9-1 through 9-7 hereof, respectively.

                                   ARTICLE X

                  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER

ss.ss. 10-1.   And 10-2.    Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer.

         Sections  10.01  and  10.02  of  the  General   Provisions  are  herein
incorporated as ss.ss. 10-1 and 10-2 hereof, respectively.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

ss.ss. 11-1. and 11-2.  Satisfaction and Discharge; Application of Trust Money.

         Sections  11.01  and  11.02  of  the  General   Provisions  are  herein
incorporated as ss.ss. 11-1 and 11-2 hereof respectively.



<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XII

                    IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS,

                             OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

ss. 12-1.  Exemption from Individual Liability.

         Section  12.01 of the  General  Provisions  is herein  incorporated  as
ss.12-1 hereof.

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                           SUBORDINATION OF DEBENTURES

ss. 13-1.  Agreement of Subordination.

         The Company covenants and agrees,  and each Holder of Debentures issued
hereunder by his  acceptance  thereof  likewise  covenants and agrees,  that all
Debentures  shall be issued  subject to the provisions of this Article XIII; and
each Person holding any Debenture,  whether upon original issue or upon transfer
or assignment thereof, accepts and agrees to be bound by such provisions.

         All Debentures  issued hereunder shall, to the extent and in the manner
hereinafter set forth,  be  subordinated  and subject in right of payment to the
prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness.

ss. 13-2.  Payments to Debentureholders.

         No payment on account of principal of, or premium,  if any, or interest
on, the Debentures  (including any Mandatory Sinking Fund Payment) shall be made
if any default or event of default with respect to any Senior Indebtedness which
permits the holders  thereof (or a trustee on their  behalf) to  accelerate  the
maturity thereof shall have occurred and be continuing;  provided, however, that
if such event or event of default with respect to any Senior  Indebtedness shall
be  remedied  or cured by the Company or be waived by the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness,  in each case pursuant to the terms  thereof,  so that the holders
thereof (or a trustee on their behalf) are not able to  accelerate  the maturity
thereof,  then any such event or event of  default  shall be deemed to have been
remedied,  cured or waived,  and to be of no further  force and effect,  for all
purposes  of this  Article  XIII  without  further  action by the Trustee or any
Holder of Debentures.

         Upon any  payment  by the  Company,  or  distribution  of assets of the
Company of any kind or character,  whether in cash,  property or securities,  to
creditors upon any dissolution or winding-up or total or partial  liquidation or
reorganization   of  the  Company,   whether  voluntary  or  involuntary  or  in
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceedings, all amounts due or to
become due upon all Senior  Indebtedness shall first be paid in full, or payment
thereof  provided for, in money or money's worth,  in accordance with its terms,
before any payment is made on account of the principal,  and premium, if any, or
interest on the  Debentures;  and upon any such  dissolution  or  winding-up  or
liquidation or  reorganization  any payment by the Company,  or  distribution of
assets of the  Company of any kind or  character,  whether in cash,  property or
securities,  to which the  Holders of the  Debentures  or the  Trustee  would be
entitled,  except for the provisions of this Article XIII,  shall be paid by the
Company or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or
other  Person  making such  payment or  distribution  directly to the holders of
Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives or to the trustee
or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing any
Senior  Indebtedness  may have been issued,  as their  respective  interests may
appear, to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Indebtedness in full, in money
or money's worth,  after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution
to or for the holders of Senior Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution
is made to the  Holders of the  Debentures  or to the  Trustee on behalf of such
Holders of Debentures.

         In the event that notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs, any payment
or  distribution  of assets of the Company of any kind or character,  whether in
cash,  property or securities,  prohibited by the preceding  paragraphs shall be
received  by the  Trustee or the  Holders  of the  Debentures,  such  payment or
distribution  shall  be  paid  over  or  delivered  to  the  Holders  of  Senior
Indebtedness or their  representative or  representatives,  or to the trustee or
trustees under any indenture  pursuant to which any  instruments  evidencing any
Senior  Indebtedness  may have been issued,  as their  respective  interests may
appear,  for  application  to the payment of all Senior  Indebtedness  remaining
unpaid to the extent  necessary to pay all Senior  Indebtedness in full in money
or money's  worth in  accordance  with its  terms,  after  giving  effect to any
concurrent  payment  or  distribution  to or for  the  holders  of  such  Senior
Indebtedness.

         For  purposes  of this  Article  XIII,  the words,  "cash,  property or
securities"  shall not be deemed to  include  shares of stock of the  Company as
reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation
provided for by a plan of reorganization  or readjustment,  the payment of which
is  subordinated  at least to the  extent  provided  in this  Article  XIII with
respect to the Debentures to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness which may at
the time be outstanding; provided that (i) the Senior Indebtedness is assumed by
the  new  corporation,  if  any,  resulting  from  any  such  reorganization  or
readjustment,  and (ii) the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness are
not,  without the consent of such  holders,  altered by such  reorganization  or
readjustment.  The  consolidation  of the  Company  with,  or the  merger of the
Company into,  another  corporation  or the  liquidation  or  dissolution of the
Company following the conveyance or transfer of its property as an entirety,  or
substantially  as an  entirety,  to  another  corporation  upon  the  terms  and
conditions  provided  in  Article X hereof  shall  not be deemed a  dissolution,
winding-up,  liquidation or reorganization  for the purposes of this ss. 13-2 if
such  other  corporation  shall,  as  a  part  of  such  consolidation,  merger,
conveyance or transfer,  comply with the conditions  stated in Article X hereof.
Nothing in this ss. 13-2 shall  apply to claims of, or payments  to, the Trustee
under or pursuant to ss. 8-7.

ss. 13-3.  Subrogation of Debentures.

         Subject to the payment in full of all Senior  Indebtedness,  the rights
of the  Holders  of the  Debentures  shall be  subrogated  to the  rights of the
holders of Senior  Indebtedness to receive  payments or  distributions  of cash,
property or  securities  of the Company  applicable  to the Senior  Indebtedness
until the  principal  of, and premium,  if any,  and interest on the  Debentures
shall be paid in full; and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no payments or
distributions to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or
securities  to which the  Holders  of the  Debentures  or the  Trustee  would be
entitled  except for the  provisions of this Article  XIII,  and no payment over
pursuant  to the  provisions  of this  Article  XIII to the  holders  of  Senior
Indebtedness by Holders of the Debentures or the Trustee,  shall, as between the
Company,  its  creditors  other  than  holders of Senior  Indebtedness,  and the
Holders of the  Debentures,  be deemed to be a payment  by the  Company to or on
account of the Senior Indebtedness. It is understood that the provisions of this
Article  XIII are and are  intended  solely  for the  purpose  of  defining  the
relative  rights of the  Holders  of the  Debentures,  on the one hand,  and the
holders of the Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.

         Nothing  contained in this Article XIII or elsewhere in this  Indenture
or in the Debentures is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its
creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness,  and the Holders of the
Debentures,  the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional,
to pay to the Holders of the Debentures  the principal of, and premium,  if any,
and interest on the Debentures as and when the same shall become due and payable
in accordance  with their terms,  or is intended to or shall affect the relative
rights of the Holders of the  Debentures and creditors of the Company other than
the  holders of Senior  Indebtedness,  nor shall  anything  herein  prevent  the
Trustee or the Holder of any Debenture from  exercising  all remedies  otherwise
permitted by applicable  law upon default under this  Indenture,  subject to the
rights, if any, under this Article XIII of the holders of Senior Indebtedness in
respect  of cash,  property  or  securities  of the  Company  received  upon the
exercise of any such remedy.

         Upon any payment or distribution  of assets of the Company  referred to
in this Article  XIII,  the Trustee and the Holders of the  Debentures  shall be
entitled  to rely  upon  any  order or  decree  made by any  court of  competent
jurisdiction   in   which   such   dissolution,   winding-up,   liquidation   or
reorganization  proceedings  are  pending,  or a  certificate  of the  receiver,
trustee in bankruptcy,  liquidating  trustee,  agent or other Person making such
payment or  distribution,  delivered  to the  Trustee  or to the  Holders of the
Debentures,  for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate
in  such  distribution,  the  holders  of  the  Senior  Indebtedness  and  other
indebtedness of the Company,  the amount thereof or payable thereon,  the amount
or amounts paid or distributed  thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or
to this Article XIII.

         The terms "paid in full" and  "payment in full" as used in this Article
XIII with respect to Senior Indebtedness mean the receipt, in cash or securities
(taken  at  their  market  value  at the time of the  receipt  thereof),  of the
principal  amount of the Senior  Indebtedness  (and any premium due thereon) and
full  interest  thereon to the date of such payment of  principal  and all other
amounts due to holders of Senior Indebtedness  pursuant to the provisions of the
instruments providing therefor.

ss. 13-4.    Authorization by Debentureholders.

         Each Holder of a Debenture by his  acceptance  thereof  authorizes  and
directs  the Trustee in his behalf to take such  action as may be  necessary  or
appropriate  to  effectuate  as between  the  Holders  and the holders of Senior
Indebtedness  the  subordination  provided in this Article XIII and appoints the
Trustee his attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

ss. 13-5.  Notice to Trustee.

         The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact
known to the Company which would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to
or by the Trustee in respect of the  Debentures  pursuant to the  provisions  of
this Article XIII.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of this Article XIII or any
other  provision  of this  Indenture,  the  Trustee  shall not be  charged  with
knowledge of the  existence  of any fact which would  prohibit the making of any
payment of moneys to or by the Trustee in respect of the Debentures  pursuant to
the  provisions  of this Article  XIII,  unless and until the Trustee shall have
received written notice thereof at its Principal Corporate Trust Office from the
Company or a holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness or from any representative
or representatives therefor,  together with proof satisfactory to the Trustee of
the holding of such Senior Indebtedness or of such capacity as representative or
representatives  therefor; and, prior to the receipt of any such written notice,
the Trustee  shall be entitled in all  respects  conclusively  to assume that no
such fact exists; provided, that if on or before the third Business Day prior to
the date upon which by the terms  hereof any such moneys may become  payable for
any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of, and
premium,  if any, or interest on, any  Debenture,  and any amounts  deemed to be
immediately  due and payable upon the execution of any instrument  acknowledging
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, as provided in Article XI hereof),
the  Trustee  shall not have  received  with  respect to such  moneys the notice
provided for in this ss. 13-5,  then,  anything herein contained to the contrary
notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such
moneys and to apply the same to the  purpose for which they were  received,  and
shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary  which may be received by it
on or after such prior date.

         The  Trustee  shall  be  entitled  to rely on the  delivery  to it of a
written  notice  by a  Person  representing  himself  to be a holder  of  Senior
Indebtedness (or any  Representative or  representatives  therefor) to establish
that  such  notice  has been  given  by a holder  of  Senior  Indebtedness  or a
representative or  representatives  on behalf of any such holder or holders.  In
the event that the Trustee  determines  in good faith that  further  evidence is
required  with  respect  to the  right  of any  Person  as a  holder  of  Senior
Indebtedness  to  participate  in any payment or  distribution  pursuant to this
Article  XIII,  the Trustee may request  such Person to furnish  evidence to the
reasonable  satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior  Indebtedness
held by such Person,  the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate
in such payment or  distribution  and any other facts pertinent to the rights of
such Person under this Article  XIII,  and if such evidence is not furnished the
Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending  judicial  determination as
to the right of such Person to receive  such  payment;  nor shall the Trustee be
charged with  knowledge of the curing or waiver of any default of the  character
specified in ss. 13-2 or that any event or any condition  preventing any payment
in respect of the  Debentures  shall have  ceased to exist  unless and until the
Trustee shall have received an Officers' Certificate to such effect.

ss. 13-6.  Trustee's Relation to Senior Indebtedness.

         The  Trustee in its  individual  capacity  shall be entitled to all the
rights set forth in this Article XIII in respect of any Senior  Indebtedness  at
any  time  held  by it,  to the  same  extent  as any  other  holder  of  Senior
Indebtedness,  and  nothing in ss. 8-13 or  elsewhere  in this  Indenture  shall
deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

         With  respect  to the  holders  of  Senior  Indebtedness,  the  Trustee
undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its  covenants and  obligations
as are specifically set forth in this Article XIII, and no implied  covenants or
obligations  with  respect to the holders of Senior  Indebtedness  shall be read
into this Indenture against the Trustee.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe
any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior  Indebtedness  and the Trustee shall
not be liable  to any  holder  of  Senior  Indebtedness  if it shall pay over or
deliver to Holders of  Debentures,  the  Company or any other  Person  moneys or
assets to which any holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of
this Article XIII or otherwise.

ss. 13-7.  No Impairment of Subordination.

         No right of any present or future holder of any Senior  Indebtedness to
enforce  subordination  as  herein  provided  shall  at any  time  in any way be
prejudiced  or  impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company
or by any act or failure to act, in good faith,  by any such  holder,  or by any
noncompliance  by the Company with the terms,  provisions  and covenants of this
Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder may have or
otherwise be charged with.

                                  ARTICLE XIV

                            CONVERSION OF DEBENTURES

ss. 14-1.  Conversion Privilege.

         The Holder of any Debenture shall have the right at his option,  at any
time (except that, with respect to any Debentures or portion thereof which shall
be called for redemption, such right shall terminate at the close of business on
the  Redemption  Date of such Debenture or portion  thereof,  unless the Company
shall default in payment due upon redemption  thereof),  to convert,  subject to
the terms and provisions of this Article XIV, the principal of such Debenture or
any  portion of the  principal  amount  thereof  which is $1,000 or an  integral
multiple of $1,000 into  shares of Common  Stock of the Company at a  conversion
price equal to $16.17 aggregate principal amount of Debentures for each share of
Common Stock or, in case an adjustment of such price has taken place pursuant to
the provisions of this Article XIV, then at the price as last adjusted (referred
to herein as the  "conversion  price"),  upon surrender of such Debenture to the
Company at its office or agency in the Borough of  Manhattan,  City and State of
New York,  together  with written  notice of election  executed by the Holder of
such Debenture  (hereinafter  referred to as the "conversion notice") to convert
such Debenture or a specified  portion (as above provided)  thereof,  specifying
the name or names in which  the  shares of Common  Stock  deliverable  upon such
conversion  shall be registered,  with the addresses of the Person (and taxpayer
identification  numbers,  if  applicable)  so named,  and, if so required by the
Company or the Trustee,  duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or
instruments  of transfer in form  satisfactory  to the Company and the Debenture
Registrar  duly  executed  by the  Holder or his  attorney  duly  authorized  in
writing. Any Debentures so surrendered during any period beginning subsequent to
a Regular  Record Date and ending at the  opening of  business  on the  Interest
Payment Date next following such Regular  Record Date  (excluding  Debentures or
portions  thereof  called for redemption on a Redemption  Date occurring  during
such period) shall also be  accompanied  by payment in New York  Clearing  House
funds or other funds reasonably  acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to
the interest  payable on such Interest  Payment Date on the principal  amount of
such Debentures then being  converted.  For  convenience,  the conversion of the
principal of any Debenture into Common Stock is herein sometimes  referred to as
the "conversion" of such Debenture.

ss. 14-2.    Exercise of Conversion Privilege.

         As promptly as practicable after the surrender,  as herein provided, of
any Debenture for conversion and the receipt of the conversion notice, as herein
provided,  relating  thereto,  and,  if  applicable,  the  payment  of the funds
provided for in ss.ss. 14-1 and 14-10 hereof, the Company shall deliver or cause
to be  delivered at said office or agency,  to or upon the written  order of the
Holder  of  the  Debenture  so   surrendered,   a  certificate  or  certificates
representing the number of fully-paid and non-assessable  shares of Common Stock
into which such  Debenture  (or portion  thereof) may be converted in accordance
with the provisions of this Article XIV, registered in such name or names as are
specified in the conversion notice, together with any cash payable in respect of
a fractional share. In case any Debenture of a denomination  greater than $1,000
shall be surrendered for partial  conversion,  the Company shall execute and the
Trustee  shall  authenticate  and  deliver to or upon the  written  order of the
Holder of the Debenture so  surrendered,  without charge to such Holder (subject
to the  provisions  of ss.  14-10  hereof),  a new  Debenture or  Debentures  in
authorized   denominations  in  an  aggregate  principal  amount  equal  to  the
unconverted  portion of the  surrendered  Debenture.  Subject  to the  following
provisions  of this  paragraph,  such  conversion  shall be  deemed to have been
effected  at the close of business  on the date when such  Debenture  shall have
been  surrendered  for conversion  together with the  conversion  notice and any
funds required by ss.ss. 14-1 and 14-10 hereof, so that the rights of the Holder
of such  Debenture  as such  Holder  shall  cease at such time and the Person or
Persons  entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock upon  conversion of such
Debenture  shall be treated for all purposes as having  become the record holder
or holders of such shares of Common Stock at such time and such conversion shall
be at the  conversion  price in effect at such time;  provided,  however that no
such surrender on any date when the stock transfer books of the Company shall be
closed  shall be  effective  to  constitute  the Person or Persons  entitled  to
receive the shares of Common Stock upon such  conversion as the record holder or
holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date, but such surrender shall be
effective to constitute the Person or Persons entitled to receive such shares of
Common  Stock as the record  holder or holders  thereof for all  purposes at the
opening of  business  on the next  succeeding  Business  Day on which such stock
transfer  books  are open  but  such  conversion  shall  nevertheless  be at the
conversion  price in  effect  at the  close of  business  on the date  when such
Debenture shall have been so surrendered together with the conversion notice and
any funds required by ss.ss. 14-1 and 14-10 hereof.

         If the last day for the exercise of the  conversion  right at the place
of surrender  shall not be a Business Day, then the last day for the exercise of
such right at such place shall be the next succeeding Business Day.

ss. 14-3.  No Conversion Adjustments.

         Subject to ss. 14-1,  no payment or  adjustment  shall be made upon any
conversion in respect of any interest  accrued on any Debenture  surrendered for
conversion  on or prior to a Regular  Record Date or any dividends on the Common
Stock delivered upon conversion.

ss. 14-4.  Adjustment of Conversion Price.

         The conversion price shall be subject to adjustment as follows:

         (a) In case the  Company  shall (i) pay a  dividend  in shares of its
capital stock,  (ii) subdivide its outstanding  shares of Common Stock,  (iii)
combine its outstanding  shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares,
or (iv) issue by  reclassification  of its shares of Common Stock any shares of
the Company,  the conversion price in effect  immediately prior thereto shall be
adjusted  so  that  the  Holder  of any  Debenture  thereafter  surrendered  for
conversion  shall be  entitled  to receive  the number of shares of the  Company
which he would have owned or have been  entitled to receive  after the happening
of any of  the  events  described  above,  had  such  Debenture  been  converted
immediately  prior to the happening of such event. Such adjustment shall be made
whenever any of the events listed above shall occur. An adjustment made pursuant
to this Subdivision (a) shall become effective  retroactively  immediately after
the record date in the case of a dividend and shall become effective immediately
after  the  effective  date  in  the  case  of  a  subdivision,  combination  or
reclassification.

         (b) In case the Company  shall issue rights or warrants to all holders
of its Common Stock  entitling them (for a period  expiring within 45 days after
the record date mentioned  below) to subscribe for or purchase  shares of Common
Stock at a price  per  share  less than the  current  market  price per share of
Common Stock (as defined in Subdivision  (d) below) at the record date mentioned
below,  the price per share at which the  Debentures may thereafter be converted
into Common Stock shall be  determined by dividing the price per share for which
the Debentures were  theretofore  convertible into Common Stock by a fraction of
which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on
the date of issuance of such  rights or warrants  plus the number of  additional
shares of Common Stock offered for  subscription  or purchase,  and of which the
denominator  shall be the number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  on the
date of issuance of such rights or warrants  plus the number of shares which the
aggregate offering price of the total number of shares so offered would purchase
at such current market price. Such adjustment shall be made whenever such rights
or warrants are issued,  and shall become  effective  retroactively  immediately
after the record date for the determination of stockholders  entitled to receive
such rights or warrants.

         (c)  In case the Company shall  distribute to all holders of its Common
Stock evidences of its indebtedness or assets (excluding cash dividends or other
cash  distributions  treated as dividends under state law) or rights or warrants
to subscribe  (excluding  those referred to in Subdivision  (b) above),  then in
each such case the price per share at which the  Debentures  may  thereafter  be
converted  into Common Stock shall be determined by dividing the price per share
for which the Debentures  were  theretofore  convertible  into Common Stock by a
fraction of which the numerator  shall be the current  market price per share of
Common  Stock  (as  defined  in  Subdivision  (d)  below)  on the  date  of such
distribution,  and of which the  denominator  shall be such current market price
per share of Common Stock, less the then fair market value (as determined by the
Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive,  and
described  in a statement,  which will have the  applicable  resolutions  of the
Board of Directors  attached thereto,  filed with the Trustee) of the portion of
the assets or evidences of indebtedness  so distributed or of such  subscription
rights or warrants  applicable  to one share of Common  Stock.  Such  adjustment
shall be made whenever any such  distribution is made and shall become effective
retroactively  immediately  after  the  record  date  for the  determination  of
stockholders entitled to receive such distribution.

         (d) For the purpose of any  computation under  Subdivisions (b) and (c)
above,  the current  market price per share of Common Stock at any date shall be
deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices for the thirty  consecutive
business days commencing  forty-five  business days before the date in question.
The  closing  price for each day shall be (i) if the Common  Stock is listed or
admitted to trading on a national securities exchange,  the closing price on the
NYSE-Consolidated  Tape (or any successor composite tape reporting  transactions
on national  securities  exchanges) or, if such a composite tape shall not be in
use or shall not report  transactions  in the Common  Stock,  the last  reported
sales price regular way on the principal national  securities  exchange on which
the Common  Stock is listed or admitted to trading  (which shall be the national
securities  exchange on which the greatest  number of shares of the Common Stock
has been traded during such 30 consecutive  business  days),  or, if there is no
transaction  on any  such day in any  such  situation,  the mean of .the bid and
asked  prices on such day or (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed or  admitted
to trading on any such  exchange,  the closing  price,  if reported,  or, if the
closing price is not  reported,  the average of the closing bid and asked prices
as  reported  by  the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers  Automated
Quotation  System (NASDAQ) or a similar source selected from time to time by the
Company for the purpose.

         (e) No  adjustment  in the  conversion  price shall be required  unless
such  adjustment  would  require an  increase or decrease of at least 1% of such
price;  provided,  however,  that  any  adjustments  which  by  reason  of  this
Subdivision  (e) are not required to be made shall be carried  forward and taken
into account in any subsequent adjustment.  All calculations under this ss. 14-4
shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one-hundredth of a share, as
the case may be.

ss. 14-5 .  Fractions of Shares.

         No fractional shares or scrip  representing  fractional shares shall be
issued upon the  conversion of any Debenture or  Debentures.  If any  fractional
interest in a share of Common Stock would, except for the provisions of this ss.
14-5, be deliverable  upon the  conversion of any Debenture or  Debentures,  the
Company shall, in lieu of delivering a fractional  share  therefor,  adjust such
fractional  interest  by paying  the  Holder of such  surrendered  Debenture  or
Debentures an amount in cash equal (computed to the nearest cent) to the closing
price of such fractional  interest  (computed as provided in the second sentence
of ss. 14-4(d) hereof) on the business day prior to the date of conversion.



<PAGE>


ss. 14-6.  Effect of Mergers, etc., on Conversion Privilege.

         In case of any capital  reorganization,  of any reclassification of the
Common Stock (other than a reclassification  covered by ss.  14-4(a)(iv)) of the
Company or in case of the  consolidation  or merger of the Company  with or into
any  other  corporation  or of the  sale,  lease  or  other  disposition  of the
properties and assets of the Company as, or substantially as, an entirety to any
other corporation, there shall be no adjustment of the conversion price pursuant
to ss. 14-4 hereof but each Debenture shall, after such capital  reorganization,
reclassification of Common Stock, consolidation,  merger or sale, lease or other
disposition, be convertible into the kind and amount of shares of stock or other
securities  or  property  (including  cash) to which the holder of the number of
shares  of  Common  Stock  deliverable  (immediately  prior  to the time of such
capital reorganization, reclassification of Common Stock, consolidation, merger,
sale, lease or other  disposition) upon conversion of such Debentures would have
been  entitled  upon such capital.  reorganization,  reclassification  of Common
Stock, consolidation, merger, sale, lease or other disposition; and, in any such
case, if necessary,  appropriate  adjustment shall be made in the application of
the  provisions  set forth in this  Article  XIV with  respect to the rights and
interests  thereafter  of the  Holders  of the  Debentures,  to the end that the
provisions  set forth in this Article XIV shall  thereafter  correspondingly  be
made  applicable,  as nearly as may be reasonable,  in relation to any shares of
stock or other securities or property  thereafter  deliverable on the conversion
of the  Debentures.  Any  such  adjustment  shall  be made  and set  forth  in a
supplemental  indenture,  which shall  conform to the Trust  Indenture Act as in
effect at the date of execution of such supplemental indenture,  executed by the
Company  and  the  Trustee  and  approved  as  being  accurately  determined  in
accordance  with this ss. 14-6 by a certificate of a firm of Independent  public
accountants;  and any  adjustment  so  approved  shall for all  purposes  hereof
conclusively be deemed to be an appropriate adjustment.

         The  above  provisions  of this  ss.  14-6  shall  similarly  apply  to
successive reorganizations,  reclassifications,  consolidations, mergers, sales,
leases or other dispositions.

         Notice of the execution of such  supplemental  indenture shall be given
by mail to the Holders of the  Debentures  within 30 days after the execution of
such supplemental indenture.

         The Trustee  shall not be under any  responsibility  to  determine  the
correctness  of any  provisions  contained  in any such  supplemental  indenture
relating  either  to the kind or amount  of  shares  of stock or  securities  or
property receivable by Holders upon the conversion of their Debentures after any
such  reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,  merger, sale, lease or
other disposition or to any adjustment to be made with respect thereto,  but may
accept as conclusive  evidence of the  correctness of any such  provisions,  and
shall be  protected  in relying  upon, a  certificate  of a firm of  Independent
public accountants with respect thereto furnished to it by the Company.

ss. 14-7.  Notice of Adjustments.

         Whenever  the  conversion  price is  adjusted as herein  provided,  the
Company  shall  promptly  file  with  the  Trustee  a  certificate  of a firm of
Independent public accountants with respect thereto setting forth the conversion
price after such  adjustment  and setting  forth a brief  statement of the facts
requiring  such  adjustment.  Subject to the  provisions of ss. 8-1, the Trustee
shall be under no duty or  responsibility  with respect to any such  certificate
except  to  exhibit  the  same  from  time  to time to any  Holder  desiring  an
inspection thereof.

         The Company  shall also  forthwith  cause to be mailed to each Holder a
notice stating that the conversion price has been adjusted and setting forth the
adjusted  conversion  price and shall deliver a copy thereof to each  conversion
agent other than the Trustee.

ss. 14-8.  Notice of Certain Events.

         In case:

         (a) the Company  shall declare a dividend  payable,  or shall make any
other  distribution  of its Common Stock payable,  on or after February 26, 1998
(excluding cash dividends or other cash distributions treated as dividends under
state law and stock splits in the form of stock dividends); or

      (b) the Company shall authorize the granting on or after February 26, 1998
to all the holders of its Common Stock of rights or warrants to subscribe for or
purchase any shares of stock of any class or of any other rights or warrants; or

         (c) of any  capital  reorganization  or  reclassification  on or after
February 26, 1998, of the Common Stock of the Company  (other than a subdivision
or combination or change in the par value of its outstanding  Common Stock),  or
of any  consolidation  or merger on or after said date to which the Company is a
party and for which approval of any stockholders of the Company is required,  or
of the  sale,  lease  or  other  disposition  on or  after  said  date of all or
substantially  all  of the  assets  of  the  Company,  in  the  event  any  such
consolidation,  merger or sale will result in a change in the shares held by the
holders of Common Stock; or

     (d) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution,  liquidation or winding-up
of the Company on or after February 26, 1998,

then the  Company  shall cause to be filed with the Trustee and at the office of
each  conversion  agent  and,  except  in the  case  of  events  referred  to in
subsection (a) above, shall cause to be mailed to the Holders of the Debentures,
as  promptly  as  possible  but in any  event  at  least  10 days  prior  to the
applicable   record  date,   entitlement  date  or  effective  date  hereinafter
specified,  a notice  stating  (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for
the purpose of such  dividend,  distribution  or granting of rights (the "record
date"),  or, if a record is not to be taken,  the date or anticipated date as of
which the holders of Common  Stock of record to be  entitled  to such  dividend,
distribution  or  granting  of rights  are to be  determined  (the  "entitlement
date"),   or  (y)  the  date  or   anticipated   date  on  which  such   capital
reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,  merger, sale, lease or other
disposition,  dissolution,  liquidation  or  winding-up  is  expected  to become
effective (the "effective  date"),  and which notice,  in the case of the notice
specified  in clause  (y),  shall also state the date as of which it is expected
that  holders of Common  Stock of record  shall be entitled  to  exchange  their
shares of Common Stock for  securities or other property  deliverable  upon such
capital reorganization, reclassification,  consolidation, merger, sale, lease or
other disposition, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.

ss. 14-9.  Company to Reserve Common Stock; Listing; Registration.

         The  Company  covenants  that it will at all  times  reserve  and  keep
available,  free from preemptive  rights, out of the aggregate of its authorized
but unissued  Common Stock or its issued Common Stock held in its  treasury,  or
both, for the purpose of effecting conversions of Debentures, the full number of
shares of Common Stock then  deliverable  upon the conversion of all Outstanding
Debentures  not  theretofore  converted;  and  if at  any  time  the  number  of
authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect
the conversion of all said  Outstanding  Debentures,  the Company will take such
corporate  action as may in the opinion of its counsel be  necessary to increase
its  authorized  but unissued  Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be
sufficient for that purpose.

         Before taking any action which would cause an  adjustment  reducing the
conversion price below the then par value (if any) of the shares of Common Stock
issuable upon conversion of the Debentures,  the Company will take any corporate
action which may, in the opinion of its counsel,  be necessary in order that the
Company may validly and legally issue  fully-paid and  non-assessable  shares of
such Common Stock at such adjusted conversion price.

         The Company  convenants that if any shares of Common Stock reserved for
conversions of Debentures require listing upon any national  securities exchange
before such shares may be delivered  upon  conversion,  the Company will in good
faith,  and as  expeditiously  as possible,  endeavor to cause such shares to be
duly listed.

         The Company will in good faith endeavor to effect any  registration  of
the shares of Common Stock  deliverable  upon  conversion of the Debentures that
may be required under the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  or any successor
Federal  law in  connection  with  the  issuance  of any  such  shares,  and any
amendments or supplements to such registration  that may be so required,  and in
good faith and as promptly as possible endeavor to cause any other  registration
with,  and to obtain any  approval  by,  any  governmental  authority  under any
applicable  laws that may be required  before  such shares may be so  delivered;
provided,  however,  that  nothing in this ss. 14-9 shall be deemed to affect in
any way the obligation of the Company to convert  Debentures as provided in this
Article XIV.

         The  Company  covenants  that,  subject  to  the  effectiveness  of any
registration  and the obtaining of any approval  referred to herein,  all Common
Stock which may be delivered upon  conversions of Debentures  will upon delivery
be duly and validly issued and fully-paid and nonassessable.

ss. 14-10.  Taxes on Conversions.

         The Company will pay any and all documentary, stamp or similar issue or
transfer  taxes  payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common
Stock on conversions of Debentures pursuant hereto; provided,  however, that the
Company  shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of
any  registration of transfer  involved in the issue or delivery of Common Stock
in a name other than that of the Holder of the  Debentures to be converted,  and
no such issue or delivery  shall be made unless and until the Person  requesting
such  issue  has  paid  to  the  Company  the  amount  of  any  such  tax or has
established, to the satisfaction of the Company, that such tax has been paid.

ss. 14-11.  Responsibility of Trustee.

         Neither the Trustee nor any conversion agent shall at any time be under
any duty or  responsibility to any Holder of Debentures to determine whether any
fact exists which may require any  adjustment of the conversion  price,  or with
respect  to the  nature or  extent of any such  adjustment  when  made,  or with
respect  to the  method  employed,  or herein or in any  supplemental  indenture
provided  to be  employed,  in making  the same.  Neither  the  Trustee  nor any
conversion agent shall be accountable with respect to the registration, validity
or value  (or the kind or  amount)  of any  shares of  Common  Stock,  or of any
securities  or property,  which may at any time be issued or delivered  upon the
conversion of any Debenture;  and neither the Trustee nor any  conversion  agent
makes any  representation  with  respect  thereto.  Neither  the Trustee nor any
conversion agent shall be responsible for any failure of the Company to issue or
transfer or deliver any Common Stock or stock  certificates or other  securities
or property or to make any cash payment upon the  surrender of any Debenture for
the purpose of  conversion or to comply with any of the covenants of the Company
contained in this Article XIV.



<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be
duly executed,  and their respective  corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and
attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

                                                     ANDERSEN GROUP, INC.


                                                     By:/S/ Francis E. Baker
                                                        --------------------
                                                        FRANCIS E. BAKER
                                                        Chairman of the Board

Attest:  /s/ Bernard F. Travers, III
         ---------------------------
         BERNARD F. TRAVERS, III
         Assistant Secretary

                                                     THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK


                                                     By: /s/ Frank Grippo
                                                         ----------------
                                                         FRANK GRIPPO
                                                         Vice President

Attest:
          /s/ Gemmel Richards
          -------------------
          GEMMEL RICHARDS
          Assistant Secretary




<PAGE>





STATE OF CONNECTICUT)
                    )       ss.:     Bloomfield
COUNTY OF HARTFORD  )

     On this 3rd day of March, 1998, before me personally came FRANCIS E. BAKER,
to me known,  who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he resides at
8356 Sego Lane,  Vero  Beach,  FL;  that he is Chairman of the Board of ANDERSEN
GROUP,  INC., one of the corporations  described in and which executed the above
instrument; that he knows the corporate seal of said corporation;  that the seal
affixed to said  instrument is such  corporate  seal;  that it was so affixed by
authority of the Board of Directors of said corporation;  and that he signed his
name thereto by like authority.

                                                /s/ Connie Boyd
                                                ---------------
                                                My commission expires 11/30/01

(NOTARY SEAL]


STATE OF NEW YORK )
                  )       ss.:     New York
COUNTY OF NEW YORK

     On this 27th day of February,  1998 before me personally came Frank Grippo,
to me known,  who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he resides at
Montgomery,  NY; that he is a Vice-President of THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, one of
the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing instrument;  that
he knows the seal of said corporation;  that the seal affixed to said instrument
is such  corporate  seal;  that it was  affixed  by  authority  of the  Board of
Directors  of said  corporation;  and that he signed  his name  thereto  by like
authority.


                                  [NOTARY SEAL]
                                                Emily Fayan      
                                                ------------
                                                My commission expires 12/31/99

<PAGE>



                                     PART 2

                               General Provisions



<PAGE>


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS*

                                     Part 2


                                   ARTICLE ONE

             DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

                                                                            Page

Section 1.01. Definitions  1A
              "this Indenture" and certain other items........................1A
              "Act" 1A
              "Affiliate".....................................................1A
              "Authorized Newspaper"..........................................2A
              "Bankruptcy Act"................................................2A
              "Board of Directors"............................................2A
              "Board Resolution"..............................................2A
              "Business Day"..................................................2A
              "Commission"....................................................2A
              "Company"  2A
              "Company Request" and "Company Order"...........................2A
              "Debentureholder" or "Holder"...................................2A
              "Debenture Register" and "Debenture Registrar"..................2A
              "Event of Default"..............................................2A
              "Independent"...................................................3A
              "Interest Payment Date".........................................3A
              "Maturity" 3A
              "Officers' Certificate".........................................3A
              "Opinion of Counsel"............................................3A
              "Outstanding....................................................3A
              "Paying Agent"..................................................4A
              "Person" 4A
              "Place of Payment"..............................................4A
              "Predecessor Debentures"........................................4A
              "Principal Corporate Trust Office"..............................4A
              "Redemption Date"...............................................4A
              "Redemption Price"..............................................4A
              "Regular Record Date"...........................................4A
              "Responsible Officer"...........................................5A
              "Special Record Date"...........................................5A
              "Stated Maturity"...............................................5A
              "Trustee"  5A
              "Trust Indenture Act" or "TIA"..................................5A
              "Vice President"................................................5A
Section 1.02. Compliance Certificates and Opinions............................5A
Section 1.03. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee..........................6A
Section 1.04. Acts of Debentureholders........................................6A
Section 1.05. Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company...........................7A
Section 1.06  Notices to Debentureholders; Waiver.............................7A
Section 1.07. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act...............................8A
Section 1.08. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents........................8A
Section 1.09. Successors and Assigns..........................................8A
Section 1.10. Separability Clause.............................................8A
Section 1.11. Benefits of Indenture...........................................8A
Section 1.12. Legal Holidays..................................................8A

                                   ARTICLE TWO
                                 DEBENTURE FORMS

Section 2.01. Forms Generally.................................................9A
Section 2.02. Form of Debenture...............................................9A

                                  ARTICLE THREE
                                 THE DEBENTURES

Section 3.01. Title and Terms.................................................9A
Section 3.02. Denominations...................................................9A
Section 3.03. Execution, Authentication and Delivery.........................10A
Section 3.04. Temporary Debentures...........................................10A
Section 3.05. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange............10A
Section 3.06. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Debentures...............11A
Section 3.07. Payment of Interest............................................12A
Section 3.08. Persons Deemed Owners..........................................13A
Section 3.09. Cancellation...................................................13A

                                  ARTICLE FOUR
                            REDEMPTION OF DEBENTURES

Section 4.01. Right of Redemption............................................14A
Section 4.02. Applicability of Article.......................................14A
Section 4.03. Intentionally Omitted..........................................14A
Section 4.04. Selection by Trustee of Debentures to be Redeemed..............14A
Section 4.05. Notice of Redemption...........................................15A
Section 4.06. Deposit of Redemption Price....................................16A
Section 4.07. Debentures Payable on Redemption Date..........................16A
Section 4.08. Debentures Redeemed in Part....................................16A

                                  ARTICLE FIVE
                                    COVENANTS

Section 5.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.....................16A
Section 5.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency................................17A
Section 5.03. Money for Debenture Payments to Be Held in Trust...............17A
Section 5.04. Statement as to Compliance.....................................18A
Section 5.05  Corporate Existence............................................18A
Section 5.06. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims..............................18A
Section 5.07. Maintenance of Properties......................................19A

                                   ARTICLE SIX
           DEBENTUREHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

Section 6.01. Company to Furnish Trustees Names and Addresses 
                 of Debentureholders.........................................19A
Section 6.02. Preservation of Information; Communications to 
                 Debentureholders............................................19A
Section 6.03. Reports by Trustee.............................................20A
Section 6.04. Reports by Company.............................................22A

                                  ARTICLE SEVEN
                                    REMEDIES

Section 7.01. Events of Default..............................................22A
Section 7.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.............23A
Section 7.03. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforceability
                 by Trustee..................................................24A
Section 7.04. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim...............................25A
Section 7.05. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Debentures....25A
Section 7.06. Application of Money Collected.................................26A
Section 7.07. Limitation on Suits............................................26A
Section 7.08. Unconditional Right of Debentureholders to Receive Principal;
                 Premium and Interest and to Convert.........................27A
Section 7.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.............................27A
Section 7.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.................................27A
Section 7.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver...................................27A
Section 7.12. Control by Debentureholders....................................28A
Section 7.13. Waiver of Past Defaults........................................28A
Section 7.14. Undertaking for Costs..........................................28A
Section 7.15. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws...............................29A

                                  ARTICLE EIGHT
                                   THE TRUSTEE

Section 8.01. Certain Duties and Responsibilities............................29A
Section 8.02. Notice of Defaults.............................................30A
Section 8.03. Certain Rights of Trustee......................................30A
Section 8.04. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Debentures.........31A
Section 8.05. May Hold Debentures............................................31A
Section 8.06. Money Held in Trust............................................32A
Section 8.07. Compensation and Reimbursement.................................32A
Section 8.08. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests........................32A
Section 8.09. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility........................32A
Section 8.10. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor..............33A
Section 8.11. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.........................34A
Section 8.12. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to
                 Business of Trustee.........................................34A
Section 8.13. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company..............35A

                                  ARTICLE NINE
                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 9.01. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Debentureholders....38A
Section 9.02. Supplemental Indentures With a Consent of Debentureholders.....39A
Section 9.03. Execution of Supplemental Indentures...........................40A
Section 9.04. Effect of Supplemental Indentures..............................40A
Section 9.05. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act............................40A
Section 9.06. Reference in Debentures to Supplemental Indentures.............40A
Section 9.07. Modification of Subordination Provisions.......................40A

                                   ARTICLE TEN
                  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER

Section 10.01. Company May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms..........41A
Section 10.02. Successor Corporation Substituted.............................41A

                                 ARTICLE ELEVEN
                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.......................42A
Section 11.02. Application of Trust Money....................................43A

                                 ARTICLE TWELVE
         IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Section 12.01. Exemption from Individual Liability...........................43A


<PAGE>



                TABLE SHOWING REFLECTION IN GENERAL PROVISIONS OF
                CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939



                                               Reflected in General Provisions
                                                Section                  Page

TIA

ss. 303  (1)................................... 1.01(5)                    1A
        (10)................................... 1.01                       1A
        (12)................................... 8.13(c)(5)                35A
        (13)................................... 1.01                       1A
        (13)................................... 1.01                       1A

ss. 310(a)(1).................................. 8.09                      33A
        (a)(2)................................. 8.09                      33A
        (a)(3)................................. Not Applicable
        (a)(4)................................. Not Applicable
        (b).................................... 8.08                      33A
ss. 311(a)..................................... 8.13(a)                   35A
        (b).................................... 8.13(b)                   37A
        (b)(2)................................. 6.03(a)(2)                21A
                                                6.03(b)                   21A
ss. 312(a) .................................... 6.01                      19A
                                                6.02(a)                   19A
       (b)..................................... 6.02(b)                   20A
       (c)..................................... 6.02(c)                   20A
ss. 313(a)..................................... 6.03(a)                   21A
       (b)..................................... 6.03(b)                   21A
       (c)..................................... 6.03(a)                   21A
                                                6.03(b)                   21A
       (d)..................................... 6.03(c)                   22A


<PAGE>


                                                        



                                   ARTICLE ONE

             DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 1.01.  Definitions.

         For all  purposes  of this  Indenture,  except as  otherwise  expressly
provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

                  (1)  the  term  "this  Indenture"  means  this  instrument  as
         originally  executed or as it may from time to time be  supplemented or
         amended by one or more  indentures  supplemental  hereto  entered  into
         pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof;

                  (2)  all   references   in  this   instrument   to  designated
         "Articles",  "Sections"  and other  subdivisions  are to the designated
         Articles,  Sections  and  other  subdivisions  of  this  instrument  as
         originally executed. The words "herein",  "hereof", and "hereunder" and
         other words of similar  import  refer to this  Indenture as a whole and
         not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

                  (3) the  terms  defined  in this  Article  have  the  meanings
         assigned to them in this  Article and include the plural as well as the
         singular;

                  (4) the terms defined in Part 1 of this Indenture  shall have,
         for purposes of the General  Provisions,  the meanings assigned to them
         in Part 1 of this Indenture;

                  (5) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust
         Indenture  Act,  either  directly  or by  reference  therein,  have the
         meanings assigned to them therein;

                  (6) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the
         meanings  assigned  to  them  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
         accounting principles; and

                  (7) any reference in the General  Provisions to any particular
         Article or Section or other subdivision of the General Provisions which
         is  incorporated  in this Indenture shall be a reference to the Article
         or Section or other  subdivision of this Indenture  incorporating  such
         particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

         Certain terms,  used  principally in Article Eight, are defined in that
Article.

         "Act" when used with  respect to any  Debentureholder  has the  meaning
specified in Section 1.04.

         "Affiliate" of any specified  Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly  controlling  or  controlled  by or under  direct or indirect  common
control  with  such  specified  Person.  For the  purposes  of this  definition,
"control"  when used with  respect to any  specified  Person  means the power to
direct the  management  and  policies of such  Person,  directly or  indirectly,
whether  through the ownership of voting  securities,  by contract or otherwise;
and the terms  "controlling" and "controlled"  have meanings  correlative to the
foregoing.

         "Authorized  Newspaper" means a newspaper of general circulation in the
relevant area, printed in the English language and customarily published on each
Business  Day,  whether or not  published  on  Saturdays,  Sundays or  holidays.
Whenever  successive  weekly   publications  in  an  Authorized   Newspaper  are
authorized  hereunder  they may be made  (unless  otherwise  expressly  provided
herein) on the same or  different  days of the week and in the same or different
Authorized Newspapers.

         "Bankruptcy Act" means Title 11 of the United States Code and any other
similar applicable Federal law.

         "Board of Directors" means either the Board of Directors of the Company
or any duly authorized committee of that Board.

         "Board  Resolution"  means  a copy  of a  resolution  certified  by the
Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by
the Board of  Directors  and to be in full  force and effect on the date of such
certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

         "Business  Day" means each day which is neither a Saturday,  Sunday nor
other day on which banking  institutions  in the pertinent  Place of Payment are
authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

         "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time
to time  constituted,  created  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as
amended,  or if at  any  time  after  the  execution  of  this  instrument  such
Commission  is not existing and  performing  the duties now assigned to it under
the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties on such date.

         "Company"  means  the  Person  named  as the  "Company"  in  the  first
paragraph of this  instrument  until a successor  corporation  shall have become
such pursuant to the  applicable  provisions of this  Indenture,  and thereafter
"Company" shall mean such successor corporation.

         "Company  Request" and "Company  Order" mean,  respectively,  a written
request or order signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board,
President,  or a Vice President,  and by its Treasurer,  an Assistant Treasurer,
Controller,  an Assistant Controller,  Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, and
delivered to the Trustee.

         "Debentureholder"  or "Holder"  when used with respect to any Debenture
means the Person in whose name such  Debenture is  registered  in the  Debenture
Register.

         "Debenture  Register" and  "Debenture  Registrar"  have the  respective
meanings specified in Section 3.05.

         "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Article Seven.

         "Independent" when used with respect to any specified Person means such
a Person who (1) is in fact independent,  (2) does not have any direct financial
interest or any material  indirect  financial  interest in the Company or in any
other obligor upon the  Debentures or in any Affiliate of the Company or of such
other  obligor,  and (3) is not connected with the Company or such other obligor
or any  Affiliate  of the  Company  or of such  other  obligor,  as an  officer,
employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, director or Person performing
similar functions.  Whenever it is herein provided that any Independent Person's
opinion or certificate  shall be furnished to the Trustee,  such Person shall be
appointed  by a Company  Order and  approved by the  Trustee in the  exercise of
reasonable care, and such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has
read this  definition  and that the signer is  Independent  within  the  meaning
hereof.

     "Interest  Payment  Date"  means the Stated  Maturity of an  instalment  of
interest on the Debentures.

         "Maturity"  when used with respect to any  Debenture  means the date on
which the  principal  of such  Debenture  becomes  due and payable as therein or
herein   provided,   whether  at  the  Stated  Maturity  or  by  declaration  of
acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

         "Officers'  Certificate"  means a certificate signed by the Chairman of
the Board, the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant
Treasurer,  the  Controller,  an  Assistant  Controller,  the  Secretary  or  an
Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.  Wherever this
Indenture  requires that an Officers'  Certificate be signed also by an engineer
or an  accountant  or other expert,  such  engineer,  accountant or other expert
(except as otherwise  expressly provided in this Indenture) may be in the employ
of the Company, and shall be acceptable to the Trustee.

         "Opinion  of  Counsel"  means a written  opinion  of  counsel,  who may
(except as otherwise  expressly  provided in this  Indenture) be counsel for the
Company, and shall be acceptable to the Trustee.

         "Outstanding"  when used with respect to  Debentures  means,  as of the
date of determination,  all Debentures  theretofore  authenticated and delivered
under this Indenture, except:

                  (i)   Debentures  theretofore  cancelled  by  the  Trustee  or
         delivered  to the  Trustee  for cancellation;

                  (ii)  Debentures,  or portions  thereof,  for whose payment or
         redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited
         with the  Trustee or any Paying  Agent in trust for the Holders of such
         Debentures,  provided  that,  if such  Debentures  are to be  redeemed,
         notice  of  such  redemption  has  been  duly  given  pursuant  to this
         Indenture or provision  therefor  satisfactory  to the Trustee has been
         made; and

                  (iii)  Debentures  in  exchange  for or in lieu of which other
         Debentures  have been  authenticated  and  delivered  pursuant  to this
         Indenture  unless proof  satisfactory  to the Trustee is presented that
         any such  Debentures are held by Persons in whose hands such Debentures
         are valid, binding and legal obligations;

provided,  however,  that Holders of Debentures which cease to be Outstanding by
reason  of  a  call  for  redemption   prior  to  their  Stated  Maturity  shall
nevertheless  be entitled  to convert the same or any portion  thereof up to and
including  the close of  business  on the  Redemption  Date in  accordance  with
Article  XIV hereof;  and  provided  further,  that in  determining  whether the
Holders of the requisite  principal amount of Debentures  Outstanding have given
any  request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice,  consent  or  waiver
hereunder,  Debentures  owned  by the  Company  or any  other  obligor  upon the
Debentures  or any  Affiliate  of the  Company  or such other  obligor  shall be
disregarded  and deemed  not to be  Outstanding,  except  that,  in  determining
whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand,
authorization,  direction,  notice, consent or waiver, only Debentures which the
Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.  Debentures so owned which
have been  pledged in good faith may be regarded as  Outstanding  if the pledgee
establishes  to the  satisfaction  of the Trustee the pledgee's  right so to act
with respect to such  Debentures  and that the pledgee is not the Company or any
other obligor upon the  Debentures or any Affiliate of the Company or such other
obligor.

         "Paying  Agent" means any Person  authorized  by the Company to pay the
principal of (and  premium,  if any) or interest on any  Debentures on behalf of
the Company.

         "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association,   joint-stock  company,  trust,   unincorporated   organization  or
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

         "Place of Payment" means any city or any political  subdivision thereof
designated as such in ss. 3-1.

         "Predecessor  Debentures"  of  any  particular  Debenture  means  every
previous  Debenture  evidencing  all or a  portion  of the  same  debt  as  that
evidenced by such particular Debenture, and for the purposes of this definition,
any Debenture  authenticated and delivered under Section 3.06 in lieu of a lost,
destroyed or stolen  Debenture  shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the
lost, destroyed or stolen Debenture.

         "Principal  Corporate Trust Office" means the Principal Corporate Trust
Office of the  Trustee,  which at the date of this  Indenture is at the location
set forth in the first paragraph of this Indenture,  or the principal  corporate
trust office of any successor Trustee hereunder.

         "Redemption  Date"  when  used  with  respect  to any  Debenture  to be
redeemed means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture.

         "Redemption  Price"  when  used with  respect  to any  Debenture  to be
redeemed  means  the  price  at  which  it is to be  redeemed  pursuant  to this
Indenture.

         "Regular Record Date" for the interest  payable on any Interest Payment
Date means the date specified in ss. 3-1.

         "Responsible  Officer"  when used with respect to the Trustee means the
chairman  or  vice-chairman   of  the  board  of  directors,   the  chairman  or
vice-chairman  of  the  executive  committee  of the  board  of  directors,  the
president,  any  vice-president,  the secretary,  any assistant  secretary,  the
treasurer,  any assistant  treasurer,  the cashier,  any assistant cashier,  any
senior  trust  officer,  any trust  officer  or  assistant  trust  officer,  the
controller  and any  assistant  controller  or any other  officer of the Trustee
customarily  performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above
designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust
matter,  any other  officer  to whom  such  matter is  referred  because  of his
knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

         "Special  Record  Date" for the payment of any  Defaulted  Interest (as
defined in Section 3.07) means the date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section
3.07.

         "Stated  Maturity"  when  used with  respect  to any  Debenture  or any
instalment of interest thereon means the date specified in such Debenture as the
fixed  date on which the  principal  of such  Debenture  or such  instalment  of
interest is due and payable.

         "Trustee"  means  the  Person  named  as the  "Trustee"  in  the  first
paragraph of this  instrument  until a successor  Trustee shall have become such
pursuant  to  the  applicable  provisions  of  this  Indenture,  and  thereafter
"Trustee" shall mean such successor Trustee.

         "Trust  Indenture Act" or "TIA" means the Trust  Indenture Act of 1939,
as amended, as in force at the date as of which this instrument was executed.

         "Vice  President"  when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee
means any vice  president,  whether or not  designated  by a number or a word or
words added before or after the title "vice president".

SECTION 1.02.  Compliance Certificates and Opinions.

         Upon any  application  or request by the Company to the Trustee to take
any action under any provision of this  Indenture,  the Company shall furnish to
the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions  precedent,  if
any,  provided for in this Indenture  relating to the proposed  action have been
complied  with and an  Opinion of Counsel  stating  that in the  opinion of such
counsel all such conditions  precedent,  if any, have been complied with, except
that in the case of any such  application  or request as to which the furnishing
of such  documents is  specifically  required by any provision of this Indenture
relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or
opinion need be furnished.

         Every  certificate  or  opinion  with  respect  to  compliance  with  a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include

                  (1) a statement that each individual  signing such certificate
         or opinion has read such  covenant  or  condition  and the  definitions
         herein relating thereto;

                  (2) a  brief  statement  as to the  nature  and  scope  of the
         examination  or  investigation  upon which the  statements  or opinions
         contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

                  (3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such  individual,
         he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable
         him to express an informed  opinion as to whether or not such  covenant
         or condition has been complied with; and

                  (4) a  statement  as to  whether,  in the opinion of each such
         individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

SECTION 1.03.  Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

         In any case where  several  matters are required to be certified by, or
covered by an opinion of, any specified  Person,  it is not  necessary  that all
such  matters  be  certified  by, or covered by the  opinion  of,  only one such
Person,  or that they be so certified or covered by only one  document,  but one
such Person may certify or give an opinion  with respect to some matters and one
or more other such Persons as to other matters,  and any such Person may certify
or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

         Any  certificate  or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based,
insofar as it relates to legal  matters,  upon a  certificate  or opinion of, or
representations  by,  counsel,  unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or  representations
with respect to the matters upon which his  certificate  or opinion is based are
erroneous.  Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based,  insofar as
it  relates  to  factual   matters,   upon  a  certificate  or  opinion  of,  or
representations  by, an officer or  officers  of the  Company  stating  that the
information  with respect to such factual  matters is in the  possession  of the
Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should
know,  that the certificate or opinion or  representations  with respect to such
matters are erroneous.

         Where any  Person is  required  to make,  give or  execute  two or more
applications,  requests, consents,  certificates,  statements, opinions or other
instruments  under this Indenture,  they may, but need not, be consolidated  and
form one instrument.

SECTION 1.04.  Acts of Debentureholders.

         (a) Any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice, consent,
waiver  or  other  action  provided  by this  Indenture  to be given or taken by
Debentureholders  may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of
substantially  similar  tenor  signed by such  Debentureholders  in person or by
agent duly  appointed  in writing;  and,  except as herein  otherwise  expressly
provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments
are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the
Company.  Such instrument or instruments  (and the action  embodied  therein and
evidenced  thereby)  are  herein  sometimes  referred  to as  the  "Act"  of the
Debentureholders  signing such instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of
any  such  instrument  or of a  writing  appointing  any  such  agent  shall  be
sufficient  for any purpose of this  Indenture  and  (subject  to Section  8.01)
conclusive  in favor  of the  Trustee  and the  Company,  if made in the  manner
provided in this Section.

         (b) The  fact  and  date of the  execution  by any  Person  of any such
instrument  or  writing  may be proved  by the  affidavit  of a witness  of such
execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized
by law to take acknowledgments of deeds,  certifying that the individual signing
such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such
execution is by an officer of a  corporation  or a member of a  partnership,  on
behalf of such  corporation or partnership,  such certificate or affidavit shall
also  constitute  sufficient  proof of his  authority.  The fact and date of the
execution  of any such  instrument  or writing,  or the  authority of the Person
executing  the same,  may also be proved in any other  manner  which the Trustee
deems sufficient.

         (c) The  ownership  of  Debentures  shall be  proved  by the  Debenture
Register.

         (d) Any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice, consent,
waiver or other action by the Holder of any Debenture shall bind such Holder and
the Holder of every Debenture  issued upon the  registration of transfer thereof
or in exchange  therefor  or in lieu  thereof,  in respect of  anything  done or
suffered to be done by the Trustee, any Debenture Registrar, any Paying Agent or
the Company in reliance thereon,  whether or not notation of such action is made
upon such Debenture.

SECTION 1.05.  Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company.

         Any request, demand, authorization,  direction, notice, consent, waiver
or Act of  Debentureholders  or other  document  provided or  permitted  by this
Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with

                  (1) the Trustee by any Debentureholder or by the Company shall
         be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given,  furnished or
         filed in writing  to or with the  Trustee  at its  Principal  Corporate
         Trust Office, or

                  (2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Debentureholder shall
         be  sufficient  for every  purpose  hereunder  (except as  provided  in
         Section  7.01(4))  if  in  writing  and  mailed,  first-class,  postage
         prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal
         executive offices specified in the first paragraph of this Indenture or
         at any other address previously  furnished in writing to the Trustee by
         the Company.

SECTION 1.06.  Notices to Debentureholders; Waiver.

         Where this  Indenture  provides for notice to  Debentureholders  of any
event,  such  notice  shall  be  sufficiently  given  (unless  otherwise  herein
expressly provided) if in writing and mailed,  first-class,  postage prepaid, to
each Debentureholder affected by such event, at his address as it appears on the
Debenture  Register,  not later than the latest  date,  and not earlier than the
earliest  date,  prescribed  for the  giving of such  notice.  In any case where
notice to  Debentureholders  is given by mail,  neither the failure to mail such
notice,   nor  any  defect  in  any  notice  so   mailed,   to  any   particular
Debentureholder  shall affect the  sufficiency  of such notice,  with respect to
other Debentureholders.  Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner,
such  notice may be waived in writing by the  Person  entitled  to receive  such
notice,  either  before  or  after  the  event,  and  such  waiver  shall be the
equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of notice by Debentureholders shall be filed
with the  Trustee,  but such filing  shall not be a condition  precedent  to the
validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

         In case, by reason of the  suspension of or  irregularities  in regular
mail service or the suspension of publication of any Authorized Newspaper, or by
reason of any other cause, it shall be  impracticable  to either mail notices or
make  publication  of  any  notice  in an  Authorized  Newspaper  or  Authorized
Newspapers  as required by this  Indenture,  then any manner of giving notice as
shall be made with the  approval of the Trustee  shall  constitute  a sufficient
giving or publication of such notice.

SECTION 1.07.  Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

         If any provision  hereof  limits,  qualifies or conflicts  with another
provision  which is  required to be  included  in this  Indenture  by any of the
provisions of TIA, such required provision shall control.

SECTION 1.08.  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

         The Article and Section  headings  herein and the Table of Contents are
for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 1.09.  Successors and Assigns.

         All  covenants and  agreements  in this  Indenture by the Company shall
bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 1.10.  Separability Clause.

         In case any provision in this Indenture or in the  Debentures  shall be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable,  the validity, legality and enforceability of
the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 1.11.  Benefits of Indenture.

         Nothing in this  Indenture  or in the  Debentures,  express or implied,
shall give to any  Person,  other than the parties  hereto and their  successors
hereunder, the holders of Senior Indebtedness, to the extent provided in Article
XIII,  and the  Debentureholders,  any benefit or any legal or equitable  right,
remedy or claim under this Indenture.

SECTION 1.12.  Legal Holidays.

         In any case where the date of any Interest Payment Date or a Redemption
Date,  or the  Stated  Maturity  of any  Debenture,  or the last date on which a
Holder  has the right to convert  his  Debenture  (or the right to  convert  his
Debenture at a particular conversion price or rate) shall not be a Business Day,
then  (notwithstanding  any other provision of the Debentures or this Indenture)
payment of the principal of (and premium,  if any) or interest on, or conversion
of, any  Debentures  need not be made on such date,  but may be made on the next
succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the nominal
date of any such Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, or
on such last date for  conversion,  and no interest  shall accrue for the period
from and after such nominal date.



                                   ARTICLE TWO

                                 DEBENTURE FORMS

SECTION 2.01.  Forms Generally.

         The Debentures and the certificates of authentication  thereon shall be
in  substantially  the forms set forth in this  Article,  with such  appropriate
insertions,  omissions,  substitutions  and other  variations as are required or
permitted by this Indenture,  and may have such letters,  numbers or other marks
of  identification  and such legends or endorsements  placed thereon,  as may be
required  to  comply  with the  rules  of any  securities  exchange,  or as may,
consistently  herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Debentures,
as evidenced by their  execution of the  Debentures.  Any portion of the text of
any  Debenture  may be set forth on the  reverse  thereof,  with an  appropriate
reference thereto on the face of the Debenture.

         The definitive Debentures shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or
produced by any combination of these methods on steel engraved borders or may be
produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of any securities  exchange,
all as determined by the officers  executing  such  Debentures,  as evidenced by
their execution of such Debentures.

SECTION 2.02.  Form of Debenture.

         The form of Debenture appears in ss. 2-2.



                                  ARTICLE THREE

                                 THE DEBENTURES

SECTION 3.01.  Title and Terms.

         Provisions in this regard appear in ss. 3-1.

SECTION 3.02.  Denominations.

         Provisions in this regard appear in ss. 3-2.

SECTION 3.03.  Execution, Authentication and Delivery.

         The  Debentures  shall be  executed  on  behalf of the  Company  by its
Chairman of the Board,  its  President or one of its Vice  Presidents  under its
corporate  seal  reproduced  thereon and attested by its Secretary or one of its
Assistant Secretaries.  The signature of any of these officers on the Debentures
may be manual or facsimile.

         Debentures  bearing the manual or facsimile  signatures of  individuals
who were at any time the proper  officers of the Company shall bind the Company,
notwithstanding  that such  individuals  or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the  authentication  and delivery of such Debentures or did not
hold such offices at the date of such Debentures.

         At any time and from time to time after the  execution  and delivery of
this Indenture,  the Company may deliver  Debentures  executed by the Company to
the Trustee for  authentication;  and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver
such Debentures as in this Indenture provided and not otherwise.

         No Debenture  shall be entitled to any benefit under this  Indenture or
be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Debenture a
certificate  of  authentication  substantially  in the form  provided for herein
executed  by the  Trustee by manual  signature,  and such  certificate  upon any
Debenture  shall be  conclusive  evidence,  and the  only  evidence,  that  such
Debenture has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

SECTION 3.04.  Temporary Debentures.

         Pending  the  preparation  of  definitive  Debentures,  the Company may
execute,  and upon Company  Order the Trustee  shall  authenticate  and deliver,
temporary Debentures which are printed, lithographed,  typewritten, mimeographed
or otherwise produced,  in any denominations,  substantially of the tenor of the
definitive Debentures in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate
insertions,  omissions,  substitutions  and  other  variations  as the  officers
executing such Debentures may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such
Debentures.

         If temporary  Debentures are issued,  the Company will cause definitive
Debentures to be prepared without  unreasonable  delay. After the preparation of
definitive  Debentures,  the  temporary  Debentures  shall be  exchangeable  for
definitive  Debentures upon surrender of the temporary  Debentures at the office
or agency of the Company in the Place of Payment  without  charge to the Holder.
Upon  surrender for  cancellation  of any one or more  temporary  Debentures the
Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange
therefor  a  like  principal  amount  of  definitive  Debentures  of  authorized
denominations. Until so exchanged the temporary Debentures shall in all respects
be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Debentures.

SECTION 3.05.  Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

         The Company  shall cause to be kept at the  Principal  Corporate  Trust
Office of the Trustee a register (herein sometimes referred to as the "Debenture
Register") in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe,
the  Company  shall  provide  for  the   registration   of  Debentures  and  the
registration  of  transfers  of  Debentures.  The  Trustee  is hereby  appointed
"Debenture Registrar" for the purpose of registering Debentures and transfers of
Debentures as herein provided.

         Upon  surrender  for  registration  of transfer of any Debenture at the
office or agency in a Place of  Payment,  the  Company  shall  execute,  and the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee
or transferees, one or more new Debentures of any authorized denominations, of a
like aggregate principal amount.

         At the option of the  Holder,  Debentures  may be  exchanged  for other
Debentures  of  any  authorized  denominations,  of a like  aggregate  principal
amount,  upon  surrender  of the  Debentures  to be  exchanged at such office or
agency.  Whenever any Debentures are so  surrendered  for exchange,  the Company
shall execute,  and the Trustee shall  authenticate and deliver,  the Debentures
which the Debentureholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

         All Debentures  issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of
Debentures  shall be the valid  obligations of the Company,  evidencing the same
debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture,  as the Debentures
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

         Every Debenture  presented or surrendered for  registration of transfer
or exchange or  conversion  shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee)
be duly endorsed,  or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form
satisfactory  to the Company and the Debenture  Registrar duly executed,  by the
Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

         No service  charge  shall be made for any  registration  of transfer or
exchange of Debentures,  but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient
to cover any tax or other governmental  charge that may be imposed in connection
with any  registration  of  transfer  or  exchange  of  Debentures,  other  than
exchanges pursuant to Section 3.04 or 9.06 not involving any transfer.

         The Company  shall not be required (i) to issue,  register the transfer
of or  exchange  any  Debentures  during a period  beginning  at the  opening of
business  15 days  before  the day of the  mailing  of notice of  redemption  of
Debentures selected for redemption under Section 4.04 and ending at the close of
business  on the day of such  mailing,  or (ii) to register  the  transfer of or
exchange  of any  Debenture  so  selected  for  redemption  in whole or in part;
provided, that nothing herein contained shall be deemed to restrict the right to
convert any Debenture or portion thereof, at any time in accordance with Article
XIV.

SECTION 3.06.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Debentures.

         If (i) any mutilated Debenture is surrendered to the Trustee, or if the
Company  and  the  Trustee  receive  evidence  to  their   satisfaction  of  the
destruction,  loss or theft of any Debenture, and (ii) there is delivered to the
Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to
save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the
Trustee that such  Debenture  has been  acquired by a bona fide  purchaser,  the
Company shall execute and upon its request the Trustee  shall  authenticate  and
deliver,  in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or
stolen Debenture,  a new Debenture of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a
number not contemporaneously outstanding.

         In case any such  mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen  Debenture has
become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may,
instead of issuing a new Debenture, pay such Debenture.

         Upon the issuance of any new Debenture under this Section,  the Company
may  require  the  payment  of a sum  sufficient  to  cover  any  tax  or  other
governmental  charge  that may be  imposed  in  relation  thereto  and any other
expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

         Every new  Debenture  issued  pursuant  to this  Section in lieu of any
destroyed,  lost or stolen  Debenture  shall  constitute an original  additional
contractual  obligation of the Company,  whether or not the  destroyed,  lost or
stolen  Debenture  shall be at any time  enforceable  by  anyone,  and  shall be
entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately  with
any and all other Debentures duly issued hereunder.

         The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the
extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the  replacement or
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debentures.

SECTION 3.07.  Payment of Interest.

         Interest on any Debenture  which is payable,  and is punctually paid or
duly provided  for, on any Interest  Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in
whose name that Debenture (or one or more Predecessor  Debentures) is registered
on the Regular Record Date for such interest specified in Section 3.01.

         Any interest on any Debenture  which is payable,  but is not punctually
paid  or  duly  provided  for,  on any  Interest  Payment  Date  (herein  called
"Defaulted  Interest")  shall  forthwith  cease to be payable to the  Registered
Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder;
and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company,  at its election in each
case, as provided in Clause (1) or Clause (2) below:

                  (1) The  Company  may elect to make  payment of any  Defaulted
         Interest  to the  Persons  in whose  names  the  Debentures  (or  their
         respective  Predecessor  Debentures)  are  registered  at the  close of
         business on a Special  Record  Date for the  payment of such  Defaulted
         Interest,  which shall be fixed in the  following  manner.  The Company
         shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest
         proposed  to be paid on each  Debenture  and the  date of the  proposed
         payment,  and at the  same  time the  Company  shall  deposit  with the
         Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be
         paid in respect of such Defaulted  Interest or shall make  arrangements
         satisfactory  to the Trustee for such deposit  prior to the date of the
         proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the
         benefit of the Persons  entitled to such Defaulted  Interest as in this
         Clause provided.  Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date
         for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than
         15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed  payment and
         not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of
         the proposed payment.  The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of
         such  Special  Record  Date and,  in the name and at the expense of the
         Company,  shall cause notice of the proposed  payment of such Defaulted
         Interest   and  the  Special   Record  Date   therefor  to  be  mailed,
         first-class, postage prepaid, to each Debentureholder at his address as
         it appears in the  Debenture  Register,  not less than 10 days prior to
         such Special  Record Date. The Trustee may, in its  discretion,  in the
         name and at the expense of the  Company,  cause a similar  notice to be
         published  at least once in an  Authorized  Newspaper  in each Place of
         Payment, but such publication shall not be a condition precedent to the
         establishment  of such  Special  Record  Date.  Notice of the  proposed
         payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor
         having been mailed as aforesaid,  such Defaulted Interest shall be paid
         to the  Persons  in whose  names the  Debentures  (or their  respective
         Predecessor Debentures) are registered at the close of business on such
         Special  Record  Date  (irrespective  of  whether  such  Debentures  or
         portions  thereof are converted  into Common Stock of the Company after
         such Special  Record  Date) and shall no longer be payable  pursuant to
         the following Clause (2).

                  (2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted  Interest in
         any other lawful manner not  inconsistent  with the requirements of any
         securities  exchange on which the  Debentures  may be listed,  and upon
         such notice as may be required by such exchange,  if after notice given
         by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed  payment pursuant to this
         Clause, such payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

         Subject to the foregoing  provisions of this  Section,  each  Debenture
delivered  under this Indenture upon  registration of transfer of or in exchange
for or in lieu of any other Debenture shall carry the rights to interest accrued
and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Debenture.

SECTION 3.08.  Persons Deemed Owners.

         Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debenture,
the  Company,  the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat
the person in whose name any  registered as the owner of such  Debenture for the
purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any), and (subject
to Section 3.07) interest on, such Debenture,  for the purpose of conversion and
for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Debenture be overdue, and
neither the Company,  the  Trustee,  nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee
shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

SECTION 3.09.  Cancellation.

         All  Debentures  surrendered  for  payment,  registration  of transfer,
exchange,  redemption or conversion  shall,  if  surrendered to any Person other
than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by
it. The Company may at any time  deliver to the  Trustee  for  cancellation  any
Debentures  previously  authenticated and delivered  hereunder which the Company
may have  acquired in any manner  whatsoever,  and all  Debentures  so delivered
shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. No Debentures shall be authenticated
in lieu of or in  exchange  for any  Debentures  cancelled  as  provided in this
Section,  except  as  expressly  permitted  by  this  Indenture.  All  cancelled
Debentures  held by the  Trustee  shall be  disposed of as directed by a Company
Order.

                                  ARTICLE FOUR

                            REDEMPTION OF DEBENTURES

SECTION 4.01.  Right of Redemption.

Provisions in this regard appear in ss. 4-1.

SECTION 4.02.  Applicability of Article.

         Redemption of Debentures  required by any provision of this  Indenture,
shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article.

SECTION 4.03.  Intentionally Omitted

SECTION 4.04. Selection by Trustee of Debentures to be Redeemed.

         If less than all the  Debentures  are to be  redeemed,  the  particular
Debentures  to be redeemed  shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the
Redemption Date by the Trustee,  from the Outstanding  Debentures not previously
called  for  redemption,  by such  method  as the  Trustee  shall  deem fair and
appropriate  and which may provide for the selection for  redemption of portions
of the  principal  of  Debentures  of a  denomination  larger than  $1,000.  The
portions of the principal of Debentures so selected for partial redemption shall
be equal to $1,000 or the smallest  authorized  denomination  of the Debentures,
whichever is greater, or an integral multiple thereof. If any Debenture selected
for  partial  redemption  is  converted  in part before the  termination  of the
conversion  right with respect to the portion of the Debenture so selected,  the
converted portion of such Debenture shall be deemed (so far as may be) to be the
portion selected for redemption.

         The  Trustee  shall  promptly  notify  the  Company  in  writing of the
Debentures  selected for redemption  and, in the case of any Debenture  selected
for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

         For all  purposes  of this  Indenture,  unless  the  context  otherwise
requires,  all provisions relating to the redemption of Debentures shall relate,
in the case of any  Debenture  redeemed or to be redeemed  only in part,  to the
portion of the principal of such Debenture which has been or is to be redeemed.

         Upon any  redemption of less than all the  Debentures,  the Company and
the Trustee  may treat as  Outstanding  Debentures  surrendered  for  conversion
during  the  period  of 15 days  next  preceding  the  mailing  of a  notice  of
redemption,  and need not treat as Outstanding any Debenture  authenticated  and
delivered  during  such period in exchange  for the  unconverted  portion of any
Debenture converted in part during such period.

SECTION 4.05.  Notice of Redemption.

         Notice  of  redemption  shall  be given by  first-class  mail,  postage
prepaid,  mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the  Redemption
Date, to each Holder of Debentures to be redeemed,  at his address  appearing in
the Debenture Register.

         All notices of redemption shall state:

                  (1)      the Redemption Date,

                  (2)      the Redemption Price,

                  (3)  if  less  than  all  Outstanding  Debentures  are  to  be
         redeemed,  the identification  (and, in the case of partial redemption,
         the respective principal amounts) of the Debentures to be redeemed from
         the Holder to whom the notice is given,

                  (4) that on the  Redemption  Date the  Redemption  Price  will
         become due and  payable  upon each such  Debenture,  and that  interest
         thereon shall cease to accrue on said date,

                  (5) the place where such  Debentures are to be surrendered for
         payment of the Redemption Price, which shall be the office or agency of
         the Company in each Place of Payment,

                  (6) that such Debentures are to be redeemed through  operation
of the Sinking Fund,

                  (7) the current conversion price of the Debentures,  the place
         or places where such Debentures may be surrendered for conversion,  and
         shall specify the time at which the right to convert the  Debentures or
         portions  thereof to be redeemed will terminate in accordance with this
         Indenture, and

                  (8) the  period  during  which  an  amount  equivalent  to the
         semiannual  interest  is  payable  by the  Holder to the  Company  upon
         conversion of any  Debenture  called for  redemption  and the amount so
         payable with respect to each $1,000 principal amount of Debentures.

         Notice of  redemption  of  Debentures to be redeemed at the election of
the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's  request,  by the
Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.



<PAGE>


SECTION 4.06.  Deposit of Redemption Price.

         On or prior to any Redemption  Date, the Company shall deposit with the
Trustee or with a Paying  Agent (or,  if the Company is acting as its own Paying
Agent,  segregate  and hold in trust as provided  in Section  5.03) an amount of
money  sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of all the Debentures which are to
be redeemed on that date.  If any Debenture  called for  redemption is converted
pursuant to Article  XIV,  any money so  deposited  with the Trustee or a Paying
Agent for the  redemption  of such  Debenture  shall be paid to the Company upon
Company  Request,  or if then so  segregated  and held in trust by the  Company,
shall be discharged from such trust.

SECTION 4.07.  Debentures Payable on Redemption Date

         Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid,  the Debentures so
to be redeemed  shall,  on the  Redemption  Date,  become due and payable at the
Redemption  Price  therein  specified and on such date (unless the Company shall
default in the payment of the Redemption  Price) such Debentures  shall cease to
bear interest.  Upon  surrender of such  Debentures for redemption in accordance
with said notice, such Debentures shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption
Price.  Installments  of interest  whose  Stated  Maturity is on or prior to the
Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Debentures registered as
such on the relevant record dates according to their terms and the provisions of
Section 3.07.

         If any  Debenture  called  for  redemption  shall  not be so paid  upon
surrender  thereof for  redemption,  the principal (and premium,  if any) shall,
until paid,  bear  interest  from the  Redemption  Date at the rate borne by the
Debenture.

SECTION 4.08.  Debentures Redeemed in Part.

      Any Debenture which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at
the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment (with,  if the Company
or the Trustee so  requires,  due  endorsement  by, or a written  instrument  of
transfer in form  satisfactory  to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by,
the Holder  thereof or his attorney duly  authorized in writing) and the Company
shall  execute and the Trustee shall  authenticate  and deliver to the Holder of
such Debenture  without  service charge,  a new Debenture or Debentures,  of any
authorized  denomination  as  requested  by such Holder in  aggregate  principal
amount equal to and in exchange for the  unredeemed  portion of the principal of
the Debentures so surrendered.



                                  ARTICLE FIVE

                                    COVENANTS

SECTION 5.01.  Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

         The Company will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium,
if any) and  interest  on the  Debentures  in  accordance  with the terms of the
Debentures and this Indenture.

SECTION 5.02.  Maintenance of Office or Agency.

         The Company will maintain one or more offices or agencies in each Place
of Payment where  Debentures may be presented or surrendered for payment,  where
Debentures may be surrendered  for  registration  of transfer or exchange or for
conversion  and where  notices  and demands to or upon the Company in respect of
the Debentures  and this  Indenture may be served.  The Company will give prompt
written  notice  to the  Trustee  of the  location,  and  of any  change  in the
location, of any such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to
maintain any such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the
address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made
or served at the  Principal  Corporate  Trust  Office  of the  Trustee,  and the
Company hereby appoints the Trustee its agent to receive all such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands.

SECTION 5.03.  Money for Debenture Payments to Be Held in Trust.

         If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent,  it will,
on or before each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest
on any of the  Debentures,  segregate  and hold in trust for the  benefit of the
Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium,  if
any) or interest so becoming  due until such sums shall be paid to such  Persons
or  otherwise  disposed  of as herein  provided,  and will  promptly  notify the
Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

         Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents,  it will, on
or prior to each due date of the principal of (and premium,  if any) or interest
on any  Debentures,  deposit  with (or make  available  to) a Paying Agent a sum
sufficient  to pay the principal  (and premium,  if any) or interest so becoming
due,  such sum to be held in trust for the  benefit of the  Persons  entitled to
such  principal,  premium or  interest,  and (unless  such  Paying  Agent is the
Trustee) the Company will  promptly  notify the Trustee of its action or failure
so to act.

         The  Company  will cause each  Paying  Agent  other than the Trustee to
execute  and  deliver to the Trustee an  instrument  in which such Paying  Agent
shall agree with the Trustee,  subject to the  provisions of this Section,  that
such Paying Agent will

                  (1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of  principal  of
         (and  premium,  if any) or  interest  on  Debentures  in trust  for the
         benefit of the Persons  entitled  thereto until such sums shall be paid
         to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

                  (2) give the Trustee  notice of any default by the Company (or
         any other obligor upon the  Debentures) in the making of any payment of
         principal (and premium, if any) or interest; and

                  (3) at any time during the  continuance  of any such  default,
         upon the written  request of the Trustee,  forthwith pay to the Trustee
         all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

         The  Company  may at  any  time,  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  the
satisfaction  and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose,  pay, or
by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in
trust by the Company or such Paying  Agent,  such sums to be held by the Trustee
upon the same  trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the  Company or
such Paying  Agent;  and,  upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee,
such paying Agent shall be released from all further  liability  with respect to
such money.

         Any money  deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held
by the Company,  in trust for the payment of the principal of (and  premium,  if
any) or interest on any Debenture and remaining  unclaimed for three years after
such  principal  (and  premium,  if any) or interest  has become due and payable
shall  be paid to the  Company  on  Company  Request,  or (if  then  held by the
Company) shall be discharged  from such trust;  and the Holder of such Debenture
shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for
payment  thereof,  and all  liability  of the Trustee or such Paying  Agent with
respect  to such  trust  money,  and all  liability  of the  Company  as trustee
thereof,  shall thereupon  cease;  provided,  however,  that the Trustee or such
Paying  Agent,  before  being  required to make any such  repayment,  may at the
expense of the Company cause to be published once, in an Authorized Newspaper in
each Place of Payment,  notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after
a date specified therein,  which shall be not less than 30 days from the date of
such  publication,  any unclaimed  balance of such money then  remaining will be
repaid to the Company.

SECTION 5.04.  Statement as to Compliance.

      The Company will deliver to the Trustee,  within 120 days after the end of
each fiscal year, a written  statement  signed by the Chairman of the Board, the
President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer,  the
Controller or an Assistant Controller of the Company, stating, as to each signer
thereof, that

                  (1) a review of the activities of the Company during such year
         and of  performance  under  this  Indenture  has been  made  under  his
         supervision, and

                  (2) to the best of his  knowledge,  based on such review,  the
         Company  has  fulfilled  all  its  obligations   under  this  Indenture
         throughout  such  year,  or,  if  there  has  been  a  default  in  the
         fulfillment of any such obligation,  specifying each such default known
         to the signer and the nature and status thereof.

SECTION 5.05.  Corporate Existence.

         Subject to Article  Ten,  the  Company  will do or cause to be done all
things  necessary  to preserve  and keep in full force and effect its  corporate
existence,  rights  (charter and statutory) and franchises;  provided,  however,
that the Company shall not be required to preserve any right or franchise if the
Company shall determine that the preservation  thereof is no longer desirable in
the conduct of the  business  of the  Company  and that the loss  thereof is not
disadvantageous in any material respect to the Debentureholders.

SECTION 5.06.  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.

         The Company will pay or  discharge  or cause to be paid or  discharged,
before  the  same  shall  become  delinquent,  (1) all  taxes,  assessments  and
governmental charges levied or imposed upon its income, profits or property, and
(2) all lawful claims for labor,  materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might
by law become a lien upon its  property;  provided,  however,  that the  Company
shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged  any
such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

SECTION 5.07.  Maintenance of Properties.

         The Company will cause all its properties used or useful in the conduct
of its business to be maintained and kept in good condition,  repair and working
order and supplied  with all  necessary  equipment and will cause to be made all
necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof,
all as in the  judgment  of the Company may be  necessary  so that the  business
carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously  conducted
at all times; provided,  however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the
Company  from  discontinuing  the  operation  and  maintenance  of  any  of  its
properties if such  discontinuance is, or if the discontinuance is a part of, or
a step  contemplated  by, a transaction  which is or was, in the judgment of the
Company, desirable in the conduct of its business and not disadvantageous in any
material respect to the Debentureholders.



                                   ARTICLE SIX

                 DEBENTUREHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE
                                   AND COMPANY

SECTION 6.01. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Debentureholders

         The Company  will  furnish or cause to be  furnished to the Trustee (a)
semiannually,  not more than 15 days after each Regular  Record Date, a list, in
such form as the Trustee may reasonably  require,  of the names and addresses of
the Holders of Debentures as of such Regular  Record Date, and (b) at such other
times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after receipt by the
Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not
more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;  provided,  however,
that if and for so long as the Trustee is the Debenture Registrar,  no such list
shall be required to be furnished.

SECTION 6.02.  Preservation of Information; Communications to Debentureholders.

         (a) The Trustee shall  preserve,  in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable,  the names and addresses of Holders of Debentures  contained in the
most recent list  furnished  to the Trustee as provided in Section  6.01 and, if
applicable,  the names and  addresses of Holders of  Debentures  received by the
Trustee in its capacity as Debenture Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list
furnished  to it as  provided  in  Section  6.01 upon  receipt  of a new list so
furnished.

         (b) If three or more Holders of Debentures  (hereinafter referred to as
"applicants")  apply in  writing  to the  Trustee  and  furnish  to the  Trustee
reasonable  proof that each such applicant has owned a Debenture for a period of
at least six months preceding the date of such application, and such application
states  that  the  applicants  desire  to  communicate  with  other  Holders  of
Debentures  with  respect  to their  rights  under this  Indenture  or under the
Debentures  and is  accompanied  by a  copy  of  the  form  of  proxy  or  other
communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall,
within  five  Business  Days  after  the  receipt  of such  application,  at its
election, either

         (i)  afford  such  applicants access to the  information  preserved  at
the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 6.02(a), or

         (ii) inform. such applicants as to the approximate number of Holders of
Debentures whose names and addresses appear in the information  preserved at the
time  by  the  Trustee  in  accordance  with  Section  6.02(a),  and  as to  the
approximate cost of mailing to such  Debentureholders the form of proxy or other
communication, if any, specified in such application.

         If the Trustee shall elect not to afford such applicants access to such
information,  the Trustee shall,  upon the written request of such applicants (a
copy of which shall be promptly  furnished by the Trustee to the Company),  mail
to each  Debentureholder  whose  name  and  address  appear  in the  information
preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 6.02(a),  a copy
of the form of proxy or other  communication which is specified in such request,
with reasonable  promptness  after a tender to the Trustee of the material to be
mailed and of payment,  or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses
of mailing, unless within five days after such tender, the Trustee shall mail to
such  applicants  and  file  with  the  Commission  together  with a copy of the
material to be mailed, a written statement to the effect that, in the opinion of
the Trustee, such mailing would be contrary to the best interests of the Holders
of Debentures or would be in violation of applicable law. Such written statement
shall specify the basis of such opinion.  If the Commission,  after  opportunity
for a hearing upon the objections  specified in the written  statement so filed,
shall enter an order refusing to sustain any of such objections or if, after the
entry of an order  sustaining  one or more of such  objections,  the  Commission
shall find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that all the objections so
sustained have been met and shall enter an order so declaring, the Trustee shall
mail  copies  of such  material  to all such  Debentureholders  with  reasonable
promptness  after  the  entry of such  order  and the  renewal  of such  tender;
otherwise  the  Trustee  shall be  relieved  of any  obligation  or duty to such
applicants respecting their application.

        (c) Every Holder of the  Debentures,  by receiving and holding the same,
agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee
shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as
to the names and  addresses  of the Holders of  Debentures  in  accordance  with
Section  6.02(b),  regardless  of the source  from which  such  information  was
derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing
any material pursuant to a request made under Section 6.02(b).

SECTION 6.03.  Reports by Trustee.

         (a) The term "reporting date", as used in this Section,  means the date
specified in Article VI. Within 60 days after the  reporting  date in each year,
the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all  Debentureholders,  as their names and
addresses  appear in the  Debenture  Register,  a brief  report dated as of such
reporting date with respect to:

                  (1) its eligibility  under Section 8.09 and its  qualification
         under Section 8.08, or in lieu thereof, if to the best of its knowledge
         it has continued to be eligible and qualified  under said  Sections,  a
         written statement to such effect;

                  (2) the  character  and  amount  of any  advances  (and if the
         Trustee elects so to state,  the  circumstances  surrounding the making
         thereof)  made by the Trustee (as such) which remain unpaid on the date
         of reporting, and for the reimbursement of which it claims or may claim
         a lien or charge,  prior to that of the Debentures,  on any property or
         funds held or collected by it as Trustee, except that the Trustee shall
         not be  required  (but may  elect)  to  report  such  advances  if such
         advances so remaining  unpaid  aggregate not more than 1/2 of 1% of the
         principal  amount  of the  Debentures  Outstanding  on the date of such
         reporting;

                  (3) the amount,  interest  rate and maturity date of all other
         indebtedness  owing by the  Company  (or by any  other  obligor  on the
         Debentures) to the Trustee in its individual capacity, on the reporting
         date,  with a brief  description  of any  property  held as  collateral
         security  therefor,  except  an  indebtedness  based  upon  a  creditor
         relationship  arising in any manner  described in Section 8.13 (b) (2),
         (3), (4) or (6);

                  (4)  the  property  and  funds,  if  any,  physically  in  the
         possession of the Trustee as such on the reporting date;

                  (5) any additional issue of Debentures  which  the Trustee has
         not previously reported; and

                  (6) any action taken by the Trustee in the  performance of its
         duties hereunder which it has not previously  reported and which in its
         opinion materially affects the Debentures,  except action in respect of
         a default, notice of which has been or is to be withheld by the Trustee
         in accordance with Section 8.02.

         (b) The  Trustee  shall  transmit by mail to all  Debentureholders,  as
their names and addresses appear in the Debenture Register,  a brief report with
respect to the character  and amount of any advances (and if the Trustee  elects
so to state,  the  circumstances  surrounding  the making  thereof)  made by the
Trustee  (as such)  since the date of the last  report  transmitted  pursuant to
Subsection  (a)  of  this  Section  (or  if no  such  report  has  yet  been  so
transmitted,   since  the  date  of  execution  of  this   instrument)  for  the
reimbursement of which it claims or may claim a lien or charge, prior to that of
the  Debentures,  on property or funds held or collected  by it as Trustee,  and
which it has not previously  reported  pursuant to this Subsection,  except that
the  Trustee  shall not be required  (but may elect) to report such  advances if
such  advances  remaining  unpaid  at any  time  aggregate  10% or  less  of the
principal  amount of the Debentures  Outstanding at such time, such report to be
transmitted within 90 days after such time.

         (c) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such  transmission
to Debentureholders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which
the Debentures are listed, and also with the Commission. The Company will notify
the Trustee when the Debentures are listed on any stock exchange.

SECTION 6.04.  Reports by Company.

The Company will

         (1) file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company is required
to file the same with the  Commission,  copies of the annual  reports and of the
information,  documents  and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of
the foregoing as the Commission  may from time to time by rules and  regulations
prescribe)  which  the  Company  may be  required  to file  with the  Commission
pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended; or, if the Company is not required to file information, documents or
reports pursuant to either of said Sections,  then it will file with the Trustee
and the Commission,  in accordance  with rules and  regulations  prescribed from
time  to  time  by the  Commission,  such  of  the  supplementary  and  periodic
information,  documents and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13
of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended,  in respect of a security
listed and  registered  on a national  securities  exchange as may be prescribed
from time to time in such rules and regulations;

         (2) file with the Trustee and the Commission,  in accordance with rules
and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission,  such additional
information,  documents  and reports with respect to  compliance  by the Company
with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time
to time by such rules and regulations; and

         (3)  transmit  by mail  to all  Debentureholders  as  their  names  and
addresses  appear in the  Debenture  Register,  within 30 days  after the filing
thereof  with the Trustee,  such  summaries of any  information,  documents  and
reports  required to be filed by the Company  pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2)
of this Section as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time
to time by the Commission.



                                  ARTICLE SEVEN

                                    REMEDIES

SECTION 7.01.  Events of Default.

         "Event  of  Default",  wherever  used  herein,  means  any  one  of the
following  events  (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it
shall be occasioned by the  provisions of Article XIII hereof or be voluntary or
involuntary or be effected by operation of law pursuant to any judgment,  decree
or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any  administrative or
governmental body):

                  (1) default in the payment of any interest  upon any Debenture
         when the same becomes due and payable,  and continuance of such default
         for a period of 30 days; or

                  (2) default in making any Mandatory Sinking Fund Payment, when
         the same becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a
         period of 30 days; or

                  (3) default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if
         any, on) any Debenture at its Maturity,  except any Maturity  occurring
         by reason of a call for redemption  through the Mandatory Sinking Fund;
         or

                  (4) default in the performance,  or breach, of any covenant or
         warranty  of the  Company in this  Indenture  (other than a covenant or
         warranty a. default in whose  performance  or whose breach is elsewhere
         in this Section  specifically  dealt  with),  and  continuance  of such
         default or breach for a period of 60 days after  there has been  given,
         by  registered  or certified  mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to
         the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 10% in principal
         amount of the Outstanding Debentures,  a written notice specifying such
         default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such
         notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or

                  (5) a court having  jurisdiction in the premises shall enter a
         decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an  involuntary
         case under any applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar law
         now or  hereafter  in effect,  or  appointing  a receiver,  liquidator,
         assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of the
         Company or for any  substantial  part of its property,  or ordering the
         winding-up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree or order shall
         remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

                  (6) the  Company  shall  commence a  voluntary  case under any
         applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter
         in effect,  or shall  consent to the entry of an order for relief in an
         involuntary   case  under  any  such  law,  or  shall  consent  to  the
         appointment  of  or  taking  possession  by  a  receiver,   liquidator,
         assignee, trustee, custodian,  sequestrator (or other similar official)
         of the Company or for any  substantial  part of its property,  or shall
         make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail
         generally  to pay its  debts as they  become  due,  or  shall  take any
         corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

SECTION 7.02.  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

      If an Event of Default  occurs and is  continuing,  then and in every such
case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than one-third (33.33%) in principal
amount of the  Debentures  Outstanding  may  declare  the  principal  of all the
Debentures  to be  immediately  due and  payable,  by a notice in writing to the
Company (and to the Trustee if given by the Debentureholders), and upon any such
declaration such principal shall become immediately due and payable.

      At any time after such a  declaration  of  acceleration  has been made and
before a judgment  or decree for  payment of the money due has been  obtained by
the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article  provided,  the Holders of a majority
in principal amount of Debentures Outstanding,  by written notice to the Company
and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if

                  (1) the  Company  has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum
sufficient to pay

                          (A) all  overdue   instalments   of interest  on   all
                  Debentures,

                          (B) the  principal  of  (and premium, if  any, on) any
                  Debentures  which  have  become  due  otherwise  than  by such
                  declaration  of  acceleration and interest thereon at the rate
                  borne by the Debentures,

                           (C) to the extent  that  payment of such  interest is
                  lawful,  interest upon overdue  instalments of interest at the
                  rate borne by the Debentures, and

                           (D)  all  sums  paid  or   advanced  by  the  Trustee
                  hereunder   and   the   reasonable   compensation,   expenses,
                  disbursements  and  advances  of the  Trustee,  its agents and
                  counsel; and

         (2) all Events of Default,  other than the non-payment of the principal
of Debentures which have become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured
or waived as provided in Section 7.13.

No such  rescission  shall  affect  any  subsequent  default or impair any right
consequent thereon.

SECTION 7.03. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

The Company covenants that if

                  (1)  default  is  made in the  payment  of any  instalment  of
         interest on any Debenture  when such  interest  becomes due and payable
         and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or

                  (2) default is made in any  Mandatory  Sinking  Fund  Payment,
         when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a
         period of 30 days, or

                  (3)  default is made in the  payment of the  principal  of (or
         premium, if any, on) any Debenture at the Maturity thereof,  except any
         Maturity  occurring  by reason  of a call for  redemption  through  the
         Mandatory Sinking Fund,

the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee,  pay to it, for the benefit of the
Holders  of such  Debentures,  the whole  amount  then due and  payable  on such
Debentures for principal (and premium, if any) and interest,  with interest upon
the overdue  principal (and premium,  if any) and, to the extent that payment of
such  interest  shall  be  legally  enforceable,  upon  overdue  instalments  of
interest,  at the rate borne by the Debentures;  and, in addition thereto,  such
further  amount  as shall be  sufficient  to cover the  costs  and  expenses  of
collection,  including the reasonable compensation,  expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

      If the Company fails to pay such amounts  forthwith upon such demand,  the
Trustee,  in its own name and as trustee of an express  trust,  may  institute a
judicial  proceeding for the  collection of the sums so due and unpaid,  and may
prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree,  and may enforce the same
against the Company or any other  obligor  upon the  Debentures  and collect the
monies  adjudged  or decreed to be payable in the manner  provided by law out of
the property of the Company or any other obligor upon the  Debentures,  wherever
situated.

      If an Event of Default  occurs and is  continuing,  the Trustee may in its
discretion  proceed  to  protect  and  enforce  its rights and the rights of the
Debentureholders by such appropriate  judicial  proceedings as the Trustee shall
deem most  effectual  to protect and enforce  any such  rights,  whether for the
specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of
the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

SECTION 7.04.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

      In case of the  pendency  of any  receivership,  insolvency,  liquidation,
bankruptcy,  reorganization,   arrangement,  adjustment,  composition  or  other
judicial  proceeding  relative  to the  Company  or any other  obligor  upon the
Debentures  or the  property  of the  Company or of such other  obligor or their
creditors,  the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Debentures
shall  then be due  and  payable  as  therein  expressed  or by  declaration  or
otherwise and  irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on
the Company for the payment of overdue  principal or interest) shall be entitled
and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,

                  (i) to file  and  prove  a  claim  for  the  whole  amount  of
         principal  (and  premium,  if any) and  interest  owing  and  unpaid in
         respect of the Debentures and to file such other papers or documents as
         may be  necessary  or  advisable  in order to have  the  claims  of the
         Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
         disbursements and advances of the Trustee,  its agents and counsel) and
         of the Debentureholders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

                  (ii) to  collect  and  receive  any  monies or other  property
         payable or  deliverable  on any such claims and to distribute the same;
         and any receiver,  assignee,  trustee,  liquidator or sequestrator  (or
         other  similar  official  in any such  judicial  proceeding  is  hereby
         authorized  by  each  Debentureholder  to  make  such  payments  to the
         Trustee,  and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making
         of  such  payments  directly  to  the  Debentureholders,  to pay to the
         Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
         disbursements and advances of the Trustee,  its agents and counsel, and
         any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 8.07.

         Nothing  herein  contained  shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any  Debentureholder any
plan of  reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment or composition  affecting the
Debentures or the rights of any Holder  thereof,  or to authorize the Trustee to
vote in respect of the claim of any Debentureholder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 7.05.  Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Debentures.

         All rights of action and claims under this  Indenture or the Debentures
may be prosecuted  and enforced by the Trustee  without the possession of any of
the Debentures or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and
any such  proceeding  instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name
as trustee of an express  trust,  and any  recovery  of  judgment  shall,  after
provision   for  the   payment  of  the   reasonable   compensation,   expenses,
disbursements  and advances of the Trustee,  its agents and counsel,  be for the
ratable  benefit  of the  Holders  of the  Debentures  in  respect of which such
judgment has been recovered.

SECTION 7.06.  Application of Money Collected

         Subject to the provisions of Article XIII hereof,  any money  collected
by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order,
at the date or dates  fixed by the Trustee  and in case of the  distribution  of
such  money on account of  principal  (or  premium,  if any) or  interest,  upon
presentation of the Debentures,  and the notation thereon of the payment if only
partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

       FIRST:  To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 8.07;

       SECOND: To the  payment of  the  amounts  then due  and unpaid  upon  the
Debentures for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, in respect of which
or for the  benefit  of which such money has been  collected,  ratably,  without
preference or priority of any kind,  according to the amounts due and payable on
such Debentures, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively;
and

        THIRD:  The balance, if any, to the Company  or other Person or  Persons
entitled thereto.

SECTION 7.07.  Limitation on Suits.

         No Holder  of any  Debenture  shall  have any  right to  institute  any
proceeding,  judicial or otherwise,  with respect to this Indenture,  or for the
appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless

                  (1) such  Holder has  previously  given written  notice to the
         Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;

                  (2) the  Holders of not less than 25% in  principal  amount of
         the  Outstanding  Debentures  shall have made  written  requests to the
         Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in
         its own name as Trustee hereunder;

                  (3)  such  Holder  or  Holders  have  offered  to the  Trustee
         reasonable indemnity against the costs,  expenses and liabilities to be
         incurred in compliance with such request;

                  (4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such  notice,
         request  and  offer of  indemnity  has  failed  to  institute  any such
         proceeding; and

                  (5) no direction  inconsistent  with such written  request has
         been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a
         majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Debentures;

it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Debentures shall
have any right in any  manner  whatever  by virtue  of, or by  availing  of, any
provision of this  Indenture to affect,  disturb or prejudice  the rights of any
other  Holders  of  Debentures  or to obtain or to seek to  obtain  priority  or
preference  over any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture,
except in the manner  herein  provided and for the equal and ratable  benefit of
all the Holders of Debentures.

SECTION 7.08.  Unconditional  Right  of  Debentureholders to  Receive Principal,
               Premium and Interest and to Convert.

         Subject to the provisions of Article XIII hereof,  but  notwithstanding
any other  provision in this  Indenture,  the Holder of any Debenture shall have
the  right  which is  absolute  and  unconditional  to  receive  payment  of the
principal of (and  premium,  if any) and (subject to Section  3.07)  interest on
such Debenture on the respective Stated  Maturities  expressed in such Debenture
(or, in the case of redemption,  on the  Redemption  Date) and to institute suit
for the  enforcement of any such payment and the right to convert such Debenture
in accordance  with Article XIV and to institute suit for its  enforcement,  and
such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 7.09.  Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

         If the Trustee or any  Debentureholder has instituted any proceeding to
enforce any right or remedy under this  Indenture and such  proceeding  has been
discontinued or abandoned for any reason,  or has been  determined  adversely to
the Trustee or to such Debentureholder, then and in every such case the Company,
the Trustee and the Debentureholders shall, subject to any determination in such
proceeding,  be restored  severally and  respectively to their former  positions
hereunder,  and  thereafter  all  rights and  remedies  of the  Trustee  and the
Debentureholders   shall  continue  as  though  no  such   proceeding  had  been
instituted.

SECTION 7.10.  Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

         Except as provided in Section 3.06, no right or remedy herein conferred
upon or  reserved to the  Trustee or to the  Debentureholders  is intended to be
exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the
extent  permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and
remedy  given  hereunder  or now or  hereafter  existing  at law or in equity or
otherwise.  The  assertion or employment  of any right or remedy  hereunder,  or
otherwise,  shall not prevent the  concurrent  assertion  or-  employment of any
other appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 7.11.  Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

         No delay or omission  of the Trustee or of any Holder of any  Debenture
to exercise any right or remedy  accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair
any such right or remedy or  constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or
an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law
to the Trustee or to the  Debentureholders  may be exercised  from time to time,
and  as  often  as  may  be  deemed   expedient,   by  the  Trustee  or  by  the
Debentureholders, as the case may be.

SECTION 7.12.  Control by Debentureholders.

         The  Holders  of a  majority  in  principal  amount of the  Outstanding
Debentures  shall  have the  right to  direct  the  time,  method  and  place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy  available to the Trustee or exercising
any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that

                  (1) such  direction  shall not be in conflict with any rule of
         law or with this  Indenture, and

                  (2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the
         Trustee  which  is not  inconsistent  with  such  direction;  provided,
         however,  that the Trustee need not take any action which it determines
         will involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the
         Holders of Debentures not consenting.

SECTION 7.13.  Waiver of Past Defaults.

         The  Holders  of a  majority  in  principal  amount of the  Outstanding
Debentures  may on behalf of the  Holders of all the  Debentures  waive any past
default hereunder and its consequences, except a default

                  (1) in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or
         interest or any  Debenture, or

                  (2) in respect of a covenant or  provision  hereof which under
         Article  Nine cannot be modified or amended  without the consent of the
         Holder of each Outstanding Debenture affected.

         Upon any such waiver,  such default shall cease to exist, and any Event
of  Default  arising  therefrom  shall be deemed to have been  cured,  for every
purpose of this Indenture;  but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 7.14.  Undertaking for Costs.

         All parties to this Indenture  agree,  and each Holder of any Debenture
by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed,  that any court may in
its discretion  require,  in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy
under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or
omitted by it as  Trustee,  the filing by any party  litigant in such suit of an
undertaking  to pay the  costs of such  suit,  and that  such  court  may in its
discretion  assess  reasonable  costs,  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees,
against  any party  litigant  in such suit,  having due regard to the merits and
good  faith of the  claims or  defenses  made by such  party  litigant;  but the
provisions  of this  Section  shall  not  apply  to any suit  instituted  by the
Trustee,   to  any  suit  instituted  by  any   Debentureholder,   or  group  of
Debentureholders,  holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of
the Outstanding Debentures, or to any suit instituted by any Debentureholder for
the  enforcement  of the payment of the  principal  of (or  premium,  if any) or
interest on any Debenture on or after the respective Stated Maturities expressed
in such  Debenture  (or, in the case of  redemption,  on or after the Redemption
Date) or for the enforcement of a right to the conversion of any Debenture.

SECTION 7.15.  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.

         The Company  covenants  (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that
it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim
or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted,
now or at any time  hereafter  in force,  which may affect the  covenants or the
performance  of this  Indenture;  and the  Company  (to the  extent  that it may
lawfully do so) hereby  expressly  waives all benefit or  advantage  of any such
law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

                                  ARTICLE EIGHT

                                   THE TRUSTEE

SECTION 8.01.  Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

         (a)      Except during the continuance of an Event of Default,

                  (1) the  Trustee  undertakes  to perform  such duties and only
         such duties as are  specifically  set forth in this  Indenture,  and no
         implied  covenants  or  obligations  shall be read into this  Indenture
         against the Trustee; and

                  (2) in the  absence of bad faith on its part,  the Trustee may
         conclusively   rely,  as  to  the  truth  of  the  statements  and  the
         correctness of the opinions  expressed  therein,  upon  certificates or
         opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of
         this  Indenture;  but in the case of any such  certificates or opinions
         which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished
         to the Trustee,  the Trustee  shall be under a duty to examine the same
         to determine  whether or not they conform to the  requirements  of this
         Indenture.

         (b) In case an Event of Default has  occurred  and is  continuing,  the
Trustee  shall  exercise  such of the  rights  and  powers  vested in it by this
Indenture,  and use the same  degree of care and skill in their  exercise,  as a
prudent man would exercise or use under the  circumstances in the conduct of his
own affairs.

         (c) No  provision of this  Indenture  shall be construed to relieve the
Trustee from liability for its own negligent  action,  its own negligent failure
to act, or its own wilful misconduct, except that

                  (1) this Subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect
         of Subsection (a) of this Section;

                  (2) the Trustee  shall not be liable for any error of judgment
         made in good faith by a Responsible  Officer  unless it shall be proved
         that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

                  (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action
         taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the
         request or the  direction  of the  Holders of a majority  in  principal
         amount of the Outstanding  Debentures  relating to the time, method and
         place of  conducting  any  proceeding  for any remedy  available to the
         Trustee,  or exercising any trust or power  conferred upon the Trustee,
         under this Indenture; and

                  (4) no provision of this  Indenture  shall require the Trustee
         to  expend  or risk its own  funds or  otherwise  incur  any  financial
         liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder,  or in the
         exercise  of any of its rights or powers,  if it shall have  reasonable
         grounds  for  believing  that  repayment  of  such  funds  or  adequate
         indemnity  against such risk or liability is not reasonably  assured to
         it.

         (d) Whether or not therein  expressly so provided,  every  provision of
this  Indenture  relating  to the  conduct  or  affecting  the  liability  of or
affording  protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the  provisions of this
Section.

SECTION 8.02.  Notice of Defaults.

         Within 90 days  after the  occurrence  of any  default  hereunder,  the
Trustee  shall  transmit  by mail to all  Debentureholders,  as their  names and
addresses  appear in the Debenture  Register,  notice of such default  hereunder
known to the  Trustee,  unless  such  default  shall  have been cured or waived;
provided,  however,  that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the
principal  of, (or  premium,  if any) or  interest  on any  Debenture  or in the
payment  of any  sinking or  purchase  fund  instalment,  the  Trustee  shall be
protected in  withholding  such notice if and so long as the board of directors,
the executive  committee or a trust  committee of directors  and/or  Responsible
Officers of the Trustee in good faith  determine  that the  withholding  of such
notice is in the interests of the Debentureholders;  and provided, further, that
in the case of any default of the  character  specified in Section  7.01(4),  no
such notice to Debentureholders  shall be given until at least 60 days after the
occurrence  thereof.  For the purpose of this Section,  the term "default" means
any event which is, or after  notice or lapse of time or both would  become,  an
Event of Default.

SECTION 8.03.  Certain Rights of Trustee.

         Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.01:

                  (a) the Trustee may rely and shall be  protected  in acting or
         refraining  from acting upon any  resolution,  certificate,  statement,
         instrument,  opinion,  report,  notice,  request,  direction,  consent,
         order, bond,  debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be
         genuine and to have been  signed or  presented  by the proper  party or
         parties;

                  (b) any request or direction of the Company  mentioned  herein
         shall be  sufficiently  evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order
         and any  resolution  of the  Board  of  Directors  may be  sufficiently
         evidenced by a Board Resolution;

                  (c)  whenever  in the  administration  of this  Indenture  the
         Trustee shall deem it desirable  that a matter be proved or established
         prior to  taking,  suffering  or  omitting  any action  hereunder,  the
         Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically  prescribed) may,
         in the  absence  of bad  faith  on its  part,  rely  upon an  Officers'
         Certificate;

                  (d) the  Trustee  may  consult  with  counsel  and the written
         advice of such  counsel or any  Opinion  of  Counsel  shall be full and
         complete  authorization  and protection in respect of any action taken,
         suffered  or omitted  by it  hereunder  in good  faith and in  reliance
         thereon;

                  (e) the Trustee  shall be under no  obligation to exercise any
         of the rights or powers  vested in it by this  Indenture at the request
         or direction of any of the Debentureholders pursuant to this Indenture,
         unless  such  Debentureholders   shall  have  offered  to  the  Trustee
         reasonable  security  or  indemnity  against  the costs,  expenses  and
         liabilities  which  might be  incurred  by it in  compliance  with such
         request or direction;

                  (f) the Trustee  shall not be bound to make any  investigation
         into the  facts  or  matters  stated  in any  resolution,  certificate,
         statement,  instrument,  opinion,  report, notice, request,  direction,
         consent,  order,  bond,  debenture  or other paper or document  but the
         Trustee,   in  its  discretion,   may  make  such  further  inquiry  or
         investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the
         Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or  investigation,
         it shall be entitled to examine the books,  records and premises of the
         Company, personally or by agent or attorney; and

                  (g) the  Trustee  may  execute  any of the  trusts  or  powers
         hereunder  or perform  any duties  hereunder  either  directly or by or
         through  agents or attorneys and the Trustee  shall not be  responsible
         for any  misconduct  or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney
         appointed with due care by it hereunder.

SECTION 8.04.  Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Debentures.

         The  recitals  contained  herein  and in  the  Debentures,  except  the
certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company,
and the Trustee assumes no  responsibility  for their  correctness.  The Trustee
makes no  representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or
of  the  Debentures.  The  Trustee  shall  not be  accountable  for  the  use or
application by the Company of Debentures or the proceeds thereof.

SECTION 8.05.  May Hold Debentures.

         The Trustee,  any Paying Agent,  Debenture Registrar or any other agent
of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or
pledgee of Debentures and, subject to Sections 8.08 and 8.13, may otherwise deal
with the  Company  with the same  rights it would  have if it were not  Trustee,
Paying Agent, Debenture Registrar or such other agent.

SECTION 8.06.  Money Held in Trust.

      Money held by the Trustee in trust  hereunder need not be segregated  from
other funds except to the extent  required by law. The Trustee shall be under no
liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise
agreed with the Company.

SECTION 8.07.  Compensation and Reimbursement.

         The Company agrees

                           (1)  to  pay  to  the  Trustee   from  time  to  time
                  reasonable  compensation  for  all  services  rendered  by  it
                  hereunder  (which  compensation  shall not be  limited  by any
                  provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of
                  an express trust);

                           (2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to
                  reimburse  the Trustee  upon its  request  for all  reasonable
                  expenses,  disbursements  and advances incurred or made by the
                  Trustee in  accordance  with any  provision of this  Indenture
                  (including  the reasonable  compensation  and the expenses and
                  disbursements  of its  agents  and  counsel),  except any such
                  expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its
                  negligence or bad faith; and

                           (3) to  indemnify  the  Trustee  for,  and to hold it
                  harmless  against,  any loss,  liability  or expense  incurred
                  without negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of or
                  in connection  with the acceptance or  administration  of this
                  trust,  including  the costs and expenses of defending  itself
                  against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise
                  or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

      As security for the  performance  of the  obligations of the Company under
this  Section,  the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the  Debentures  upon all
property and funds held or  collected by the Trustee as such,  except funds held
in trust for the payment of  principal  of (and  premium,  if any or interest on
Debentures.

SECTION 8.08.  Disqualification; Conflicting Interests.

         The Trustee shall comply with Section 310 of the TIA. The provisions of
Section  310 of the TIA shall  also  apply to the  Company,  as  obligor  of the
Debentures.

SECTION 8.09.  Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.

         There  shall  at all  times be a  Trustee  hereunder  which  shall be a
corporation  organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any State,  authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust
powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $5,000,000, subject to
supervision  or  examination  by  Federal  or State  authority  and  having  its
Principal  Corporate  Trust Office in the place specified in the first paragraph
of this  Indenture  or, if such place is not the City of New York,  New York, in
the City of New  York,  New  York,  if there be a  corporation  in any such city
willing to act upon  reasonable  and  customary  terms and  conditions.  If such
corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or
to the requirements of the aforesaid  supervising or examining  authority,  then
for the  purposes  of this  Section,  the  combined  capital and surplus of such
corporation  shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth
in its most recent report of condition so published.  If at any time the Trustee
shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it
shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified
in this Article.

SECTION 8.10.  Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

         (a) No  resignation  or removal of the Trustee and no  appointment of a
successor  Trustee  pursuant to this Article  shall become  effective  until the
acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 8.11.

         (b) The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof
to the Company.  If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not
have been  delivered  to the  Trustee  within 30 days  after the  giving of such
notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

         (c) The  Trustee  may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of a
majority in principal  amount of the  Outstanding  Debentures,  delivered to the
Trustee and to the Company.

         (d)      If at any time:

                  (1) the Trustee  shall fail to comply with  Section 8.08 after
         written request therefor by the Company or by any  Debentureholder  who
         has been a bona fide Holder of a Debenture for at least six months, or

                  (2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible  under Section 8.09
         and shall fail to resign after written request  therefor by the Company
         or by any such Debentureholder, or

                  (3) the Trustee  shall become  incapable of acting or shall be
         adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its
         property  shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or
         control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of
         rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

         then,  in any such  case,  (i) the  Company by a Board  Resolution  may
         remove  the   Trustee,   or  (ii)   subject  to   Section   7.14,   any
         Debentureholder  who has been a bona fide Holder of a Debenture  for at
         least six months  may,  on behalf of himself  and all others  similarly
         situated,  petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal
         of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

         (e) If the Trustee  shall  resign,  be removed or become  incapable  of
acting,  or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the
Company, by a Board Resolution,  shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. If,
within  one  year  after  such  resignation,  removal  or  incapability,  or the
occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the
Holders  of a  majority  in  principal  amount  of  the  Outstanding  Debentures
delivered  to the Company and the retiring  Trustee,  the  successor  Trustee so
appointed shall,  forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment,  become the
successor  Trustee and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.
If no  successor  Trustee  shall have been so  appointed  by the  Company or the
Debentureholders  and accepted  appointment in the manner hereinafter  provided,
any  Debentureholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Debenture for at least
six months  may,  on behalf of such  Holder and all others  similarly  situated,
petition any court of competent  jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Trustee.

         (f) The Company shall give notice of each  resignation and each removal
of the Trustee and each  appointment of a successor.  Trustee by mailing written
notice of such event by first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  to the Holders of
Debentures as their names and addresses appear in the Debenture  Register.  Each
notice shall  include the name of the  successor  Trustee and the address of its
Principal Corporate Trust Office.

         (g) Any Trustee  ceasing to act shall,  nevertheless,  retain its prior
claim upon all property or funds collected by such Trustee to secure any amounts
then due it pursuant to Section 8.07.

SECTION 8.11.  Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

         Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute,  acknowledge
and deliver to the Company and to the retiring  Trustee an instrument  accepting
such  appointment,  and  thereupon  the  resignation  or removal of the retiring
Trustee shall become effective and such successor  Trustee,  without any further
act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts
and duties of the  retiring  Trustee;  but,  on  request  of the  Company or the
successor  Trustee,  such retiring  Trustee shall,  upon payment of its charges,
execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the
rights,  powers  and trusts of the  retiring  Trustee,  and shall  duly  assign,
transfer  and deliver to such  successor  Trustee all property and money held by
such  retiring  Trustee  hereunder,  subject  nevertheless  to its lien, if any,
provided for in Section 8.07.  Upon request of any such successor  Trustee,  the
Company  shall  execute  any and all  instruments  for more fully and  certainly
vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights,  powers and
trusts.

         No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of
such  acceptance  such  successor  Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under
this Article.

SECTION 8.12.  Merger, Conversion, Consolidation  or  Succession  to Business of
               Trustee.

         Any  corporation  into which the Trustee may be merged or  converted or
with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger,
conversion  or  consolidation  to which  the  Trustee  shall be a party,  or any
corporation  succeeding  to all or  substantially  all  of the  corporate  trust
business  of the  Trustee,  shall be the  successor  of the  Trustee  hereunder,
provided such corporation  shall be otherwise  qualified and eligible under this
Article,  without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the
part of any of the  parties  hereto.  In case any  Debentures  shall  have  been
authenticated,  but not delivered,  by the Trustee then in office, any successor
by merger,  conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt
such  authentication  and deliver the Debentures so authenticated  with the same
effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Debentures.

SECTION 8.13.  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

         (a) Subject to Subsection (b) of this Section,  if the Trustee shall be
or shall become a creditor, directly or indirectly, secured or unsecured, of the
Company  within four months prior to a default,  as defined in Subsection (c) of
this  Section,  or  subsequent  to such a default,  then,  unless and until such
default  shall be  cured,  the  Trustee  shall  set  apart and hold in a special
account  for  the  benefit  of the  Trustee  individually,  the  Holders  of the
Debentures  and the  holders  of  other  indenture  securities  (as  defined  in
Subsection (c) of this Section):

                  (1) an amount  equal to any and all  reductions  in the amount
         due and owing upon any claim as such  creditor in respect of  principal
         or interest,  effected  after the beginning of such four months' period
         and valid as against the Company  and its other  creditors,  except any
         such  reduction  resulting  from  the  receipt  or  disposition  of any
         property  described in paragraph  (2) of this  Subsection,  or from the
         exercise of any right of set-off which the Trustee could have exercised
         if a petition  in  bankruptcy  had been filed by or against the Company
         upon the date of such default; and

                  (2) all  property  received  by the  Trustee in respect of any
         claim as such creditor, either as security therefor, or in satisfaction
         or composition thereof, or otherwise,  after the beginning of such four
         months period, or an amount equal to the proceeds of any such property,
         if disposed of, subject, however, to the rights, if any, of the Company
         and its other creditors in such property or such proceeds.

Nothing herein contained, however, shall affect the right of the Trustee

                  (A) to retain for its own account (i) payments made on account
         of any such claim by any Person  (other than the Company) who is liable
         thereon,  and (ii) the proceeds of the bona fide sale of any such claim
         by the Trustee to a third person and (iii)  distributions made in cash,
         securities  or other  property in respect of claims  filed  against the
         Company  in  bankruptcy  or   receivership   or  in   proceedings   for
         reorganization pursuant to the Bankruptcy Act or applicable State law;

                  (B) to realize, for its own account, upon any property held by
         it as security for any such claim,  if such  property was so held prior
         to the beginning of such four months' period;

                  (C) to realize, for its own account, but only to the extent of
         the  claim  hereinafter  mentioned,  upon  any  property  held by it as
         security  for any such  claim,  if such  claim  was  created  after the
         beginning  of such 4 months  period and such  property  was received as
         security therefor  simultaneously with the creation thereof, and if the
         Trustee  shall  sustain  the  burden of  proving  that at the time such
         property was so received the Trustee had no reasonable cause to believe
         that a default as defined in Subsection (c) of this Section would occur
         within four months; or

                  (D) to receive  payment on any claim  referred to in paragraph
         (B) or (C),  against the release of any  property  held as security for
         such claim as provided in paragraph  (B) or (C), as the case may be, to
         the extent of the fair value of such property.

         For the purposes of paragraphs, (B), (C,) and (D), property substituted
after the beginning of such four months' period for property held as security at
the time of such  substitution  shall,  to the  extent of the fair  value of the
property released,  have the same status as the property  released,  and, to the
extent  that any claim  referred  to in any of such  paragraphs  is  created  in
renewal of or in  substitution  for or for the purpose of repaying or  refunding
any preexisting claim of the Trustee as such creditor, such claim shall have the
same status as such pre-existing claim.

         If the Trustee  shall be required  to account,  the funds and  property
held in such  special  account and the  proceeds  thereof  shall be  apportioned
between the Trustee,  the  Debentureholders  and the holders of other  indenture
securities in such manner that the Trustee, the Debentureholders and the holders
of other indenture securities realize, as a result of payments from such special
account and  payments  of  dividends  on claims  filed  against,  the Company in
bankruptcy or receivership or in proceedings for reorganization  pursuant to the
Bankruptcy Act, or applicable State law, the same percentage of their respective
claims figured before  crediting to the claim of the Trustee anything on account
of the receipt by it from the Company of the funds and  property in such special
account and before  crediting  to the  respective  claims of the Trustee and the
Debentureholders  and the holders of other  indenture  securities  dividends  on
claims filed against the Company in bankruptcy or receivership or in proceedings
for  reorganization  pursuant to the Bankruptcy Act or applicable State law, but
after crediting  thereon receipts on account of the indebtedness  represented by
their respective claims from all sources other than from such dividends and from
the  funds  and  property  so  held  in such  special  account.  As used in this
paragraph,  with respect to any claim,  the term  "dividends"  shall include any
distribution  with  respect to such claim,  in  bankruptcy  or  receivership  or
proceedings  for  reorganization  pursuant to the  Bankruptcy  Act or applicable
State law,  whether  such  distribution  is made in cash,  securities,  or other
property,  but shall not  include  any such  distribution  with  respect  to the
secured  portion,  if any,  of such claim.  The court in which such  bankruptcy,
receivership   or  proceedings   for   reorganization   is  pending  shall  have
jurisdiction (i) to apportion between the Trustee and the  Debentureholders  and
the holders of other indenture securities,  in accordance with the provisions of
this paragraph, the funds and property held in such special account and proceeds
thereof, or (ii) in lieu of such apportionment,  in whole or in part, to give to
the provisions of this paragraph due  consideration  in determining the fairness
of the distributions to be made to the Trustee and the  Debentureholders and the
holders of other indenture  securities with respect to their respective  claims,
in which event it shall not be  necessary  to liquidate or to appraise the value
of any securities or other property held in such special  account or as security
for any such claim, or to make a specific  allocation of such  distributions  as
between the secured and unsecured portions of such claims, or otherwise to apply
the provisions of this paragraph as a mathematical formula.

         Any Trustee  which has resigned or been removed  after the beginning of
such four months period shall be subject to the provisions of this Subsection as
though such resignation or removal had not occurred. If any Trustee has resigned
or been removed prior to the beginning of such four months  period,  it shall be
subject  to the  provisions  of this  Subsection  if and  only if the  following
conditions exist:

                  (i) the receipt of property or reduction of claim, which would
         have given rise to the  obligation  to  account,  if such  Trustee  had
         continued as Trustee,  occurred after the beginning of such four months
         period; and

                  (ii) such receipt of property or  reduction of claim  occurred
         within four months after such resignation or removal.

         (b) There shall be excluded  from the  operation of  Subsection  (a) of
this Section a creditor relationship arising from:

                  (1) the ownership or  acquisition  of securities  issued under
         any indenture,  or any security or securities  having a maturity of one
         year or more at the time of acquisition by the Trustee;

                  (2) advances  authorized by a receivership or bankruptcy court
         of competent  jurisdiction,  or by this  Indenture,  for the purpose of
         preserving  any property which shall at any time be subject to the lien
         of this Indenture or of  discharging  tax liens or other prior liens or
         encumbrances   thereon,   if  notice  of  such   advances  and  of  the
         circumstances   surrounding   the  making   thereof  is  given  to  the
         Debentureholders  at the  time  and  in the  manner  provided  in  this
         Indenture;

                  (3)  disbursements  made in the ordinary course of business in
         the capacity of trustee under an indenture,  transfer agent, registrar,
         custodian,  paying agent, fiscal agent or depositary,  or other similar
         capacity;

                  (4) an indebtedness  created as a result of services  rendered
         or premises rented, or an indebtedness  created as a result of goods or
         securities  sold in a cash  transaction as defined in Subsection (c) of
         this Section;

                  (5)  the  ownership  of  stock  or of  other  securities  of a
         corporation  organized  under the  provisions  of Section  25(a) of the
         Federal  Reserve  Act, as amended,  which is directly or  indirectly  a
         creditor of the Company; or

                  (6) the acquisition,  ownership,  acceptance or negotiation of
         any drafts,  bills of exchange,  acceptances or obligations  which fall
         within  the  classification  of  self-liquidating  paper as  defined in
         Subsection (c) of this Section.

         (c) For the purposes of this Section only:

                  (1) The term  "default"  means any failure to make  payment in
         full of the  principal of or interest on any of the  Debentures or upon
         the other  indenture  securities when and as such principal or interest
         becomes due and payable.

                  (2) The term "other  indenture  securities"  means  securities
         upon  which  the  Company  is an  obligor  outstanding  under any other
         indenture  (i) under  which the  Trustee  is also  trustee,  (ii) which
         contain  provisions  substantially  similar to the  provisions  of this
         Section,  and (iii)  under  which a  default  exists at the time of the
         apportionment of the funds and property held in such special account.

                  (3) The term "cash transaction" means any transaction in which
         full  payment for goods or  securities  sold is made within  seven days
         after  delivery of the goods or  securities in currency or in checks or
         other orders drawn upon banks or bankers and payable upon demand.

                  (4) The term "self-liquidating paper" means any draft, bill of
         exchange,  acceptance or obligation which is made, drawn, negotiated or
         incurred  by the Company for the  purpose of  financing  the  purchase,
         processing, manufacturing, shipment, storage or sale of goods, wares or
         merchandise  and which is secured  by  documents  evidencing  title to,
         possession  of, a lien upon,  the goods,  wares or  merchandise  or the
         receivables  or proceeds  arising from the sale or the goods,  wares or
         merchandise previously constituting the security, provided the security
         is  received  by the Trustee  simultaneously  with the  creation of the
         creditor  relationship  with  the  Company  arising  from  the  making,
         drawing,  negotiating  or  incurring  of the draft,  bill of  exchange,
         acceptance or obligation.

                  (5) The term "Company" means any obligor upon the Debentures.



                                  ARTICLE NINE

                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

SECTION 9.01.  Supplemental Indentures.  Without Consent of Debentureholders.

         Without the consent of the Holders of any Debentures, the Company, when
authorized by a Board Resolution,  and the Trustee, at any time and from time to
time,  may  enter  into  one or more  indentures  supplemental  hereto,  in form
satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

                  (1) to evidence the  succession of another  corporation to the
         Company,  and the  assumption by any such successor of the covenants of
         the Company herein and in the Debentures contained; or

                  (2) to add to the covenants of the Company, for the benefit of
         the  Holders  of the  Debentures,  or to  surrender  any right or power
         herein conferred upon the Company; or

                  (3) to cure  any  ambiguity,  to  correct  or  supplement  any
         provision  herein which may be  inconsistent  with any other  provision
         herein,  or to make any other  provisions  with  respect  to matters or
         questions arising under this Indenture which shall not adversely affect
         the interests of the Holders of the Debentures; or

                  (4) to  modify,  eliminate  or add to the  provisions  of this
         Indenture   to  such  extent  as  shall  be  necessary  to  effect  the
         qualification of this Indenture under TIA, or under any similar Federal
         statute  hereafter  enacted,  and to add to this  Indenture  such other
         provisions as may be expressly  permitted by TIA,  excluding,  however,
         the provisions  referred to in Section 316(a)(2) of TIA as in effect at
         the date as of which this instrument was executed or any  corresponding
         provisions in any similar Federal statute hereafter enacted; or

                  (5) to make provision with respect to the conversion rights of
         Holders of  Debentures  pursuant  to the  requirements  of Article  XIV
         hereof.

SECTION 9.02.  Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Debentureholders.

         With  the  consent  of the  Holders  of not  less  than a  majority  in
principal amount of the Outstanding Debentures, by Act of said Holders delivered
to the  Company  and  the  Trustee,  the  Company,  when  authorized  by a Board
Resolution,   and  the  Trustee  may  enter  into  an  indenture  or  indentures
supplemental  hereto for the purpose of adding any  provisions to or changing in
any  manner  or  eliminating  any of the  provisions  of  this  Indenture  or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the  Debentures  under this
Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without
the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Debenture affected thereby:

                  (1) change the Stated  Maturity  of the  principal  of, or any
         installment  of interest  on, any  Debenture,  or reduce the  principal
         amount thereof or the rate of interest  thereon or any premium  payable
         upon the redemption  thereof,  or change any Place of Payment where, or
         the coin or currency in which, any Debenture or the interest thereon is
         payable,  or impair the right to institute suit for the  enforcement of
         any such  payment on or after the Stated  Maturity  thereof (or, in the
         case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date); or

                  (2)  reduce  the   percentage  in  principal   amount  of  the
         Outstanding  Debentures,  the consent of whose  Holders is required for
         any such  supplemental  indenture  or the  consent of whose  Holders is
         required for any waiver (of compliance with certain  provisions of this
         Indenture  or  certain  defaults  hereunder  and  their   consequences)
         provided for in this Indenture; or

                  (3) modify any of the  provisions  of this  Section or Section
         7.13, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain
         other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without
         the consent of the Holder of each Debenture affected thereby.

                  (4)  adversely  affect the right to convert the  Debentures as
provided in Article XIV hereof.

         It shall not be necessary  for any Act of  Debentureholders  under this
Section to approve the particular form of any proposed  supplemental  indenture,
but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

SECTION 9.03.  Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

         In  executing,  or  accepting  the  additional  trusts  created by, any
supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of
the trusts created by this Indenture,  the Trustee shall be entitled to receive,
and  (subject to Section  8.01) shall be fully  protected  in relying  upon,  an
Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental  indenture is
authorized  or  permitted  by this  Indenture.  The Trustee  may,  but shall not
(except to the extent required in the case of a supplemental  indenture  entered
into under Section  9.01(4)) be obligated  to, enter into any such  supplemental
indenture  which affects the Trustee's  own rights,  duties or immunities  under
this Indenture or otherwise.

SECTION 9.04.  Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

         Upon the execution of any  supplemental  indenture  under this Article,
this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith,  and such supplemental
indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder
of Debentures  theretofore or thereafter  authenticated and delivered  hereunder
shall be bound thereby.

SECTION 9.05.  Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.

         Every  supplemental  indenture  executed pursuant to this Article shall
conform to the  requirements  of TIA as then in effect if this  Indenture  shall
then be qualified under TIA.

SECTION 9.06.  Reference in Debentures to Supplemental Indentures.

         Debentures  authenticated  and  delivered  after the  execution  of any
supplemental  indenture  pursuant to this  Article may, and shall if required by
the  Trustee,  bear a notation in form  approved by the Trustee as to any matter
provided for in such supplemental  indenture. If the Company shall so determine,
new Debentures so modified as to conform,  in the opinion of the Trustee and the
Board of  Directors,  to any such  supplemental  indenture  may be prepared  and
executed  by the  Company  and  authenticated  and  delivered  by the Trustee in
exchange for Outstanding Debentures.

SECTION 9.07.  Modification of Subordination Provisions.

         No  supplemental  indenture  shall  directly or  indirectly  modify any
provision of this  Indenture so as to affect  adversely the rights of any holder
of Senior  Indebtedness at the time  outstanding  without the written consent of
such holder.





<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE TEN

                  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER

SECTION 10.01.  Company May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms.

         The  Company  shall  not  consolidate  with or  merge  into  any  other
corporation or convey or transfer its properties and assets  substantially as an
entirety to any Person, unless

                  (1) the corporation formed by such consolidation or into which
         the Company is merged or the Person  which  acquires by  conveyance  or
         transfer the properties and assets of the Company  substantially  as an
         entirety  shall be a corporation  organized and existing under the laws
         of the  United  States  of  America  or any  State or the  District  of
         Columbia,  and shall  expressly  assume,  by an indenture  supplemental
         hereto,  executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to
         the  Trustee,  the due and  punctual  payment of the  principal of (and
         premium, if any) and interest on all the Debentures and the performance
         of every  covenant of this  Indenture  on the part of the Company to be
         performed  or observed  and all  applicable  provisions  of Article XIV
         shall be compiled with by such  corporation or Person,  as the case may
         be;

                  (2) immediately  after giving effect to such  transaction,  no
         Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time, or
         both,  would  become an Event of Default,  shall have  happened  and be
         continuing;

                  (3) the Company  has  delivered  to the  Trustee an  Officers'
         Certificate   and  an  Opinion  of  Counsel   each  stating  that  such
         consolidation,  merger,  conveyance  or transfer and such  supplemental
         indenture  comply with this Article and that all  conditions  precedent
         herein  provided for relating to such  transaction  have been  complied
         with.

SECTION 10.02.  Successor Corporation Substituted.

         Upon any consolidation or merger, or any conveyance, or transfer of the
properties and assets of the Company  substantially as an entirety in accordance
with Section 10.01, the successor  corporation  formed by such  consolidation or
into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance or transfer is made
shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power
of, the Company under this  Indenture  with the same effect as if such successor
corporation  had been named as the Company  herein;  and the Company (which term
shall for this  purpose  mean the  Person  named as the  "Company"  in the first
paragraph  of this  instrument  or any  successor  corporation  which shall have
theretofore  become such in the manner  prescribed  in Section  10.01)  shall be
discharged  from all  liability  under  this  Indenture  and in  respect  of the
Debentures and may be dissolved and liquidated;  provided,  however, that in the
case of a transfer or lease, the predecessor  Company shall not be released from
the obligation to pay the principal of,  Redemption  Price,  if applicable,  and
premium, if any, and interest on the Debentures.



<PAGE>


                                 ARTICLE ELEVEN

                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 11.01.   Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

         This Indenture  shall cease to be of further effect  .(except as to any
surviving  rights of  registration  of transfer or  exchange  or  conversion  of
Debentures  herein  expressly  provided  for and rights to receive  payments  of
interest  thereon),  and the  Trustee,  on demand of and at the  expense  of the
Company,  shall  execute  proper  instruments  acknowledging   satisfaction  and
discharge of this Indenture, when

                  (1)      either

                           (A)  all  Debentures  theretofore  authenticated  and
                  delivered   (other  than  (i)   Debentures   which  have  been
                  destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid
                  as provided in Section  3.06,  and (ii)  Debentures  for whose
                  payment  money  has  theretofore  been  deposited  in trust or
                  segregated  and held in trust by the  Company  and  thereafter
                  repaid  to the  Company  or  discharged  from such  trust,  as
                  provided in Section  5.03) have been  delivered to the Trustee
                  for cancellation; or

                           (B) all such Debentures not theretofore  delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation

                           (i) have become due and payable, or

                          (ii) will become  due  and  payable  at  their  Stated
                  Maturity within 1 year, or

                           (iii) are to be called for  redemption  within 1 year
                  under arrangements  satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving
                  of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the
                  expense, of the Company,

         and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has deposited
         or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds in trust for
         the  purpose,  an  amount  (said  amount  to be  deemed to be and to be
         immediately due and payable to the Holders of Debentures) sufficient to
         pay and  discharge  the  entire  indebtedness  on such  Debentures  not
         theretofore  delivered to the Trustee for  cancellation,  for principal
         (and premium,  if any) and interest to the date of such deposit (in the
         case of Debentures which have become due and payable), or to the Stated
         Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

                  (2) the  Company  has paid or caused to be paid all other sums
         payable hereunder by the Company; and

                  (3) the Company  has  delivered  to the  Trustee an  Officers'
         Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions
         precedent   herein  provided  for  relating  to  the  satisfaction  and
         discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

Notwithstanding   the  satisfaction   and  discharge  of  this  Indenture,   the
obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 8.07 shall survive.  The
Trustee  shall give  notice to the  Holders  of  Debentures  Outstanding  of the
immediate  availability  of the amount referred to in clause (1) of this Section
11.01.

SECTION 11.02.  Application of Trust Money.

         All money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 shall be
held in trust  and  applied  by it, in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the
Debentures and this  Indenture,  to the payment,  either directly or through any
Paying Agent  (including  the Company  acting as its own Paying  Agent),  as the
Trustee may determine,  to the Persons entitled  thereto,  of the principal (and
premium,  if any) and interest for whose  payment such money has been  deposited
with the Trustee;  but such money need not be segregated from other funds except
to the extent required by law.



                                 ARTICLE TWELVE

         IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

SECTION 12.01.  Exemption from Individual Liability.

         No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of this
Indenture,  or of any Debenture,  or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in
respect thereof, shall be had against any incorporator,  stockholder, officer or
director,  as such, past,  present or future, of the Company or of any successor
corporation,  either  directly or through the Company,  whether by virtue of any
constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or
penalty or otherwise;  it being expressly understood that this Indenture and the
obligations  issued hereunder are solely  corporate  obligations of the Company,
and that no such personal  liability whatever shall attach to, or is or shall be
incurred by, the incorporators, stockholders, officers or directors, as such, of
the  Company or of any  successor  corporation,  or any of them,  because of the
creation of the  indebtedness  hereby  authorized,  or under or by reason of the
obligations,  covenants or agreements  contained in this  Indenture or in any of
the  Debentures  or  implied  therefrom;  and  that  any and all  such  personal
liability,  either at common law or in equity or by constitution or statute, of,
and any and all  such  rights  and  claims  against,  every  such  incorporator,
stockholder,  officer  or  director,  as such,  because of the  creation  of the
indebtedness  hereby  authorized,  or under  or by  reason  of the  obligations,
covenants or agreements  contained in this Indenture or in any of the Debentures
or implied  therefrom,  are hereby  expressly waived and released as a condition
of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of
such Debentures.



- --------
* The Table of Contents is not part of the Indenture.


                                      E-4

                                                                   Exhibit 10.10

                          SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                              THE J.M. NEY COMPANY
                               Ney Industrial Park
                          Bloomfield, Connecticut 06002

                                                        As of December 29, 1997


BankBoston, N.A.
100 Pearl Street
Hartford, Connecticut 06103

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         The  undersigned,  The J.M. Ney Company,  a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"), hereby agrees with BankBoston as follows:

1.       DEFINITIONS.

         For all purposes of this  Agreement the following  terms shall have the
meanings set forth herein or elsewhere in the provisions hereof:

         Affiliate.  Affiliate shall mean any Person that would be considered to
be an affiliate of the Company or BankBoston  under Rule 144(a) of the Rules and
Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission,  as in effect on the date
hereof, if the Company or BankBoston were issuing securities; provided, however,
that  BankBoston  shall  not  be an  Affiliate  of  the  Company  or  any of its
Subsidiaries for the purposes of this Agreement.

         Applicable Prepayment Charge.  Applicable Prepayment Charge shall mean:

         (a) with respect to a prepayment of the Note made concurrently with the
completion  of an IPO, an amount  equal to the  difference  obtained by: (x) the
product of (i) the  principal  amount of the Note so prepaid  multiplied by (ii)
the  percentage  set forth in the table below  opposite the period in which such
prepayment is made:

Period                                                         Percentage

From the Closing Date through December 28, 2001
                                                                   6%

From December 29, 2001 through December 28,
2002                                                               4%

From December 29, 2002 through December 28,
2003                                                               2%

<PAGE>

From and after December 29, 2003
                                                                   0%

         minus (y) the amount of net  proceeds,  if any,  actually  received  by
BankBoston in connection with the repurchase or exercise of the Warrants.

         (b) with  respect to a prepayment  of the Note other than  concurrently
with  the  completion  of an IPO,  an  amount  equal to the  product  of (i) the
principal  amount of the Note so prepaid  multiplied by (ii) the  percentage set
forth in the table below opposite the period in which such prepayment is made:

Period                                                         Percentage

From the Closing Date through December 28, 2001
                                                                   3%

From December 29, 2001 through December 28,
2002                                                               2%

From December 29, 2002 through December 28,
2003                                                               1%

From and after December 29, 2003
                                                                   0%

         Balance Sheet Date.  August 31, 1997.

         Bank Affiliate.  See Section 15.1.

         BankBoston.  BankBoston,  N.A., a national banking association, and its
successors and assigns.

         BankBoston Appraisal.  See Section 11.4(b).

         BankBoston Appraiser.  See Section 11.4(b).

         BankBoston's Special Counsel.  Bingham Dana LLP.

         Bank Holding Company Act.  See Section 15.1.

         Broker.  A broker who trades for the Company's  account in  commodities
futures,  forwards or other contracts or instruments  related to commodities and
who is reasonably acceptable to the Senior Lenders.

<PAGE>

         Broker Accounts.  The accounts  maintained by the Company or any of the
Subsidiaries  with any Broker for trading in  commodities  futures,  forwards or
other contracts or instruments related to commodities.

     Business  Day.  Any  day  on  which  banking   institutions   in  Hartford,
Connecticut are open for the transaction of banking business.

         Capital Assets.  Fixed assets, both tangible (such as land,  buildings,
fixtures,  machinery and equipment) and intangible (such as patents, copyrights,
trademarks, franchises and good will).

         Capital  Expenditures.  Amounts  paid or  indebtedness  incurred by the
Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  in connection with the purchase or lease by
such Person of Capital Assets that would be required to be capitalized and shown
on the  balance  sheet of such  Person in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.

         Capital   Lease.   Leases  under  which  the  Company  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries  is the lessee or obligor,  the  discounted  future rental  payment
obligations  under which are required to be  capitalized on the balance sheet of
the  lessee  or  obligor  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted   accounting
principles.

         CERCLA.  See definition of "Environmental Laws.".

         Charter.   Charter  shall  include  the  articles  or   certificate  of
incorporation,  statute, constitution, joint venture or partnership agreement or
articles  or  other  organizational   document  of  any  Person  other  than  an
individual, each as from time to time amended or modified.

         Closing.  See Section 2.3.

         Closing Date.  See Section 2.3.

         Code. Code shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, any successor
statute  of  similar  import,   and  the  rules  and   regulations   thereunder,
collectively and as from time to time amended and in effect.

         Collateral.  See Section 3.7.

       Commission. Commission shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

<PAGE>

         Common Shares.  Common Shares shall mean (a) the Common Stock issued or
issuable to BankBoston  upon  exercise of the Warrant,  (b) any capital stock or
other  securities  into which or for which  such  Common  Stock  shall have been
converted  or  exchanged  pursuant to any  recapitalization,  reorganization  or
merger of the Company and (c) any shares of capital stock issued with respect to
the  foregoing  pursuant to a stock split or stock  dividend;  provided  that no
Common Shares which have been sold pursuant to a Public Sale shall be considered
to be outstanding Common Shares or Securities hereunder.

         Common  Stock.  Common Stock shall mean the voting  common stock of the
Company,  $.01 par value per share, and in addition,  any capital stock or other
securities  into which or for which  Common  Stock shall have been  converted or
exchanged  pursuant  to any  recapitalization,  reorganization  or merger of the
Company.

         Company.  See preamble.

         Company Appraisal.  See Section 11.4(b).

         Company Appraiser.  See Section 11.4(b).

     Company Security  Agreement.  The Security  Agreement of even date herewith
between the Company and BankBoston.

         Consolidated or consolidated.  Consolidated or consolidated shall mean,
with reference to any term defined herein,  that term as applied to the accounts
of the Company and all of its  Subsidiaries,  consolidated  in  accordance  with
generally accepted accounting principles.

         Consolidated  Financial  Obligations.  With  respect to any period,  an
amount  equal to the sum of all  payments  on  Indebtedness  that become due and
payable or that are to become due and payable during such period pursuant to any
agreement or  instrument  to which the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  is a
party  relating  to the  borrowing  of money or the  obtaining  of  credit or in
respect of Capital Leases (including, without limitation,  Deferred Payment Sale
Interest, as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement);  provided,  that for
the  purpose  of  calculating  the  Company's  compliance  with the terms of the
financial  covenants  set  forth  in  ss.7.24  hereof,   Consolidated  Financial
Obligations  shall not include  interest  accrued on the  outstanding  principal
amount of subordinated  Permitted  Indebtedness due and owing to Andersen Group,
Inc. Demand  obligations shall be deemed to be due and payable during any fiscal
year during which such obligations are outstanding.

         Consolidated  Net Income (or Net Loss). The consolidated net income (or
net loss) of the Company and its Subsidiaries,  after deduction of all expenses,
taxes,  and other  proper  charges,  determined  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.

         Consolidated Total Liabilities.  All liabilities of the Company and its
Subsidiaries  determined on a  consolidated  basis in conformity  with generally
accepted accounting principles (including, without limitation,  Deferred Payment
Sale  Interest,  as such  term  is  defined  in the  Credit  Agreement)  and all
Indebtedness  of  the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries,  to  the  extent  not so
classified.

<PAGE>

         Credit  Agreement.  Credit  Agreement  shall mean the Credit  Agreement
dated as of October 8, 1996,  among the Company and the Senior Lenders,  as such
Credit  Agreement  may be  amended,  extended  or  renewed  from time to time in
accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.11 and 7.29.

     Default. Default shall mean an event or condition which with the passage of
time or giving of notice, or both, would become an Event of Default.

         Disposal (or Disposed).  Disposal (or Disposed)  shall have the meaning
specified in RCRA and regulations promulgated thereunder;  provided, that in the
event RCRA is amended so as to broaden the meaning of such term defined thereby,
such broader  meaning shall apply as of the effective date of such amendment and
provided  further,  to the extent that the laws of a state  wherein the Property
lies establishes a meaning for "Disposal" (or "Disposed")  which is broader than
specified in RCRA, such broader meaning shall apply.

         Distribution. Distribution shall mean (a) the declaration or payment of
any dividend on or in respect of any shares of any class of capital stock of the
Company  or  other  specified  Person;  (b) the  purchase,  redemption  or other
retirement  of any shares of any class of capital  stock of the Company or other
specified  Person,  directly  or  indirectly  or  otherwise;  or (c)  any  other
distribution on or in respect of any shares of any class of capital stock of the
Company or other specified Person.

         EBIT.  The sum of (a)  Consolidated  Net  Income  (or Net Loss) for any
period,  plus (b) any income taxes (as  calculated  in  accordance  with the Tax
Sharing  Agreement) or interest  expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries for
such period, all as determined in conformity with generally accepted  accounting
principles.

         EBITDA.  The sum of (a)  Consolidated  Net Income (or Net Loss) for any
period,  plus (b) any income taxes (as  calculated  in  accordance  with the Tax
Sharing  Agreement) or interest  expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries for
such  period,  plus (c)  depreciation  and  amortization  of the Company and its
Subsidiaries  for such period,  plus (d) to the extent  deducted in  determining
EBITDA, accrued and unpaid subordinated  management fees payable for such period
by the  Company to  Andersen  Group,  Inc.  and  permitted  pursuant to Sections
7.14(l) and 7.27,  all as  determined  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.

         Environmental Laws. Any judgment,  decree, order, law, license, rule or
regulation  pertaining to environmental  matters,  including without limitation,
those arising  under the Resource  Conservation  and Recovery Act ("RCRA"),  the
Comprehensive Environmental Response,  Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 as
amended  ("CERCLA"),  the Superfund  Amendments and  Reauthorization Act of 1986
("SARA"),  the Federal  Clean Water Act,  the Federal  Clean Air Act,  the Toxic
Substances  Control Act, or any state or local statute,  regulation,  ordinance,
order or decree relating to health, safety or the environment.

<PAGE>

         EPA.  The United States Environmental Protection Agency.

     Equity  Securities.  The  Warrants  and any Common  Shares  which have been
issued upon the exercise of the Warrants.

         ERISA. ERISA shall mean the federal Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974,  any  successor  statute  of  similar  import,  and the  rules  and
regulations  thereunder,  collectively  and as from time to time  amended and in
effect.

         ERISA Affiliate.  Any Person which is treated as a single employer with
the Company under ss.414 of the Code.

         ERISA Reportable Event. A reportable event with respect to a Guaranteed
Pension  Plan  within  the  meaning  of  ss.4043  of ERISA  and the  regulations
promulgated  thereunder  as to which  the  requirement  of  notice  has not been
waived.

         Events of Default.  See Section 10.1.

         Fair Market Value.  See Section 11.4(b).

         Financing   Agreements.   Financing   Agreements   shall  include  this
Agreement,  the Securities,  the Registration Rights Agreement,  the Tax Sharing
Agreement, the Security Documents, the Subordination Agreement and any and every
other present or future  instrument or agreement  from time to time entered into
between  the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  and  BankBoston  or any other
holder of the  Securities  which relates to this  Agreement or is stated to be a
Financing  Agreement,  as  from  time  to  time  amended  or  modified,  and all
certificates delivered by or on behalf of the Company to BankBoston or any other
holder of the Securities in connection herewith or therewith.

     Fixed Rate.  The fixed  interest rate per annum equal to ten and twenty-six
- -one-hundredths of one percent (10.26%).

         Formula Value.  See Section 11.4(c).

         generally accepted accounting  principles.  Accounting principles which
are (a) consistent  with the principles  promulgated or adopted by the Financial
Accounting Standards Board and its predecessors and/or the American Institute of
Certified Public  Accountants,  as in effect from time to time, (b) applied on a
basis  consistent  with  prior  periods,  and (c) such that a  certified  public
accountant would, insofar as the use of accounting  principles is pertinent,  be
in a position to deliver an  unqualified  opinion as to financial  statements in
which such principles have been properly applied; provided, that for purposes of
compliance with Section 7.24 hereof,  generally accepted  accounting  principles
shall mean such principles as in effect for the fiscal year of the Company ended
February 28, 1997.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in the  foregoing,
the Company  shall base its  accounting  and financial  calculations  (including
without  limitation  those pursuant to ss.7.24) on the "first-in,  first-out" or
"FIFO"  method.  Financial  statements  may  be  prepared  using  the  "last-in,
first-out" or "LIFO" method, but shall for purposes of BankBoston be adjusted to
the "first-in, first-out" or "FIFO" method.

<PAGE>

         Guaranteed  Pension Plan. Any employee  pension benefit plan within the
meaning of ss.3(2) of ERISA  maintained or  contributed to by the Company or any
ERISA  Affiliate the benefits of which are  guaranteed on termination in full or
in part by the PBGC  pursuant to Title IV of ERISA,  other than a  Multiemployer
Plan.

         Hedging Policy.  See Section 7.14.

         Indebtedness.  Indebtedness shall mean all obligations,  contingent and
otherwise,  that in conformity  with generally  accepted  accounting  principles
should be classified  upon the obligor's  balance  sheet as  liabilities,  or to
which reference should be made by footnotes  thereto,  including in any event to
the extent not so  classified:  (a) all debt and similar  monetary  obligations,
whether direct or indirect; (b) all liabilities secured by any mortgage, pledge,
security interest,  lien, charge or other encumbrance existing on property owned
or acquired subject thereto by the obligor, whether or not the liability secured
thereby shall have been assumed; (c) indebtedness arising under or in connection
with any judgment;  and (d) all guarantees,  endorsements  and other  contingent
obligations  whether  direct or indirect in respect of  indebtedness  of others,
including  any  obligation  to supply  funds to or in any  manner to invest  in,
directly or indirectly,  the debtor, to purchase indebtedness,  or to assure the
owner of  indebtedness  against  loss,  through an agreement to purchase  goods,
supplies,  or services for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of
the  indebtedness  held by such  owner  or  otherwise,  and the  obligations  to
reimburse the issuer in respect of any letters of credit.

         Investments.  Investments  shall  mean  all  expenditures  made and all
liabilities incurred (contingently or otherwise) for the acquisition of stock or
Indebtedness of, or for loans,  advances,  capital contributions or transfers of
property to, or in respect of any guaranties (or other  commitments as described
under Indebtedness), or obligations of, any Person. In determining the aggregate
amount of Investments  outstanding at any particular time: (a) the amount of any
Investment  represented  by a  guaranty  shall be  taken  at not  less  than the
principal amount of the obligations guaranteed and still outstanding;  (b) there
shall be  included  as an  Investment  all  interest  accrued  with  respect  to
Indebtedness  constituting an Investment unless and until such interest is paid;
(c) there  shall be  deducted  in  respect  of each such  Investment  any amount
received as a return of capital (but only by repurchase, redemption, retirement,
repayment,  liquidating dividend or liquidating  distribution);  (d) there shall
not be deducted in respect of any Investment any amounts received as earnings on
such  Investment,  whether as  dividends,  interest  or  otherwise,  except that
accrued  interest  included  as  provided  in the  foregoing  clause  (b) may be
deducted  when paid;  and (e) there  shall not be  deducted  from the  aggregate
amount of Investments any decrease in the value thereof.

<PAGE>

     IPO. IPO shall mean the initial  public  offering  pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act of shares of Common Stock.

         Lien. Lien shall mean any encumbrance,  mortgage,  pledge, lien, charge
or other  security  interest  of any kind  upon any  property  or  assets of any
character, or upon the income or profits therefrom.

         Major  Holder.  Major  Holder  shall  mean the holder or holders at the
relevant  time  (excluding  the  Company) of at least 10% of the total number of
then outstanding  Common Shares (with each holder of then issued and outstanding
Warrants being treated for purposes of the  determination of Major Holders as if
such  holder  was the  holder of that  number of Common  Shares  into which such
Warrants  would  be  converted  at the  time of  determination  pursuant  to the
Company's Charter and such Warrants).

         Majority Holders.  Majority Holders shall mean the holder or holders at
the relevant time (excluding the Company) of at least 51% of the total number of
then outstanding  Common Shares (with each holder of then issued and outstanding
Warrants being treated for purposes of the  determination of Majority Holders as
if such  holder was the holder of that  number of Common  Shares into which such
Warrants  would  be  converted  at the  time of  determination  pursuant  to the
Company's Charter and such Warrants).

     Management  Agreement.  That  certain  Financial,  Investment  Banking  and
Professional  Services  Agreement  dated  as of  December  1,  1997  between the
Company and Andersen Group, Inc.

         Maximum Rate.  See Section 3.5(c).

     Mortgage.  The Mortgage Deed, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing of even
date herewith executed and delivered by the Company to BankBoston.

     Multiemployer  Plan. Any multiemployer  plan within the meaning of ss.3(37)
of ERISA maintained or contributed to by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate.

         Negotiation Period.  See Section 11.4(b).

         Note. Note shall mean the $7,500,000  Senior  Subordinated  Note of the
Company  issued  pursuant  to  Section  2.1  hereof  and any other Note or Notes
transferred to any other holders pursuant to Section 16 hereof.

         Obligations.  All  indebtedness,  obligations  and liabilities of every
kind  and  nature  of the  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  to  BankBoston,
existing  on the  date  of this  Agreement  or  arising  thereafter,  direct  or
indirect,  joint or  several,  absolute  or  contingent,  matured or  unmatured,
liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising by contract, operation
of law or otherwise, including, without limitation, those obligations arising or
incurred  under this Agreement or any of the other  Financing  Documents and the
Company's  obligations to pay the Repurchase  Price as provided  herein or other
instruments at any time  evidencing any thereof,  but excluding  obligations and
liabilities related exclusively to the Equity Securities (other than obligations
to pay the Repurchase Price).

<PAGE>

     Patent Assignment.  The Patent Collateral Assignment and Security Agreement
of even date herewith between the Company and BankBoston.

     PBGC. PBGC shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty  Corporation  created by
ss.4002  of  ERISA  and  any  successor   entity  or  entities   having  similar
responsibilities.

     Permitted  Indebtedness.  Any  Indebtedness  that is permitted  pursuant to
Section 7.14.

        Permitted Liens.  Any Liens that are permitted pursuant to Section 7.15.

         Person.  Person  shall mean an  individual,  partnership,  corporation,
association,   trust,  joint  venture,   unincorporated  organization,  and  any
government, governmental department or agency or political subdivision thereof.

         Precious Metals.  Gold measured in troy ounces having a fineness of not
less than .995;  silver  measured in troy  ounces  having a fineness of not less
than .999; and platinum and palladium  measured in troy ounces having a fineness
of not less than .9995,  in each case without regard to whether such metal is in
bullion form or is contained in or processed into other  materials which contain
elements other than such Precious Metal; provided that, for the purposes hereof,
the term "Precious Metals" refers only to the number of ounces of the applicable
metal, and not to any other contents of such materials.

     Property.  Property means the properties  owned,  leased or operated by the
Company and its Subsidiaries.

         Public  Sale.  Public  Sale shall mean any sale of Common  Stock to the
public pursuant to a public offering  registered  under the Securities Act or to
the  public  through a broker  pursuant  to the  provisions  of Rule 144 (or any
successor rule) adopted under the Securities Act.

         Purchase Price.  See Section 2.2.

         Purchased Securities.  See Section 2.2.

         Put Closing Date.  See Section 11.2.

<PAGE>

         Put Date. The earliest to occur of the following events:  (i) repayment
in full of the Note, (ii) the maturity of the Note (whether by stated  maturity,
acceleration  or  otherwise),  (iii) the fifth  anniversary of the Closing Date,
(iv) any  issuance by the Company of any capital  stock  (other than the Warrant
Shares and shares of Common  Stock  issued  pursuant to the options and warrants
listed on Schedule  4.3(b)) for less than fair market value as  determined by an
appraiser  satisfactory to BankBoston,  or (v) the consummation of an IPO by the
Company.  For  purposes  of clause (iv) above,  the "fair  market  value" of the
shares of Common Stock to be issued  pursuant to options and  warrants  shall be
determined  as of the  date  of  grant  of  such  option  or  warrant,  and  the
consideration paid for such shares shall equal the sum of (x) the cash price (if
any) paid by the grantee for such option or warrant, plus (y) the exercise price
specified in such option or warrant.

         Put Notice.  See Section 11.1.

         RCRA.  See definition of "Environmental Laws."

     Real  Estate.  All real  property at any time owned or leased (as lessee or
sublessee) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

         Registration Rights Agreement. Registration Rights Agreement shall mean
the Registration and Preemptive  Rights  Agreement,  dated as of the date hereof
among the Company, BankBoston and Andersen Group, Inc., in the form of Exhibit E
hereto.

     Related  Agreements.  Related  Agreements  shall  mean,  collectively,  the
Securities,  the Registration Rights Agreement,  the Charter of the Company, the
Credit  Agreement,  the Senior Loan  Documents,  the Security  Documents and the
Subordination Agreement.

         Release.  Release  shall  have the  meaning  specified  in  CERCLA  and
regulations  promulgated  thereunder;  provided,  that in the  event  CERCLA  is
amended so as to broaden the meaning of such term defined thereby,  such broader
meaning  shall apply as of the  effective  date of such  amendment  and provided
further,  to the  extent  that the laws of a state  wherein  the  Property  lies
establishes a meaning for "Release"  which is broader than  specified in CERCLA,
such broader meaning shall apply.

         Repurchase Price.  See Section 11.4(a).

         Rescission Notice.  See Section 11.3.

     Securities.  Securities  shall mean the Note,  the  Warrants and the Common
Shares.

<PAGE>

         Securities  Act.  Securities Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended,  or any successor federal statute,  and the rules and regulations of
the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

         Security Documents.  See Section 3.7.

     Senior Indebtedness. Senior Indebtedness shall mean the Indebtedness of the
Company to the Senior Lenders arising under the Senior Loan Documents.

     Senior Lenders. Senior Lenders shall mean BankBoston, N.A. and Rhode Island
Hospital Trust National Bank, as the lenders party to the Credit  Agreement (and
shall not include any of their respective successors or assigns).

         Senior  Loan  Documents.  Senior  Loan  Documents  shall mean the "Loan
Documents" as such term is defined in the Credit  Agreement,  as the same may be
amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with
the provisions of Sections 6.11 and 7.29 hereof.

         Subordinated Payments.  See Section 7.27.

         Subordination Agreement.  See Section 7.27.

         Subsidiary. Subsidiary shall mean any corporation,  association, trust,
or other business  entity of which the designated  parent shall at any time own,
directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries, at least a majority
(by number of votes) of the outstanding Voting Stock or equity interests.

     Tax Sharing Agreement.  The Tax Sharing Agreement effective as of March 1,
1996 between Andersen Group, Inc. and the Company.

         Test Period. See Section 11.4(c).

         Third Appraiser.  See Section 11.4(b).

         Transfer Notice.  See Section 16.2.

         Unfunded  Accrued  Benefits.  With  respect  to any  "employee  pension
benefit plan" (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) at any time,  the amount (if
any) by  which  (a) the  present  value of all  vested  liabilities  under  such
employee  pension benefit plan exceeds (b) the fair market value of plan assets,
all determined as of the most recent  valuation  date for such employee  pension
benefit plan.

         Unrepurchased Securities. See Section 11.3.

         Warrants.  Warrants  shall mean the  Warrants of the Company  issued to
BankBoston pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof and any other Warrants  transferred to
any other holders pursuant to Section 16 hereof; provided that no Warrants which
have been sold pursuant to a Public Sale shall be  considered to be  outstanding
Warrants or Securities hereunder.

<PAGE>

     Warrant  Stock.  Common Stock  issued to  BankBoston  upon  exercise of the
Warrant.

                  ss.1.1.  Rules of Interpretation.

     (a) A reference to any document or agreement shall include such document or
agreement as amended,  modified or supplemented  from time to time in accordance
with its terms and the terms of this Agreement.

     (b) The singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular.

     (c) A reference to any law includes any amendment or  modification  to such
law.

     (d) A  reference  to any  Person  includes  its  permitted  successors  and
permitted assigns.

     (e)  Accounting  terms  not  otherwise  defined  herein  have the  meanings
assigned  to them by  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  applied  on a
consistent basis by the accounting entity to which they refer.

     (f) The words "include", "includes" and "including" are not limiting.
                           
     (g) All terms not  specifically  defined  herein or by  generally  accepted
accounting principles, which terms are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as
in  effect in the  State of  Connecticut,  have the  meanings  assigned  to them
therein.

     (h)  Reference  to a  particular  "ss."  refers  to  that  section  of this
Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

     (i) The words  "herein",  "hereof",  "hereunder"  and words of like  import
shall refer to this  Agreement as a whole and not to any  particular  section or
subdivision of this Agreement.

2.       SALE AND PURCHASE OF PURCHASED SECURITIES.

                  2.1.  Sale and Purchase of Purchased  Securities.  The Company
agrees  to issue and sell to  BankBoston  and,  subject  to all of the terms and
conditions  hereof and in reliance on the  representations  and  warranties  set
forth or  referred  to  herein,  BankBoston  agrees to  purchase  (i) the Senior
Subordinated Note of the Company, in the principal amount of $7,500,000,  in the
form of Exhibit A hereto;  and (ii) Warrant Nos. W-1 and W-2 for the purchase of
up to an aggregate of 40,000 shares of Common Stock, each in the form of Exhibit
B hereto.

<PAGE>

                  2.2.  Purchase  Price.  The aggregate  purchase  price for the
Securities  purchased  pursuant to Section 2.1 (the  "Purchased  Securities") is
$7,500,000  (the  "Purchase  Price").  BankBoston and the Company agree that the
purchase  price  for the  Note is  $7,499,999  and the  purchase  price  for the
Warrants is $1, and shall be treated as such for federal, state and local income
tax purposes.

                  2.3.  Closing.  The  closing of the  purchase  and sale of the
Purchased  Securities  (the "Closing") will take place at the offices of Bingham
Dana LLP,  100 Pearl  Street,  Hartford,  Connecticut  06103,  at 10:00 a.m.  on
December 29, 1997, or at such other time,  date and place as the parties  hereto
may agree upon (the "Closing Date"). At the Closing, the Company will deliver to
BankBoston  the  Purchased  Securities  against  payment  by  BankBoston  of the
Purchase Price in immediately  available funds. Each of the Purchased Securities
will be issued to BankBoston or any nominee specified by BankBoston on or before
the  Closing  Date  and  registered  in  BankBoston's  name or the  name of such
specified nominee in the records of the Company.

                  2.4.  Use of  Proceeds.  The  proceeds  from  the  sale of the
Purchased  Securities  hereunder  will be used  solely for  working  capital and
general corporate purposes. Company further agrees that it will not use any part
of the proceeds from the sale of the  Purchased  Securities to purchase or carry
any  "margin  security"  or "margin  stock",  as such  terms are  defined in any
regulation,  rule or  interpretation  of the Board of  Governors  of the Federal
Reserve System.

3.       PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST PAYMENTS ON NOTE; SUBORDINATION; SECURITY.

                  3.1.  Mandatory  Principal  Repayments.  The Company agrees to
repay the  principal  amount of the Note in one  installment  on the earliest to
occur of (i)  December  29,  2004,  or (ii)  the  date  upon  which  the  Senior
Indebtedness  is fully and finally repaid and the  commitments to lend under the
Senior Loan  Documents are  terminated,  or (iii) the date upon which the Senior
Indebtedness  is refinanced with loans made by any lenders other than the Senior
Lenders.

                  3.2. Prepayments.  The Company, upon not less than 15 nor more
than 30 days'  prior  written  notice to the  holder of the Note of the date and
amount of optional  prepayment,  may prepay from time to time all or any portion
(in  integral  multiples  of  $500,000)  of the  principal  amount  of the Note;
provided that no prepayment of the Note may be made under this  Agreement  prior
to the sixth  anniversary  of the Closing Date except upon payment to the holder
thereof of the Applicable Prepayment Charge (including,  without limitation, any
prepayment  resulting  from the  acceleration  of the Note  under  Section  10.2
hereof);  and provided  further that no optional  prepayment  of the Note may be
made under this  Agreement  prior to the third  anniversary  of the Closing Date
unless such prepayment is made  concurrently  with the completion of an IPO; and
provided  further  that any  optional  prepayments  made  concurrently  with the
completion of an IPO shall be full (and not partial)  prepayments of all amounts
due under the Note;  and provided  further  that if (x) the Company  prepays the
Note on or after  December 29,  2002,  (y) such  prepayment  is made solely as a
result of the unwillingness of the Senior Lenders to extend the maturity date of
the Senior  Indebtedness  beyond December 29, 2002, and (z) the unwillingness of
the Senior  Lenders to extend the maturity of the Senior  Indebtedness  is not a
direct or indirect result of any defaults or threatened  defaults by the Company
or its  affiliates  hereunder or under the Senior Loan  Documents,  then in such
case the Company shall not be required to pay the Applicable  Prepayment  Charge
in connection with such prepayment of the Note. The principal amount of any Note
designated for prepayment in any notice of optional prepayment permitted by this
Section  3.2 shall  become due and payable on the date fixed for  prepayment  in
such  notice,  together  with  all  accrued  and  unpaid  interest  thereon.  No
prepayment  of the Note  will  reduce  the  amount  of the  Warrants  issued  to
BankBoston.

<PAGE>

                  3.3.  Presentation or Surrender of Note. The Company may, as a
condition to making any  prepayment of the Note,  require the holder  thereof to
present  such  Note at the  place  specified  in the  Note  for  payment  of the
principal  thereof,  for  notation  thereon  of the  amount  and  date  of  such
prepayment,  or, if the Note is prepaid in full,  to  surrender  the same to the
Company.

                  3.4. No Reborrowing or Other Prepayments.  Except as expressly
permitted  by Section  3.2,  the  principal  of the Note may not be prepaid.  No
amount repaid or prepaid  pursuant to Section 3.1 or 3.2 may be reborrowed under
the Note.

                  3.5.     Interest Payments.

                  (a) Subject to Section  3.5(b)  hereof,  the unpaid  principal
amount of the Note  outstanding  from time to time shall bear  interest from the
Closing  Date until the  maturity of the Note at a rate equal to the Fixed Rate.
Interest on the Note shall be  calculated  on the basis of twelve  30-day months
and a 360 day year,  and shall be payable  quarterly in arrears on the first day
of each calendar  quarter,  commencing on the first such date to occur after the
Closing Date, and at the maturity of the Note.

                  (b)  Overdue   principal  and  (to  the  extent  permitted  by
applicable law) overdue interest on the Note shall bear interest at a rate equal
to 2% per annum in excess of the Fixed  Rate,  payable on demand and  compounded
monthly, until such amount shall be paid in full.

                  (c) It is not intended by the holder of the Note,  and nothing
contained in this Agreement or the Note shall be deemed, to establish or require
the payment of a rate of interest in excess of the  maximum  rate  permitted  by
applicable federal, state or other law (the "Maximum Rate") and, to prevent such
an occurrence, any agreement which may now or hereafter be in effect between the
Company and the holder of the Note  regarding the payment of fees or interest to
such holder is hereby limited by the provisions of this Section  3.5(c).  If, in
any month, the effective  interest rate applicable to the principal  outstanding
under the Note, absent the Maximum Rate limitation  contained herein, would have
exceeded the Maximum Rate,  then the effective  interest rate  applicable to the
Note for that month shall be the Maximum Rate, and, if in any subsequent  month,
the effective  interest rate would otherwise be less than the Maximum Rate, then
the  effective  interest  rate  applicable  to the Note for such month  shall be
increased  to the Maximum  Rate until such time as the amount of  interest  paid
hereunder equals the amount of interest which would have been paid in respect of
the Note if the same had not been  limited  by the  Maximum  Rate.  In the event
that,  upon payment in full of the  principal  outstanding  under the Note,  the
total amount of interest  paid or accrued in respect of the Note under the terms
of this  Agreement  is less than the total  amount of interest  which would have
been paid or accrued in respect of the Note had the  interest  not been  limited
hereby to the Maximum Rate, then the Company shall,  to the extent  permitted by
such  applicable  federal,  state or other law, pay to the holder of the Note an
amount  equal to the  excess,  if any,  of (i) the  lesser of (A) the  amount of
interest  which  would have been  charged in respect of the Note if the  Maximum
Rate had,  at all  times,  been in effect  with  respect to the Note and (B) the
amount of  interest  which  would  have  accrued  in respect of the Note had the
effective  interest  rate  applicable  with respect to the Note at all times not
been  limited  hereunder  by the  Maximum  Rate over (ii) the amount of interest
actually  paid or accrued in respect of the Note held by such holder  under this
Agreement.  In the event  that the  holder  of the Note  receives,  collects  or
applies as interest any sum in excess of the Maximum  Rate,  such excess  amount
shall be applied to the reduction of principal outstanding under the Note and if
no such principal is then  outstanding,  such excess or part thereof  remaining,
shall be paid to the Company.

<PAGE>

                  3.6.  Subordination.  NOTWITHSTANDING  ANY OTHER  PROVISION OF
THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE PAYMENT OF  PRINCIPAL  AND  INTEREST ON THE NOTE AND OTHER
INDEBTEDNESS OF THE COMPANY HEREUNDER IS AND SHALL BE JUNIOR AND SUBORDINATED IN
RIGHT OF PAYMENT TO THE PRIOR PAYMENT OF ALL SENIOR  INDEBTEDNESS  IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE TERMS HEREOF.

                  3.7.  Security.  The payment and  performance of the Company's
obligations  under this Agreement,  the Note and any other Financing  Agreements
shall  at all  times  will  be  secured  by  the  following  (collectively,  the
"Collateral"):  second  priority  perfected  liens  on  and  security  interests
(subject  only to the  first  priority  Liens  in favor  if the  Senior  Lenders
pursuant to the Senior Loan  Documents)  in (i) all  property  and assets of the
Company and its  Subsidiaries,  including,  without  limitation,  all  inventory
(including all Precious Metals), accounts,  accounts receivable,  chattel paper,
instruments,  documents  of the  Company and its  Subsidiaries,  and all general
intangibles of the Company and books and records relating to the foregoing; (ii)
all other assets in which the Company at any time grants a security  interest to
BankBoston for any other  indebtedness  (subject to any prior lien securing such
other indebtedness);  and (iii) all proceeds and products of the foregoing.  The
Company  shall,  and shall  cause  each of its  Subsidiaries  to,  execute  such
security  agreements,  assignments,  and  other  documents  (including,  without
limitation,  the Mortgage, the Patent Assignment, the Company Security Agreement
and any guaranties and security  documents required pursuant to Section 7.28) as
may be requested from time to time by BankBoston in order to further evidence or
perfect  the  rights  of  BankBoston  and  obligations  of the  Company  and its
Subsidiaries   with  respect  to  the  Collateral  (such  security   agreements,
assignments,  and other documents being  collectively  referred to herein as the
"Security Documents"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Ney Ultrasonics Inc. shall
be required to enter into  Security  Documents  only as required  under  Section
7.28.

4.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

         In order to  induce  BankBoston  to enter  into this  Agreement  and to
purchase the Purchased  Securities,  the Company hereby  represents and warrants
that,  both  immediately  before  and  immediately  after  giving  effect to the
Closing:

                  4.1.     Corporate Authority.

     (a) Incorporation;  Good Standing. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries
(i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
the laws of its state of incorporation,  (ii) has all requisite  corporate power
to own its property and conduct its business as now  conducted  and as presently
contemplated, and (iii) is in good standing as a foreign corporation and is duly
authorized  to do  business in each  jurisdiction  where such  qualification  is
necessary  except where a failure to be so  qualified  would not have a material
adverse effect on the business,  assets or financial condition of the Company or
such Subsidiary.

     (b)  Authorization.   The  execution,  delivery  and  performance  of  this
Agreement and the other Financing  Agreements to which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries is or is to become a party and the transactions contemplated hereby
and thereby (i) are within the  corporate  authority of such  Person,  (ii) have
been  duly  authorized  by all  necessary  corporate  proceedings,  (iii) do not
conflict with or result in any breach or  contravention of any provision of law,
statute,  rule or regulation to which the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries is
subject or any judgment,  order, writ, injunction,  license or permit applicable
to the  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  and (iv) do not  conflict  with or
require  approval under any provision of the corporate  charter or bylaws of, or
any  agreement  or other  instrument  binding  upon,  the  Company or any of its
Subsidiaries  (other than those  already  obtained by the Company on or prior to
the date hereof).

<PAGE>

     (c)  Enforceability.  The execution and delivery of this  Agreement and the
other Financing Agreements to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or
is to become a party will result in valid and  legally  binding  obligations  of
such Person  enforceable  against it in accordance with the respective terms and
provisions   hereof  and  thereof,   except  as  enforceability  is  limited  by
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium or other laws relating to or
affecting  generally  the  enforcement  of  creditors'  rights and except to the
extent that  availability  of the remedy of specific  performance  or injunctive
relief or any other  equitable  remedy is subject to the discretion of the court
before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

                  4.2.  Governmental  Approvals.  The  execution,  delivery  and
performance by the Company and any of its Subsidiaries of this Agreement and the
other Financing Agreements to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or
is to become a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not
require the approval or consent of, or filing with, any  governmental  agency or
authority other than those already obtained.

                  4.3.     Capitalization.

                  (a) Capital Stock. At Closing, the authorized capital stock of
the Company  consists solely of 1,100,000 shares of Common Stock. On the Closing
Date,  after giving effect to the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and by the
Related  Agreements,  the Company will have no  outstanding  capital stock other
than 850,000 shares of Common Stock,  all of which will be owned as set forth in
Schedule 4.3(a) hereto and will be duly authorized,  validly issued,  fully paid
and non-assessable.

                  (b)  Options,  Etc.  Except for the Warrants and other than as
disclosed on Schedule  4.3(b) hereto,  the Company does not have any outstanding
rights  (either  pre-emptive  or other) or options to subscribe  for or purchase
from the Company and no warrants or other agreements  providing for or requiring
the issuance by the Company of, any capital stock or any securities  convertible
into or exchangeable for its capital stock.

                  (c)  Reservation,  Etc.  Sufficient  shares of authorized  but
unissued  shares of Common  Stock have been  reserved by  appropriate  corporate
action  by the  board  of  directors  of the  Company  in  connection  with  the
prospective exercise of the Warrants.  The issuance of the Warrants (i) will not
require any further  corporate  action by the  stockholders  or directors of the
Company  (other  than,  in the event the number of shares of Common  Stock to be
purchased  under the  Warrants is adjusted  as  provided  in the  Warrants,  the
reservation  by the Company of  additional  shares of Common  Stock for issuance
upon exercise of the adjusted Warrants), (ii) will not be subject to pre-emptive
rights in any present or future  stockholders  of the Company and (iii) will not
conflict  with any provision of any agreement to which the Company is a party or
by which it is bound.  All  Common  Stock,  when  issued  upon  exercise  of the
Warrants in accordance with their terms,  as provided in the Company's  Charter,
will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

<PAGE>

                  4.4.  Subsidiaries.  Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule
4.4 hereto,  the Company does not have any Subsidiaries and does not own or hold
of record  and/or  beneficially  any shares of any class of the capital stock of
any corporations. The Company does not own any legal and/or beneficial interests
in  any  partnerships,  business  trusts  or  joint  ventures  or in  any  other
unincorporated  trade or business  enterprises.  Except as set forth on Schedule
4.4, all outstanding capital stock of each such Subsidiary is owned as set forth
on Schedule 4.4 hereto free and clear of any Lien other than Permitted Liens, is
validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable,  and there are no
commitments  for the  purchase  or sale of, and no  options,  warrants  or other
rights to subscribe for or purchase, any securities of any such Subsidiary.

                  4.5.  Title to  Properties;  Leases.  Except as  indicated  on
Schedule  4.5 hereto,  the Company  and its  Subsidiaries  own all of the assets
reflected in the consolidated  balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries
as at the Balance  Sheet Date or acquired  since that date (except  property and
assets sold or otherwise  disposed of in the ordinary  course of business  since
that date),  subject to no rights of others,  including any  mortgages,  leases,
conditional  sales  agreements,  title  retention  agreements,  liens  or  other
encumbrances except Permitted Liens.

                  4.6.  Financial  Statements.   There  has  been  furnished  to
BankBoston  consolidated and  consolidating  balance sheets and consolidated and
consolidating  statements of income of Andersen Group, Inc. and its Subsidiaries
(including  the Company) for the fiscal year ended  February 28, 1997, and as at
the end of each of the first two  fiscal  quarters  of the  fiscal  year  ending
February 28, 1998,  and as at the Balance  Sheet Date.  Such balance  sheets and
statements of income have been prepared in conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles  and fairly  present the financial  condition of Andersen
Group, Inc. and the Company as at the close of business on the dates thereof and
the  results  of  operations  for the  periods  reported  therein.  There are no
material contingent  liabilities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as of
either of such dates which were not  disclosed  in such  balance  sheets and the
notes related thereto.

                  4.7. No Material  Changes,  Etc.  Since the Balance Sheet Date
there has occurred no materially  adverse  change in the financial  condition or
business of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  as shown on or  reflected  in the
consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the Balance
Sheet Date, or the consolidated statement of income for the six (6) fiscal month
period then ended,  other than changes in the ordinary  course of business  that
have  not  had any  materially  adverse  effect  either  individually  or in the
aggregate on the  business or  financial  condition of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries.

                  4.8. Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, Etc. Each of the Company
and its Subsidiaries possesses all franchises, patents, copyrights,  trademarks,
trade  names,  licenses  and  permits,  and rights in respect of the  foregoing,
adequate for the conduct of its business  substantially as now conducted without
conflict with any rights of others.

<PAGE>

                  4.9.  Litigation.  Except as set forth in Schedule 4.9 hereto,
there are no actions,  suits,  proceedings or investigations of any kind pending
or threatened  against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries  before any court,
tribunal or administrative agency or board that, if adversely determined, might,
either  in any  case  or in  the  aggregate,  materially  adversely  affect  the
properties,  assets,  financial  condition  or  business  of the Company and its
Subsidiaries considered as a whole or materially impair the right of the Company
and its Subsidiaries,  considered as a whole, to carry on business substantially
as now conducted by them, or result in any substantial  liability not adequately
covered by insurance,  or for which adequate  reserves are not maintained on the
consolidated  balance  sheet  of the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries,  or  which
question  the  validity  of  this  Agreement  or  any  of  the  other  Financing
Agreements, or any action taken or to be taken pursuant hereto or thereto.

                  4.10.  No  Materially  Adverse  Contracts,  Etc.  Neither  the
Company nor any of its  Subsidiaries  is subject to any  charter,  corporate  or
other legal restriction, or any judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation that
has or is  expected  in the future to have a  materially  adverse  effect on the
business,  assets or  financial  condition  of the Company and its  Subsidiaries
considered  as a whole.  Neither the Company  nor any of its  Subsidiaries  is a
party  to any  contract  or  agreement  that  has or is  expected  to  have  any
materially  adverse  effect on the business of the Company and its  Subsidiaries
considered as a whole.

                  4.11.  Compliance with Other  Instruments,  Laws, Etc. Neither
the Company nor any of its  Subsidiaries is in violation of any provision of its
Charter, bylaws, or any agreement or instrument to which it may be subject or by
which it or any of its properties may be bound or any decree,  order,  judgment,
statute,  license,  rule,  regulation  or law  (including,  without  limitation,
Environmental  Laws and ERISA),  in any of the foregoing  cases in a manner that
could  result in the  imposition  of  substantial  penalties or  materially  and
adversely affect the financial condition,  properties or business of the Company
and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

                  4.12. Tax Status.  The Company and its  Subsidiaries  (a) have
made or filed all federal and state  income and all other tax  returns,  reports
and  declarations  required by any jurisdiction to which any of them is subject,
(b) have paid all taxes and other governmental  assessments and charges shown or
determined to be due on such  returns,  reports and  declarations,  except those
being  contested in good faith and by appropriate  proceedings  and (c) have set
aside on their books provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes
for  periods  subsequent  to the  periods  to which  such  returns,  reports  or
declarations  apply. There are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to
be due by the taxing  authority  of any  jurisdiction,  and the  officers of the
Company know of no basis for any such claim.

<PAGE>

                  4.13. No Event of Default.  No Default or Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing.

                  4.14. Holding Company and Investment Company Acts. Neither the
Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is (a) a "holding company", or a "subsidiary
company" of a "holding  company",  or an affiliate" of a "holding  company",  as
such terms are defined in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935; (b) an
"investment company", or an "affiliated company" or a "principal underwriter" of
an "investment company", as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act
of 1940;  (c) a "commodity  trading  adviser," a "commodity  pool operator" or a
"futures  commission  merchant"  within  the  meaning of the  Commodity  Futures
Trading Commission Act of 1974, as amended.

                  4.15.  Regulations  U and X. The  proceeds  of the sale of the
Purchased  Securities  hereunder  shall be used for working  capital and general
corporate purposes of the Company. No portion of any such proceeds is to be used
for the purpose of  purchasing  or carrying  any  "margin  security"  or "margin
stock" as such terms are used in  Regulations  U and X of the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224.

                  4.16.  Insurance.  The  Company  and each of its  Subsidiaries
maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers insurance with respect to
their properties and business  against such casualties and  contingencies as are
in  accordance  with the  general  practices  of  businesses  engaged in similar
activities in similar geographic areas and in amounts, containing such terms, in
such forms and for such periods as are reasonable and prudent.

                  4.17.  Broker Accounts.  Attached hereto as Schedule 4.17 is a
true, correct and complete listing of all of the Broker Accounts of the Company.

                  4.18. Disclosure. The representations and warranties herein do
not contain any untrue  statement  of a material  fact and do not omit any facts
necessary  to  make  the  statements   contained  in  such  representations  and
warranties not misleading.

                  ss.4.19.   Obligations  as  Senior   Subordinated   Debt.  All
Indebtedness  of  the  Company  to  BankBoston  in  respect  of  this  Agreement
(including the principal of and interest due under the Note and all payments due
in connection  with the Warrants) will  constitute  "Senior  Subordinated  Debt"
under the terms of the Subordination Agreement.

<PAGE>

5.       INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION.

         BankBoston  represents  and warrants to the Company that  BankBoston is
(i) an  "accredited  investor"  as  defined  in Rule 501  promulgated  under the
Securities  Act, and (ii) acquiring the Purchased  Securities for investment and
not with a view to selling or otherwise  distributing the Purchased  Securities;
provided,  however,  that the disposition of BankBoston's  property shall at all
times be and  remain in  BankBoston's  control,  subject  to the  provisions  of
Section 16 hereof.

6.       CONDITIONS TO PURCHASE.

         BankBoston's  obligation to purchase the Purchased  Securities pursuant
to this  Agreement is subject to compliance  by the Company with its  agreements
herein contained,  and to the satisfaction,  on or prior to the Closing Date, of
the following conditions:

                  6.1. Financing  Agreements.  Each of the Financing  Agreements
shall have been duly executed and delivered by the respective  parties  thereto,
shall  be in  full  force  and  effect  and  shall  be  in  form  and  substance
satisfactory to BankBoston. BankBoston shall have received a fully executed copy
of each such document.

                  6.2. Certified Copies of Charter  Documents.  BankBoston shall
have received from the Company a copy, certified by a duly authorized officer of
the  Company to be true and  complete on the  Closing  Date,  of each of (a) its
Charter as in effect on such date of  certification,  and (b) its  by-laws as in
effect on such date,  and (c) a  certificate,  dated not more than ten (10) days
prior to the Closing  Date, of the Secretary of State of each state in which the
Company  is  incorporated  or  qualified  to do  business  as to  the  Company's
corporate good standing or  qualification  to do business in such state,  as the
case may be.

                  6.3.  Corporate Action. All corporate action necessary for the
valid  execution,  delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and
the other Financing Agreements to which it is or is to become a party shall have
been duly and effectively taken, and evidence thereof satisfactory to BankBoston
shall have been provided to BankBoston.

                  6.4.  Incumbency  Certificate.  BankBoston shall have received
from the Company an incumbency certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed
by a duly authorized  officer of the Company,  and giving the name and bearing a
specimen  signature of each individual who shall be authorized:  (a) to sign, in
the name and on behalf of the Company, each of the Financing Agreements to which
the  Company  is or is to become a party;  and (b) to give  notices  and to take
other action on its behalf under the Financing Agreements.

                  6.5. Financial  Condition.  BankBoston shall be satisfied that
the  financial  information  previously  delivered  to it  fairly  presents  the
business and financial  condition of the Company and its  Subsidiaries as at the
close of business on the Balance  Sheet Date and the results of  operations  for
the  periods  covered by such  information,  and that there has been no material
adverse change in the business,  assets, nature of assets,  financial condition,
operations or prospects of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries since such date.

<PAGE>

                  6.6.  Opinion of  Counsel.  BankBoston  shall have  received a
favorable legal opinion  addressed to BankBoston,  dated as of the Closing Date,
in form and  substance  satisfactory  to  BankBoston,  including  opinions  with
respect  to  the  Company,  the  Financing  Agreements,   and  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

                  6.7.  Security  Documents.  The Company  and its  Subsidiaries
shall have (a) executed and delivered to BankBoston  the Security  Documents and
(b) taken all steps  reasonably  required  to effect  and  perfect  BankBoston's
security interests in the Collateral.

                  6.8.  Representations  True; No Event of Default.  Each of the
representations  and  warranties  of any of the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries
contained in this Agreement,  the other Financing  Agreements or in any document
or instrument  delivered  pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement shall
be true and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred. BankBoston shall
have received a certificate  of the Company  signed by an authorized  officer of
the Company to such effect.

                  6.9. Legality; Governmental Authorization. The purchase of the
Purchased   Securities  shall  not  be  prohibited  by  any  applicable  law  or
governmental order or regulation. All necessary consents,  approvals,  licenses,
permits,  orders  and  authorizations  of, or  registrations,  declarations  and
filings with, any governmental or administrative  agency or of or with any other
Person (including without  limitation,  any consents required under any material
contracts)  required to be provided  or obtained  prior to the Closing  Date and
with respect to any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of
the  Related  Agreements  shall have been duly  obtained or made and shall be in
full force and effect.  BankBoston  shall have received  copies of all necessary
regulatory approvals and evidence of compliance with all state and federal laws,
including but not limited to Regulation U and state and federal securities laws,
applicable to any of the parties to the transactions.

                  6.10.    [Intentionally Omitted]

                  6.11.  Senior Debt Financing.  The Senior Loan Documents shall
be in full force and effect, no default shall have occurred thereunder,  and the
Credit  Agreement  shall have been amended  pursuant to an amendment in form and
content satisfactory to BankBoston,  to permit the transactions  contemplated by
this Agreement.

<PAGE>

                  6.12.  No  Material  Change.  There  shall not have  been,  or
threatened  to  be,  any  material  damage  to or  loss  or  destruction  of any
properties owned or leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (whether or
not covered by insurance) or any material adverse change in the business, assets
or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or
imposition of any applicable and enforceable  laws,  rules or regulations  which
would  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  business,  assets or  financial
condition of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

                  6.13. No Litigation.  No restraining order or injunction shall
prevent the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement and no action,  suit or
proceeding  shall be pending or  threatened  before any court or  administrative
body in which it will be, or is,  sought to  restrain  or  prohibit or to obtain
damages or other relief in connection with this Agreement or the consummation of
the transactions contemplated hereby.

                  6.14. Proceedings and Documents. All proceedings in connection
with the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement,  the  other  Financing
Agreements and all other  documents  incident  thereto shall be  satisfactory in
substance  and in form to  BankBoston  and  BankBoston's  Special  Counsel,  and
BankBoston  and such  counsel  shall  have  received  all  information  and such
counterpart  originals  or  certified  or  other  copies  of such  documents  as
BankBoston may reasonably request.

7.       COVENANTS APPLICABLE TO THE COMPANY WHILE NOTE IS OUTSTANDING.

         The  Company  covenants  that,  until  all of the  Indebtedness  of the
Company with respect to the Note has been paid in full,  the Company will comply
and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply with the following  provisions
unless otherwise consented to in writing by the holder of the Note.

                  7.1.  Punctual  Payment.  The Company will duly and punctually
pay or cause to be paid the  principal  and  interest  on the Note and all other
amounts  provided for in this  Agreement and the other  Financing  Agreements to
which the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries is a party, all in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement and such other Financing Agreements.

                  7.2.  Maintenance  of Office.  The Company  will  maintain its
chief executive office in Bloomfield, Connecticut, or at such other place in the
United States of America as the Company shall  designate  upon written notice to
BankBoston,  where notices,  presentations and demands to or upon the Company in
respect of the Financing Agreements to which the Company is a party may be given
or made.

<PAGE>

                  7.3.  Records and  Accounts.  The Company  will (a) keep,  and
cause each of its  Subsidiaries to keep, true and accurate  records and books of
account in which full,  true and correct entries will be made in conformity with
generally accepted accounting  principles and (b) maintain adequate accounts and
reserves  for all  taxes  (including  income  taxes),  depreciation,  depletion,
obsolescence  and  amortization  of its  properties  and the  properties  of its
Subsidiaries,  contingencies,  and other  reserves.  The Company  shall base its
accounting  and  financial  calculations  (including  without  limitation  those
pursuant to ss.7.24) on the "first-in, first-out" or "FIFO" method.

     7.4. Financial Statements,  Certificates and Information.  The Company will
deliver to BankBoston at the Company's expense:

                  (a) as soon as  practicable,  but in any event not later  than
ninety  (90)  days  after  the  end of each  fiscal  year  of the  Company,  the
consolidated and reviewed  consolidating  balance sheets of Andersen Group, Inc.
and  its  Subsidiaries  (including,  without  limitation,  the  Company  and its
Subsidiaries)  as at the end of such  year,  and the  related  consolidated  and
reviewed  consolidating  statements of income and consolidated statement of cash
flow for such year,  each setting forth in comparative  form the figures for the
previous  fiscal year and all such  consolidated  statements to be in reasonable
detail,  prepared in conformity with generally accepted  accounting  principles,
and accompanied by a review thereof (or, if requested at any time by BankBoston,
an unqualified (except for non-material qualifications acceptable to BankBoston)
audit thereof) by  independent  certified  public  accountants  satisfactory  to
BankBoston,   which  statements  shall  be  accompanied  by  annual  projections
submitted  by the  management  of the Company in form and detail  acceptable  to
BankBoston;

                  (b) as soon as  practicable,  but in any event not later  than
forty-five  (45) days  after  the end of each  calendar  quarter,  copies of the
unaudited  consolidated and consolidating  balance sheets of the Company and its
Subsidiaries  as at the end of such quarter,  and the related  consolidated  and
consolidating  statements of income and consolidated statements of cash flow for
the portion of the Company's  fiscal year then  elapsed,  and aging reports with
respect to accounts  receivable and accounts  payable,  all in reasonable detail
and  prepared in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,
together with a certification by the principal  financial or accounting  officer
of the Company  that the  information  contained  in such  financial  statements
fairly  presents the financial  position of the Company and its  Subsidiaries on
the date thereof (subject to customary year-end adjustments);

                  (c)   simultaneously   with  the  delivery  of  the  financial
statements  referred to in subsections (a) and (b) above, a statement  certified
by the  principal  financial  or  accounting  officer of the Company in form and
substance reasonably  satisfactory to BankBoston and setting forth in reasonable
detail  computations  evidencing  compliance  with the  covenants  contained  in
Section 7.24 and (if applicable) reconciliations to reflect changes in generally
accepted accounting principles since the Balance Sheet Date;

<PAGE>

                  (d) prior to the  effectiveness  of an IPO,  promptly upon the
mailing or filing thereof, copies of all financial statements, reports and proxy
statements  mailed to the public  shareholders  of Andersen  Group,  Inc. or any
controlling   stockholder  of  the  Company,  and  copies  of  all  registration
statements  and Forms 10-K,  10-Q and 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission  (or any successor  thereto) or any national  securities  exchange by
Andersen Group, Inc. or any controlling stockholder of Andersen Group, Inc.;

                  (e)  after  the  effectiveness  of an IPO,  promptly  upon the
mailing or filing thereof, copies of all financial statements, reports and proxy
statements mailed to the public  shareholders of the Company,  and copies of all
registration  statements and Forms 10-K,  10-Q and 8-K filed with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission (or any successor  thereto) or any national  securities
exchange by the Company or any controlling stockholder of the Company;

                  (f)  contemporaneously  with the same  being  provided  to the
Senior Lenders,  such other financial data and other information as are provided
to the Senior Lenders; and

                  (g)  from  time  to  time  such  other   financial   data  and
information  (including  accountants'  management  letters)  as  BankBoston  may
reasonably request.

                  7.5.     Notices.

     (a)Defaults.  The Company will promptly notify BankBoston in writing of the
occurrence  of any  Default or Event of  Default.  If any Person  shall give any
notice or take any other action in respect of a claimed default (constituting an
Event  of  Default)  under  this  Agreement  or  any  other  note,  evidence  of
indebtedness,  indenture or other  obligation  to which or with respect to which
the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  is a party or obligor  (including  the
Credit Agreement),  whether as principal,  guarantor,  surety or otherwise,  the
Company shall  forthwith give written  notice thereof to BankBoston,  describing
the notice or action and the nature of the claimed default.

     (b) Notice of Litigation  and  Judgments.  The Company will, and will cause
each of its Subsidiaries to, give notice to BankBoston in writing within fifteen
(15) days of becoming  aware of any  litigation  or  proceedings  threatened  in
writing or any pending  litigation and proceedings  affecting the Company or any
of its  Subsidiaries  or to which the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  is or
becomes a party  involving an uninsured  claim against the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries  that could  reasonably  be expected to have a  materially  adverse
effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries considered as a whole and stating the
nature and status of such litigation or proceedings.  The Company will, and will
cause each of its  Subsidiaries  to, give notice to BankBoston,  in writing,  in
form and detail satisfactory to BankBoston, within ten (10) days of any judgment
not fully covered by insurance,  final or otherwise,  against the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries in an amount in excess of $1,000,000.

<PAGE>

                  7.6.  Corporate  Existence;  Maintenance  of  Properties.  The
Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in
full force and effect its corporate  existence,  rights and franchises and those
of its  Subsidiaries.  It (a) will cause all of its  properties and those of its
Subsidiaries  used or useful in the conduct of its  business or the  business of
its Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working
order and supplied with all necessary  equipment,  (b) will cause to be made all
necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof,
all as in the  judgment  of the Company may be  necessary  so that the  business
carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously  conducted
at all times, and (c) will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, continue
to engage  primarily  in the  businesses  now  conducted  by them and in related
businesses;  provided that nothing in this Section 7.6 shall prevent the Company
from discontinuing the operation and maintenance of any of its properties or any
of those of its Subsidiaries if such  discontinuance  is, in the judgment of the
Company,  desirable  in the conduct of its or their  business and that do not in
the aggregate  materially  adversely  affect the business of the Company and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

                  7.7.  Insurance.  The Company will, and will cause each of its
Subsidiaries  to,  maintain  with  financially  sound  and  reputable   insurers
insurance with respect to its properties  and business  against such  casualties
and  contingencies  as shall be in  accordance  with the  general  practices  of
businesses  engaged in similar  activities  in similar  geographic  areas and in
amounts,  containing  such terms,  in such forms and for such  periods as may be
reasonable and prudent.

                  7.8.  Taxes.  The  Company  will,  and will  cause each of its
Subsidiaries  to, duly pay and  discharge,  or cause to be paid and  discharged,
before  the  same  shall  become  overdue,  all  taxes,  assessments  and  other
governmental  charges  imposed  upon  it and  its  real  properties,  sales  and
activities,  or any part thereof,  or upon the income or profits  therefrom,  as
well as all claims for labor, materials, or supplies that if unpaid might by law
become a lien or charge upon any of its  property;  provided  that any such tax,
assessment,  charge,  levy or claim need not be paid if the  validity  or amount
thereof shall  currently be contested in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings
and if the Company or such Subsidiary shall have set aside on its books adequate
reserves with respect  thereto;  and provided  further that the Company and each
Subsidiary of the Company will pay all such taxes, assessments,  charges, levies
or claims  forthwith upon the  commencement of proceedings to foreclose any lien
that may have attached as security therefor.

                  7.9.  Inspection  of  Properties  and Books,  Etc. The Company
shall permit BankBoston and its representatives and consultants to (a) visit and
inspect any of the  properties  of the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries,  (b)
examine the books of account of the Company  and its  Subsidiaries  (and to make
copies  thereof  and  extracts   therefrom),   (c)  conduct   examinations   and
verifications of the assets of the Company and all systems and procedures of the
Company,  including  those  systems and  procedures  relating  to  tracking  and
valuation of Precious Metals and to cash management,  (d) if an Event of Default
shall have  occurred and be  continuing  or if  BankBoston  shall have notice or
knowledge  of any  violation of  Environmental  Laws,  to conduct  environmental
inspections of the properties and assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries and
(e)  discuss  the  affairs,  finances  and  accounts  of  the  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries  with, and to be advised as to the same by, its and their officers,
all at such reasonable times and intervals as BankBoston may reasonably request.

<PAGE>
                  7.10. Compliance with Laws, Contracts,  Licenses, and Permits.
The Company  will,  and will cause each of its  Subsidiaries  to,  comply in all
material  respects with (a) the  applicable  laws and  regulations  wherever its
business is conducted, including all Environmental Laws, ERISA, and occupational
and  safety  laws;  (b) the  provisions  of its  Charter  and  by-laws,  (c) all
agreements and instruments by which it or any of its properties may be bound and
(d)  all  applicable  decrees,  orders,  and  judgments.  If any  authorization,
consent, approval, permit or license from any officer, agency or instrumentality
of any government  shall become  necessary or required in order that the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries  may fulfill any of its obligations  hereunder or any
of the other  Financing  Agreements to which the Company or such Subsidiary is a
party,  the Company will, or (as the case may be) will cause such Subsidiary to,
immediately  take or cause to be taken all reasonable  steps within the power of
the Company or such Subsidiary to obtain such authorization,  consent, approval,
permit or license and furnish BankBoston with evidence thereof.

                  7.11. Use of Proceeds.  The Company will use the proceeds from
the sale of the Purchased  Securities  hereunder  solely for working capital and
general corporate purposes.

                  7.12.  Margin  Calls in  Respect  of  Futures  Contracts.  The
Company shall, and shall cause each of the Subsidiaries to, meet all initial and
variation  margin  calls and make all other  payments  required  in  respect  of
futures contracts acquired by the Company and the Subsidiaries, respectively, on
any  commodities  exchange as promptly  as may be  necessary  in order that such
futures  contracts  shall  remain in full  force and  effect.  Furthermore,  the
Company  shall not,  nor shall it permit or suffer any of the  Subsidiaries  to,
close  out any of its  futures  contracts,  except in the  normal  course of its
business operations.

                  7.13.  Further  Assurances.  The Company will,  and will cause
each of its  Subsidiaries to, cooperate with BankBoston and execute such further
instruments and documents as BankBoston shall reasonably request to carry out to
their satisfaction the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other
Financing  Agreements,  including  without  limitation  maintaining  the  second
priority security interest of BankBoston in the Collateral  (subject only to the
first priority  security interest in favor of the Senior Lenders pursuant to the
Senior Loan Documents).

<PAGE>

                  7.14. Restrictions on Indebtedness.  The Company will not, and
will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume,  guarantee or
be or remain liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to any Indebtedness
other than:

     (a) Indebtedness to BankBoston and its Affiliates  arising under any of the
Financing Agreements;

     (b) the Senior Indebtedness;

     (c) current  liabilities  incurred in the  ordinary  course of business not
incurred  through (i) the  borrowing of money,  or (ii) the  obtaining of credit
except for credit on an open  account  basis  customarily  extended  and in fact
extended in connection with normal purchases of goods and services;

     (d) Indebtedness in respect of taxes, assessments,  governmental charges or
levies and claims for labor,  materials  and supplies to the extent that payment
therefor  shall not at the time be  required to be made in  accordance  with the
provisions of Section 7.8;

     (e)  Indebtedness in respect of judgments or awards that have been in force
for less than the applicable period for taking an appeal so long as execution is
not levied  thereunder  or in respect  of which the  Company or such  Subsidiary
shall at the time in good  faith be  prosecuting  an appeal or  proceedings  for
review  and in  respect of which a stay of  execution  shall have been  obtained
pending such appeal or review;

     (f) endorsements  for collection,  deposit or negotiation and warranties of
products or services, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

     (g) Indebtedness owed to the Company by a Subsidiary of the Company;
               
     (h) Indebtedness  under  non-speculative  hedge  arrangements  satisfactory
to BankBoston  designed to hedge against  fluctuations in the price of Precious
Metals, and interest rates covering the notional amount set forth in the trading
and hedging policies of the Company with respect to Precious Metals, financial
futures, foreign currencies, futures or options (the "Hedging Policy"), all of 
which shall be reasonably satisfactory to BankBoston;

     (i) Other Indebtedness to BankBoston and its Affiliates;

     (j) Indebtedness owed by the Company to a Subsidiary of the Company;

<PAGE>

     (k) Indebtedness  incurred in connection  with Capital Leases
with third party financial  institutions other than BankBoston;  provided,  that
the aggregate  principal  amount of all such  Indebtedness  shall not exceed the
amount permitted by the Senior Loan Documents;

     (l) Subordinate Indebtedness to Andersen Group, Inc. that satisfies each of
the  following  conditions:  (a) the  obligation to repay such  Indebtedness  is
evidenced  by a written  agreement  between the Company (or its  Subsidiary,  as
applicable) and Andersen Group, Inc., and (b) the Company (or its Subsidiary, as
applicable)  and Andersen  Group,  Inc. shall have entered into a  Subordination
Agreement in form and  substance  satisfactory  to BankBoston in respect of such
Indebtedness; and

     (m) Any other Indebtedness that is permitted pursuant to Section 8.1 of the
Credit Agreement.

                  7.15.  Restrictions  on Liens.  The Company will not, and will
not  permit  any of its  Subsidiaries  to,  (a)  create or incur or suffer to be
created or incurred or to exist any lien, encumbrance, mortgage, pledge, charge,
restriction or other  security  interest of any kind upon any of its property or
assets of any character  whether now owned or hereafter  acquired;  (b) transfer
any of such  property  or assets  or the  income or  profits  therefrom  for the
purpose of subjecting the same to the payment of  Indebtedness or performance of
any other  obligation  in  priority  to payment of its  general  creditors;  (c)
acquire,  or agree or have an option to  acquire,  any  property  or assets upon
conditional sale or other title retention or purchase money security  agreement,
device or arrangement; (d) suffer to exist for a period of more than thirty (30)
days after the same shall have been incurred any Indebtedness or claim or demand
against it that if unpaid  might by law or upon  bankruptcy  or  insolvency,  or
otherwise,  be given any priority  whatsoever  over its general  creditors;  (e)
sell,  assign,  pledge or otherwise  transfer  any  accounts,  contract  rights,
general intangibles,  chattel paper or instruments, with or without recourse; or
(f) enter into or permit to exist any arrangement or agreement which directly or
indirectly  prohibits the Company or such  Subsidiary from creating or incurring
any lien, encumbrance,  mortgage,  pledge, charge, restriction or other security
interest of any kind provided that the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company
may create or incur or suffer to be created or incurred or to exist:

     (i)  liens  in  favor  of the  Company  on all or  part  of the  assets  of
Subsidiaries of the Company securing  Indebtedness  owing by Subsidiaries of the
Company to the Company;

     (ii) liens to secure taxes,  assessments  and other  government  charges in
respect of  obligations  not overdue or liens on properties to secure claims for
labor, material or supplies in respect of obligations not overdue;

<PAGE>
            
     (iii) deposits or pledges made in connection with, or to secure payment of,
workmen's compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions or other social
security obligations;

     (iv)  liens  on  properties   in  respect  of  judgments  or  awards,   the
Indebtedness with respect to which is permitted by Section 7.14(e);

     (v) liens of carriers,  warehousemen,  mechanics and materialmen, and other
like  liens on  properties,  in  existence  less  than 60 days  from the date of
creation  thereof in respect of obligations  not overdue;

     (vi)  encumbrances on Real Estate  consisting of easements,  rights of way,
zoning  restrictions,  restrictions  on the use of real property and defects and
irregularities  in the title thereto,  landlord's or lessor's liens under leases
to which the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company is a party,  and other minor
liens  or  encumbrances,  none of  which  encumbrances,  restrictions,  defects,
irregularities  and liens  interferes  materially  with the use of the  property
affected  in the  ordinary  conduct  of the  business  of the  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries,  and  all  of  which  do  not  individually  or in  the  aggregate
materially  affect  the  value or  marketability  of any Real  Estate  or have a
materially adverse effect on the business of the Company  individually or of the
Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis;
                           
     (vii) liens in favor of BankBoston and its Affiliates  securing the payment
of the Obligations and other  Indebtedness  due and owing to BankBoston and such
Affiliates;

     (viii)  liens in favor of the Senior  Lenders  pursuant  to the Senior Loan
Documents;

     (ix) security interests in personal property acquired by the Company or its
Subsidiaries  after the date hereof to secure Capital Lease  Indebtedness of the
type and amount  permitted by Section 7.14(k) in connection with the acquisition
of such property,  which security  interests cover only the personal property so
acquired; and

     (x) any other liens and security  interests that are permitted  pursuant to
Section 8.1 of the Credit Agreement.

                  7.16.  Restrictions on Investments.  The Company will not, and
will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make or permit to exist or to remain
outstanding any  Investment,  including  without  limitation any Investment in a
partnership or joint venture, except Investments in:

     (a)  marketable  direct or guaranteed  obligations  of the United States of
America  and its  agencies  that  mature  within five (5) years from the date of
purchase by the Company;

<PAGE>

     (b) demand deposits,  certificates of deposit, bankers acceptances and time
deposits  (x)  of  United   States  banks  having  total  assets  in  excess  of
$1,000,000,000  or (y) which  deposits,  certificates  and acceptances are fully
insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;

     (c) securities commonly known as "commercial paper" issued by a corporation
organized  and  existing  under the laws of the United  States of America or any
state  thereof that at the time of purchase  have been rated and the ratings for
which are not less than "P 1" if rated by Moody's Investors Services,  Inc., and
not less than "A 1" if rated by Standard and Poor's;

     (d) Investments  existing on September 30, 1997 and listed on Schedule 7.16
hereto;

     (e) Investments by the Company in Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof;

     (f)  Investments  consisting of loans and advances to employees for moving,
entertainment,  travel and other  similar  expenses  in the  ordinary  course of
business not to exceed $50,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

     (g) Investments permitted by Section 7.17; and

     (h) Other  Investments in an aggregate  amount not in excess of $500,000 at
any time consisting of the issued and  outstanding  capital stock of savings and
loan associations having total assets of not less than $250,000,000.

     7.17. Merger, Consolidation and Acquisition and Disposition of Assets.

     (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to,
become a party to any merger or  consolidation,  or agree to or effect any asset
acquisition  or stock  acquisition  other  than (i) the  sale of  inventory  and
leasing of  equipment in the  ordinary  course of  business;  (ii) the merger or
consolidation  of one or more of the  Subsidiaries  of the Company with and into
the Company,  (iii) the merger or consolidation  of two or more  Subsidiaries of
the Company,  provided,  that,  if a merger or  consolidation  occurs  between a
Subsidiary  that is  partially  owned by the  Company and a  Subsidiary  that is
wholly owned by the Company,  the wholly owned Subsidiary shall be the surviving
entity, and (iv) acquisitions permitted pursuant to Section 8.4(a) of the Credit
Agreement.

<PAGE>

     (b) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to,
become a party to or agree to or effect any  disposition  of assets,  other than
the  disposition  of  obsolete  or  worn-out  assets in the  ordinary  course of
business,  consistent with past practices.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  and
subject to the  following  proviso,  the Company may  dividend  and  transfer to
Andersen Group,  Inc. (or, in the case of the assets  described in the following
clause (y),  transfer to Ney  Ultrasonics  Inc.) each of the following:  (x) the
stock of Ney  Ultrasonics  Inc. and (y) after  delivery to  BankBoston  of a pro
forma asset  statement  approved  by  BankBoston,  the  personal  property  used
primarily by Ney Ultrasonics Inc. in its Ultrasonics  business with an aggregate
value not to exceed the value  shown on such asset  statement  and  approved  by
BankBoston;  provided,  that (i) the aggregate  unpaid principal and interest in
respect of all loans made by the Company to Ney Ultrasonics Inc. does not exceed
$750,000 as of the applicable date of such dividend, (ii) after giving effect to
such  dividend,  the Company  shall retain all rights to repayment of such loans
theretofore  made by the Company to Ney  Ultrasonics  Inc.,  and (iii)  Andersen
Group,  Inc.  shall  agree in writing  that the net  proceeds of the sale of Ney
Ultrasonics  Inc.  shall be  applied  first to pay off  such  loans  made by the
Company to Ney Ultrasonics Inc. prior to any other  application of such net sale
proceeds.

                  7.18.  Sale and Leaseback.  The Company will not, and will not
permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to,  enter into any  arrangement,  directly  or
indirectly,  whereby the Company or any  Subsidiary of the Company shall sell or
transfer  any  property  owned by it in order then or  thereafter  to lease such
property  or lease other  property  that the  Company or any  Subsidiary  of the
Company intends to use for  substantially the same purpose as the property being
sold or transferred.

                  7.19. No Restrictions  on Pledge or  Upstreaming.  The Company
will not, and will not permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to, agree with any third
party to limit,  prohibit or restrict in any way (a) the ability or right of the
Company or any of its  Subsidiaries to grant to BankBoston  liens on or security
interests in any of their respective  properties and assets,  or (b) the ability
or right of any of the  Subsidiaries  of the Company to transfer  money or other
assets to the Company at any time.

                  7.20.  ERISA  Compliance.  Neither  the Company nor any of its
subsidiaries  will at any time permit any pension plan or other employee benefit
plan maintained by it that is subject to ERISA to:

     (a) engage in any "prohibited transaction" as defined in the Code;
                  
     (b) incur any "accumulated funding deficiency" as defined in Section 302 of
ERISA; or
     (c) terminate under  circumstances which result in the imposition of a lien
on the property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

<PAGE>

                  7.21.  Transactions  with Affiliates.  Neither the Company nor
any of its  Subsidiaries  will enter  into any  transaction,  including  without
limitation  the  purchase,  sale or exchange of property or the rendering of any
service,  with any  Affiliate  except in the  ordinary  course of  business  and
pursuant to the reasonable  requirements  of the Company's or such  Subsidiary's
business and upon fair and reasonable  terms no less favorable to the Company or
such Subsidiary than the Company or such Subsidiary would obtain in a comparable
arm's  length  transaction  with a person or entity  which is not an  Affiliate,
provided that in no event shall any such transaction involve loans or extensions
of credit to or other investments in any such Affiliate except such Indebtedness
and  other   Investments  that  are  expressly   permitted  by  this  Agreement.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in this Section 7.21,  the Company may
(x) make payments to Andersen Group, Inc. pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement,
as provided in Section 7.22 below, (y) enter into the Management  Agreement with
Andersen Group, Inc. as provided in Sections 7.14 and 7.27, and (z) issue a note
in an aggregate  principal amount of up to $4,000,000 to Andersen Group, Inc. as
provided in Sections 7.14 and 7.27,  provided that the Company shall in no event
fail to comply with Sections 7.14, 7.22 and 7.27.

                  7.22. Dividends and Distributions.  The Company shall not make
any  dividend  or  distribution  to or for  the  benefit  of  its  shareholders;
provided,  that as long as (a) no Default or Event of Default has occurred,  and
(b) after giving effect to such dividend or distribution, the Company will be in
compliance  with all of its  covenants in Section  7.24 herein,  the Company may
make payments to Andersen Group,  Inc., in any fiscal year of the Company ending
on or after February 28, 1997 in an aggregate  amount equal to the amount of any
required payments under the Tax Sharing Agreement; and provided further that (i)
the Company may  repurchase  the Equity  Securities in accordance  with Sections
10.2 and 11 hereof,  (ii) the Company may pay dividends to the holders of Common
Stock pro rata solely in shares of Common Stock,  (iii) the Company may dividend
the  stock and  assets of Ney  Ultrasonics  Inc.  to  Andersen  Group,  Inc.  in
accordance  with  ss.7.17,  (iv) the Company  may,  upon the  termination  of an
employee's  employment with the Company,  repurchase the Common Stock previously
purchased by such employee  pursuant to employee stock option agreements and (v)
the Company may make  dividends or  distributions  if permitted by ss.8.9 of the
Credit Agreement.

                  7.23.  Tax  Sharing  Agreement.  The  Company  will not amend,
modify or waive in any material respect any term or condition of the Tax Sharing
Agreement  effective as of March 1, 1996 between  Andersen  Group,  Inc. and the
Company  (the "Tax  Sharing  Agreement")  without the prior  written  consent of
BankBoston.

                  7.24.  Certain  Financial  Covenants.   The  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries  will comply with each of the  covenants set forth on Schedule 7.24
hereto.

<PAGE>

                  7.25. Charter  Amendments.  The Charter of the Company and its
Subsidiaries  shall  not be  amended  or  modified  in  any  manner  that  might
materially  and adversely  affect  BankBoston's  rights in respect of the Equity
Securities.  Provided that the parties (other than BankBoston) are in compliance
with the provisions of the Financing Agreements and the Related Agreements,  and
that no default under the Financing  Agreements or Related  Agreements  would be
caused  thereby,  amending the Charter of the Company to increase the authorized
number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  shall  not in and of  itself be deemed to
materially  and adversely  affect  BankBoston's  rights in respect of the Equity
Securities.

                  7.26.  Subsidiary Stock. The Company shall not (i) directly or
indirectly sell,  assign,  pledge or otherwise encumber or dispose of any shares
of capital stock or other equity securities of any of its Subsidiaries except to
qualify  directors  if  required by  applicable  law and except in pledge to the
Senior Lender or BankBoston or (ii) permit any of its  Subsidiaries  directly or
indirectly  to sell,  assign,  pledge or  otherwise  encumber  or dispose of any
shares of capital stock or other equity  securities  of any of its  Subsidiaries
(including  such  Subsidiary),  except  to  the  Company,  another  wholly-owned
Subsidiary of the Company or to qualify directors if required by applicable law.
The  Company  will not  permit  any of its  Subsidiaries  to issue any shares of
capital  stock  to any  Person  other  than  the  Company  or  any of its  other
wholly-owned  Subsidiaries.  Nothing in this  Section  7.26 shall  prohibit  the
Company from  dividending the stock of Ney  Ultrasonics  Inc. to Andersen Group,
Inc. in accordance with this Agreement.

                  ss.7.27. Payments to Andersen Group. The Company will not (and
will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to) repay any Indebtedness  held by, pay
any management fees due to, or make any other payments (other than Distributions
permitted  hereunder) (the  "Subordinated  Payments") to Andersen  Group,  Inc.;
provided, that the Company may (and shall) make Subordinated Payments in respect
of such  subordinated  management fees and interest accrued on such subordinated
Indebtedness  as earned or  accrued  quarterly  in  arrears  so long as: (a) the
obligation  to pay such  Subordinated  Payments  shall be evidenced by a written
agreement  between the Company (or such Subsidiary,  as applicable) and Andersen
Group,  Inc., (b) the Company or such Subsidiary and Andersen Group,  Inc. shall
have entered into a Subordination  Agreement in form and substance  satisfactory
to  BankBoston  with  respect to the  payment of any  Subordinated  Payments  (a
"Subordination  Agreement"),  (c) both  before and after  giving  effect to such
payment,  no Default or Event of Default  shall have  occurred and be continuing
under the Financing  Documents,  (d) both before and after giving effect to such
payment,  the Company's  Consolidated  Net Income for the fiscal  quarter ending
immediately  preceding such date of payment is not less than $1.00 (as evidenced
by a  certificate  delivered by the Company to  BankBoston  prior to making such
payment),  and (e) both  before and after  giving  effect to such  payment,  the
difference  between  (x) the  Company's  Consolidated  Net Income for the fiscal
quarter ending  immediately  preceding such date of payment minus (y) the amount
of such payment, is not less than $1.00 (as evidenced by a certificate delivered
by the Company to BankBoston prior to making such payment).

<PAGE>

                  7.28. Disposition of Ney Ultrasonics Inc. If the Company shall
not have  completed the  distribution  of the stock of Ney  Ultrasonics  Inc. to
Andersen Group, Inc. in accordance with the last sentence of ss.7.17 on or prior
to April 1, 1998, then on April 1, 1998, the Company shall cause Ney Ultrasonics
Inc. to execute and deliver to BankBoston a guaranty,  a security  agreement,  a
lessor's  agreement,  UCC  financing  statements  and such  other  guaranty  and
security  documents as BankBoston  shall  reasonably  require,  each in form and
substance  acceptable to BankBoston,  and otherwise take all actions and file or
record  all  documents  reasonably  required  by  BankBoston  in  order to grant
BankBoston a second priority  (subject only to the first priority liens pursuant
to the  Senior  Loan  Documents),  perfected  lien  on all  of  the  assets  and
properties of Ney  Ultrasonics  Inc. as security for the  Company's  obligations
under this Agreement, the Note and any other Financing Agreements.

                  7.29.  Amendment of Senior Debt  Documents,  Etc.  Neither the
Company nor any of its  Subsidiaries  shall agree to any  material  amendment or
modification  of, or grant any  waiver or fail to  enforce  any of its  material
rights  pursuant to the Credit  Agreement  or any of the Senior Loan  Documents,
including without limitation,  any terms of such documents relating to principal
amount,  maturity,  amortization,   interest  or  fees,  without  in  each  case
BankBoston's prior written consent.

                  7.30.  Intellectual Property Schedules. On or prior to January
22,  1998,  the  Company  shall  provide to  BankBoston  the  following  updated
schedules  to the  following  Security  Documents,  each in form  and  substance
satisfactory to BankBoston:  (i) Schedule 3 to that certain  Security  Agreement
dated as of December 29, 1997 between the Company and BankBoston,  (ii) Schedule
A to that certain Trademark Collateral Security and Pledge Agreement dated as of
December 29, 1997 between the Company and  BankBoston,  and (iii)  Schedule A to
that certain Patent  Collateral  Assignment and Security  Agreement  dated as of
December 29, 1997 between the Company and BankBoston.

8.       COVENANTS APPLICABLE WHILE THE EQUITY SECURITIES ARE OUTSTANDING.

         The  Company  covenants  that,  as long as at least  25% of the  Equity
Securities  initially  issued or  issuable  hereunder  remain  outstanding,  the
Company will comply with the following provisions:

                  8.1. General. The Company will comply with and will cause each
of its  Subsidiaries  to comply with the  provisions  of Sections  7.21 and 7.25
hereof.

<PAGE>

                  8.2. Rights to Attend Meetings. The Company will call and hold
a meeting of its board of  directors  at least  once each  fiscal  quarter.  The
Company will give one  representative  designated by the Majority Holders of the
Equity  Securities  at least five days' prior  written  notice (or such  shorter
notice as is given to the Company's  outside  directors) of any proposed meeting
(or action by written  consent) of the board of directors of the Company (except
written  consents  executed solely in connection with the  establishment of bank
accounts or other purely administrative matters), such notice in all cases to be
in the form and manner such  notice is given to the  Company's  directors.  Such
representative will be entitled to attend as an observer at any such meeting or,
if a meeting is held by telephone  conference,  to  participate  therein for the
purpose of listening thereto.

                  8.3. Other Information.  From time to time upon the request of
any representative designated by the Majority Holders of Equity Securities,  the
Company will  furnish to such  representative  such  information  regarding  the
business,  affairs,  prospects  and  financial  condition of the Company and its
Subsidiaries as such representative may reasonably request.  Such representative
shall have the right  during  normal  business  hours to  examine  the books and
records of the Company and its Subsidiaries to make copies,  notes and abstracts
therefrom,  and to make an  independent  examination of the books and records of
the Company and its Subsidiaries.

                  8.4.  Confidentiality.  BankBoston  and each Major Holder will
hold in  confidence,  and will not use (except to evaluate its investment in the
Company),  all  confidential  or proprietary  information of the Company and its
Subsidiaries  provided or made  available  to  BankBoston  and such Major Holder
pursuant  to this  Section 9 until  such  time as such  information  has  become
publicly  available other than as a consequence of any breach by BankBoston or a
Major Holder of its confidentiality obligations hereunder.

9.       [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

10.      DEFAULTS.

                  10.1.  Events of Default.  Holders of the  Securities  will be
entitled to exercise the remedies  provided by Section 10.2 hereof in accordance
with the terms  thereof if any one or more of the following  events  ("Events of
Default") shall occur:

                  (a) the  Company  shall fail to make any  payment of  interest
within five (5) days after the same shall become due, or the Company  shall fail
to make any  payment  of  principal  on the Note as the same shall  become  due,
whether at maturity or by acceleration or otherwise; or

                  (b) The Company shall fail to pay the Repurchase Price for any
Equity  Securities  as and when  required  pursuant to Section 11 hereof  (after
giving effect to the provisions of Section 11.3); or

                  (c)  The  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall  fail to
perform or observe any of the  covenants  applicable to it set forth in Sections
7.5(a) or (b), 7.14 through 7.29 or 8 hereof; or

<PAGE>

                  (d)  The  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall  fail to
perform  or observe  any  covenant,  agreement  or  provision  set forth in this
Agreement or any covenant,  agreement,  or provision to be performed or observed
by it under any Financing  Agreements,  other than those provisions set forth in
Sections 10.1(a),  (b) and (c) above, and such failure shall not be rectified or
cured to BankBoston's  satisfaction within thirty (30) days after written notice
from BankBoston; or

                  (e) any  representation or warranty made by the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries to BankBoston in connection with this Agreement or any other
Financing  Agreement or any amendment to this  Agreement or any other  Financing
Agreement shall prove to have been false in any material  respect on the date as
of which it was made or deemed to have been made or repeated; or

                  (f) The Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall fail (i) to
pay when due,  or within any  applicable  period of grace,  any  obligation  for
borrowed  money or credit  received  (including  without  limitation  the Senior
Indebtedness)  and/or in respect of any Capital Leases in an aggregate amount in
excess of $500,000 or fail to observe or perform any material term,  covenant or
agreement  contained  in any  agreement  by which  it is  bound,  evidencing  or
securing  borrowed money or credit received  (including  without  limitation the
Senior  Indebtedness)  and/or in respect of any Capital Leases,  in an aggregate
amount in excess of $500,000 for such period of time as would  permit  (assuming
the giving of appropriate  notice if required) the holder or holders  thereof or
of any obligations issued thereunder to accelerate the maturity thereof, or (ii)
to perform  and  observe  any of the  covenants  or  provisions  required  to be
performed or observed by it pursuant to the Credit  Agreement or the Senior Loan
Documents,  and in either case such failure  results in the  acceleration of the
maturity of the  Company's  obligations  thereunder  in an  aggregate  amount in
excess of $500,000; or

                  (g)  the  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall  make an
assignment  for the benefit of  creditors,  or admit in writing its inability to
pay or  generally  fail to pay its debts as they  mature or become due, or shall
petition  or  apply  for  the  appointment  of a  trustee  or  other  custodian,
liquidator  or  receiver  of the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  or of any
substantial  part of the  assets of the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  or
shall  commence any case or other  proceeding  relating to the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries under any bankruptcy, reorganization,  arrangement, insolvency,
readjustment  of  debt,  dissolution  or  liquidation  or  similar  law  of  any
jurisdiction,  now or hereafter in effect, or shall take any action to authorize
or in  furtherance  of  any  of  the  foregoing,  or if  any  such  petition  or
application  shall  be  filed or any  such  case or  other  proceeding  shall be
commenced  against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and the Company or any
of its  Subsidiaries  shall indicate its approval  thereof,  consent  thereto or
acquiescence  therein or such  petition or  application  shall not be  dismissed
within sixty (60) days of the filing thereof;

<PAGE>

                  (h) a decree or order is entered  appointing any such trustee,
custodian,  liquidator  or  receiver or  adjudicating  the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries bankrupt or insolvent,  or approving a petition in any such case or
other  proceeding,  or a decree or order for relief is entered in respect of the
Company or any  Subsidiary of the Company in an  involuntary  case under federal
bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter constituted;

                  (i) there shall  remain in force,  undischarged,  unsatisfied,
unstayed and unbonded (to the reasonable  satisfaction of BankBoston),  for more
than sixty (60) days, whether or not consecutive, any final judgment against the
Company  and/or  any of its  Subsidiaries  that,  with other  outstanding  final
judgments,   undischarged  and  unbonded  (to  the  reasonable  satisfaction  of
BankBoston),  against  the  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  exceeds in the
aggregate $1,000,000;

                  (j) with  respect to any  pension  plan,  an ERISA  Reportable
Event shall have occurred and BankBoston shall have determined in its reasonable
discretion that such event  reasonably  could be expected to result in liability
of the Company and/or any of its  Subsidiaries  to the PBGC or such pension plan
in an aggregate amount exceeding  $1,000,000 and such event in the circumstances
occurring  reasonably  could  constitute  grounds  for the  termination  of such
pension plan by the PBGC or for the appointment by the appropriate United States
District Court of a trustee to administer  such pension plan; or a trustee shall
have been  appointed by the United  States  District  Court to  administer  such
pension plan; or the PBGC shall have  instituted  proceedings  to terminate such
pension plan;

                  (k) if any of the  Financing  Agreements  shall  be  canceled,
terminated,  revoked or rescinded  otherwise  than in accordance  with the terms
thereof or with the  express  prior  written  agreement,  consent or approval of
BankBoston,  or any action at law,  suit in equity or other legal  proceeding to
cancel,  revoke or rescind any of the Financing Agreements shall be commenced by
or on behalf of the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  party thereto or any of
their  respective  stockholders,  or any  court  or any  other  governmental  or
regulatory   authority  or  agency  of  competent   jurisdiction  shall  make  a
determination  that, or issue a judgment,  order, decree or ruling to the effect
that,  any  one or more of the  Financing  Agreements  is  illegal,  invalid  or
unenforceable in accordance with the terms thereof;

                  (l) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries  shall be enjoined,
restrained  or  in  any  way  prevented  by  the  order  of  any  court  or  any
administrative  or regulatory  agency from  conducting  any material part of its
business and such order shall continue in effect for more than thirty (30) days;

                  (m) there shall occur for more than thirty (30) days the loss,
suspension or revocation of, or failure to renew, any license or permit now held
or hereafter  acquired by the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  if such loss,
suspension,  revocation or failure to renew would have a material adverse effect
on the business or financial condition of the Company or such Subsidiary; or

<PAGE>

                  (n)  Andersen  Group,  Inc.,  shall,  at any time prior to the
effectiveness of an IPO of the Company,  legally or beneficially own less than a
majority of the issued and  outstanding  voting stock of the Company (other than
pursuant to BankBoston's exercise of the Warrant).

                  10.2.    Remedies.

                  (a)  Subject  to  Section  3.6,   upon  the   occurrence   and
continuance  of any of the Events of Default under Section 10.1 hereof,  in each
and every such case,  the holder of the Note may  proceed to protect and enforce
its rights by suit in equity, action at law and/or other appropriate proceedings
either  for  specific  performance  of  any  covenant,  provision  or  condition
contained or  incorporated  by reference in this Agreement or in the Note or any
of the  Security  Documents,  including  as  permitted  by  applicable  law  the
obtaining of the ex parte  appointment of a receiver,  or in aid of the exercise
of any power  granted in this  Agreement  or in the Note or any of the  Security
Documents,  and  (unless  there shall have  occurred  an Event of Default  under
Section  10.1(h)  hereof,  in which  case the  unpaid  balance of the Note shall
automatically become due and payable) may by notice to the Company,  declare all
or any part of the unpaid  principal  amount of the Note then  outstanding to be
forthwith due and payable,  and thereupon such unpaid  principal  amount or part
thereof,  together with interest  accrued thereon and any Applicable  Prepayment
Charge and all other sums, if any,  payable under this  Agreement or the Note or
the Security  Documents  shall become so due and payable  without  presentation,
presentment,  protest or further  demand or notice of any kind, all of which are
hereby expressly waived,  and such holder may proceed to enforce payment of such
amount or part thereof or any other legal or  equitable  right in such manner as
it may elect. No remedy herein  conferred  herein is intended to be exclusive of
any other remedy and each and every remedy shall be  cumulative  and shall be in
addition to every other remedy given  hereunder or now or hereafter  existing at
law or in equity or by statute or any other provision of law.

                  (b)  Upon the  occurrence  and  continuance  of (A) any of the
Events of Default under  Sections  10.1(c) (with respect to a breach of Sections
7.21 and/or 7.25, each as incorporated by reference into Section 8.1) or (B) any
failure of the Company to pay the Repurchase Price as and when required pursuant
to Section 11 (after giving effect to the provisions of Section 11.3) or (C) any
material breach by any party (other than BankBoston) of the Registration  Rights
Agreement or the Warrant or any other  Financing  Agreement  then in effect,  in
each and every such case, (i) the Majority Holders of the Equity  Securities may
proceed to protect and enforce its or their rights by suit in equity,  action at
law  and/or  other  appropriate  proceeding  for  specific  performance  of  any
covenant,  provision or condition contained or incorporated by reference in this
Agreement  or in any Related  Agreement or (in the case of a breach under clause
(B) above,  and to the extent not prohibited by applicable laws) in any Security
Document,  or in aid of the exercise of any power  granted in this  Agreement or
any Related Agreement or (in the case of a breach under clause (B) above, and to
the extent not prohibited by applicable laws) in any Security Document, and (ii)
the  Majority  Holders  of the  Equity  Securities  may give a Put Notice to the
Company  pursuant  to Section 11 hereof and at any time after the giving of such
Put Notice,  the  theretofore  unexercised  "put" rights set forth in Section 11
hereof shall,  to the extent not already  exercisable,  be deemed to have become

<PAGE>

immediately  exercisable  and the Majority  Holders of Equity  Securities may in
such  Put  Notice  to the  Company  declare  all or  part  of  such  theretofore
unexercised  "put"  rights  to be  forthwith  exercised  and  due  and  payable,
whereupon the Repurchase Price for the Equity  Securities  subject thereto shall
become so due and payable without presentation,  presentment, protest or further
demand or notice of any kind,  all of which are expressly  waived,  and any such
holder or holders may proceed to enforce  payment of such amount or part thereof
in such manner as it or they may elect.  No remedy  herein  conferred  herein is
intended to be  exclusive of any other remedy and each and every remedy shall be
cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now
or hereafter  existing at law or in equity or by statute or any other  provision
of law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after (x) full and final repayment of all
amounts due in connection with the Notes (including all principal, interest, and
prepayment  premiums,  if any) and (y) (to the extent that BankBoston  exercises
its rights to put the Equity  Securities  under  Section 11.1  contemporaneously
with  repayment  of the  Notes)  satisfaction  of any  obligations  to repay the
Repurchase  Price,  BankBoston shall release the Collateral from the lien of the
Security  Documents,  and thereupon the provisions of this Section 10.2(b) shall
no longer  apply to any  enforcement  by  BankBoston  of the liens and  security
interests created pursuant to the Security Documents.

                  10.3. Waivers. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries hereby
waives,  to the extent not prohibited by applicable  law, (a) all  presentments,
demands  for  performance  and notices of  nonperformance  (except to the extent
specifically  required  by  the  provisions  hereof),  (b)  any  requirement  of
diligence  or  promptness  on  the  part  of any  holder  of  Securities  in the
enforcement of its rights under the provisions of this Agreement,  the Company's
Charter, or any Financing  Agreement,  and (c) any and all notices of every kind
and description which may be required to be given by any statute or rule of law.

                  10.4.  Course of  Dealing.  No course of dealing  between  the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the one hand, and BankBoston or any holder
of  Securities,  on  the  other  hand,  shall  operate  as a  waiver  of  any of
BankBoston's or its rights under this Agreement,  the Company's Charter,  or any
Financing  Agreement.  No delay or omission in  exercising  any right under this
Agreement,  the Company's Charter, or any Financing Agreement shall operate as a
waiver of such right or any other right.  A waiver on any one occasion shall not
be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right or remedy on any other occasion.

<PAGE>

11.      REPURCHASE OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

                  11.1. Right to Put Equity Securities. At any time, but only on
one  occasion,  on or after  the Put  Date,  or on such  earlier  date as may be
determined  under  Section  10.2(b)  hereof,  BankBoston  may,  by notice to the
Company (a "Put  Notice"),  elect to sell to the Company (and the Company hereby
agrees to repurchase  from  BankBoston),  at the Repurchase  Price  specified in
Section 11.4 hereof,  such Equity Securities as are specified in the Put Notice.
For all purposes of this Section 11, each Warrant shall be treated as the number
of Common Shares for which it is then exercisable.

                  11.2. Put Closing. The put closing shall, subject to the terms
of ss.10.2(b)  take place at the offices of the Company at 10:00 a.m. local time
on a date (a) not more than 120 days after the date a Put Notice is  received by
the Company as the Company  shall  specify by notice to  BankBoston,  or at such
later time as Fair Market Value shall have been determined under Section 11.4(b)
hereof,  or (b) at such other time and place as  BankBoston  and the Company may
agree upon (a "Put Closing Date"). At the put closing BankBoston will deliver to
the  Company  a  certificate  or  certificates  evidencing  all  of  the  Equity
Securities then to be purchased by the Company (properly endorsed or accompanied
by stock powers or, in the case of any Warrant,  assignments,  with signature(s)
guaranteed  or similar  appropriate  documentation  of  authority  to  transfer)
against payment of the Repurchase Price to BankBoston in the manner specified in
Section 11.3 hereof. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law, prior to
the Put Closing  Date,  the Company  will provide  BankBoston  with all material
available information regarding the Company reasonably requested by BankBoston.

                  11.3.  Payment.  The Company shall pay the Repurchase Price at
any closing under Section 11.2 hereof out of funds legally available therefor in
cash  or  immediately  available  funds.  If  legally  available  funds  are not
sufficient to pay the  Repurchase  Price in full at any closing,  the failure to
pay the portion of the Repurchase  Price for which legally  available  funds are
not available  shall not  constitute an Event of Default.  In the event that any
portion  of the  Repurchase  Price is not  paid  either  in cash or  immediately
available funds,  BankBoston shall retain all BankBoston's  rights hereunder and
with  respect to the Equity  Securities,  as to that number of shares of Warrant
Stock or portion of the Warrants  exercisable  for that number of shares as such
unpaid portion represents (the "Unrepurchased  Securities"),  until such time as
the unpaid portion of the Repurchase Price and interest  thereon,  determined as
set forth below, shall be paid to BankBoston in full. If the Repurchase Price is
not paid on or prior to the Put Closing Date,  BankBoston shall be entitled,  by
notice to the Company (the "Rescission  Notice"), to rescind BankBoston's put of
such  Unrepurchased  Securities  pursuant to Section 11.1.  Unless and until the
Company receives a Rescission Notice, the unpaid portion of the Repurchase Price
allocable to the  Unrepurchased  Securities  shall remain an  obligation  of the
Company  and shall  become due and  payable,  in cash or  immediately  available
funds,  as soon as there are funds legally  available  therefor.  Interest shall
accrue from the date 120 days after the date on which the Company  receives  the
applicable Put Notice on any unpaid  portion of the Repurchase  Price at the per
annum rate that is 2% in excess of the Fixed Rate, compounded on a monthly basis
to the extent permitted by law and payable on demand.

<PAGE>

                  11.4.    Repurchase Price for Equity Securities.

     (a) Repurchase  Price. The repurchase price (the "Repurchase  Price") shall
be an amount equal to:

     (i) in the case of each Common Share, the quotient obtained by dividing (A)
the  greater of the  Formula  Value of the  Company's  common  stock  equity (as
determined  pursuant to Section  11.4(c) hereof) or the Fair Market Value of the
Company's  common  stock  equity (as  determined  pursuant  to  Section  11.4(b)
hereof),  calculated as of the date of the related Put Notice under Section 11.1
hereof,  respectively,  plus,  the  aggregate  consideration  to be  paid to the
Company upon the exercise of all then exercisable outstanding warrants,  options
or  convertible  securities  pursuant to which the Company is then  obligated to
issue  Common  Stock by (B) the sum of (1) the number of shares of Common  Stock
then  outstanding  plus (2) the number of shares of Common  Stock then  issuable
upon exercise of then outstanding warrants,  options or convertible  securities,
in each case to the extent then exercisable; and

     (ii) in the case of each Warrant,  (A) the product of the Repurchase  Price
per Common Share then  purchasable  thereunder as determined  under this Section
11.4(a)  multiplied  by the number of such shares then  purchasable  thereunder,
minus (B) the aggregate exercise price for such shares.

     (b) Fair  Market  Value.  For a period of 20 days after the date of any Put
Notice (the "Negotiation Period"), each party hereto agrees to negotiate in good
faith to reach  agreement  upon the fair market  value of the  Company's  common
stock equity (the "Fair Market Value"). In the event that the parties are unable
to agree upon the Fair Market Value by the end of the  Negotiation  Period,  the
Fair Market Value of the Company's  common stock equity shall be determined  for
purposes  of this  Section  11.4(b)  initially  by an  appraiser  of  nationally
recognized standing selected by the Company (the "Company  Appraiser") and whose
appraisal (the "Company  Appraisal")  shall be furnished to BankBoston within 30
days after the end of the Negotiation  Period.  If BankBoston does not object to
such determination  within 15 days after receipt of such notice, the fair market
value  determined by the Company  Appraiser  shall be the Fair Market Value.  If
BankBoston objects to the Fair Market Value determined by the Company Appraiser,
BankBoston  may select an  Appraiser  of  nationally  recognized  standing  (the
"BankBoston  Appraiser")  who shall  review  the  determination  of the  Company
Appraiser and issue a report  thereon (the  "BankBoston  Appraisal"),  within 30
days after delivery to BankBoston of the Company Appraisal. Within 10 days after
delivery to the Company of the BankBoston  Appraisal,  the Company Appraiser and
the  BankBoston  Appraiser  shall  meet in order to  resolve  any  questions  or
differences with respect to the Fair Market Value. If such Appraisers agree on a
Fair Market Value of the Company's  common stock equity,  such Fair Market Value
shall be the Fair Market  Value.  If no  agreement is reached,  such  Appraisers
shall  select  an  appraiser  of  nationally  recognized  standing  (the  "Third
Appraiser") within five days after such meeting. Fair Market Value shall then be

<PAGE>

determined by the Third  Appraiser  within 30 days after delivery to the Company
of the BankBoston Appraisal,  and the determination of the Third Appraiser shall
be  conclusive  and binding upon the Company and  BankBoston.  Fair Market Value
shall in all cases be  calculated  by  determining  the Fair Market Value of the
entire  common stock equity  interest of the Company  taken as a whole,  without
premium for control or discounts  for  minority  interests  or  restrictions  on
transfer.  All expenses of the Company  Appraiser shall be borne by the Company;
all expenses of the BankBoston  Appraiser shall be borne by BankBoston;  and all
expenses  of the Third  Appraiser  shall be borne  equally  by the  Company  and
BankBoston.

     (c) Formula Value.  The Formula Value of the Company's  common stock equity
at any particular date of determination  shall be an amount calculated by adding
(1) the  product  obtained  by (i)  multiplying  the number five (5) by (ii) the
difference  obtained  by (x) the  Company's  EBITDA  for the  twelve  (12)  full
calendar  months  immediately  preceding such date (the "Test Period") minus (y)
the  lesser  of  (A)  the  aggregate  amount  of   non-discretionary,   required
maintenance capital  expenditures made by the Company during the Test Period and
(B) the aggregate amount of the Company's depreciation expense during the twelve
(12) calendar month period immediately  preceding the Test Period,  plus (2) the
sum of the Company's and its Subsidiaries' cash balances and cash equivalents on
hand as of such date,  and minus (3) the aggregate  amount of  Indebtedness  for
borrowed money outstanding as of such date and not prohibited by this Agreement.

12.      SUBSEQUENT HOLDERS OF SECURITIES.

         Whether or not any express  assignment has been made in this Agreement,
the  provisions  of this  Agreement and the  Financing  Agreements  that are for
BankBoston's  benefit as the holder of any  Securities  are also for the benefit
of, and  enforceable  by, all subsequent  holders of  Securities.  If BankBoston
transfers  any interest in the Common  Shares to a  transferee  such that at any
time more than one  Person  shall  hold the  Common  Shares,  then any action or
decision  provided herein to be taken or made by BankBoston during any such time
in  respect  of the Common  Shares  shall be taken or made by the  holders of at
least 51% of the total number of then outstanding  Common Shares.  If BankBoston
transfers  any interest in the  Warrants to a  transferee  such that at any time
more than one  Person  shall  hold the  Warrants,  then any  action or  decision
provided  herein  to be  taken or made by  BankBoston  during  any such  time in
respect of the Warrants shall be taken or made by the holders of at least 51% of
the total number of then outstanding Common Shares issuable upon exercise of the
Warrants.  If BankBoston transfers any interest in the Note to a transferee such
that at any time more than one Person  shall  hold the Note,  then any action or
decision  provided herein to be taken or made by BankBoston during any such time
in respect of the Note shall be taken or made by the  holders of at least 51% of
the aggregate principal amount of the Note.

<PAGE>

13.      REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

         BankBoston shall have certain  registration  rights with respect to the
Equity Securities as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

14.      REGISTRATION AND TRANSFER OF SECURITIES.

                  14.1.    Registration, Transfer and Exchange of Note.

                  (a) The Company shall keep at its principal  office a register
in which shall be entered the name and address of the  registered  holder of the
Note issued by it and particulars of the Note held by it and of all transfers of
such Note.  References  to the  "holder" or "holder of record" of the Note shall
mean the payee  thereof  unless the payee shall have  presented  the Note to the
Company for transfer and the transferee shall have been entered in said register
as a  subsequent  holder,  in which case the terms  shall  mean such  subsequent
holder.  The  ownership  of the Note  shall be proven by such  register  and the
Company may conclusively rely upon such register.

                  (b) The holder of a Note may at any time and from time to time
prior to  maturity  or  redemption  thereof  surrender  the Note  held by it for
exchange or (subject to compliance with the applicable  provisions of Section 16
hereof)  transfer  at said  office  of the  Company.  Within a  reasonable  time
thereafter  and without  expense  (other than  transfer  taxes,  if any) to such
holder,  the Company shall issue, at its expense,  in exchange  therefor another
Note or Notes, dated the date to which interest has been paid on the surrendered
Note, for the same aggregate  principal amount as the unpaid principal amount of
the Note or Notes so surrendered (subject to the applicable holder's endorsement
or execution of any  documents  reasonably  requested by the Company to evidence
the cancellation of any surrendered Note),  having the same maturity and rate of
interest,  containing  the same  provisions  and  subject  to the same terms and
conditions as the Note or Notes so  surrendered.  Each such new Note shall be in
the  denominations  and  registered in the name of such person or persons as the
holder of such  surrendered  Note or Notes may  designate  in writing,  and such
exchange  shall be made in a manner such that no  additional or lesser amount of
principal or interest shall result.  The Company will pay shipping and insurance
charges, from and to each holder's principal office, involved in the exchange or
transfer of any Note.

                  (c) Each  Note  issued  hereunder,  whether  originally  or in
substitution  for, or upon transfer or exchange of, any Note shall be registered
on the date of execution thereof by the Company. The registered holder of record
shall be deemed to be the owner of the Note for all purposes of this  Agreement.
All notices  given  hereunder  to the holder of record  shall be deemed  validly
given if given in the manner specified in Section 18 hereof.

<PAGE>

                  14.2.    Registration, Transfer and Exchange of Warrants.

                  (a) The Company shall keep at its principal  office a register
in which  shall be entered  the names and  addresses  of the holders of Warrants
issued by it and particulars of the respective  Warrants held by them and of all
transfers of such Warrants.  References to the "holder" or "holder of record" of
any Warrant shall mean the holder thereof unless the holder shall have presented
such  Warrant to the Company for  transfer  and the  transferee  shall have been
entered in said register as a subsequent  holder,  in which case the terms shall
mean such  subsequent  holder.  The  ownership of any of the  Warrants  shall be
proven  by such  register  and the  Company  may  conclusively  rely  upon  such
register.

                  (b) The holder of any of the Warrants may at any time and from
time to time prior to exercise,  repurchase or redemption  thereof surrender any
Warrant  held by it for  exchange  or  (subject to  compliance  with  Section 16
hereof) transfer at said office of the Company. On surrender for exchange of the
Warrants,  properly  endorsed,  to the Company,  the Company at its expense will
issue and  deliver  to or on the order of the  holder  thereof a new  warrant or
warrants  of like tenor,  in the name of such  holder or,  upon  payment by such
holder of any applicable  transfer taxes, as such holder may direct,  calling in
the  aggregate  on the face or faces  thereof  for the  number of Common  Shares
called for on the face or faces of the Warrants so surrendered. The Company will
pay shipping and insurance charges,  from and to each holder's principal office,
involved in the exchange or transfer of any Warrant.

                  (c) Each Warrant issued  hereunder,  whether  originally or in
substitution  for,  or upon  transfer  or  exchange  of,  any  Warrant  shall be
registered  on the date of  execution  thereof by the  Company.  The  registered
holder of record shall be deemed to be the owner of the Warrant for all purposes
of this Agreement.  All notices given hereunder to the holder of record shall be
deemed validly given if given in the manner specified in Section 18 hereof.

                  14.3.  Replacement  of  Securities.  Upon  receipt of evidence
reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Company  of the loss,  theft,  destruction  or
mutilation  of any  Security  and,  in the  case  of any  such  loss,  theft  or
destruction, upon delivery of an indemnity bond in such reasonable amount as the
Company may  determine  (or, in the case of any Security  held by  BankBoston or
another  institutional  holder, an unsecured indemnity agreement from BankBoston
or such other holder reasonably  satisfactory to the Company) or, in the case of
any such mutilation, upon the surrender of such Security for cancellation to the
Company at its principal office, the Company,  at its own expense,  will execute
and deliver, in lieu thereof, a new Security of like tenor, dated in the case of
a Note so that there will be no loss of interest.  Any Security in lieu of which
any such new Security has been so executed  and  delivered by the Company  shall
not be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

15.      REGULATORY RESTRICTIONS.

                  15.1.  Bank  Holding  Company  Act. No Person  which is a bank
holding company or a subsidiary of a bank holding  company (a "Bank  Affiliate")
as  defined  in the Bank  Holding  Company  Act of 1956,  as  amended,  or other
applicable  banking  laws of the  United  States  of  America  and the rules and
regulations  promulgated  thereunder  (the "Bank  Holding  Company  Act")  shall
exercise its rights to acquire  Common  Stock,  if, after giving  effect to such
acquisition,  the Bank Affiliate,  together with its Affiliates,  would own more
than  five  percent  (5%) of the  outstanding  voting  securities  the  Company.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  to the extent not  inconsistent  with the Bank
Holding  Company  Act,  such  acquisition  rights may be  exercised or shares of
Common Stock may otherwise be acquired in the event that:

                  (a) The  Company  shall vote to merge or  consolidate  with or
into any other  Person and after giving  effect to such merger or  consolidation
the Bank Affiliate  would not own more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding
voting securities of the surviving corporation;

                  (b) said holder  desires to sell shares of Common  Stock to be
obtained by such acquisition in connection with any proposed  purchase of Common
Stock by another Person (other than a Bank Affiliate); or

                  (c) said holder exercises its registration  rights pursuant to
the  Registration  Rights  Agreement and the  registration  statement  resulting
therefrom is effective.

                  15.2. Statement of Compliance. For purposes of this Agreement,
a written  statement of BankBoston  or any of its  Affiliates  acquiring  Common
Stock,  delivered to the Company upon acquisition of any shares of Common Stock,
to the effect that  BankBoston or its Affiliate,  as the case may be, is legally
entitled to exercise its rights to purchase  securities  of the Company and that
such  exercise  will not  violate or  contravene  any law or  regulation  or any
judgment,  decree or order of any  governmental  authority  then  applicable  to
BankBoston  or such  Affiliate,  as the case may be,  shall  be  conclusive  and
binding upon the Company and shall  absolutely  obligate and bind the Company to
deliver, in accordance with the other terms and provisions hereof,  certificates
or other appropriate instruments representing the securities so purchased.

16.      RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

                  16.1.   General   Restriction.   The   Securities   shall   be
transferable  to  Permitted  Transferees  only  upon  the  satisfaction  of  the
conditions  set forth  below in this  Section 16. For  purposes of this  Section
16.1, a "Permitted Transferee" shall mean a Person (other than a natural person)
that  constitutes  an "accredited  investor" as defined in Rule 501  promulgated
under the Securities Act.

<PAGE>

                  16.2.  Notice  of  Transfer.  Prior  to  any  transfer  of any
Securities,  the holder  thereof shall be required to give written notice to the
Company  describing  in  reasonable  detail the manner and terms of the proposed
transfer and the identity of the proposed  transferee  (the "Transfer  Notice"),
accompanied by (a) an opinion of BankBoston's  Special Counsel  addressed to the
Company  or other  counsel  reasonably  acceptable  to the  Company,  that  such
transfer  may be effected  without  registration  of such  Securities  under the
Securities  Act and  applicable  state  securities  laws,  and  (b) the  written
agreement of the proposed transferee to be bound by all of the provisions hereof
and of the  Financing  Agreements,  applicable  to  holders  of such  Securities
hereunder or thereunder.

                  16.3.  Restrictive  Legends.  Except as otherwise permitted by
this Section 16, each Security shall bear the legend specified for such Security
in Schedule 16.3 hereto and any other legend required by law or regulation.

                  16.4. Termination of Restrictions. The restrictions imposed by
this Section 16 upon the transferability of Securities shall terminate as to any
particular   Securities  when  such  Securities   shall  have  been  effectively
registered under the Securities Act or sold pursuant to a Public Sale.  Whenever
any of such  restrictions  shall  terminate  as to any  Securities,  the  holder
thereof shall be entitled to receive from the Company, at such Person's expense,
new Securities  without such legends  except that any legend  required by law or
regulation  will be removed  only upon  delivery to the Company of an opinion of
counsel of the type  referred  to in clause (a) of  Section  16.2  hereof to the
effect that such legend may be removed.

17.      EXPENSES; INDEMNITY.

                  (a) The Company  hereby agrees to pay on demand all reasonable
out-of-pocket   expenses   incurred  by  BankBoston,   in  connection  with  the
transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement and the Related  Agreements and in
connection  with any  amendments  or  waivers  (whether  or not the same  become
effective) hereof or thereof and all reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses incurred
by BankBoston or any holder of any Security issued  hereunder in connection with
the enforcement of any rights  hereunder,  under any other Related  Agreement or
with respect to any  Security,  including  without  limitation  (i) the cost and
expenses of preparing  and  duplicating  this  Agreement,  each other  Financing
Agreement and Related Agreement and the Securities;  (ii) the cost of delivering
to BankBoston's  principal offices,  insured to BankBoston's  satisfaction,  the
Securities  sold  to  BankBoston  hereunder  and  any  Securities  delivered  to
BankBoston in exchange therefor or upon any exercise, conversion or substitution
thereof;  (iii) the reasonable fees,  expenses and disbursements of BankBoston's
Special  Counsel  in  connection  with  the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement  and  the  Related  Agreements  and  any  amendments,   modifications,
approvals,  consents or waivers  hereunder or  thereunder;  (iv) the  reasonable
fees,   expenses  and  disbursements  of  BankBoston's   accountants  and  other
consultants,  in connection with BankBoston's due diligence investigation of the

<PAGE>

Company prior to the execution of this  Agreement or following the occurrence of
a default  hereunder;  (v) all  documentary  stamp and similar taxes at any time
payable  in  respect  of this  Agreement,  any other  Related  Agreement  or the
issuance  of  any of the  Securities;  and  (vi)  all  reasonable  out-of-pocket
expenses  (including  without limitation  reasonable  attorneys' fees and costs,
travel  and  lodging  expenses  related  to  board  attendance,  observation  or
inspection, and reasonable consulting, accounting, appraisal, investment banking
and similar  professional fees and charges) incurred by BankBoston in connection
with  (A) the  exercise,  enforcement  or  preservation  of  rights  under  this
Agreement  or any of the  Related  Agreements  against the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries  or  the  administration   thereof  whether  before  or  after  the
occurrence of a Default or Event of Default and (B) any  litigation,  proceeding
or  dispute  whether  arising  hereunder  or  otherwise,  in any way  related to
BankBoston's relationship with the Company or its Subsidiaries.

                  (b) The Company hereby further agrees to indemnify,  exonerate
and  hold  BankBoston  and  BankBoston's  stockholders,   officers,   directors,
employees  and agents free and  harmless  from and against any and all  actions,
causes of action, suits, losses,  liabilities,  damages and expenses (including,
without limitation,  reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements),  incurred in
any  capacity  by any of the  indemnitees  as a result of or relating to (A) any
transaction  financed  or  to be  financed  in  whole  or in  part  directly  or
indirectly  with  proceeds  from the sale of any of the  Securities,  or (B) the
execution,  delivery,  performance or enforcement of this Agreement  (including,
without  limitation,  any  failure  by the  Company  to  comply  with any of its
covenants  hereunder),  the Related  Agreements or any  instrument  contemplated
hereby or thereby,  except, in each such case, for any such liabilities  arising
from any  indemnitee's  breach of this  Agreement,  gross  negligence or willful
misconduct.

                  (c) The  Company  hereby  indemnifies  BankBoston  against and
agrees that it will hold BankBoston harmless from any claim, demand or liability
for any broker's,  finder's or placement fees or lender's incentive fees alleged
to have been incurred in connection with the  transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement or the Related Agreements.

                  (d) The obligations of the Company under this Section 17 shall
survive  payment or  transfer  of the  Securities  and the  termination  of this
Agreement.

18.      NOTICES.

         Any notice or other  communication  in connection  with this Agreement,
any other Financing  Agreement or the Securities shall be deemed to be delivered
if in writing  (or in the form of a telex or  telecopy)  addressed  as  provided
below (a) when actually delivered,  telexed or telecopied to said address or (b)
in the case of a letter,  three  business days shall have elapsed after the same
shall have been  deposited  in the United  States  mails,  postage  prepaid  and
registered or certified:

<PAGE>

     if  to  the  Company,  at  The  J.M.  Ney  Company,  Ney  Industrial  Park,
Bloomfield,  Connecticut  06002,  Attention:  Andrew M. O'Shea,  Chief Financial
Officer,  or at such other  address  for notice as the  Company  shall last have
furnished in writing to the Person giving the notice;

     if to  BankBoston,  at  100  Pearl  Street,  Hartford,  Connecticut  06103,
Attention:  Kevin  Flaherty,  Senior Vice  President,  or such other address for
notice as BankBoston  shall last have  furnished in writing to the Person giving
the notice; and
                
     If to any other holder of record of any Security,  to it at its address set
forth in the applicable register referred to in Section 14 hereof.

19.      SURVIVAL OF COVENANTS.

         All covenants,  agreements,  representations and warranties made herein
or in any other document referred to herein or delivered to BankBoston  pursuant
hereto shall be deemed to have been relied on by BankBoston, notwithstanding any
investigation  made by BankBoston or on BankBoston's  behalf,  and shall survive
the execution and delivery to BankBoston hereof and of the Securities.

20.      AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.

         Any term of this  Agreement  may be amended and the  observance  of any
term of this  Agreement  may be  waived  (either  generally  or in a  particular
instance  and  either  retroactively  or  prospectively)  only with the  written
consent of the Company and each holder of a Note and the Majority Holders of the
Equity Securities, respectively, with respect to any provision of this Agreement
which by its terms operates for the benefit of such respective holders. Any term
of the Note may be amended  and the  observance  of any term of the Notes may be
waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or
prospectively)  only with the  written  consent of the Company and the holder of
such Note with respect to whom such amendment or waiver is made. Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  (a) without the prior written  consent of each holder of Equity
Securities  with  respect  to whom such  amendment  or  waiver is made,  no such
amendment or waiver shall extend the scheduled  date of any required  repurchase
of such respective Securities held by such holder or reduce the repurchase price
payable thereon,  (b) without the written consent of the aforesaid percentage of
Securities  reduce the aforesaid  percentage of Securities  the holders of which
are  required  to consent to any such  amendment  or waiver,  or (c) without the
written  consent of the  percentage of the holders of each Security  required to
exercise the remedies  provided in Section 10.2 hereof,  increase  such required
percentage.  Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 20
shall be  binding  upon  each  holder  of any  Security  sold  pursuant  to this
Agreement and the Company.


<PAGE>
21.      CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.

         THE COMPANY HEREBY AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE  NON-EXCLUSIVE  JURISDICTION
OF THE COURTS IN AND OF THE STATE OF  CONNECTICUT,  AND CONSENTS THAT SERVICE OF
PROCESS  WITH  RESPECT TO ALL COURTS IN AND OF THE STATE OF  CONNECTICUT  MAY BE
MADE BY REGISTERED MAIL TO IT AT ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH ON PAGE 1 HEREOF.

22.      RIGHT TO PUBLICIZE.

         The Company hereby  acknowledges that BankBoston will have the right to
publicize  its  investment in the Company as  contemplated  hereby by means of a
tombstone advertisement or other customary advertisement in newspapers and other
periodicals.

23.      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

         THE  COMPANY  HEREBY  EXPRESSLY  WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A JURY
TRIAL IN ANY SUIT,  ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  EXISTING  UNDER OR  RELATING  TO THIS
AGREEMENT, THE SECURITIES OR ANY OF THE OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENTS.

24.      GOVERNING LAW.

         THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OF THE OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENTS ARE CONTRACTS
UNDER  THE LAWS OF THE  STATE OF  CONNECTICUT  AND  SHALL  FOR ALL  PURPOSES  BE
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF SAID STATE  (EXCLUDING
THE LAWS  APPLICABLE TO CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW). THE COMPANY AGREES THAT ANY
SUIT  FOR  THE  ENFORCEMENT  OF THIS  AGREEMENT  OR ANY OF THE  OTHER  FINANCING
AGREEMENTS  MAY BE  BROUGHT  IN THE  COURTS OF THE STATE OF  CONNECTICUT  OR ANY
FEDERAL COURT SITTING THEREIN AND CONSENTS TO THE  NONEXCLUSIVE  JURISDICTION OF
SUCH COURT AND  SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY SUCH SUIT BEING MADE UPON THE  COMPANY
BY MAIL AT THE  ADDRESS  SPECIFIED  IN ss.18.  THE  COMPANY  HEREBY  WAIVES  ANY
OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT OR ANY
SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH SUIT IS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT.


<PAGE>

25.      COMMERCIAL TRANSACTION; PREJUDGMENT REMEDY WAIVER.

         THE COMPANY REPRESENTS,  WARRANTS AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE TRANSACTION
OF WHICH THIS LOAN AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER FINANCING  AGREEMENTS ARE A PART IS A
"COMMERCIAL  TRANSACTION"  WITHIN THE  MEANING OF  CHAPTER  903A OF  CONNECTICUT
GENERAL STATUTES,  AS AMENDED. THE COMPANY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO NOTICE AND
PRIOR COURT HEARING OR COURT ORDER UNDER  CONNECTICUT  GENERAL STATUTES SECTIONS
52-278a ET. SEQ. AS AMENDED OR UNDER ANY OTHER STATE OR FEDERAL LAW WITH RESPECT
TO ANY AND ALL  PREJUDGMENT  REMEDIES  BANKBOSTON  MAY EMPLOY TO  ENFORCE  THEIR
RIGHTS AND REMEDIES  HEREUNDER AND UNDER THE OTHER  FINANCING  AGREEMENTS.  MORE
SPECIFICALLY,  COMPANY  ACKNOWLEDGES THAT BANKBOSTON'S  AND/OR ITS ATTORNEY MAY,
PURSUANT TO CONN. GEN. STAT.  ss.52-278f,  ISSUE A WRIT FOR A PREJUDGMENT REMEDY
WITHOUT SECURING A COURT ORDER. THE COMPANY  ACKNOWLEDGES AND RESERVES ITS RIGHT
TO NOTICE AND A HEARING  SUBSEQUENT  TO THE  ISSUANCE OF A WRIT FOR  PREJUDGMENT
REMEDY AS AFORESAID AND BANKBOSTON  ACKNOWLEDGES COMPANY'S RIGHT TO SAID HEARING
SUBSEQUENT TO THE ISSUANCE OF SAID WRIT.

26.      MISCELLANEOUS.

         This Agreement and the other Financing  Agreements set forth the entire
understanding   of  the  parties   hereto  with  respect  to  the   transactions
contemplated  hereby and supersede any prior written or oral understandings with
respect  thereto.  The invalidity or  unenforceability  of any term or provision
hereof  shall not affect the  validity  or  enforceability  of any other term or
provision  hereof.  The  headings  in  this  Agreement  are for  convenience  of
reference only and shall not alter or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.  THIS
AGREEMENT MAY BE EXECUTED IN ANY NUMBER OF  COUNTERPARTS  WHICH  TOGETHER  SHALL
CONSTITUTE  ONE  INSTRUMENT,  AND  SHALL  BIND AND INURE TO THE  BENEFIT  OF THE
PARTIES HERETO AND THEIR RESPECTIVE SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.


<PAGE>


         If the foregoing  corresponds  with  BankBoston's  understanding of our
agreement,  kindly sign this letter and the  accompanying  copies thereof in the
appropriate  space below and return one  counterpart of the same to the Company,
at the address first listed above.

                                                     Very truly yours,

                                                  THE J.M. NEY COMPANY



                                                  By: /s/ Andrew M. O'Shea
                                                      --------------------
                                                  Title: Chief Financial Officer

Accepted and agreed to:

BANKBOSTON, N.A.



By: /s/ Kevin Flaherty
    ------------------
Title: Senior Vice President


                                      E-5

                                                                   Exhibit 10.11

                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                 EFFECTIVE AS OF

                                February 28, 1998

                                      among

                                  CAE U.S. INC.
                                     (Buyer)

                                       and

                              NEY ULTRASONICS INC.
                                    (Seller)

                                       and

                              ANDERSEN GROUP, INC.
                                   (Andersen)

















<PAGE>


                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT


         THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is effective as of February
28, 1998, among CAE U.S. INC., a Delaware corporation ("Buyer"), NEY ULTRASONICS
INC., a Delaware corporation  ("Seller") and ANDERSEN GROUP, INC., a Connecticut
corporation ("Andersen").


                                R E C I T A L S:

         The Seller desires to sell to Buyer,  and Buyer desires to acquire from
the Seller,  all of the assets used by Seller in the  operation of its business,
except as specifically  excluded herein (the  "Business") for the  consideration
and on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

         Andersen  is the  ultimate  parent  company of Seller and has agreed to
make certain  representations  and  warranties  contained in this  Agreement and
indemnify the Buyer pursuant to the terms hereof.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  the  mutual
agreements and undertakings hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto, intending
to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows:

         1.       DEFINITIONS

                  Certain  capitalized  terms  used in this  Agreement  have the
meanings specified in the Glossary attached hereto.  Other capitalized terms are
defined in the body of this Agreement.

         2.       SALE AND TRANSFER OF ASSETS

                                   2.1 ASSETS

     (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,  at the Closing,
the Seller will sell,  transfer and convey all of the following assets to Buyer,
and Buyer  will  purchase  all of the  following  assets and  business  from the
Seller:
     (i)  all   inventory,   including   without   limitation,   raw  materials,
work-in-progress,  finished  goods  and  replacement  parts  (collectively,  the
"Inventory") which exists on the Closing Date (as defined below);
     (ii) all office supplies,  maintenance supplies, packaging materials, spare
parts and similar items of the Business  (collectively,  the "Office  Supplies")
which exist on the Closing Date (as defined below);
     (iii)  all  accounts,  accounts  receivable,  notes  and  notes  receivable
relating to the Business existing on the Closing Date which are payable to the
<PAGE>



Seller,  including any  security held by the Seller for the payment thereof (the
accounts, accounts receivable, notes and notes receivable, including any related
security   therein,   to  be  transferred  to  the  Buyer  pursuant  hereto  are
collectively referred to herein as the "Accounts Receivable");

      (iv)  all prepaid expenses of the Seller relating to the Business existing
on  the Closing  Date other than those  related to  Excluded  Assets (as defined
below).

      (v)   all rights of the Seller under the  contracts,  agreements,  leases,
licenses and other instruments relating to the Business all as set forth in Part
3.17(a) and Part 3.17(b) of the Disclosure Schedule (as defined below);

      (vi)  originals  or  copies  of  all  of  the  Seller's books, records and
accounts,    correspondence,    production   records,   technical,   accounting,
manufacturing  and  procedural  manuals,  customer  lists,  employment  records,
studies,  reports or  summaries  relating  to any  environmental  conditions  or
consequences of any operation  relating to the Business,  present or former,  as
well as all studies,  reports or summaries relating to any environmental  aspect
or the general condition of the Assets (as defined below),  and any confidential
information  which has been reduced to writing relating to or arising out of the
Business;

     (vii) all rights of the Seller under express or implied warranties from the
 suppliers of the Business;

     (viii) all of the machinery, computer and other equipment, tools, hardware,
maintenance,  machinery  and  equipment and  furniture,  vehicles,  and personal
property  relating to the  Business  owned,  leased or used by the Seller on the
Closing  Date  unless  specifically  excluded  herein as an  Excluded  Asset (as
defined  below),  whether or not reflected as capital  assets in the  accounting
records  of the  Seller  relating  to the  Business  (collectively,  the  "Fixed
Assets");

     (ix)  all  of  the  Seller's  right,  title  and  interest  in  and  to all
Intellectual Property Assets, as defined in Section 3.22; and

     (x) except as specifically  provided in Subsection 2.1(b) hereof, all other
assets,  properties,  claims, rights and interests of the Seller relating to the
Business  which  exist on the  Closing  Date,  of  every  kind  and  nature  and
description, whether tangible or intangible, real, personal or mixed.

     (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) above, the assets to be
transferred  to the Buyer under this  Agreement  shall not include  those assets
listed in Part 2.1(b) of the Disclosure Schedule (the "Excluded Assets").


<PAGE>


     (c) The Inventory, Office Supplies, Accounts Receivable, Assumed Contracts,
Fixed  Assets,  Intellectual  Property  Assets,  Software and other  properties,
assets  and  business  of the  Seller  relating  to the  Business  described  in
paragraph  (a) above,  other than the  Excluded  Assets,  shall be  referred  to
collectively as the "Assets."

                          2.2 ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES

     (a) On and after the Closing Date, the Buyer shall be  responsible  for and
hereby  assumes  and  agrees  to  perform,   pay  and  discharge  the  following
liabilities,  obligations and commitments of the Seller relating to the Business
(the "Assumed Liabilities"):

     (i) all trade accounts  payable and accrued expenses of the Seller relating
to the Business  incurred in the ordinary course of business through the Closing
Date,  other than  liabilities and liens for Taxes or deferred  Taxes,  accounts
payable which are  outstanding  for more than three (3) months as of the Closing
Date and accounts  payable that are  contingent or are not fixed in amount as of
the Closing Date;

     (ii) all  obligations  of the Seller  relating to the  Business  continuing
after the Closing  under the Assumed  Contracts set forth in Part 3.17(a) of the
Disclosure Schedule;

     (iii) all other  liabilities and obligations of the Seller specifically set
forth in Part 2.2 of the Disclosure Schedule; and

     (iv) any liability in respect of product  liability,  product  warranty and
other claims and obligations respecting products and services as contemplated in
Section 2.3(a).

     (b) The Buyer shall not at the Closing  assume or agree to perform,  pay or
discharge,   and  the  Seller  shall  remain  unconditionally  liable  for,  all
obligations,  liabilities and  commitments,  fixed or contingent,  of the Seller
other  than  the  Assumed  Liabilities  including,   but  not  limited  to,  all
pre-Closing  Date  obligations  and  liabilities  of the  Seller,  of any nature
whatsoever.

     (c) Notwithstanding  any provision herein to the contrary,  the Buyer shall
be solely  liable for the prompt and full  discharge of the Assumed  Liabilities
and also for any  liabilities  arising from,  or in  connection  with the Assets
acquired by the Buyer after the  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated
hereby.

     (d) For greater  certainty,  and without limiting the generality of Section
2.2(b),  Seller  shall  remain  liable  for and shall pay,  satisfy,  discharge,
perform and fulfill,  all other  obligations and liabilities of Seller which are
not  Assumed  Liabilities  existing,  accrued  or  accruing  (whether  direct or
indirect,  known or  unknown) as at the Closing  (the  "Excluded  Liabilities"),
including, without limitation, the following obligations and liabilities:

     (i) any  liability  for Taxes  payable,  collectible  or  remittable by the
Seller in respect of the  Business and the Assets in respect of the period prior
to the Closing Date, and, for greater  certainty real property and other similar
Taxes levied with respect to the Assets for a taxable  period that  includes but
does not end on the Closing Date shall be apportioned between the Seller and the
Buyer  such  that the  Seller  shall be  liable  for the  amount  determined  by
multiplying the Taxes to be apportioned by a fraction, the numerator of which is
the number of days in the taxable  period up to and  including  the Closing Date
and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the period,  and the
Buyer shall be liable for the balance.

     (ii) any  liability  owing to any lender of the Seller,  including  without
limitation,  any bank overdrafts or bank  indebtedness  and any  indebtedness or
liabilities  owing under any trust  indenture,  mortgage,  promissory note, loan
agreement, guaranty or other contract for the borrowing of money;

     (iii)  any  liability  in  respect  of a  Contract  not  disclosed  in this
Agreement;

      (iv)  any liability of Seller owing to Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer;

       (v)  any liability or obligation  in  respect of the causes of action and
grievances described in the Disclosure Schedules;

       (vi) any liability or obligation relating to the Excluded Assets; and

      (vii) any intercompany  payables from Seller to any Affiliate of Seller.

                 2.3 PRODUCT LIABILITY AND WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS

     (a)  The  Buyer  shall  assume  any  and all  Liability  arising  out of or
resulting  from any  product  liability,  product  warranty  and  other  claims,
liabilities  and  obligations  arising  from the  products  manufactured  by the
Seller.

     (b) The Seller shall indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer from and against
any and all  Liability,  subject to the  limitations  provided in Section 2.3(c)
arising out of Section 2.3(a) to the extent that such Liability relates to:

     (i) products  manufactured,  sold or delivered and/or services provided, by
the Seller in connection  with the shop order numbers  identified on Part 2.3(a)
of the Disclosure Schedule;

     (ii) any  Recurring  Defect (as  defined  below)  existing on or before the
Closing Date and contained in the Inventory comprising the Assets,  whether such
Liability  arose before or after the Closing and whether  known or unknown as of
the Closing Date.  Recurring Defect shall mean a specific defect in workmanship,
design or  component  that  arises  in  twenty-five  percent  (25%) or more of a
particular type of product sold by the Seller.

     Notwithstanding  anything contained herein to the contrary, with respect to
any claim that may involve an obligation by the Seller  pursuant to this Section
2.3(b),  the Buyer shall  provide the Seller with an  opportunity  to assess the
claim and comment on its validity and the proposed response by the Buyer.

     (c) For purposes of calculating  the indemnity  provided in Section 2.3(b),
all product  warranty  work shall be performed by Buyer at Buyer's  Loaded Labor
Cost plus material cost and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including freight
costs,  travel,  lodging  and meals.  In any such case,  provided  such  product
warranty  obligation was a valid and enforceable  obligation or liability of the
Seller and the claim in respect  thereof was valid,  the Seller shall  reimburse
the Buyer forthwith following demand by the Buyer for all costs set forth herein
incurred by the Buyer in repairing or replacing products.

     (d)  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  nothing contained in this Section 2.3
shall  affect the rights of the Buyer  under  Section 9 hereof in respect of any
Liability  suffered  or  incurred  by it as a result  of or  arising  out of any
inaccuracy of any representation or warranty.

                  2.4      ADDITIONAL SELLER LIABILITIES

                           [RESERVED]

                  2.5      PURCHASE PRICE

     Subject to the  adjustment as set forth in Section 2.10, the purchase price
("Purchase  Price") for the Assets will be Two Million Nine Hundred Thousand and
00/100 Dollars ($2,900,000.00) and shall be payable as follows:

     (a) Two Million Four Hundred  Thousand and 00/100  Dollars  ($2,400,000.00)
shall be paid in immediately available funds at the Closing; and

     (b) the remainder of the Purchase Price shall be paid into escrow  pursuant
to the terms of the Escrow  Agreement (as hereinafter  defined) and disbursed in
accordance with Section 2.10 of this Agreement.

                  2.6      OTHER CONSIDERATION

     In addition to the payment of the  Purchase  Price,  Buyer shall enter into
the Technology  Assignment  Agreement in the form of Exhibit 2.6 attached hereto
(the "Technology Assignment Agreement").



<PAGE>



                  2.7      CLOSING

     The closing of the purchase and sale of the Assets (the "Closing") provided
for in this  Agreement  will take place at the offices of Edwards & Angell,  750
Main Street, Hartford,  Connecticut 06103 at 10:00 a.m. (local time) on March 4,
1998 or at such other time and place as the  parties  may agree.  Subject to the
provisions  of Section  8.1(d),  failure to  consummate  the  purchase  and sale
provided for in this Agreement on the date and time and at the place  determined
pursuant  to this  Section  2.7  will  not  result  in the  termination  of this
Agreement and will not relieve any party of any obligation under this Agreement.

                  2.8      APPORTIONMENT

     If the  amounts of any common  area  charges  under  real  property  leases
transferred  to the Buyer have not been  determined  at the Closing  Date,  they
shall be  apportioned  on the basis of such charges  assessed for the  preceding
year, with a  reapportionment  upon and in the event of any new apportionment or
valuation  method or scheme;  and if such  charges  which are to be  apportioned
shall  thereafter be reduced,  the amount of such reduction shall be apportioned
between the Buyer and the Seller.

                  2.9      CLOSING OBLIGATIONS

     (a) At the Closing, the Seller will deliver to Buyer:

     (i) the Bill of Sale in the form of Exhibit 2.9(a)(i) (the "Bill of Sale");

     (ii) the assignments and such other certificates, documents and instruments
of sale,  transfer,  conveyance  and  assignment  as Buyer and its  counsel  may
reasonably request;

     (iii)  the   Technology   Assignment   Agreement  in  form  and   substance
satisfactory to the Buyer;

     (iv) a  certificate  executed by the Seller and Andersen  representing  and
warranting to Buyer that Seller's and Andersen's  representations and warranties
in this Agreement were accurate in all respects as of the date of this Agreement
and  are  accurate  in all  respects  as of the  Closing  Date as if made on the
Closing Date (giving full effect to any supplements to the Disclosure  Schedules
that  were  delivered  by the  Seller  to  Buyer  prior to the  Closing  Date in
accordance with this Agreement);

     (v) the  Disclosure  Schedule  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the
Buyer;


<PAGE>




     (vi) the New Lease as set forth in Section 5.8(a);

     (vii) the Escrow Agreement in the form of Exhibit  2.9(a)(vii) (the "Escrow
Agreement");

     (viii)  the  Trademark   Assignment   Agreement  in  the  form  of  Exhibit
2.9(a)(viii) (the "Trademark Assignment Agreement"); and

     (ix)  the  Agreement  and Use of Name  and  Logo,  in the  form of  Exhibit
2.9(a)(ix).

     (b) At the Closing, Buyer will deliver to the Seller:

      (i) the Purchase Price in accordance with Section 2.5;

     (ii) a  certificate  executed by Buyer to the effect that,  each of Buyer's
representations  and  warranties in this Agreement were accurate in all respects
as of the date of this  Agreement  and are  accurate  in all  respects as of the
Closing  Date  as if  made  on the  Closing  Date  (giving  full  effect  to any
supplements  to the  Disclosure  Schedule  that were  delivered  by the Buyer to
Seller prior to the Closing Date in accordance with this Agreement);

     (iii)  the  Technology Assignment Agreement executed by Buyer;

      (iv)  the New Lease as set forth in Section 5.8(a) executed by the Buyer;

       (v)  the Escrow Agreement;

      (vi)  the Trademark Assignment Agreement; and

     (vii)  the Agreement and Use of Name and Logo.

                  2.10     PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT

     (a) Buyer and Seller have based the Purchase Price on the  assumption  that
(i) the Capital  Employed of the Seller  contained on the August 1, 1997 Balance
Sheet was One Million Nine Hundred  Thousand and 00/100 Dollars  ($1,900,000.00)
("Estimated Capital Employed");  and (ii) the Operating Income of the Seller for
the period ending Februaryy28,  1998 will be Four Hundred  Sixty-Eight  Thousand
and 00/100 Dollars ($468,000.00)  ("Estimated  Operating Income").  The Purchase
Price will be  adjusted as follows:  (i) if the  Capital  Employed  shown on the
Closing  Financial  Statements  exceeds  the  Estimated  Capital  Employed,  the
Purchase  Price  shall  be  increased  dollar-for-dollar  by the  amount  of the
increase; (ii) if the Capital Employed shown on the Closing Financial Statements
is less than the Estimated Capital Employed, the Purchase Price shall be reduced
dollar-for-dollar  by the amount of the decrease;  (iii) if the Operating Income
on the Closing Financial  Statements exceeds the Estimated Operating Income, the
Purchase  Price shall not be adjusted;  and (iv) if the Operating  Income on the
Closing  Financial  Statements,  after  giving  effect to the  audit  adjustment
referred to in Section  2.11(c),  is less than Four Hundred  Twenty One Thousand
and 00/100 Dollars  ($421,000.00),  the Purchase Price shall be reduced Five and
00/100  Dollars  ($5.00)  for  every One  Dollar  ($1.00)  of the  amount of the
difference  between the  Operating  Income on the Closing  Financial  Statements
after giving effect to such  adjustments in Section  2.11(c),  and the Estimated
Operating Income.

     (b) Solely for purposes of calculating  the adjustment to Operating  Income
referred to in Section  2.10(a)(iv)  in connection  with the  preparation of the
Closing Financial Statements,  there shall be a post closing adjustment equal to
the difference between (i) the amount of revenue,  cost and income recognized by
Seller in preparing the Closing Financial Statements,  for the Pratt and Whitney
job,  and two Johnson & Johnson  jobs (shop order  numbers  34244 and 34905) and
(ii) the final revenue,  cost and income attributable to the Pratt & Whitney job
and the Johnson & Johnson jobs (shop order numbers 34244 and 34905).

     (c) The amount of the adjustment to the Purchase Price set forth in Section
2.10(a)  shall be added to the sum of Five Hundred  Thousand and 00/100  Dollars
($500,000.00),  if an  increase  is due,  and  subtracted  from  the sum of Five
Hundred  Thousand and 00/100 Dollars  ($500,000.00),  if a reduction is due, and
paid by Buyer in  accordance  with the time  periods  set forth in Section  2.11
below. If the amount of the adjustment  pursuant to Section 2.10(a) exceeds Five
Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars  ($500,000.00),  and is a reduction,  Seller
shall pay the  additional  amount in excess of Five Hundred  Thousand and 00/100
Dollars  ($500,000.00) to Buyer in accordance with the time periods set forth in
Section 2.11 below.

                  2.11     ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

     (a) The Seller  will  prepare and the Buyer's  Auditors,  Price  Waterhouse
L.L.P.,  will audit the Closing Financial  Statements of the Seller.  The Seller
will deliver the Closing  Financial  Statements to Buyer and the Buyer's Auditor
within  forty-five  (45) days after the Closing Date.  The Buyer and the Buyer's
Auditor shall have forty-five  (45) days after receipt of the Closing  Financial
Statements  from the  Seller to review  the  Closing  Financial  Statements  and
deliver  to the Buyer and the  Seller  the  Auditor's  Report  stating  that the
Closing  Financial  Statements  fairly  present  (1) the  Balance  Sheet and the
statement  of Net  Assets of Seller at  February  28,  1998 in  conformity  with
Generally Accepted Accounting  Principles applied on a consistent basis with the
past  practices of Seller and with the August 1, 1997 Balance  Sheet and (2) the
Operating  Income of Seller  for the  fiscal  year ended  February  28,  1998 in
conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles applied on a consistent
basis with the past practices of the Seller and with Seller's  Operating  Income
Statement  for the five  (5)  months  ended  July 31,  1997 and the  March  1997
Forecast.  If within ten (10) days following  delivery of the Auditor's  Report,
either  party has not given  notice of its  objection  to the Closing  Financial
Statements  (such  notice  must  contain  a  statement  of  the  basis  of  such
objection),  then the Capital  Employed and  Operating  Income  reflected in the
Closing Financial Statements will be used in computing the adjustment amount set
forth in Section  2.10(c).  If either party gives such notice of objection,  the
Buyer and the  Seller  shall  attempt  in good  faith to  resolve  the matter or
matters in dispute. If the Buyer and the Seller, notwithstanding such good faith
effort,  shall have  failed to resolve  the matter or matters in dispute  within
twenty (20) business days after receipt of the written  notice of dispute,  then
any remaining  disputed matters shall be finally and conclusively  determined by
an independent  auditing firm of recognized  national  standing (the  "Arbiter")
selected by the Buyer and the Seller,  which  shall be Arthur  Andersen  L.L.P.,
unless such firm shall have a conflict of interest  with the Buyer or the Seller
which is not  waived by the  appropriate  party.  Promptly,  but not later  than
twenty (20) business days after its acceptance of its  appointment,  the Arbiter
shall  determine  (based  upon a review of work papers and other  documents  and
information  relating to the disputed  issues as the Arbiter may  request)  only
those  issues in dispute  and shall  render a report as to the  disputes,  which
report shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto. If within twenty
(20)  business  days of the  receipt of a written  notice of dispute the parties
determine that Arthur Andersen cannot serve as the Arbiter because of a conflict
of interest  with either the Buyer or the Seller and the  parties  cannot  agree
upon a substitute within such period, the parties shall submit the matter of the
selection of the Arbiter to the  American  Arbitration  Association  ("AAA") for
resolution. Any such arbitration shall take place in, and shall be in accordance
with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA in Hartford,  Connecticut. Each
of the Buyer and the Seller shall promptly  select a single  arbitrator and file
with the AAA a notice of  appointment.  The two (2)  arbitrators so chosen shall
select a third  arbitrator who shall act as chairperson of the  arbitration.  If
either the Buyer or the Seller should abstain from  selecting an arbitrator,  or
should the two  arbitrators  selected above fail to select a third,  then at the
request of either party, the President of the AAA shall select an arbitrator, to
fill the vacant  position  within ten (10) business  days of such  request.  The
arbitration  panel shall  thereafter  select the Arbiter,  and the Buyer and the
Seller agree to cooperate  with the  arbitration  panel to facilitate the speedy
selection of the Arbiter.  The fees and expenses of the arbitration  panel shall
be borne fifty percent (50%) by the Buyer and fifty percent (50%) by the Seller.
In  resolving  any  disputed  item,  the  Arbiter  may not assign a value to any
particular  item greater than the greatest value for such item claimed by either
party or less than the  smallest  value for such item claimed by either party in
each case,  as  presented  to the  Arbiter.  The fees and  disbursements  of the
Arbiter  shall be  allocated  between  the Buyer and the  Seller  based upon the
percentage  ratio that the sum of the net  amounts  subject to dispute  resolved
against  each of the parties  bears to the total of the net  amounts  subject to
dispute.  For this purpose, the "net amounts subject to dispute" shall represent
the difference between the amount of such items as proposed by the Buyer and the
corresponding  amount of such  items  proposed  by the  Seller,  in each case as
submitted to the Arbiter.

     (b) On the  tenth  (10th)  business  day  following  the date on which  the
Closing  Financial  Statements are agreed to in accordance with Section 2.11(a),
the final determination of the Purchase Price Adjustment shall be made, and paid
in accordance with Section 2.10(c).

     (c) For purposes of complying  with the terms set forth herein,  each party
shall  cooperate  with and  promptly  make  available to the other party and its
auditors and representatives,  all information, records, data, auditors' working
papers,  and access to its personnel,  shall permit access to its facilities and
shall permit the other party and its auditors and representatives to make copies
of all information,  records, data and auditors' working papers, in each case as
may be  reasonably  required  in  connection  with the  analysis  of the Closing
Financial  Statements,  the  calculation  of the Capital  Employed and Operating
Income and the resolution of any dispute(s) thereunder.  Buyer acknowledges that
the  Percentage-of-Completion   Method  of  Accounting  shall  be  used  in  the
preparation of the Closing  Financial  Statements in connection with shop orders
related to the Pratt and Whitney job and the Johnson & Johnson  jobs (shop order
numbers 34244 and 34905).  Seller represents that the Johnson & Johnson jobs are
scheduled for  substantial  completion  in February 1998 and actual  delivery in
February  or March  1998 and the Pratt & Whitney  job is  scheduled  for  actual
delivery in April 1998. Seller agrees that the consideration required to be paid
by Buyer under the Technology  Assignment Agreement shall not apply to the Pratt
and Whitney job and the Johnson and Johnson jobs (shop order  numbers  34244 and
34905).

         Buyer and  Seller  agree  that any  audit  adjustments  (excluding  the
adjustment  pursuant  to Section  2.10(b)  proposed  by  Buyer's  Auditor to the
Closing  Financial  Statements  will be  included  only to the extent such audit
adjustments  exceed Ten Thousand and 00/100 Dollars  ($10,000.00) and such audit
adjustments  will not include any adjustments to (1) the  Intellectual  Property
Assets,  as  long  as  the  Intellectual   Property  Assets  are  accounted  for
consistently  with the past practices of Seller (2) Taxes and (3)  Environmental
Laws.


         3.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER AND ANDERSEN

                  The Seller and Andersen, jointly and severally,  represent and
warrant to Buyer as follows:


                  3.1      ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING

     (a) The Seller is a corporation  duly  organized,  validly  existing and in
good  standing  under  the laws of  Delaware,  with  full  corporate  power  and
authority to conduct its business as it is now being conducted and to own or use
the  properties  and  assets  that it  purports  to own or use.  The  Seller  is
qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign  corporation under
the laws of each jurisdiction in which it is required to be so qualified, except
where its  failure  to qualify  would not have  Material  Adverse  Effect on the
Business.

     (b) Andersen is a corporation duly organized,  validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of Connecticut,  with full corporate power and authority
to  conduct  its  business  as it is now being  conducted  and to own or use the
properties  and assets that it purports to own or use.  Andersen is qualified to
do business and is in good standing as a foreign  corporation  under the laws of
each  jurisdiction in which it is required to be so qualified,  except where its
failure to qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Andersen.


<PAGE>



     (c)  The  Seller  and  Andersen  have  delivered  to  Buyer  copies  of its
respective   Organizational   Documents,   as  currently  in  effect,  and  such
Organization Documents have not been amended, modified or terminated.

3.2               AUTHORITY; NO CONFLICT

     (a) This Agreement  constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of
the  Seller and  Andersen,  enforceable  against  the  Seller  and  Andersen  in
accordance  with its terms.  Each of Seller and Andersen has the full  corporate
power  and  authority  to  execute  and  deliver  this  Agreement  and the other
documents contemplated to be executed and delivered at the Closing by the Seller
and Andersen and to perform its respective  obligations under this Agreement and
such other documents.

     (b) Except as set forth in Part 3.2 of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the
execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the  consummation or performance of
any of the transactions  contemplated  hereby will, directly or indirectly (with
or without notice or lapse of time):

                                    (i) contravene,  conflict with, or result in
                           a   violation   of   (A)   any   provision   of   the
                           Organizational  Documents  of the Seller or Andersen,
                           or  (B)  any  resolution  adopted  by  the  Board  of
                           Directors  of Andersen or Seller or the  stockholders
                           of the Seller;

                                    (ii) contravene, conflict with, or result in
                           a  violation  of,  or give any  Governmental  Body or
                           other  Person  the  right  to  challenge  any  of the
                           transactions  contemplated  hereby or to exercise any
                           remedy  or  obtain  any  relief   under,   any  Legal
                           Requirement  or any  Order to  which  the  Seller  or
                           Andersen may be subject;

                                    (iii)  contravene,  conflict with, or result
                           in a  violation  of any of the terms or  requirements
                           of,  or give  any  Governmental  Body  the  right  to
                           revoke,  withdraw,  suspend,  cancel,  terminate,  or
                           modify, any material Governmental  Authorization that
                           is held by the  Seller or that  otherwise  relates to
                           the Seller's Business;

                                    (iv) cause Buyer to become subject to, or to
                           become  liable for the  payment of any Tax (except as
                           relates to Buyer's ownership of the Assets or conduct
                           of the Seller's Business after the Closing);

                                    (v) cause any of the  Seller's  Assets to be
                           reassessed  or  revalued by any taxing  authority  or
                           other Governmental Body (except as relates to Buyer's
                           purchase  or  ownership  of the  Seller's  Assets  or
                           conduct of the Seller's Business after the Closing);


<PAGE>



                                    (vi) contravene, conflict with, or result in
                           a violation  or breach of any  provision  of, or give
                           any Person the right to declare a default or exercise
                           any remedy under,  or to  accelerate  the maturity or
                           performance of, or to cancel,  terminate,  or modify,
                           any material Contract; or

                                    (vii) result in the  imposition  or creation
                           of any Encumbrance upon or with respect to any of the
                           Seller's Assets.

         Except as set forth in Part 3.2 of the Disclosure Schedule,  the Seller
         is not  required to give any notice to or obtain any  Consent  from any
         Person in connection  with the execution and delivery of this Agreement
         or  the   consummation  or  performance  of  any  of  the  transactions
         contemplated hereby.

                  3.3      OWNERSHIP OF SELLER

     The Stockholders  set forth in Part 3.3 of the Disclosure  Schedule are and
will be on the Closing Date all of the record and beneficial  owners and holders
of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Seller.  There are no outstanding
or  authorized  options,   warrants,   purchase  rights,   subscription  rights,
conversion rights,  exchange rights or other contracts that could require Seller
to issue,  sell or  otherwise  cause to become  outstanding  any of its  capital
stock. There are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock,
or other similar  agreements  with respect to Seller except as disclosed in Part
3.3 of the Disclosure Schedule.

                  3.4      FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     (a) The Seller has  delivered to the Buyer (or will deliver to the Buyer in
accordance with this Agreement) (i) unaudited Operating Income statements of the
Seller for the fiscal  years ended  February  1997 and 1998 and (ii) the interim
Operating  Income  statements of the Seller for periods within  Seller's  fiscal
year  ending  February  28,  1998,  including,  the  Seller's  Operating  Income
statements  of Seller for the five months  ended July 31,  1997 dated  August 1,
1997 (the "Income  Statements"),  copies of which are attached to Part 3.4(a) of
the Disclosure  Schedule.  Such Income Statements fairly present in all material
respects the results of operations of the Seller for the periods  referred to in
such  Income  Statements  in  conformity  with  Generally  Accepted   Accounting
Principles  applied on a basis  consistent with the past practices of the Seller
(except for certain  inter-company  allocations  reflected on Part 3.4(a) of the
Disclosure  Schedule which are consistent  with the past practices of the Seller
and except for the absence of income tax expense or benefit).

     (b) The Seller has  delivered to the Buyer (or will deliver to the Buyer in
accordance  with this  Agreement) (i) Balance Sheet of Seller as of February 28,
1997 and the Balance Sheet and statement of Net Assets of Seller at February 28,
1998,  and (ii) the August 1, 1997  Balance  Sheet,  (collectively  the "Balance
Sheet  Information"),  copies  of  which  are  attached  to Part  3.4(b)  of the
Disclosure  Schedule.  The Balance Sheet Information (i) was prepared based upon
the books of accounts and other financial  records of the Seller,  (ii) presents
fairly the Balance  Sheet  Information  of the Seller as of the date  thereof in
conformity  with Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles  applied on a basis
consistent  with the past  practices of the Seller,  and (iii) as of the Closing
Date,  the Balance  Sheet  Information  will  include all  adjustments  that are
necessary for a fair presentation of the such information as of the date hereof.

                  3.5      BOOKS AND RECORDS

     The books of account, minute books, stock record books and other records of
the Seller or the relevant portions of such documents relating to Seller, copies
of which have been made  available to Buyer,  are true,  complete,  accurate and
correct  in all  respects  and have been  maintained  in  accordance  with sound
business practices,  including the maintenance of an adequate system of internal
controls.

                  3.6      TITLE TO ASSETS; ENCUMBRANCES

     (a) Except as otherwise  indicated  in Parts 3.6 or 3.22 of the  Disclosure
Schedule,  the Seller  has good and  marketable  title to, or a valid  leasehold
interest in and has the right to convey,  all the Assets owned by it, located on
the Property or shown on the August 1, 1997 Balance Sheet or acquired  after the
date thereof,  including all of the Assets reflected in the Financial Statements
(except for personal  property sold since the date of the Financial  Statements,
as the case may be, in the Ordinary  Course of Business),  and all of the Assets
purchased or otherwise  acquired by the Seller since the date of such  Financial
Statements  (except for  personal  property  acquired and sold since the date of
such Financial Statements in the Ordinary Course of Business and consistent with
past practice).  All of the Assets are free and clear of all Encumbrances  other
than the Permitted Encumbrances. The delivery to the Buyer of the instruments of
transfer  of  ownership  contemplated  by this  Agreement  will  vest  good  and
marketable title to the Assets in the Buyer,  free of any  Encumbrances,  except
Permitted Encumbrances.

     (b)  Upon  the  consummation  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this
Agreement,  the  Buyer  will own,  lease or have the legal  right to use all the
Assets (used in the conduct of the Business or otherwise  owned,  leased or used
by the Seller) and, with respect to Assumed Contracts, will become a party to or
enjoy  the  right  to  the  benefits  of all  contracts,  agreements  and  other
arrangements  relating  to the  conduct  of the  Business  or  otherwise  retain
Seller's  interest in the Assets without incurring any material penalty or other
materially adverse  consequence,  including,  without  limitation,  any material
increase in rentals,  royalties,  or licenses or other fees  imposed as a result
of, or arising from, the consummation of the  transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement.  Immediately  following the Closing,  the Buyer shall own and possess
all  documents,  books,  records,  agreement and financial  data or the relevant
portions of such  documents of any sort used by the Seller in the conduct of the
Business or otherwise.

     (c) The Assets  and the  Excluded  Assets  constitute  all the  properties,
assets and rights  forming a part of, used,  held or intended to be used in, and
all such  properties,  assets and rights as are necessary in the conduct of, the
Business.


<PAGE>


                  3.7      REAL PROPERTY

     (a) All real property (including,  without limitation, all interests in and
rights to real property) and  improvements  located  thereon which are leased by
Seller  and used in  connection  with the  Seller's  Business  are listed on the
Disclosure  Schedule  in Section  3.7 in  response  to this  section  (the "Real
Property"). Seller does not own any Real Property.

     (b) With respect to the Real  Property  that is leased by Seller,  which is
identified on the Disclosure Schedule:

                                    (i) Seller has delivered to Buyer a true and
                           complete  copy of every  lease and  sublease to which
                           Seller is a tenant or subtenant (the  "Leases"),  and
                           shall describe each Lease on the Disclosure  Schedule
                           by listing the name of the landlord or sublandlord, a
                           description of the lease premises,  the  commencement
                           and  expiration   dates  of  the  current  term,  the
                           security  deposited  by Seller  with the  landlord or
                           sublandlord,  if any, the monthly  rental  (including
                           base and all  additional  rents),  and whether Seller
                           may assign the Lease to Buyer (if the  consent of the
                           landlord  or  sublandlord  is  required  for  such an
                           assignment,   that   should   be  set  forth  on  the
                           Disclosure Schedule); and

                                    (ii) each Lease is, and at Closing shall be,
                           in full force and  effect and has not been  assigned,
                           modified, supplemented or amended except as listed on
                           the  Disclosure  Schedule in Section 3.7, and neither
                           Seller  nor the  landlord  or  sublandlord  under any
                           Lease is in default  under any of the Leases,  and no
                           circumstances  or  state of  facts  presently  exists
                           which,  with the giving of notice or passage of time,
                           or both,  would  permit the  landlord or  sublandlord
                           under any Lease to terminate any lease.

     (c) Except as disclosed on Part 3.7(c) of the Disclosure Schedules,  to the
Seller's Knowledge,  the water, electric, gas and sewer utility services and the
septic  tank and  storm  drainage  facilities  currently  available  to the Real
Property  have been  properly  and  lawfully  operated  and are adequate for the
present use of the Real Property by Seller in conducting the Seller's  Business,
are not being  appropriated by Seller but rather are being supplied to Seller by
utility companies or municipalities pursuant to valid and enforceable contracts,
and there is no condition  which will result in the  termination  of the present
access from the Real Property to such utility services and other facilities.

     (d)  Seller  has not  received  any  notices,  oral or  written,  from  any
governmental body, and otherwise has no Knowledge that the assessed value of the
Real Property has been determined to be greater than that upon which any tax was
paid for the 1997 tax year  applicable  to each such tax, or from any  insurance
carrier  of Seller of fire  hazards  with  respect to the Real  Property  or any
portion thereof is affected by any assessment  which is or may become payable in
annual installments, of which one or more is then payable or has been paid, then
for the  purpose  of this  Agreement,  all the unpaid  installments  of any such
assessment  including,  without  limitation,  those  which are to become due and
payable  after  Closing,  shall be deemed to be liens on the Real  Property  and
shall be paid or discharged at or prior to Closing.

     (e) Seller has not received any notices, oral or written, and otherwise has
no Knowledge, that any governmental body having the power of eminent domain over
the Real  Property  has  commenced  or intends to exercise  the power of eminent
domain or a similar power with respect to all or any part of the Real  Property.
If between the date of this  Agreement  and  Closing,  the Real  Property or any
portion  thereof or interest  therein shall be taken or condemned as a result of
the exercise of the power of eminent  domain,  or if a governmental  body having
the power of eminent  domain informs Seller or the Buyer that it intends to take
or  condemn  all or part of the  Real  Property  then  the  Buyer  may  elect to
terminate  this  Agreement.  If the  Buyer  does  not  elect to  terminate  this
Agreement (a) the Buyer shall have the sole right, in the name of Seller, if the
Buyer so elects,  to negotiate  for,  claim,  consent and receive all damages on
account thereof, (b) Seller shall be relieved of its obligation to convey to the
Buyer the Real Property taken or condemned,  (c) at Closing, Seller shall assign
to the Buyer all of Seller's  rights to all  damages  payable for such taking or
injury of the Real  Property and shall pay to the Buyer all damages  theretofore
paid to Seller by reason thereof,  and (d) following Closing,  Seller shall give
the Buyer such further assurances of such rights and assignment as the Buyer may
from time to time reasonably request.

                           (f) The Real  Property  and the present  uses thereof
comply with all Regulations of
all governmental bodies having  jurisdiction over the Real Property,  and Seller
has  received  no notices,  oral or written,  from any  governmental  body,  and
otherwise has no Knowledge,  that the Real Property or any improvements  erected
or situated  thereon,  or the uses  conducted  thereon or  therein,  violate any
regulations of any governmental body having jurisdiction over the Real Property.

     (g) The improvements located on the Real Property are in good condition and
are structurally sound, and all mechanical and other systems located therein are
in good operating  condition,  subject to normal wear,  and no condition  exists
requiring material repairs, alterations or corrections.

     (h) Between the date of this Agreement and Closing,  Seller shall not sell,
mortgage or encumber the Real Property, or do or permit any act which diminishes
title to or value of the Real Property.

     (i) To the Seller's Knowledge,  no work for municipal improvements has been
commenced  on or in  connection  with the Real  Property or any street  adjacent
thereto.  To the Seller's  Knowledge,  no assessment for public improvements has
been made  against the Real  Property  which  remains  unpaid.  To the  Seller's
Knowledge,  no notice from any county,  township or other  governmental body has
been served upon the Real  Property or received by Seller  requiring  or calling
attention  to the  need  for  any  work,  repair,  construction,  alteration  or
installation  on or in  connection  with the Real  Property  which  has not been
complied with.


<PAGE>



                  3.8      CONDITION AND SUFFICIENCY OF ASSETS

     (a) Section 3.8 of the Disclosure  Schedule sets forth a true,  correct and
complete  list of all Fixed Assets,  including a description  and the book value
thereof.  The Fixed  Assets of the Seller are  structurally  sound,  are in good
operating  condition  and  repair,  ordinary  wear  and tear  excepted,  and are
adequate for the uses to which they are being put, and none of such Fixed Assets
are in need of maintenance or repairs except for ordinary,  routine  maintenance
and  repairs  that are not  material  in nature or cost.  The Fixed  Assets  are
sufficient for the continued  conduct of the Seller's Business after the Closing
in substantially the same manner as conducted prior to the Closing.

                  3.9      ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

     All  Accounts  Receivable  of Seller  that are  reflected  on the  Seller's
Closing  Date  Financial  Statements  or on the aged  list of  receivables  that
identifies as of such date had been  outstanding (i) current (ii) one to fifteen
(15) days  past due  (iii)  sixteen  (16) to sixty  (60)  days  past  due,  (iv)
sixty-one  (61) to ninety (90) days past due, and (v) over ninety (90) days past
due represent or will represent  valid  obligations  arising from sales actually
made or services actually  performed in the Ordinary Course of Business.  Unless
paid prior to the Closing Date, the Accounts Receivable are or will be as of the
Closing Date current and  collectible.  There is no contest,  claim, or right of
set-off,  other  than  returns in the  Ordinary  Course of  Business,  under any
contract or arrangement with any obligor of an Accounts  Receivable  relating to
the amount or validity of such Accounts  Receivable.  Part 3.9 of the Disclosure
Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of all Accounts  Receivable as of
the Closing Date.

                  3.10     INVENTORY

     All  Inventory  of the  Seller,  whether or not  reflected  in the  Closing
Financial  Statements,  has been  maintained in the Ordinary Course of Business,
consists  of  tangible  property  that is, of a good and  merchantable  quality,
quantity and condition,  usable and saleable in the Ordinary  Course of Business
and is valued  under the job order  cost  system in  accordance  with  Generally
Accepted  Accounting  Principles  consistent  with past practice  based upon the
Ordinary Course of Business of the Seller,  and is not subject to any write-down
or  write-off.  As of the Closing  Date,  Seller is not under any  liability  or
obligation  to any  Person  with  respect  to the  return of  Inventory  sold or
delivered prior to Closing.

                  3.11     NO UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES

     Except as set forth in Part 3.11 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Seller has
no  liabilities  or  obligations  of  any  nature  (whether  absolute,  accrued,
contingent,  or otherwise)  except for  liabilities or obligations  reflected or
reserved  against in the Closing  Financial  Statements and current  liabilities
incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business since the respective dates thereof.


<PAGE>



                  3.12     TAXES

     (a) The  Seller,  Andersen  or Ney has  filed or caused to be filed or will
file or  cause to be  filed  (on a timely  basis,  giving  effect  to  allowable
extensions,  since April 20, 1992) all Tax Returns that are or were  required to
be filed by or with respect to the Seller or the Seller's Business,  pursuant to
applicable Legal  Requirements.  The Seller has delivered to Buyer copies of all
such Tax Returns filed since April 20, 1992. All Tax Returns filed by the Seller
are true,  correct  and  complete  in all  material  respects as such and to the
extent that such Tax Returns may affect the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement.  The Seller,  Andersen or Ney has paid or will pay, or made provision
for the payment of, all Taxes that have or may have become due pursuant to those
Tax Returns or pursuant to any  assessment  received by the Seller,  except such
Taxes,  if any, as are listed in Part 3.12 of the  Disclosure  Schedule  and are
being  contested  in good  faith  and as to which  adequate  reserves  have been
provided in the Closing Financial Statements.

     (b) Except as set forth in Part 3.12(b) of the Disclosure  Schedule,  there
are no outstanding  liabilities for Taxes payable,  collectible or remittable by
the Seller,  whether assessed or not, which may result in a material Encumbrance
on or other claim against or seizure or sale of all or any part of the Assets or
would  otherwise  adversely  affect the  Business  or would  result in the Buyer
becoming  liable  or  responsible  therefor.   There  are  no  actions,   suits,
proceedings,  or,  to the  knowledge  of the  Seller,  investigations  or claims
pending or threatened against the Seller in respect of Taxes which may result in
a material  Encumbrance  on or other claim  against or seizure or sale of any of
the Assets or  liability  or  responsibility  on the part of the Buyer for Taxes
payable,  collectible  or remittable by the Seller nor are any material  matters
under  discussion  by  Seller  or  its  representatives  with  any  governmental
authority  relating to Taxes. The Seller,  Andersen or Ney has withheld from all
remuneration (including taxable benefits) of employees of the Business all Taxes
and other deductions required to be withheld therefrom and has remitted the same
to the proper tax or other  receiving  authority  within the time required under
applicable legislation.

                  3.13     NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE

     Except as otherwise expressly permitted under this Agreement,  since August
1, 1997 there has not been any Material Adverse Change in the Seller's Business,
operations,  properties,  prospects,  assets,  or condition of the Seller or the
Seller's  Business,  and no event has occurred or  circumstance  exists that may
result in such a Material Adverse Change in the Seller or the Seller's Business.

     3.14 COMPLIANCE WITH LEGAL REQUIREMENTS; GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORIZATIONS

     (a) Except as set forth in Part 3.14 of the Disclosure Schedule:

                                    (i)  The  Seller  is in  compliance  in  all
                           material respects with each Legal Requirement that is
                           or  was  applicable  to  it  or  to  the  conduct  or
                           operation of the Seller's  Business or the ownership,
                           lease, or use of any of its Assets or any Facilities;
                           and

                                    (ii) The Seller has not  received any notice
                           or other communication (whether oral or written) from
                           any Governmental Body or any other Person and, to the
                           Seller's   Knowledge,   no  event  has   occurred  or
                           circumstance  exists that (with or without  notice or
                           lapse of time)  (A) may  constitute  or  result  in a
                           violation  by the Seller of, or a failure on the part
                           of the Seller to comply with, any Legal  Requirement,
                           or (B) may give rise to any obligation on the part of
                           the  Seller  to  undertake,  or to  bear  all  or any
                           portion  of the cost of, any  remedial  action of any
                           nature with respect to any Legal Requirement.

     (b) Part 3.14 of the Disclosure  Schedule  contains a complete and accurate
list of each material  Governmental  Authorization that is held by the Seller or
that  otherwise  relates to the Seller's  Business.  Each material  Governmental
Authorization  listed or  required  to be listed in Part 3.14 of the  Disclosure
Schedule is valid and in full force and effect.

                  3.15     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     (a) Except as set forth in Part 3.15 of the Disclosure  Schedule,  there is
no pending Proceeding:
                                    (i) that has been  commenced  by or  against
                           the Seller or that otherwise relates to or may affect
                           the   Seller's   Business  or  any   Facilities,   or
                           concerning any other property or person, who has been
                           affected by the Seller's Business; or

                                    (ii) that  challenges,  or that may have the
                           effect of preventing,  delaying,  making illegal,  or
                           otherwise  interfering  with, any of the transactions
                           contemplated hereby.

         To the Seller's Knowledge,  (1) no such Proceeding has been Threatened,
         and (2)  Seller has no reason to believe  any such  Proceeding  will be
         commenced  based upon facts  existing as of the Closing Date other than
         as set forth in Part 3.15 of the  Disclosure  Schedule.  The Seller has
         delivered to Buyer copies of all pleadings,  correspondence,  and other
         documents  relating  to each  Proceeding  listed  in  Part  3.15 of the
         Disclosure  Schedule.  The  Proceedings  listed  in  Part  3.15  of the
         Disclosure  Schedule  will not have a  material  adverse  effect on the
         Seller's Business, Assets,  operations,  condition, or prospects of the
         Seller's Business.

                           (b)   Except  as  set  forth  in  Part  3.15  of  the
Disclosure Schedule:

     (i) The Seller is not  subject to any Order that  relates in any respect to
the Seller's Business, any of the Assets or any Facility; and
<PAGE>



                                    (ii) To the Seller's Knowledge,  no employee
                           or agent of  Seller  is  subject  to any  Order  that
                           prohibits  such agent or employee from engaging in or
                           continuing any conduct, activity or practice relating
                           to the Seller's Business.

                  3.16     ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES AND EVENTS

     Except as set forth in Part 3.16 of the Disclosure Schedule or as otherwise
expressly  permitted  in this  Agreement,  since  March 1, 1997,  the Seller has
conducted  the Seller's  Business  only in the  Ordinary  Course of Business and
there has not been any:

     (a) change in the Seller's authorized or issued capital stock; grant of any
stock  option  or right to  purchase  shares  of  capital  stock of the  Seller;
issuance of any  security  convertible  into such  capital  stock;  grant of any
registration rights; purchase,  redemption,  retirement, or other acquisition by
the Seller of any shares of any such capital stock; or declaration or payment of
any  dividend or other  distribution  or payment in respect of shares of capital
stock;

     (b) amendment to the Organizational Documents of the Seller;

     (c) except in the Ordinary  Course of Business,  payment or increase by the
Seller of any  bonuses,  salaries,  or other  compensation  to any  stockholder,
director,  officer,  or employee  or entry into any  employment,  severance,  or
similar contract with any director, officer, or employee;

     (d)  adoption  of, or increase in the  payments to or benefits  under,  any
profit sharing,  bonus,  deferred  compensation,  savings,  insurance,  pension,
retirement,  or other  employee  benefit  plan for or with any  employees of the
Seller;

     (e)  damage  to or  destruction  or loss of any  asset or  property  of the
Seller, whether or not covered by insurance,  materially and adversely affecting
the  properties,  Assets,  business,  financial  condition,  or prospects of the
Seller  (including,  the  loss  or  prospective  loss of any  material  business
relationships);

     (f) entry into,  termination of, or receipt of notice of termination of (i)
any license,  exclusive  contract or  arrangement,  joint  venture,  credit,  or
similar  agreement,  or (ii)  any  contract  or  transaction  involving  a total
remaining  commitment by or to the Seller (determined on an individual basis) of
at least Ten Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($10,000.00);

     (g) other than in the Ordinary  Course of Business,  sale,  lease, or other
disposition  of any Asset or  property  of the Seller or  mortgage,  pledge,  or
imposition of any lien or other encumbrance on any material Asset or property of
the  Seller,  including  the sale,  lease,  or other  disposition  of any of the
Intellectual Property Assets;


<PAGE>



     (h) cancellation or waiver of any claims or rights with a value (determined
individually)  to the  Seller in  excess  of Ten  Thousand  and  00/100  Dollars
($10,000.00);

     (i) change in the accounting methods used by the Seller;

     (j) capital  expenditures or commitments for capital expenditures in excess
of Ten Thousand and 00/100 Dollars  ($10,000.00)  individually or Fifty Thousand
and 00/100 Dollars ($50,000.00) in the aggregate.

     (k)  loan  to,  guaranty  of  any  indebtedness  of or  incurrence  of  any
indebtedness on behalf of any Person;

     (l) failure to pay any creditor any amount owed to such creditor when due;

     (m) sale of  Inventory  other than in the  Ordinary  Course of the Business
consistent with past practice;

     (n) material changes in the customary  methods of operations of the Seller,
including, without limitation, practices and policies relating to manufacturing,
purchasing, Inventories, marketing, selling and pricing;

     (o)  merger  with,  consolidation  with or  acquisition  of any  Person  or
acquisition of a substantial  portion of the assets or business of any Person or
any division or line of business  thereof,  or other acquisition of any material
assets  other  than in the  ordinary  course of  business  consistent  with past
practice;

     (p)  agreement,  arrangement  or  transaction  with  any of its  directors,
officers, employees or shareholders (or with any relative,  beneficiary,  spouse
or Affiliate of such Person); or

     (q)  agreement,  whether  oral or  written,  by the Seller to do any of the
foregoing;

                  3.17     CONTRACTS; NO DEFAULTS

     (a) Part  3.17(a)  of the  Disclosure  Schedule  contains  a  complete  and
accurate  list,  of each of the  Contracts  of the  Seller  which  has an amount
requiring  payment (i) to the Seller,  in the  aggregate,  or in any  individual
payment, in excess of Ten Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($10,000.00),  (ii) by the
Seller in the aggregate,  or in any individual payment in excess of Ten Thousand
and 00/100  Dollars  ($10,000.00)  and (iii) all open purchase  orders of Seller
entered  into on the form  attached in Part 3.17(a) of the  Disclosure  Schedule
(collectively  (i), (ii) and (iii) and the  agreements set forth on Part 3.17(b)
of the  Disclosure  Schedule the "Assumed  Contracts").  Seller has delivered or
made available to Buyer,  or will deliver or make  available to Buyer,  true and
complete  copies of all of the  contracts  referred  to in 3.17(a)  (i) and (ii)
hereof.

     (b) Except as set forth in Part  3.17(b) of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  the
Seller  has no  rights  under,  and  has not or may not  become  subject  to any
obligation or liability under, any other contract that relates in any respect to
Seller's Business or the Assets.

     (c) Except as set forth in Part 3.17(c) of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  each
Assumed Contract  identified or required to be identified in Part 3.17(a) of the
Disclosure  Schedule is in full force and effect and is valid and enforceable in
accordance with its terms.

     (d)  Except  as set  forth  in  Part  3.17(d)  of the Disclosure Schedule:

                                    (i)  the  Seller  is in  compliance  in  all
                           material  respects  with  all  applicable  terms  and
                           requirements of each of the Assumed Contracts;

                                   (ii) to the  Seller's  Knowledge,  each other
                           Person  that has or  had  any obligation or liability
                           under any of the  Assumed  Contracts is in compliance
                           in  all  material respects with all applicable  terms
                           and requirements of such Assumed Contract;

                                    (iii) to the  Seller's  Knowledge,  no event
                           has occurred and no circumstance exists that (with or
                           without  notice  or lapse of  time)  may  contravene,
                           conflict  with, or result in a material  violation or
                           breach  of, or give the  Seller or other  Person  the
                           right to  declare a default  or  exercise  any remedy
                           under,  or to accelerate  the maturity or performance
                           of, or to cancel,  terminate,  or modify, any Assumed
                           Contract; and

                                    (iv) the Seller has not given to or received
                           from any other  Person,  at any time since  August 1,
                           1997, any notice or other communication (whether oral
                           or written) regarding any actual, alleged,  possible,
                           or  potential  violation  or breach  of,  or  default
                           under, any Assumed Contract.

     (e) Other than in the  Ordinary  Course of  Business,  there are no pending
renegotiations of, attempts to renegotiate, or outstanding rights to renegotiate
any material  amounts  paid or payable to the Seller under  current or completed
contracts with any Person  included in the Assumed  Contracts and no such Person
has made an oral or written demand for such renegotiation.

                  3.18     INSURANCE

     (a) The Seller has delivered or will deliver to Buyer on the Closing Date:


<PAGE>



                                    (i) true and complete copies of all policies
                           of  insurance to which the Seller is a party or under
                           which the  Seller is or has been  covered at any time
                           within the five (5) years  preceding the date of this
                           Agreement;

                                    (ii) true and complete copies of all pending
                           applications for policies of insurance; and

                                    (iii)  there are no  claims or loss  history
                           with respect to such  policies for the five (5) years
                           preceding the date of this Agreement.

                  With respect to each current insurance policy:  (A) the policy
is legal, valid, binding, enforceable, and in full force and effect; (B) neither
Seller nor any other party to the policy is in breach or default (including with
respect to the payment of premiums or the giving of  notices),  and no event has
occurred which, with notice or the lapse of time, would constitute such a breach
or default,  or permit  termination,  modification  or  acceleration,  under the
policy;  and (C) no party to the policy has  repudiated  any provision  thereof.
Seller has been covered during the past ten (10) years by insurance in scope and
amount  customary  and  reasonable  for the  businesses  in which it has engaged
during the aforementioned period. Part 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule describes
any self-insurance arrangements affecting the Seller.

          (b)  Part   3.18(b)   of  the   Disclosure   Schedule describes:

                                    (i) any  self-insurance  arrangement  by  or
                          affecting   the  Seller  or  the  Seller's   Business,
                          including any reserves established thereunder;

                                    (ii) any contract or arrangement, other than
                           a policy of insurance, for the transfer or sharing of
                           any risk by the Seller's Business; and

                                    (iii) all obligations of the Seller to third
                           parties  with respect to  insurance  (including  such
                           obligations under leases and service  agreements) and
                           identifies  the policy  under which such  coverage is
                           provided.

                  3.19     ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

     Except as set  forth in Part  3.19 of the  Disclosure Schedule:

     (a) The Seller is, and at all times has been, in compliance in all material
respects with all Environmental Laws and has no material  liability  thereunder.
The  Seller  has  obtained  all  Environmental  Permits  and is and has  been in
compliance with their requirements.  Seller has not received any order,  notice,
or other  communication from (i) any Governmental Body or private citizen acting
in the public  interest,  or (ii) the  current or prior owner or operator of any
Facilities, of any actual or potential violation, liability or failure by Seller
to comply with any Environmental Law, or of any actual or Threatened  obligation
to  undertake  or  bear  the  cost  of any  Environmental,  Health,  and  Safety
Liabilities  with respect to any of the  Facilities  or any other  properties or
assets  (whether  real,  personal,  or  mixed) in which  the  Seller  has had an
interest,  or with respect to any property or Facility at or to which  Hazardous
Materials were generated, manufactured,  disposed, stored, treated, transported,
recycled,  refined,  transferred,  imported, or processed by or on behalf of the
Seller or any other Person for whose conduct it is or may be held responsible.

     (b) There are no pending or, to the Seller's Knowledge,  Threatened claims,
Encumbrances,   or  other  restrictions  of  any  nature,   resulting  from  any
Environmental,  Health,  and Safety  Liabilities or arising under or pursuant to
any Environmental Law, with respect to or affecting any of the Facilities or any
other  properties  and assets  (whether real,  personal,  or mixed) in which the
Seller has or had an interest.

     (c) Neither the Seller or, to the Seller's Knowledge,  any other Person for
whose conduct it is or may be held responsible,  has any Environmental,  Health,
and Safety  Liabilities  with  respect  to the  Facilities  or, to the  Seller's
Knowledge  with  respect  to any other  properties  and  assets  (whether  real,
personal,  or mixed) in which the  Seller  (or any  predecessor),  has or had an
interest.

     (d) To the  Seller's  Knowledge,  there  has been no  Release  or Threat of
Release,  of any Hazardous  Materials that would constitute a material violation
of or create any material  liability under any Environmental Laws at or from the
Facilities  or at  any  other  locations  where  any  Hazardous  Materials  were
generated,  manufactured,  disposed,  stored,  treated,  transported,  recycled,
refined,  transferred,  produced,  imported,  used, or processed  from or by the
Facilities,  or  from or by any  other  properties  and  assets  (whether  real,
personal, or mixed) in which the Seller has or had an interest.

     (e)  Attached to the  Disclosure  Schedule in Part are true,  complete  and
accurate copies of all Environmental Permits,  environmental  reports,  studies,
notices, disclosures and documentation pertaining to the Facilities,  including,
without limitation any and all notices,  reports or other documents submitted to
or received  from any  Governmental  Body or any private  citizen  acting in the
public interest.

                  3.20     EMPLOYEES

     (a) Part 3.20 of the Disclosure  Schedule  contains a complete and accurate
list of the following  information  for each  employee of the Seller,  including
each employee on leave of absence or layoff  status:  employee  name; job title;
current  compensation  paid or  payable  and any  change in  compensation  since
February  28,  1997;  vacation  accrued;  and service  credited  for purposes of
vesting and eligibility to participate under the Seller's fringe benefit plans.

     (b) To the  Seller's  Knowledge,  except  as set  forth in Part 3.20 of the
Disclosure Schedule, no Seller employee is a party to, or is otherwise bound by,
any agreement or arrangement, including any confidentiality,  noncompetition, or
proprietary  rights  agreement,  between  such  employee  and any  other  Person
("Proprietary  Rights  Agreement")  that in any way  adversely  affects  or will
affect  (i)  the  performance  of his  duties  as an  employee  in the  Seller's
Business, or (ii) the ability of the Buyer to conduct the Seller's Business.

     (c)  Except  as set  forth in Part  3.20 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  all
officers, management,  employees, technical employees and all other employees of
the Seller are under written  obligation to the Seller to maintain in confidence
all confidential  information acquired by them in the course of their employment
and to assign to the  Seller  all  inventions  made by them  within the scope of
their employment during such employment and for a reasonable period thereafter.

                  3.21     LABOR RELATIONS; COMPLIANCE

     Since  February 28, 1997,  the Seller has not been or is not a party to any
collective  bargaining or other labor Contract.  Since February 28, 1997,  there
has not been,  there is not presently  pending or existing,  and there is not to
the Seller's Knowledge,  Threatened,  (a) any strike, slowdown,  picketing, work
stoppage, or employee grievance process, (b) any Proceeding against or affecting
the Seller's Business relating to the alleged violation of any Legal Requirement
pertaining  to labor  relations or employment  matters,  including any charge or
complaint filed by an employee or union with Governmental  Body,  organizational
activity,  or other labor or employment  dispute against or affecting the Seller
or its  Business,  or (c) any  application  for  certification  of a  collective
bargaining  agent.  To  the  Seller's  Knowledge,   no  event  has  occurred  or
circumstance  exists that could provide the basis for any work stoppage or other
labor dispute.  There is no lockout of any employees by the Seller,  and no such
action is contemplated by the Seller. To the Seller's Knowledge,  the Seller has
complied  in all  material  respects  with all Legal  Requirements  relating  to
employment, equal employment opportunity, nondiscrimination, immigration, wages,
hours,  benefits,  collective  bargaining,  the payment of social  security  and
similar taxes,  occupational safety and health, and plant closing. The Seller is
not  liable  for  the  payment  of  any  compensation,  damages,  taxes,  fines,
penalties, or other amounts, however designated,  for failure to comply with any
of the foregoing Legal Requirements.

                  3.22     INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     (a)  Intellectual  Property  Assets--For the purposes of this Agreement the
term "Intellectual Property Assets" includes:

                                    (i)  the  name  "Ney  Ultrasonics"  and  all
                           fictional business names,  trading names,  registered
                           and  unregistered  trademarks,   service  marks,  and
                           applications  used in the Business and owned, used or
                           licensed  by Ney or the  Seller  and  listed  on Part
                           3.22(c) (collectively, "Marks");

                                    (ii) all copyrights in both published  works
                           and unpublished works used in the Business and owned,
                           used or  licensed by Ney or Seller and listed on Part
                           3.22(a) (collectively, "Copy rights");


<PAGE>



                                    (iii) the computer  software and all related
                           software code documentation,  and commentaries, owned
                           or  licensed  by the Seller or Ney in the  conduct of
                           the  Business  and  listed  at  Part  3.22(c)  of the
                           Disclosure Schedule (the "Software").

     (b)  Agreements  -- Part  3.22(b)  of the  Disclosure  Schedule  contains a
complete and accurate list and summary description, including any royalties paid
or  received  by the  Seller,  of all  Contracts  relating  to the  Intellectual
Property  Assets to which the Seller is a party or by which the Seller is bound,
except for any license  implied by the sale of a product and perpetual,  paid-up
licenses  for commonly  available  software  programs  with a value of less than
$2,000 under which the Seller is the licensee.  There are no outstanding and, to
the Seller's Knowledge,  no Threatened disputes or disagreements with respect to
any such agreement.

      (c)      Trademarks.

                                    (i) Part 3.22(c) of the Disclosure  Schedule
                           contains a complete  and  accurate  list and  summary
                           description of all Marks.

                                    (ii) Except as set forth on Part  3.22(c) of
                           the  Disclosure  Schedule,  all Marks  that have been
                           registered with the applicable  Trademark  Office are
                           currently  in   compliance   with  all  formal  legal
                           requirements (including the timely  post-registration
                           filing of affidavits of use and  incontestability and
                           renewal applications), are valid and enforceable, and
                           are not subject to any  maintenance  fees or taxes or
                           actions falling due within ninety (90) days after the
                           Closing Date.

                                    (iii) Except as set forth on Part 3.22(c) of
                           the Disclosure  Schedule,  no Mark has been or is now
                           involved   in  any   opposition,   invalidation,   or
                           cancellation and, to the Seller's Knowledge,  no such
                           action is  Threatened  with the respect to any of the
                           Marks.

                                    (iv) Except as set forth on Part  3.22(c) of
                           the Disclosure  Schedule,  to the Seller's Knowledge,
                           there  is no  potentially  interfering  trademark  or
                           trademark application of any third party.

      (d)      Non-Infringement.

                                    (i) Except as listed on Part  3.22(d) of the
                           Disclosure Schedule,  no action is pending or, to the
                           Seller's  Knowledge  Threatened  with  respect to the
                           Seller's ownership of, or potential  infringements of
                           or any other claims as to the  Intellectual  Property
                           Assets or current  products  of  Seller.  None of the
                           Intellectual  Property Assets including,  the current
                           products manufactured by the Seller infringe, violate
                           or  constitute  a  misappropriation  (or to  Seller's
                           Knowledge   in  the  past   infringed,   violated  or
                           constituted a  misappropriation)  of any intellectual
                           property  rights  of  any  other  person  or  entity.
                           Neither  Seller,  Ney or Andersen  has  received  any
                           complaint,   claim  or  notice   alleging   any  such
                           infringement,  violation or misappropriation,  and to
                           the  Seller's  Knowledge,   there  is  no  threatened
                           complaint, claim or notice.

                                    (ii)   Seller   has  taken  all   reasonable
                           measures to protect the proprietary  nature and value
                           of each of the Intellectual Property Assets. No other
                           person  or  entity  has  any  rights  to  any  of the
                           Intellectual  Property Assets owned or used by Seller
                           and to the  Seller's  Knowledge,  no other  person or
                           entity is infringing,  violating or  misappropriating
                           any of the Intellectual Property Assets.

      (e)      Software.

                                    (i) The  Software of the Seller  included in
                           the  Intellectual  Property  Assets as defined  above
                           performs    materially   in   accordance   with   the
                           documentation and other written  descriptions used in
                           connection  with the Software and is free of material
                           defects  in   programming   and   operation,   is  in
                           machine-readable  form,  and contains  all  currently
                           available   computer  programs,   materials,   tapes,
                           know-how,  object and  source  codes,  other  written
                           materials,  know-how  and  processes  related  to the
                           Software.  Seller has delivered to the Buyer complete
                           and  correct   copies  of  all  user  and   technical
                           documentation  currently  available  related  to  the
                           Software.

     (f) Ownership of Intellectual  Property Assets -- Except as contemplated by
the  Technology  Agreements,  Seller  owns  and has the  right to use and on the
Closing  Date  shall  own and  have  the  right  to use and  sell  the  products
incorporating  all of the Intellectual  Property Assets used in the operation of
the Seller's Business or necessary for the operation of the Seller's Business as
presently conducted.

                  3.23     EMPLOYEE BENEFIT MATTERS

     (a)  Part  3.23(a)  of the  Disclosure  Schedule  contains  a list  of each
employee  pension  benefit plan (within the meaning of section 3(2) of ERISA) to
which  Seller  contributes  or is  required  to  contribute  on  behalf  of  its
employees. Also attached to the Disclosure Schedule with respect to each of such
plans are the most recent summary plan descriptions.

           With respect to each of the plans listed  in the Disclosure Schedule:

                                    (i) A determination letter has been received
                           to  the  effect  that  any  such  qualified  plan  is
                           qualified  under  Section  401 of the  Code  and  the
                           trusts  maintained  pursuant  thereto are exempt from
                           the Federal income  taxation under Section 501 of the
                           Code.


<PAGE>



                                    (ii) No  reportable  event,  as such term is
                           defined in Section 4043(b) of ERISA, has occurred and
                           is continuing with respect to any of such plans which
                           are subject to Section  4043(b) of ERISA,  other than
                           those   which   might   arise  as  a  result  of  the
                           transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                                    (iii) Neither Seller nor any ERISA Affiliate
                           has incurred any outstanding liability to the Pension
                           Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  (other  than  for the
                           payment of premiums) and will not incur any liability
                           to the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  as a
                           result  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this
                           Agreement which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

                                    (iv)  No  "prohibited  transaction"  as such
                           term is  defined  in  Section  4975 of the  Code  and
                           Section 406 of ERISA,  has  occurred  with respect to
                           such  plans  which  could  subject  Buyer to a tax or
                           penalty for such prohibited  transactions  imposed by
                           either  Section  502 of ERISA or Section  4975 of the
                           Code.

                                    (v) With respect to any plan that is subject
                           to Title IV of ERISA, no such plan has an accumulated
                           funding deficiency.

                                    (vi) Neither Seller nor any ERISA  Affiliate
                           has incurred any withdrawal liability with respect to
                           any  multi-employer  plan under Section 4201 of ERISA
                           nor  has   received   any   notification   that   any
                           multi-employer  plan  is  in  reorganization  or  has
                           terminated.

                                    (vii) All  employees  of Seller  who  accept
                           employment  by Buyer will, as of the Closing Date, be
                           fully  vested  in  benefits  accrued  under  any plan
                           qualified   under   Section   401  of  the  Code  and
                           maintained  by  Seller  or  any  ERISA  Affiliate  of
                           Seller.

     (b)  Seller  shall  comply  with  the  health  care  continuation  coverage
requirements  of Section  162(k) and 4980B of the Code and  Sections 601 through
608 of ERISA,  for all  Employees  of Seller  who have a  qualifying  event as a
result of this Agreement.

     (c) Entry into this Agreement and performing the obligations hereunder will
not violate any law,  regulation,  or contract  relating to any employee benefit
plan  (within  the  meaning of Section  3(3) of ERISA)  maintained  by Seller or
subject or expose Buyer to any excise tax or recapture of investment tax credit.
Buyer will have no  responsibility  with  respect to any  employee  benefit plan
(within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA)  maintained by Seller or any ERISA
Affiliate of the Seller.


<PAGE>



                  3.24     CUSTOMERS

     Listed in Part 3.24 of the Disclosure  Schedule are the names and addresses
of the  customers  (by  revenue)  of the  Seller  for each of the last three (3)
fiscal years and the eleven (11) months ended  January 31, 1998,  and the amount
for which each such  customer  was invoiced  during each such period.  Except as
disclosed in Part 3.24 of the Disclosure  Schedule,  the Seller has not received
any notice or has any  Knowledge  that any customer of the Seller,  as listed in
Part 3.24 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  for the year ended February 28, 1997 or
the eleven (11) months ended January 31, 1998, has ceased, or will cease, to use
the products,  equipment,  goods or services of the Seller, or has substantially
reduced,  or will  substantially  reduce,  the use of such products,  equipment,
goods or services at any time.

                  3.25     SUPPLIERS

     Listed in Part 3.25 of the Disclosure  Schedule are the names and addresses
of the  suppliers  of Seller for each of the last three (3) fiscal years and the
eleven  (11)  months  ended  Januaryy31,  1998 and the amount of raw  materials,
suppliers,  merchandise or other goods purchased by Seller.  Except as disclosed
in Part 3.25 of the Disclosure Schedule,  the Seller has not received any notice
and does not have any Knowledge that any significant  supplier will not sell raw
materials,  supplies, merchandise or other goods to the Seller at any time after
the Closing Date on terms and conditions  substantially similar to those used in
its  current  sales to the  Seller.  Except  as  disclosed  in Part  3.25 of the
Disclosure  Schedule,  each of the Seller's  outstanding  blanket orders for raw
materials,  supplies,  merchandise and other goods can be terminated at any time
by the Seller without incurring any penalty or payment.

                  3.26     DISCLOSURE

     (a) No  representation  or warranty of the Seller in this  Agreement and no
statement in the Disclosure  Schedule omits to state a material fact required to
be made in such  representation  or warranty or in the  Disclosure  Schedule and
necessary  to  make  the  statements   herein  or  therein,   in  light  of  the
circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

     (b) There is no fact known to the Seller that has specific  application  to
the Seller's  Business (other than general economic or industry  conditions) and
that could have a Material  Adverse  Effect on Seller or Seller's  Business that
has not been set forth in this Agreement or the Disclosure Schedule.

                  3.27     TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

     Except  as  disclosed  in  Part  3.27  of  the  Disclosure   Schedule,   no
stockholder,  director,  officer or employee of Seller,  or any member of his or
her immediate family or any other of its, his or her affiliates, owns or has any
ownership  interest in any  corporation or other entity,  or any Related Person,
that is or was during the last three years a party to, or in any property  which
is or was during the last three  years the subject  of, any  material  contract,
agreement or understanding, business arrangement or relationship with Seller.


<PAGE>



                  3.28     BROKERS OR FINDERS

     The  Seller  and its agents  have  incurred  no  obligation  or  liability,
contingent or otherwise,  for brokerage or finders' fees or agents'  commissions
or other similar payment in connection with this Agreement.

         4.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

                  Buyer represents and warrants to Seller as follows:

                  4.1      ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING

     Buyer  is a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly  existing,  and in good
standing under Delaware law, with full corporate  power and authority to conduct
its business as it is now being  conducted and to own or use the  properties and
assets that it purports to own or use except where its failure to qualify  would
not have a Material  Adverse Effect on Buyer.  Buyer has delivered to the Seller
copies of its Organizational Documents, as currently in effect.

                  4.2      AUTHORITY; NO CONFLICT

     (a) This Agreement  constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of
Buyer,  enforceable  against Buyer in accordance  with its terms.  Buyer has the
full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the
other  documents  contemplated  to be executed  and  delivered at the Closing by
Buyer and to  perform  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement  and such  other
documents.

     (b) Except as set forth in Part 4.2 of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the
execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the  consummation or performance of
any of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby will give any Person the right to
prevent, delay, or otherwise interfere with any of the transactions contemplated
hereby pursuant to:

                                    (i) any provision of  Buyer's Organizational
                              Documents;

                                    (ii) any resolution  adopted by the board of
                              directors of the Buyer;

                                    (iii)  any  Legal  Requirement  or  Order to
                              which Buyer may be subject; or

                                    (iv) any material contract to which Buyer is
                              a party or by which Buyer may be bound.


<PAGE>



Except as set  forth in Part 4.2 of the  Disclosure  Schedule,  Buyer is not and
will not be required to obtain any Consent  from any Person in  connection  with
the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the  consummation or performance
of any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

                  4.3      CERTAIN PROCEEDINGS

     There is no pending  Proceeding  that has been commenced  against Buyer and
that challenges, or may have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal,
or otherwise  interfering with, any of the transactions  contemplated hereby. To
Buyer's Knowledge, no such Proceeding has been Threatened.

         5.       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO BUYER'S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

                  Buyer's  obligation  to  purchase  the  Assets and to take the
other  actions  required  to be taken by Buyer at the  Closing is subject to the
satisfaction,  at or prior to the Closing,  of each of the following  conditions
(any of which may be waived by Buyer, in whole or in part):

                  5.1      ACCURACY OF REPRESENTATIONS

     After giving effect to the matters set forth in the  Disclosure  Schedules,
all of the  representations  and  warranties  of the Seller and Andersen in this
Agreement  (considered  collectively),  and  each of these  representations  and
warranties  (considered  individually),  must have been accurate in all material
respects  (other  than   representations   and  warranties  having   materiality
qualifiers,  which  shall be accurate  in all  respects)  as of the date of this
Agreement,   and  must  be  accurate  in  all  material   respects  (other  than
representations  and warranties having  materiality  qualifiers,  which shall be
accurate in all respects) as of the Closing Date as if made on the Closing Date,
after giving effect to any supplement to the Disclosure Schedules.

                  5.2      SELLER'S PERFORMANCE

     (a) All of the  covenants  and  obligations  that the Seller is required to
perform or to comply with pursuant to this  Agreement at or prior to the Closing
(considered   collectively),   and  each  of  these  covenants  and  obligations
(considered  individually),  must have been duly  performed and complied with in
all material respects.

     (b) Each  document  required to be  delivered  pursuant to Section 2.9 must
have been delivered.

                  5.3      CONSENTS

      Except as set forth in Section 7.1(b),  each of the Consents identified in
Part 3.2 of the Disclosure Schedule, must have been obtained and must be in full
force and effect.


<PAGE>

                  5.4      ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS

                           Each  of  the  following  documents  must  have  been
delivered to Buyer by the Seller:

      (a) an opinion of Edwards & Angell, dated the Closing Date, in the form of
Exhibit 5.4(a);

     (b) such other documents as Buyer may reasonably request for the purpose of
(i) enabling its counsel to provide the opinion  referred to in Section  6.4(a),
(ii)  evidencing  the  accuracy  of  any  of the  Seller's  representations  and
warranties, (iii)yevidencing the performance by the Seller of, or the compliance
by the Seller  with,  any  covenant or  obligation  required to be  performed or
complied  with  by the  Seller,  and  (iv)yevidencing  the  satisfaction  of any
condition referred to in this Section 5;

     (c) a certified copy of the corporate  proceedings  required on the part of
Seller to authorize and carry out this Agreement and to convey, assign, transfer
and deliver the Assets to Buyer;

     (d) within fifteen (15) days after Closing Date, unless otherwise provided,
an  update  of the  following  Disclosure  Schedules  with a true,  correct  and
complete list and amount, as of February 28, 1998:

                                    (i)  the Fixed Assets;

                                    (ii) the Accounts  Receivable,  including an
                           Aging thereof;

                                    (iii) the  trade  accounts  payable  assumed
                           under this Agreement;

                                    (iv) the accrued expenses assumed under this
                           Agreement,   upon   delivery  of  Closing   Financial
                           Statements;

                                    (v)  all unfilled customers orders; and

                                    (vi) all  shipments  made  during the period
                           from August 1, 1997  through  February 28, 1998;  the
                           nature of which  information  shall not be materially
                           different  from the information supplied by Seller as
                           of the date hereof.

                  5.5      NO PROCEEDINGS

     Since the date of this  Agreement,  there must not have been  commenced  or
Threatened  against  Buyer,  or against any Person  affiliated  with Buyer,  any
Proceeding (a) involving any challenge to, or seeking damages or other relief in
connection with, any of the transactions  contemplated  hereby,  or (b) that may
reasonably have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal, or otherwise
interfering with any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

                  5.6      NO CLAIM REGARDING ASSETS OR SALE PROCEEDS

     There  must not have  been  made or  Threatened  by any  Person  any  claim
asserting that such Person (a) is the holder or the beneficial  owner of, or has
the right to acquire or to obtain beneficial ownership of, the Assets, or (b) is
entitled to all or any portion of the Purchase Price payable for the Assets.

                  5.7      NO PROHIBITION

     Neither the  consummation  nor the  performance of any of the  transactions
contemplated  hereby will,  directly or  indirectly  (with or without  notice or
lapse of time), materially contravene, or conflict with, or result in a material
violation of, or cause Buyer or any Person  affiliated  with Buyer to suffer any
material adverse  consequence  under,  (a) any applicable  Legal  Requirement or
Order,  or  (b)  any  Legal  Requirement  or  Order  that  has  been  published,
introduced, or otherwise proposed by or before any Governmental Body.

                  5.8      OTHER AGREEMENTS

     (a) Seller shall have  negotiated  and delivered a New Lease  acceptable to
Buyer  with  respect  to  the  property  located  at  1280  Blue  Hills  Avenue,
Bloomfield,  Connecticut  06002 (the "New Lease") that provides for the lease of
the premises to Buyer and the termination of the existing lease on or before the
Closing Date.

     (b) Buyer shall have negotiated employment agreements with key employees of
the Seller which are set forth in Part 5.8(b) of the Disclosure Schedule.

         6.       CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE SELLER'S  OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

     The Seller's  obligation  to sell the Assets and to take the other  actions
required  to  be  taken  by  the  Seller  at  the  Closing  is  subject  to  the
satisfaction,  at or prior to the Closing,  of each of the following  conditions
(any of which may be waived by the Seller, in whole or in part):

                  6.1      ACCURACY OF REPRESENTATIONS

     All of Buyer's representations and warranties in this Agreement (considered
collectively),  and each of these  representations  and  warranties  (considered
individually),  must have been  accurate in all  material  respects  (other than
representations  and warranties having  materiality  qualifiers,  which shall be
accurate in all respects) as of the date of this  Agreement and must be accurate
in all material  respects  (other than  representations  and  warranties  having
materiality  qualifiers,  which  shall be accurate  in all  respects)  as of the
Closing  Date  as if  made on the  Closing  Date,  after  giving  effect  to any
supplement to the Disclosure Schedules.


<PAGE>



                  6.2      BUYER'S PERFORMANCE

     (a) All of the covenants and obligations  that Buyer is required to perform
or to  comply  with  pursuant  to this  Agreement  at or  prior  to the  Closing
(considered   collectively),   and  each  of  these  covenants  and  obligations
(considered  individually),  must have been  performed  and complied with in all
material respects.

     (b)  Buyer  must  have  delivered  each  of the  documents  required  to be
delivered  by Buyer  pursuant  to  Section  2.9 and must have paid the  Purchase
Price.

                  6.3      CONSENTS

     Each of the Consents identified in Part 4.2 of the Disclosure Schedule must
have been obtained and must be in full force and effect.

                  6.4      ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS

     Buyer must have caused the following documents to be delivered to Seller:

     (a) an opinion of Keating,  Muething & Klekamp,  dated the Closing Date, in
the form of Exhibit 6.4(a); and

     (b) such  other  documents  as the Seller may  reasonably  request  for the
purpose of (i)  enabling  its  counsel to provide  the  opinion  referred  to in
Section 5.4(a),  (ii) evidencing the accuracy of any  representation or warranty
of Buyer,  (iii)  evidencing  the  performance by Buyer of, or the compliance by
Buyer with, any covenant or obligation required to be performed or complied with
by Buyer,  or (iv) evidencing the  satisfaction of any condition  referred to in
this Section 6.

                  6.5      NO INJUNCTION

     There  must not be in effect any Legal  Requirement  or any  injunction  or
other  Order that (a)  prohibits  the sale of the Assets by the Seller to Buyer,
and (b) has been adopted or issued, or has otherwise become effective, since the
date of this Agreement.


<PAGE>



7        ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

                  7.1      PRE-CLOSING CONDITIONS

     The  Parties  agree as  follows  with  respect to the  period  between  the
execution of this Agreement and the Closing, except as otherwise indicated.

     (a) Each of the Parties  will use its  reasonable  best efforts to take all
action and to do all things  necessary in order to consummate and make effective
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

     (b) Seller will give any  notices to third  parties,  and shall  obtain any
third party consents that are required or that the Buyer may reasonably  request
in  connection  with the  matters  referred  to in this  Agreement.  Each of the
Parties  will give any  notices  to,  make any  filings  with,  and use its best
efforts to obtain any authorizations, consents, and approvals of governments and
governmental  agencies  in  connection  with  the  matters  referred  to in this
Agreement  and the  Disclosure  Schedules.  If any such  consents  or  approvals
relating to an Assumed Contract have not been obtained prior to the Closing Date
and the  assignment  of any such  Assumed  Contract  would  constitute  a breach
thereof,  then Seller shall hold such Assumed  Contract and all benefits derived
therefrom  (economic or otherwise) in trust for the Buyer. Seller shall continue
to use its best  efforts to obtain any such  consents or  approvals  relating to
Assumed  Contracts  after the Closing  Date.  Until such consent or approval has
been  obtained,  or if it cannot be obtained,  Seller shall continue to maintain
the  existence  of such  Assumed  Contract,  as agent and trustee for Buyer,  at
Seller's  expense (net of expenses  Buyer would have incurred had the applicable
Assumed Contract been assigned or transferred), and for the benefit of Buyer.

     (c) The Seller will not engage in any practice,  take any action,  or enter
into any transaction outside the Ordinary Course of Business.

     (d) Except as set forth  herein,  the  Seller  will keep its  business  and
properties  substantially  intact,  including its present  operations,  physical
facilities,  working  conditions,  and  relationships  with lessors,  licensors,
suppliers, customers and employees.

     (e) The  Seller  will  permit  representatives  of the  Buyer to have  full
access, at all reasonable times, and in a manner so as not to interfere with the
normal  business  operations  of  the  Seller,  to  all  premises,   properties,
personnel,  books,  records  (including  Tax  records or the  relevant  portions
thereof), contracts, and documents of or pertaining to the Seller.

     (f) The Seller will give prompt written notice to the Buyer of any material
adverse  development  causing  a  breach  of  any  of  the  representations  and
warranties in Section 3 above. Each Party will give prompt written notice to the
others of any material  adverse  development  causing a breach of any of its own
representations  and warranties in this  Agreement.  No disclosures by any Party
pursuant  to  this  Section  7.1(f),  however,  shall  be  deemed  to  amend  or
supplement,   the   Disclosure   Schedules   or   to   prevent   or   cure   any
misrepresentation, breach of warranty, or breach of covenant.

     (g) Prior to the  Closing  Date,  Ney,  Andersen  and  Seller  will not (i)
solicit, initiate, or encourage the submission of any proposal or offer from any
Person  relating  to the  acquisition  of any  capital  stock  or  other  voting
securities,  or any substantial  portion of the Assets, of the Seller (including
any  acquisition  structured as a merger,  consolidation,  or share exchange) or
(ii)  participate in any  discussions  or  negotiations  regarding,  furnish any
information  with respect to,  assist or  participate  in, or  facilitate in any
other  manner  any  effort  or  attempt  by any  Person to do or seek any of the
foregoing.  The Seller will notify the Buyer immediately if any Person makes any
proposal, offer, inquiry, or contact with respect to any of the foregoing.

7.2               POST-CLOSING COVENANTS

     The  Parties  agree as follows  with  respect to the period  following  the
Closing.

     (a) In case at any time after the Closing any further  action is  necessary
to carry out the purposes of this Agreement,  each of the Parties will take such
further action (including the execution and delivery of such further instruments
and documents) as any other Party may request,  all at the sole cost and expense
of the requesting Party. The Seller  acknowledges and agrees that from and after
the  Closing,  the Buyer will be  entitled  to copies of all  documents,  books,
records  (including  the  relevant  portions of Tax  records),  agreements,  and
financial data of any sort relating to the Seller's Business.

     (b) In the event and for so long as any Party  actively  is  contesting  or
defending against any action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation,  charge,
complaint,  claim or demand in connection with (i) any transaction  contemplated
under  this  Agreement  or  (ii)  any  fact,  situation,  circumstance,  status,
condition,  activity,  practice,  plan,  occurrence,  event,  incident,  action,
failure to act,  or  transaction  or prior to the  Closing  Date  involving  the
Seller,  each of the other  Parties  will  cooperate  with it and  provide  such
testimony  and  access  to their  books and  records  as shall be  necessary  in
connection with the contest or defense,  all at the sole cost and expense of the
contesting or defending Party.

     (c) Seller  will not take any action  that is  designed or intended to have
the effect of discouraging  any lessor,  licensor,  customer,  supplier or other
business   associate  of  the  Seller  from   maintaining   the  same   business
relationships  with the Buyer after the Closing as it maintained with the Seller
prior to the Closing.  The Seller will refer all customer  inquiries relating to
the business of the Seller to the Buyer from and after the Closing.

     (d)  The  Seller  will  treat  and  hold as  such  all of the  Confidential
Information,  refrain from using any of the Confidential Information,  except in
connection with this Agreement, and deliver promptly to the Buyer or destroy, at
the request and option of the Buyer,  all tangible  embodiments (and all copies)
of the Confidential  Information which are in its possession.  In the event that
Seller is requested or required (by oral question or request for  information or
documents in any legal proceeding, interrogatory,  subpoena, civil investigative
demand,  or similar  process) to disclose  any  Confidential  Information,  that
Seller will notify the Buyer  promptly of the request or requirement so that the
Buyer may seek an  appropriate  protective  order or waive  compliance  with the
provisions of this Section 7.2(d).  If, in the absence of a protective  order or
the  receipt of a waiver  hereunder,  the  Seller is, on the advice of  counsel,
compelled to disclose any Confidential Information to any tribunal or else stand
liable for contempt,  that Seller may disclose the  Confidential  Information to
the  tribunal;  provided,  however,  that  Seller  shall  use its order or other
assurance  that  confidential  treatment will be accorded to such portion of the
Confidential  Information required to be disclosed as the Buyer shall designate.
The foregoing  provisions shall not apply to any Confidential  Information which
is  generally  available  to  the  public  immediately  prior  to  the  time  of
disclosure.

                           (e) With  respect to the  collection  of the Accounts
Receivable:

                                    (i) After the Closing Date,  Buyer shall use
                           reasonable  efforts to attempt to collect  all of the
                           Accounts   Receivable   with   reasonable   diligence
                           consistent with Buyer's general business practice for
                           a period of ninety  (90) days  following  the Closing
                           Date  (the  "Collection  Period"),  but  shall not be
                           required to institute any legal  proceedings or use a
                           collection  agency to enforce the  collection  of any
                           such Accounts Receivable.  Upon the expiration of the
                           Collection Period,  Buyer shall furnish Seller with a
                           collection   report   setting   forth  the   Accounts
                           Receivables which remain uncollected. Within ten (10)
                           days after receipt of such collection report,  Seller
                           shall  pay to Buyer  an  amount  equal  to the  Gross
                           Accounts Receivable (as defined below) which have not
                           been collected.  Upon receipt of such payment,  Buyer
                           shall  deliver to the  Seller  all  right,  title and
                           interest  in  and  any   tangible   evidence  of  the
                           uncollected   Accounts   Receivable   then   in   the
                           possession  of Buyer and Seller  shall be entitled to
                           use such customary and reasonable actions as it deems
                           necessary  or  desirable  in  order to  collect  such
                           unpaid  accounts;  provided that Seller shall consult
                           with  Buyer  prior to taking  any  collection  action
                           which might  reasonably be expected to jeopardize the
                           Buyer's relationship with such customer. For purposes
                           of this Section, Gross Accounts Receivable means, the
                           gross Accounts Receivable as of the Closing Date less
                           any  reserve  for  Accounts  Receivable  shown on the
                           Closing Financial Statements.

                                    (ii) The Seller will, if requested by Buyer,
                           cooperate  with  Buyer  in  collecting  any  Accounts
                           Receivable.  The Buyer will,  if requested by Seller,
                           cooperate  with  Seller in  collecting  any  Accounts
                           Receivable.

                                    (iii) The Seller hereby  authorizes Buyer to
                           open any and all mail addressed to Seller if received
                           on or after the Closing Date and hereby grants to the
                           Buyer a power of  attorney  to  endorse  and cash any
                           checks or  instruments  made  payable or  endorsed to
                           Seller or its order and received by Buyer.


<PAGE>



                                    (iv) The Seller  agrees that it will forward
                           promptly to Buyer any monies,  checks or  instruments
                           received  by  Seller  after  the  Closing  Date  with
                           respect to the Accounts Receivable.

                                    (v)  Any  sums  received  by  the  Buyer  in
                           respect of Accounts Receivable after payment for such
                           receivable   by  the   Seller   shall   be   promptly
                           transmitted by the Buyer to the Seller.

     (f) Buyer shall  operate the  Business in the  Ordinary  Course of Business
consistent  with  Seller's  past  practices for the period from the date of this
Agreement until the Closing Date.

     (g) Within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date, Seller shall remove all
containerized  Hazardous  Waste (as that term is  defined  by the  Environmental
Laws) generated by Seller prior to the Closing Date.

     (h) Within ten (10) days after the  Closing  Date,  Seller and Buyer  shall
execute any and all documents  required to comply with the Connecticut  Property
Transfer Law.

                  7.3      TAX MATTERS

     The following  provisions shall govern the allocation of  responsibility as
between Buyer and Seller for certain tax matters following the Closing Date:

     (a) Buyer and Seller shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably
requested  by the other  party,  in  connection  with the filing of Tax  Returns
pursuant to this  Section and any audit,  litigation  or other  proceeding  with
respect to Taxes.  Such  cooperation  shall  include the retention and (upon the
other  party's  request)  the  provision  of records and  information  which are
reasonably relevant to any such audit, litigation or other proceeding and making
employees  available  on a  mutually  convenient  basis  to  provide  additional
information  and  explanation  of any material  provided  hereunder.  The Seller
agrees (A) to retain all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent
to the Seller relating to any taxable period  beginning  before the Closing Date
until the expiration of the statute of limitations  (and, to the extent notified
by Buyer,  any extensions  thereof) of the respective  taxable  periods,  and to
abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any taxing authority,
and (B) to give the other party reasonable written notice prior to transferring,
destroying  or discarding  any such books and records and, if the  transferring,
destroying or  discarding  any such books and records and, if the other party so
requests,  the Seller  shall  allow the other party to take  possession  of such
books and records.

     (b) Buyer and Seller further agree, upon request, to use their best efforts
to obtain any certificate or other document from any  governmental  authority or
any other Person as may be necessary  to mitigate,  reduce or eliminate  any Tax
that  could be imposed  (including,  but not  limited  to,  with  respect to the
transactions contemplated hereby).


<PAGE>

     (c) Buyer and Seller  further  agree,  upon  request,  to provide the other
party with all information that either party may be required to report.

     (d) All tax sharing  agreements  or similar  agreements  with respect to or
involving the Seller shall not be assumed by Buyer after the Closing  Date,  the
Buyer shall not be bound thereby or have any liability thereunder.

     (e) All transfer,  documentary,  sales, use, stamp,  registration and other
such  Taxes  and  fees  (including  any  penalties  and  interest)  incurred  in
connection  with this  Agreement  shall be paid by Seller  when due,  and Seller
will,  at  their  own  expense,   file  all  necessary  Tax  Returns  and  other
documentation with respect to all such transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp,
registration and other Taxes and fees, and, if required by applicable law, Buyer
will,  and will cause its  affiliates  to, join in the execution of any such Tax
Returns and other documentation.

                  7.4      SEVERANCE MATTERS

     Seller shall pay all severance,  termination and other payments (whether in
the form of cash or  otherwise)  pursuant to any written or oral  agreements  of
Seller or its  Affiliates  and expenses  applicable  to the employees of Seller,
including,  but not limited to, any other  compensation  payable to employees of
Seller under  applicable plant closing or similar laws with respect to employees
of Seller who are not offered employment by the Buyer.

                  7.5      NONCOMPETITION BY SELLER AND STOCKHOLDERS

     (a) For a period of five years after the Closing (the "Restricted  Period")
neither  the  Seller,  Andersen,  Ney or any  Affiliate  thereof  shall  engage,
directly or  indirectly,  in any  business  anywhere  in the United  States that
develops,  designs,  manufactures,  sells or markets products or services of the
kind developed, designed, manufactured, sold and marketed by the Business or the
Seller as of the  Closing  Date or,  without  the prior  written  consent of the
Buyer,  directly or  indirectly,  own an interest  in,  manage,  operate,  join,
control, lend money or render financial or other assistance to or participate in
or be connected with, as an officer, employee, partner, stockholder,  consultant
or  otherwise,  any Person that  competes  with the Buyer,  the  Business or the
Seller in developing, designing, manufacturing, selling or marketing products or
services of the kind developed, designed,  manufactured, sold or marketed by the
Business  or the Seller as of the  Closing;  provided,  however,  that,  for the
purposes  of this  section  ownership  of  securities  having  no more than five
percent (5%) of the outstanding  voting power of any competitor which are listed
on  any  national  securities  exchange  or  traded  actively  in  the  national
over-the-counter  market  shall not be deemed to be in violation of this section
so  long as the  Person  owning  such  securities  has no  other  connection  or
relationship with such competitor.

     (b) As a separate  and  independent  covenant,  the Seller  agrees with the
Buyer  that,  for a period of five years  following  the  Closing,  neither  the
Seller,  Andersen,  Ney or any Affiliate  thereof shall, in any way, directly or
indirectly,  for the purpose of  conducting  or engaging  in any  business  that
develops,  designs,  manufactures,  sells or markets products or services of the
kind developed, designed,  manufactured, sold or marketed by the Business or the
Seller as of the Closing, call upon, solicit, advise or otherwise do, or attempt
to do,  business  with any  customers  of the Business or the Seller in order to
take away or interfere or attempt to interfere with any custom,  trade, business
or  patronage of the  Business or the Seller,  or  interfere  with or attempt to
interfere  with  any  officers,  employees,  representatives  or  agents  of the
Business or the Seller,  or induce or attempt to induce any of them to leave the
employ of the Seller or violate the terms of their contracts,  or any employment
arrangements, with the Company.

     (c) The  Restricted  Period  shall be  extended by the length of any period
during which the Seller is in breach of the terms of this Section 7.5.

         8.       TERMINATION

                  8.1      TERMINATION EVENTS

                           This  Agreement  may, by notice  given prior to or at
the Closing, be terminated:

     (a) by either Buyer or the Seller if a material  Breach of any provision of
this  Agreement  has been  committed  by the other party and such Breach has not
been waived or cured within 10 days after notice of such breach;

     (b) (i) by  Buyer  if any of the  conditions  in  Section  5 has  not  been
satisfied  as of the Closing Date or if  satisfaction  of such a condition is or
becomes  impossible  (other than through the failure of Buyer to comply with its
obligations  under this Agreement) and Buyer has not waived such condition on or
before the Closing  Date;  or (ii) by the Seller,  if any of the  conditions  in
Section has not been satisfied as of the Closing Date or if satisfaction of such
a condition  is or becomes  impossible  (other  than  through the failure of the
Seller to comply with its  obligations  under this Agreement) and Seller has not
waived such condition on or before the Closing Date;

      (c) by mutual consent of Buyer and the Seller; or

     (d) by either  Buyer or the Seller if the Closing has not  occurred  (other
than  through the failure of any party  seeking to terminate  this  Agreement to
comply fully with its  obligations  under this  Agreement) on or before March 4,
1998 or such later date as the parties may agree upon.

8.2               EFFECT OF TERMINATION

     Each party's right of  termination  under Section 8.1 is in addition to any
other rights it may have under this Agreement or otherwise,  and the exercise of
a right of termination will not be an election of remedies. If this Agreement is
terminated pursuant to Section 8.1, all further obligations of the parties under
this Agreement will terminate,  except that the obligations in Section 10.1 will
survive;  provided,  however,  that if this  Agreement is  terminated by a party
because of the Breach of the Agreement by the other party or because one or more
of the conditions to the terminating party's obligations under this Agreement is
not  satisfied  as a result  of the other  party's  failure  to comply  with its
obligations  under this Agreement,  the terminating  party's right to pursue all
legal remedies will survive such termination unimpaired.

         9.       INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES

                  9.1      SURVIVAL

     All  representations,   warranties,  covenants,  and  obligations  in  this
Agreement,  the Disclosure Schedule, the supplements to the Disclosure Schedule,
the certificate  delivered pursuant to Section 2.9(a)(iv) and Section 2.9(b)(ii)
and any other certificate or document  delivered pursuant to this Agreement will
survive the Closing.  However,  the written waiver of any condition based on the
accuracy  of  any  representation  or  warranty  in  this  Agreement,  or on the
performance of or compliance  with any covenant or obligation in this Agreement,
will eliminate the right to indemnification, payment of Damages, or other remedy
based on such representations, warranties, covenants and obligations.

                  9.2      INDEMNIFICATION AND PAYMENT OF DAMAGES BY
                           THE SELLER AND ANDERSEN

     The Seller and Andersen,  jointly and severally,  hereby indemnify and hold
harmless Buyer and its Representatives,  stockholders,  controlling persons, and
affiliates  (collectively,  the "Indemnified  Persons") for, and will pay to the
Indemnified Persons the amount of, any loss, liability, claim, damage (including
incidental and consequential damages), expense (including costs of investigation
and defense and reasonable  attorneys' fees) or diminution of value,  whether or
not involving a third-party claim (collectively,  "Damages"),  arising, directly
or indirectly, from or in connection with:

     (a) any  Breach of any  representation  or  warranty  made by the Seller or
Andersen in this Agreement or any other certificate or document delivered by the
Seller or Andersen pursuant to this Agreement;

     (b) any  Breach of any  representation  or  warranty  made by the Seller or
Andersen in this  Agreement as if such  representation  or warranty were made on
and as of the Closing Date;

     (c) any Breach by the Seller or Andersen of any covenant or  obligation  in
this Agreement;

     (d) any product  shipped or manufactured  by, or any services  provided by,
the Seller on or prior to the Closing Date, including,  without limitation,  any
damages  arising out of allegations of personal  injury or property  suffered by
any third party,  or  activities  or omissions of the Seller that occurred on or
prior to the Closing Date;

<PAGE>


     (e) any claim by any Person for brokerage or finder's  fees or  commissions
or similar  payments based upon any agreement or  understanding  alleged to have
been made by any such  Person  with the Seller  (or any  Person  acting on their
behalf) in connection with any of the transactions contemplated hereby;

     (f) any  Environmental,  Health and Safety  Liabilities  that relate to the
business or operation of the Seller, the Assets or the Facilities on or prior to
the Closing Date, whether or not the facts underlying such Environmental, Health
and Safety  Liabilities  are  disclosed  in the  Disclosure  Schedule,  known or
unknown to the Seller; or

     (g) any Tax liabilities or obligations of the Seller.

                  9.3      TIME LIMITATIONS

     If the Closing occurs,  the Seller and Andersen will have no liability (for
indemnification or otherwise) with respect to any representation or warranty, or
covenant or  obligation  to be performed  and complied with prior to the Closing
Date,  other than those in Sections 2.3(b),  3.6 (title only),  3.10, 3.12, 3.15
and 3.19, unless on or before the second  anniversary of the Closing Date, Buyer
notifies the Seller and Andersen of a claim specifying the factual basis of that
claim in  reasonable  detail to the  extent  then  known by Buyer,  a claim with
respect  to  Section  3.6  (title   only),   3.12  or  3.15,   or  a  claim  for
indemnification  or reimbursement not based upon any  representation or warranty
or any covenant or  obligation  to be performed  and complied  with prior to the
Closing  Date,  may be  made  at any  time  within  the  applicable  statute  of
limitations; a claim with respect to Section 3.19, which must be made within the
seventh  anniversary date from the Closing Date; a claim with respect to Section
3.10 which must be made within  ninety (90) days from the  Closing  Date;  and a
claim with  respect to Section  2.3(b) which must be made within the time period
provided by Seller's warranty with respect to such product.

                  9.4      LIMITATIONS ON AMOUNT -- SELLER

     The Seller and Andersen  will have no  liability  (for  indemnification  or
otherwise) with respect to the matters  described in Section 9.2 until the total
of all Damages  actually  paid or incurred by Buyer with respect to such matters
(excluding,  however,  any  individual  matter in the amount of Five Hundred and
00/100  Dollars  ($500.00) or less) exceeds  Twenty  Thousand and 00/100 Dollars
($20,000.00) and then for the full amount of such Damages  (excluding,  however,
any individual matter in the amount of Five Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($500.00)
or less).  However, this Section 9.4 will not apply to any intentional Breach by
the  Seller or  Andersen  of any  covenant  or  obligation,  and the  Seller and
Andersen  will be liable for all  Damages  with  respect to such  Breaches in an
amount not to exceed the  Purchase  Price,  as  adjusted,  plus the total of all
payments made under the Technology Assignment Agreement as of the date the claim
is  asserted  nor shall this  section  apply to claims by Buyer with  respect to
Sections  2.3(b),  3.6 (title  only),  3.9,  3.10,  3.12,  3.15 and 3.19 of this
Agreement  for which Seller and Andersen  shall be liable for the full amount of
such Damages.


<PAGE>



                  9.5      PROCEDURE FOR INDEMNIFICATION--THIRD PARTY CLAIMS

     (a) Promptly after receipt by the Indemnified  Persons under Section 9.2 of
notice of the  commencement  of any  Proceeding  against  it,  such  Indemnified
Persons will, if a claim is to be made against an indemnifying  party under such
Section,  give  notice to the  indemnifying  party of the  commencement  of such
claim,  but the  failure to notify the  indemnifying  party will not relieve the
indemnifying party of any liability that it may have to any Indemnified Persons,
except to the extent that the indemnifying  party  demonstrates that the defense
of such action is prejudiced by the  indemnifying  party's  failure to give such
notice.

     (b) If any Proceeding  referred to in Section 9.5(a) is brought against the
Indemnified  Persons  and it  gives  notice  to the  indemnifying  party  of the
commencement of such Proceeding,  the indemnifying  party will, unless the claim
involves Taxes, be entitled to participate in such Proceeding and, to the extent
that it  wishes  (unless  (i) the  indemnifying  party  is also a party  to such
Proceeding  and the  Indemnified  Persons  determine  in good  faith  that joint
representation  would be inappropriate,  or (ii) the indemnifying party fails to
provide reasonable  assurance to the Indemnified Party of its financial capacity
to defend such  Proceeding  and  provide  indemnification  with  respect to such
Proceeding),  to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel satisfactory
to the indemnified  Persons and, after notice from the indemnifying party to the
Indemnified  Persons of its  election to assume the defense of such  Proceeding,
the indemnifying party will not, as long as it diligently conducts such defense,
be liable to the  Indemnified  Persons  under this  Section  9.5 for any fees of
other  counsel  or any  other  expenses  with  respect  to the  defense  of such
Proceeding,  in each case  subsequently  incurred by the Indemnified  Persons in
connection with the defense of such  Proceeding,  other than reasonable costs of
investigation.  If the  indemnifying  party assumes the defense of a Proceeding,
(i) it will be conclusively  established for purposes of this Agreement that the
claims  made  in  that  Proceeding  are  within  the  scope  of and  subject  to
indemnification; (ii) no compromise or settlement of such claims may be effected
by the  indemnifying  party without the Indemnified  Persons' consent unless (A)
there is no finding or admission of any violation of Legal  Requirements  or any
violation of the rights of any Person and no effect on any other claims that may
be made against the  Indemnified  Persons,  and (B) the sole relief  provided is
monetary damages that are paid in full by the indemnifying  party; and (iii) the
Indemnified  Persons will have no liability  with respect to any  compromise  or
settlement of such claims effected without its consent. If notice is given to an
indemnifying  party of the  commencement of any Proceeding and the  indemnifying
party does not,  within ten (10) days after the  Indemnified  Persons' notice is
given,  give  notice to the  indemnified  party of its  election  to assume  the
defense  of  such  Proceeding,  the  indemnifying  party  will be  bound  by any
determination  made in such Proceeding or any compromise or settlement  effected
by the Indemnified Persons.

     (c) Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if an Indemnified Person determines in
good  faith  that  there  is a  reasonable  probability  that a  Proceeding  may
adversely affect it or its Affiliates other than as a result of monetary damages
for which it would be  entitled to  indemnification  under this  Agreement,  the
Indemnified  Persons  may,  by  notice to the  indemnifying  party,  assume  the
exclusive  right to  defend,  compromise,  or settle  such  Proceeding,  but the
indemnifying  party will not be bound by any  determination  of a Proceeding  so
defended or any compromise or settlement effected without its consent (which may
not be unreasonably withheld).

                  9.6      PROCEDURE FOR INDEMNIFICATION--OTHER CLAIMS

     A claim for  indemnification  for any matter not  involving  a  third-party
claim  may  be  asserted  by  notice  to  the  Seller  and  Andersen  from  whom
indemnification is sought.
                  9.7      EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES

     Nothing in this Section 9.7 is intended to restrict any remedies  which may
be available to Buyer with respect to any breach of or other  default  under any
separate  agreement  executed in  connection  with any matter  described in this
Agreement,  including  (without  limitation)  breaches of or defaults  under the
Technology Assignment Agreement.

                  9.8      RIGHT TO SET OFF; EFFECT OF INDEMNIFICATION PAYMENT

     In the event that amounts are owed for indemnification  pursuant to Section
9 of this Agreement by the Seller and Andersen and such amounts remain unpaid at
the date upon which the Buyer must pay  consideration  to the Seller pursuant to
the Technology Assignment Agreement,  the Buyer may set off such amounts against
the payments owed to the Seller at such date.
         10.      GENERAL PROVISIONS

                  10.1     EXPENSES

     Except as otherwise  expressly  provided in this  Agreement,  each party to
this Agreement will bear its respective expenses incurred in connection with the
preparation,  execution,  and performance of this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereby, including all fees and expenses of agents, representatives,
counsel and  accountants.  In the event of  termination of this  Agreement,  the
obligation  of each party to pay its own expenses  will be subject to any rights
of such party arising from a breach of this Agreement by another party.

                  10.2     PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS

     Any public announcement or similar publicity with respect to this Agreement
or the transactions  contemplated hereby will be issued at such time as required
by applicable law and as agreed upon by the parties hereto. The Seller and Buyer
will  consult  with each other in good faith  concerning  the means by which the
Seller's employees, customers, and suppliers and others having dealings with the
Seller's Business will be informed of the transactions  contemplated hereby, and
Buyer  and  the  Seller  will  have  the  right  to  be  present  for  any  such
communication.


<PAGE>



                  10.3     NOTICES

     All  notices,  consents,  waivers,  and  other  communications  under  this
Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when (a)
delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt), (b) sent by telecopier
(with written  confirmation of receipt),  or (c) when received by the addressee,
if sent by a nationally  recognized  overnight delivery service, in each case to
the  appropriate  addresses and  telecopier  numbers set forth below (or to such
other addresses and telecopier numbers as a party may designate by notice to the
other parties):

           The Seller:              Ney Ultrasonics Inc.
                                    1280 Blue Hills Avenue
                                    Bloomfield, Connecticut  06002
                                    Attention:  Mr. Francis E. Baker
                                    Facsimile No.:  860/242-8388

         with a copy to:            Bernard F. Travers III, Esq.
                                    Andersen Group, Inc.
                                    1280 Blue Hills Avenue
                                    Bloomfield, Connecticut  06002
                                    Facsimile No.:  860/242-8388

         with a copy to:            Edwards & Angell
                                    101 Federal Street
                                    Boston, Massachusetts  02110-1800
                                    Attention:  Robert W. Curry, Esq.
                                    Facsimile No.:  617/439-4170

         Buyer:                     CAE U.S. Inc.
                                    4933 Provident Drive
                                    Cincinnati, Ohio  45246
                                    Attention: John J. Hartig, Vice President
                                    Facsimile No.: 513/870-1778

         with a copy to:            CAE Blackstone
                                    9 North Main Street
                                    Jamestown, New York  14702
                                    Attention:  Geoff Bond
                                    Facsimile No.:  716/665-2480

         with a copy to:            Keating, Muething & Klekamp, P.L.L.
                                    1800 Provident Tower
                                    One East Fourth Street
                                    Cincinnati, Ohio  45202
                                    Attention: James M. Jansing, Esq.
                                    Facsimile No.:  513/579-6956

                  10.4     FURTHER ASSURANCES; RECORDS RETENTION

     The parties  agree:  (a) to furnish upon request to each other such further
information;  (b) to execute and deliver to each other such other documents; and
(c) to do such  other acts and  things,  all as the other  party or parties  may
reasonably  request for the purpose of carrying out the intent of this Agreement
and the documents  referred to in this Agreement.  Buyer shall retain all files,
books and other records relating to the operation of the Seller's Business after
the  Closing  in a  manner  that is  consistent  with  Buyer's  general  records
retention policy (under which Buyer currently retains most records for seven (7)
years)  and  shall,  after  the  Closing,  give the  Seller  and its  respective
representative(s)  access thereto  during  regular  business hours on reasonable
prior notice.

                  10.5     WAIVER

     Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.2, the rights and remedies of the
parties to this  Agreement  are  cumulative  and not  alternative.  Neither  the
failure nor any delay by any party in exercising  any right,  power or privilege
under this Agreement or the documents referred to in this Agreement will operate
as a waiver of such right, power or privilege, and no single or partial exercise
of any such  right,  power,  or  privilege  will  preclude  any other or further
exercise of such right,  power, or privilege or the exercise of any other right,
power, or privilege.  To the maximum extent  permitted by applicable law, (a) no
claim or right  arising out of this  Agreement or the  documents  referred to in
this Agreement can be discharged by one party,  in whole or in part, by a waiver
or  renunciation  of the claim or right  unless in  writing  signed by the other
party;  (b) no waiver that may be given by a party will be applicable  except in
the specific  instance for which it is given;  and (c) no notice to or demand on
one party  will be deemed to be a waiver of any  obligation  of such party or of
the right of the party  giving  such  notice  or demand to take  further  action
without notice or demand as provided in this Agreement or the documents referred
to in this Agreement.

                  10.6     ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND MODIFICATION

     This  Agreement   supersedes   all  prior   agreements,   arrangements   or
understandings  between  the  parties  with  respect to its  subject  matter and
constitutes  (along with the documents referred to in this Agreement) a complete
and exclusive  statement of the terms of the agreement  between the parties with
respect to its subject  matter.  This  Agreement may not be amended  except by a
written agreement executed by all the parties hereto.

                  10.7     ASSIGNMENTS, SUCCESSORS, AND NO THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS

     Neither  Buyer nor the  Seller  may  assign  any of its  rights  under this
Agreement  without  the prior  consent of the other  parties,  which will not be
unreasonably withheld, except that Buyer may assign any of its rights under this
Agreement to any Subsidiary of Buyer.  Subject to the preceding  sentence,  this
Agreement  will  apply to, be  binding in all  respects  upon,  and inure to the
benefit  of  the  successors  and  permitted  assigns  of the  parties.  Nothing
expressed or referred to in this  Agreement will be construed to give any Person
other than the parties to this Agreement any legal or equitable right, remedy or
claim  under  or  with  respect  to  this  Agreement  or any  provision  of this
Agreement.  This  Agreement and all of its provisions and conditions are for the
sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their successors
and assigns.

10.8              SEVERABILITY

     If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or  unenforceable by any
court of competent  jurisdiction,  the other  provisions of this  Agreement will
remain in full force and effect. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or
unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the
extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

                  10.9     SECTION HEADINGS, CONSTRUCTION

     The headings of Sections in this  Agreement  are  provided for  convenience
only and will not affect its construction or  interpretation.  All references to
"Section" or "Sections" refer to the  corresponding  Section or Sections of this
Agreement.  All words used in this  Agreement  will be  construed  to be of such
gender  or number  as the  circumstances  require.  Unless  otherwise  expressly
provided, the word "including" does not limit the preceding words or terms.

                  10.10    TIME OF ESSENCE

     With regard to all dates and time  periods set forth or referred to in this
Agreement, time is of the essence.

                  10.11    GOVERNING LAW

     This  Agreement  will  be  governed  by and  construed  under  the  laws of
Connecticut without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

                  10.12    COUNTERPARTS

     This Agreement may be executed in one or more  counterparts,  each of which
will be deemed to be an original copy of this  Agreement and all of which,  when
taken together, will be deemed to constitute one and the same agreement.


         [The Remainder of this Page Intentionally Left Blank]


<PAGE>






     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement
as of the date first written above.

                                     BUYER:

                                  CAE U.S. INC.

                                       By: /s/ Paul G. Renaud
                                           -------------------

                                    Title: Vice President-Finance and Secretary

                                     SELLER:

                                                     NEY ULTRASONICS INC.


                                        By: /s/ Bernard F. Travers, III
                                            ---------------------------

                                     Title: Assistant Secretary

                                    ANDERSEN:

                                                     ANDERSEN GROUP, INC.


                                        By: /s/ Francis E. Baker
                                            ---------------------
                                     Title: Secretary

Solely  for   purposes  for Section of the Agreement.


                                      NEY:

                                                     THE J. M. NEY COMPANY


                                        By: /s/ Andrew M. O'Shea
                                            ---------------------

                                     Title: Chief Financial Officer




<PAGE>


GLOSSARY

"Accounts Receivable" -- as defined in Section 2.1(a).

"Affiliate"  -- with  respect to any  specified  Person,  any other  Person that
directly,  or  indirectly  through  one or  more  intermediaries,  controls,  is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person.

"Affiliated  Group" -- means an  affiliated  group as defined in Section 1504 of
the Code (or any analogous combined, consolidated or unitary group defined under
state,  local or  foreign  income  Tax law) of which the Seller is or has been a
member.

"Agreement" -- as defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

"Assets" -- as defined in Section 2.1 hereof.

"Assumed Contracts" -- as defined in Section 3.17(a).

"Assumed Liabilities" -- as defined in Section 2.2(a).

"Auditors" -- as defined in Section 2.11(a).

"August 1, 1997 Balance  Sheet" -- means the balance  sheet dated August 1, 1997
delivered by Seller to Buyer which reflects the financial condition of Seller at
July 31, 1997.

"Breach" -- a "Breach" of a representation,  warranty,  covenant,  obligation or
other provision of this Agreement or any instrument  delivered  pursuant to this
Agreement  will be deemed  to have  occurred  if there is or has  been:  (a) any
inaccuracy  in or breach of, or any  failure to  perform  or comply  with,  such
representation,  warranty,  covenant,  obligation or other provision; or (b) any
claim  (by any  Person)  or  other  occurrence  or  circumstance  that is or was
inconsistent with such representation,  warranty, covenant, obligation, or other
provision,  and the term "Breach" means any such  inaccuracy,  breach,  failure,
claim, occurrence, or circumstance.

"Business" -- as defined in the Recitals.

"Buyer" -- as defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

"Capital  Employed"  -- assets less  current  liabilities  as  reflected  on the
Balance  Sheet of Seller at February  28, 1998  determined  in  accordance  with
Generally Accepted Accounting  Principles  consistently  applied as presented on
the August 1, 1997 Balance Sheet.

"Closing" -- as defined in Section 2.7.

"Closing  Date" -- the date and time as of  which  the  Closing  actually  takes
place.

"Closing Financial  Statements" -- the Balance Sheet and statement of Net Assets
of the Seller as of February 28, 1998 and the Operating  Income Statement of the
Seller for the fiscal year ending February 28, 1998.
"Code" -- the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

"Consent" -- any approval, consent, ratification,  waiver or other authorization
(including any Governmental Authorization).

"Contracts" -- all contracts,  commitments  or other  arrangements  to which the
Seller is a party and related to the Seller's Business.

"Copyrights" -- as defined in Section 3.22(a)(ii).

"Damages" -- as defined in Section 9.2.

"Disclosure  Schedule"  -- the  disclosure  schedule  delivered by the Seller to
Buyer concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

"Encumbrance" -- any charge,  claim,  community  property  interest,  condition,
equitable  interest,  lien, option,  pledge,  security interest,  right of first
refusal,  or restriction of any kind,  including any restriction on use, voting,
transfer, receipt of income or exercise of any other attribute of ownership.

"Environment"  -- soil,  land  surface  or  subsurface  strata,  surface  waters
(including navigable waters, ocean waters,  streams,  ponds, drainage basins and
wetlands),  ground waters, drinking water supply, stream sediments,  ambient air
(including  indoor  air),  plant and animal  life,  and any other  environmental
medium or natural resource.

"Environmental,  Health, and Safety Liabilities" -- any cost, damages,  expense,
liability,   obligation,   or  other   responsibility   arising  from  or  under
Environmental  Law or  Occupational  Safety and Health Law and  consisting of or
relating to:

                  (a)      any  environmental,  health,  or  safety  matters  or
                           conditions    (including    on-site    or    off-site
                           contamination,  occupational safety and health, toxic
                           exposure,  and  regulation of chemical  substances or
                           products);

                  (b)      fines,  penalties,  judgments,  awards,  settlements,
                           legal or administrative proceedings, damages, losses,
                           claims,   demands   and   response,    investigative,
                           oversight,  remedial or inspection costs and expenses
                           arising  under   Environmental  Law  or  Occupational
                           Safety and Health Law;

                  (c)      financial  responsibility  under Environmental Law or
                           Occupational  Safety and Health Law for cleanup costs
                           or corrective  action,  including any  investigation,
                           cleanup, removal,  containment,  or other remediation
                           or   response   actions   ("Cleanup")   required   by
                           applicable  Environmental Law or Occupational  Safety
                           and Health Law  (whether or not such Cleanup has been
                           required or requested by any Governmental Body or any
                           other Person) and for any natural  resource  damages;
                           or

                  (d)      any other  compliance,  corrective,  investigative or
                           remedial measures required under Environmental Law or
                           Occupational Safety and Health Law.

     "Environmental  Laws" -- any  Legal  Requirement,  now in  effect,  and any
judicial or  administrative  interpretation  thereof,  including  any  judicial,
administrative  order, consent decree or judgment,  relating to the environment,
health,  safety or  Hazardous  Materials,  including,  without  limitation,  the
Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation,  and Liability  Act, 4288
U.S.C.  9601 et seq.;  the Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery  Act, 42 U.S.C.
ss.ss.6901  et seq.;  the  Hazardous  Materials  Transportation  Act,  49 U.S.C.
ss.ss.6901 et seq.; the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. ss.ss.1251 et seq.; the Toxic
Substances  Control  Act, 15 U.S.C.  ss.ss.2601  et seq.;  the Clean Air Act, 42
U.S.C. ss.ss.7401 et seq.; the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. ss.ss. 300f et
seq.;  the  Atomic  Energy  Act,  42  U.S.C.  ss.ss.2011  et seq.;  the  Federal
Insecticide,  Fungicide and Rodenticide Act 7 U.S.C.  ss.ss.136 et seq.; and the
Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. ss.ss.301 et seq.

"Environmental  Permits"  -- all  permits,  approvals,  identification  numbers,
licenses and other  authorizations  required under any applicable  Environmental
Law.

"ERISA" -- the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from
time to time.

"ERISA  Affiliates" -- in relation to any Person, any trade or business (whether
or not  incorporated)  which is a member  of a group of which  that  Person is a
member and which is under  common  control  within the meaning of Section 414 of
the Code.

"Excluded Assets" -- as defined in Section 2.1(b).

"Excluded Liabilities" -- as defined in Section 2.2(d).

"Facilities"  -- any real property,  leaseholds,  or other  interests  currently
owned or  operated  by Seller in the conduct of the  Seller's  Business  and any
buildings, plants, structures, or equipment (including motor vehicles) currently
owned or operated by Seller in the conduct of the Seller's Business.

"Financial Statements" -- as defined in Section 3.4.

"Governmental  Authorization" -- any approval, consent, license, permit, waiver,
or other authorization issued,  granted, given or otherwise made available by or
under  the  authority  of  any  Governmental  Body  or  pursuant  to  any  Legal
Requirement, other than Environmental Permits.

"Governmental Body" -- any:

     (a)  nation,  state,  county,  city,  town,  village,   district  or  other
jurisdiction of any nature;

     (b) federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government;

     (c) governmental or  quasi-governmental  authority of any nature (including
any governmental agency, branch, department, official or entity and any court or
other tribunal);

     (d)      multi-national organization or body; or

     (e)  body  exercising,   or  entitled  to  exercise,   any  administrative,
executive,  judicial,  legislative,  police,  regulatory or taxing  authority or
power of any nature.

"Hazardous  Materials"  -- (a)  petroleum  or  petroleum  products,  radioactive
materials,  asbestos  in  any  form  that  is  or  could  become  friable,  urea
formaldehyde  foam  insulation,  transformers  or other  equipment  that contain
polychlorinated biphenyls, and radon gas, (b) any other chemicals,  materials or
substances  defined as or included in the definition of "hazardous  substances",
"hazardous  wastes",   "hazardous  materials",   "extremely  hazardous  wastes",
"restricted   hazardous  wastes",   "toxic   substances",   "toxic  pollutants",
"contaminants" or "pollutants", or words of similar import, under any applicable
Environmental Law, and (c) any other chemical, material or substance exposure to
which is regulated by any Governmental Authority.

"Indemnified Persons"  -- as defined in Section 9.2.

"Intellectual Property Assets" -- as defined in Section 3.22.

"Knowledge" or "Seller's Knowledge" -- Seller will be deemed to have "Knowledge"
of a particular  fact or other matter if an  individual  set forth on Schedule I
attached hereto,  which lists certain employees of Seller, Ney and Andersen,  is
actually  aware of such fact or other matter or would  reasonably be expected to
discover or otherwise  become aware of such fact or other matter in the ordinary
course of conducting his or her duties in the absence of gross negligence.

"Leases" -- as defined in Section 3.7(b)(i).

"Legal  Requirement"  --  any  federal,   state,  local,   municipal,   foreign,
international,  multinational or other administrative order, constitution,  law,
ordinance, principle of common law, regulation, statute, or treaty.

"Liability" -- any and all debts,  liabilities and obligations,  whether accrued
or fixed,  absolute  or  contingent,  matured  or  unmatured  or  determined  or
determinable,  including,  without  limitation,  those  arising  under any Legal
Requirement (including, without limitation, any Environmental Laws) Governmental
Body and those arising under any contract, agreement, arrangement, commitment or
undertaking.

"Loaded Labor Cost" -- means Buyer's direct labor cost,  plus 35% of such direct
labor cost to cover all benefit costs with respect to the employees of Buyer.

"March 1997 Forecast" -- means the financial forecast dated March 1997 delivered
by Seller to Buyer.

"Marks" -- as defined in Section 3.22(a)(i).
"Material  Adverse  Change" or "Material  Adverse  Effect" -- means any event or
change which either  individually or in combination with other events or changes
had or is likely to have a  material  adverse  effect on the  assets,  business,
prospects, financial condition, or results of operations of the Person.

"Net  Assets" -- assets less current  liabilities  of Seller as reflected on the
Seller's  Balance  Sheets  determined  in  accordance  with  Generally  Accepted
Accounting Principles consistently applied.

"New Lease" -- as defined in Section 5.8(a).

"Ney" -- means The J.M. Ney Company, a Delaware corporation.

"Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Law" -- any Legal  Requirement  designed  to
provide safe and healthful working conditions and to reduce  occupational safety
and health hazards and any program,  whether  governmental or private (including
those   promulgated  or  sponsored  by  industry   associations   and  insurance
companies), designed to provide safe and healthful working conditions.

"Operating  Income" -- revenue less the cost of goods sold and related operating
expenses  incurred  in the  ordinary  course of business  and before  income tax
deductions   determined  in  accordance  with  Generally   Accepted   Accounting
Principles  consistently  applied  and  consistent  with  the  Operating  Income
Statements of Seller as of July 31, 1997 dated Augusty1, 1997.

"Order" -- any award, decision,  injunction,  judgment, order, ruling, subpoena,
or verdict  entered,  issued,  made or  rendered  by any  court,  administrative
agency, or other Governmental Body or by any arbitrator.

"Ordinary  Course of Business" -- an action taken by a  Person will be deemed to
have been taken in the "Ordinary Course of Business" only if:

         (a)      such  action is  consistent  with the past  practices  of such
                  Person  and is  taken in the  ordinary  course  of the  normal
                  day-to-day operations of such Person;

         (b)      such action is not required to be  specifically  authorized by
                  the board of  directors  of such  Person  (or by any Person or
                  group of Persons exercising similar authority); and

         (c)      such  action is  similar in nature  and  magnitude  to actions
                  customarily taken,  without any specific  authorization by the
                  board of  directors  (or by any  Person  or  group of  Persons
                  exercising similar  authority),  in the ordinary course of the
                  normal day-to-day  operations of other Persons that are in the
                  same line of business as such Person.

"Organizational  Documents" -- (a) the  Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws
of a corporation; and (b) any amendment to any of the foregoing.

"Percentage-of-Completion  Method of  Accounting"  -- the  method of  accounting
relating to  percentage of completion  determined in accordance  with  Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles.

"Permitted Encumbrances" -- means liens for Taxes not yet due and payable.

"Person" -- any individual,  corporation (including any non-profit corporation),
general  or limited  partnership,  limited  liability  company,  joint  venture,
estate,  trust,  association,  organization,  labor  union,  or other  entity or
Governmental Body.

"Proceeding"  --  any  action,  arbitration,   audit,  hearing,   investigation,
litigation, or suit (whether civil, criminal, administrative,  investigative, or
informal)  commenced,  brought,  conducted  or heard by or before,  or otherwise
involving, any Governmental Body or arbitrator.

"Purchase Price" -- as defined in Section 2.5.

"Real Property" -- as defined in Section 3.7(a).

"Related Person" -- with respect to a particular individual:

         (a)      each other member of such individual's family;

         (b)      any Person that is directly or indirectly  controlled  by such
                  individual or one or more members of such individual's family;

         (c)      any  Person  in  which  such  individual  or  members  of such
                  individual's  family hold (individually or in the aggregate) a
                  material interest; and

         (d)      any Person  with  respect to which such  individual  or one or
                  more members of such individual's family serves as a director,
                  officer,  partner,  executor  or  trustee  (or  in  a  similar
                  capacity).

         With respect to a specified Person other than an individual:

         (a)      any Person that directly or indirectly  controls,  is directly
                  or  indirectly  controlled  by, or is directly  or  indirectly
                  under common control with such specified Person;

         (b)      any  Person  that holds a  material interest in such specified
                  Person;

         (c)      each  Person  that  serves as a  director,  officer,  partner,
                  executor, or trustee of such specified Person (or in a similar
                  capacity);

         (d)      any  Person in  which  such specified Person holds a  material
                  interest;

         (e)      any Person with respect to which such specified  Person serves
                  as a general partner or a trustee (or in a similar  capacity);
                  and

         (f)      any  Related  Person of any individual described in clause (b)
                  or (c).

         For  purposes of this  definition,  (a) the  "Family" of an  individual
includes  (i) the  individual,  (ii) the  individual's  spouse,  (iii) any other
natural  person who is  related to the  individual  or the  individual's  spouse
within the second  degree,  and (iv) any other  natural  person who resides with
such individual, and (b) "material interest" means direct or indirect beneficial
ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934)
of voting securities or other voting interests representing at least ten percent
(10%) of the outstanding  voting power of a Person or equity securities or other
equity  interests  representing  at least ten percent  (10%) of the  outstanding
equity securities or equity interests in a Person.

"Release"  --  any   disposal,   abandonment,   spilling,   leaking,   emitting,
discharging,  depositing,  escaping,  leaching, dumping, or other releasing into
the Environment, whether intentional or unintentional.

"Representative" -- with respect to a particular Person, any director,  officer,
employee,  agent,  consultant,  advisor, or other representative of such Person,
including legal counsel, accountants, and financial advisors.

"Seller" -- as defined in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

"Software" -- as defined in Section 3.22(a)(iii).

"Subsidiary"  -- with respect to any Person (the  "Owner"),  any  corporation or
other Person of which  securities or other interests having the power to elect a
majority of that  corporation's  or other Person's board of directors or similar
governing  body,  or  otherwise  having  the power to direct  the  business  and
policies of that  corporation  or other Person  (other than  securities or other
interests  having such power only upon the happening of a  contingency  that has
not  occurred)  are held by the Owner or one or more of its  Subsidiaries;  when
used without reference to a particular  Person,  "Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary
of the Seller.

"Tax  Returns"  --  any  return  (including  any  information  return),  report,
statement,  schedule,  notice, form, or other document or information filed with
or submitted to, or required to be filed with or submitted to, any  Governmental
Body in connection with the determination, assessment, collection, or payment of
any Tax or in connection with the administration, implementation, or enforcement
of or compliance with any Legal Requirement relating to any Tax. "Taxes" --means
any (A) federal,  state,  local or foreign income,  gross  receipts,  franchise,
estimated,   alternative   minimum,   add-on  minimum,   sales,  use,  transfer,
registration,   value  added,  excise,  natural  resources,   severance,  stamp,
occupation,  premium,  windfall profit,  environmental,  customs,  duties,  real
property,  capital stock, social security,  unemployment,  disability,  payroll,
license,  employee or other  withholding,  or other tax, of any kind whatsoever,
whether disputed or not,  including any interest,  penalties or additions to tax
or additional  amounts in respect of the  foregoing;  (B) liability of Seller or
Ney for the payment of any amounts of the type  described  in clause (A) arising
as a result of being (or  ceasing  to be) a member of any  Affiliated  Group (or
being included (or required to be included) in any Tax Return  relating  thereto
or as a party  to any Tax  allocation  or Tax  sharing  agreement  or any  other
contractual obligation to indemnify any other person with respect to Taxes); and
(C)  liability  of  Seller or Ney for the  payment  of any  amounts  of the type
described in clause (A) as a transferee or successor,  by contract (including as
result of any express or implied  obligation to indemnify or otherwise assume or
succeed to the liability of any other person), or otherwise.

"Technology  Agreements" -- means the (i)  Microsonic  License  Agreement  dated
September 1, 1996 between  Electronic Power Components,  Inc., William L. Puskas
and The J.M. Ney Company, (ii) Ultrasonic License Agreement dated March 1, 1993,
as amended, between Electronic Power Components, Inc., William L. Puskas and The
J.M. Ney Company,  and (iii) the Commercial  Ultrasonic Cleaners Agreement dated
June 1, 1996.

"Threat of Release" -- a  substantial  likelihood  of a Release that may require
action in order to prevent or mitigate damage to the Environment that may result
from such Release.

"Threatened" -- a claim,  Proceeding,  dispute,  action, or other matter will be
deemed to have  been  "Threatened"  if any  demand  or  statement  has been made
(orally or in writing) or any notice has been given  (orally or in writing),  or
if any other event has  occurred or any other  circumstances  exist,  that would
lead a  prudent  Person to  conclude  that  such a claim,  Proceeding,  dispute,
action, or other matter is likely to be asserted,  commenced, taken or otherwise
pursued in the future.

"Warranty Provision" -- as defined in Section 2.3.


                                      E-6

                                                                   Exhibit 10.12

                               AMENDMENT AGREEMENT

         AMENDMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") dated as of December 29, 1997 by
and among The J.M. Ney Company (the "Borrower"),  BankBoston, N.A. (successor by
merger to Bank of Boston  Connecticut)  ("BankBoston") and Rhode Island Hospital
Trust National Bank ("RIHT" and,  collectively  with  BankBoston,  the "Banks"),
with respect to a certain  Revolving Credit and Deferred Payment Sales Agreement
dated as of October 8, 1996 by and among the Borrower and the Banks (the "Credit
Agreement").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS,  pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Banks provided
certain financing to the Borrower; and

     WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Banks amend certain provisions
of the Credit Agreement; and

     WHEREAS, the Banks are willing to amend certain terms and conditions of the
Credit Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  for good and  valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and
sufficiency  of which are  hereby  acknowledged,  the  parties  hereto  agree as
follows:

         ss.1.  Definitions.  Capitalized  terms used herein without  definition
that are defined in the Credit  Agreement shall have the same meanings herein as
therein.

         ss.2.  Ratification  of  Existing  Agreements.  All of  the  Borrower's
obligations  and  liabilities to the Banks as evidenced by or otherwise  arising
under the Credit  Agreement,  the Note, the Letters of Credit and the other Loan
Documents,  are, by the  Borrower's  execution of this  Amendment,  ratified and
confirmed in all  respects.  In addition,  by the  Borrower's  execution of this
Amendment,  the Borrower represents and warrants that no counterclaim,  right of
set-off or defense of any kind  exists or is  outstanding  with  respect to such
obligations and liabilities.

         ss.3.  Representations  and Warranties.  All of the representations and
warranties made by the Borrower in the Credit  Agreement,  the Note, the Letters
of Credit and the other Loan  Documents  are true and correct on the date hereof
as if made  on and as of the  date  hereof,  except  to the  extent  of  changes
permitted by the Credit  Agreement,  the Note, the Letters of Credit,  the other
Loan Documents or this Agreement or specifically  consented to in writing by the
Banks, and except to the extent that any of such  representations and warranties
relate by their terms to a prior date.

         ss.4.  Amendment to the Credit Agreement.

     4.1.  Amendment  to ss.1.1.  Section 1.1 of the Credit  Agreement is hereby
amended  as  follows:  (i) the  definition  of  "Availability  Amount" is hereby
amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "Availability  Amount.  The  lesser of (a) the amount by which
         the Commitment exceeds the sum of (i) the aggregate outstanding balance
         of all  Revolving  Loans,  plus (ii) the Deferred  Payment Sale Amount,
         plus (iii) the Fair Market Value of Consigned  Precious Metal plus (iv)
         the Maximum Drawing Amount, plus (v) the aggregate amount of all Unpaid
         Reimbursement  Obligations  plus  (vi)  the  Fair  Market  Value of all
         Segregated  Precious  Metal and (b) after giving effect to any proposed
         Deferred  Payment Sale with respect to any type of Precious Metal,  90%
         of the aggregate  number of ounces of such type of Precious  Metal that
         are (i) owned by the  Borrower  and (ii) not subject to any liens other
         than liens in favor of the Banks (e.g. if the Borrower owns 1000 ounces
         of silver Precious Metal  (exclusive of Segregated  Precious Metals and
         Consigned  Precious Metals) prior to a Deferred Payment Sale of silver,
         the Borrower will be limited to a Deferred  Payment Sale of 9000 ounces
         of silver under this clause (b))."

         (ii) the definition of "Borrowing  Base" is hereby amended and restated
in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "Borrowing Base. The sum of (a) 85% of Eligible Receivables in
         respect of account debtors  located within the United States,  plus (b)
         70% of the Eligible  Receivables in respect of account  debtors located
         outside of the United  States,  plus (c) the  Applicable  Percentage of
         each type of Eligible  Precious Metal Inventory after  subtracting from
         the  number  of ounces of each  type of  Precious  Metals  owned by the
         Borrower to be included in Eligible Precious Metal Inventory  hereunder
         (1) the Fair Market  Value of 110% of the number of ounces of that type
         of Precious  Metal that is the subject of a Deferred  Payment Sale, (2)
         the Fair  Market  Value of 110% of the number of ounces of that type of
         Consigned  Precious Metals and (3) the Fair Market Value of 110% of the
         number of ounces of that type of Segregated Precious Metals."

         (iii) the definition of "Consolidated  Financial Obligations" is hereby
amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "Consolidated  Financial  Obligations.  With  respect  to  any
         period, an amount equal to the sum of all payments on Indebtedness that
         become due and  payable or that are to become  due and  payable  during
         such  period  pursuant  to any  agreement  or  instrument  to which the
         Borrower  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  is a  party  relating  to the
         borrowing  of  money  or the  obtaining  of  credit  or in  respect  of
         Capitalized Leases  (including,  without  limitation,  Deferred Payment
         Sale  Interest).  Demand  obligations  shall  be  deemed  to be due and
         payable  during any fiscal  year  during  which  such  obligations  are
         outstanding."

         (iv) the  definition  of  "Deferred  Payment  Sale  Interest" is hereby
amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

          "Deferred  Payment Sale Interest. Interest on the principal balance of
          Deferred Payment Sale Amount calculated in  accordance with the method
          and/or amount set forth on the  Confirmation  Order for the applicable
          sale (which will be the Consignment Rate plus the Applicable Margin)."

         (v) the  definition  of  "Eligible  Receivables"  is hereby  amended by
deleting the phrase "(iv) as to which the account debtor is located  outside the
United States  (except as otherwise  agreed in writing in its  discretion by BKB
with respect to specific  foreign  account  debtors)"  and  inserting the phrase
"(iv) as to which the  account  debtor is  located  outside  the  United  States
(except (x) if such account  debtor is located within any other country which is
a member of the  Organization  for Economic  Cooperation and Development and has
been an  account  debtor  of the  Borrower  in good  standing  for at least  six
consecutive  months and (y) as otherwise  agreed in writing in its discretion by
BKB with respect to specific foreign account debtors)" in its place.

          (vi) the  definition  of  "EBITDA" is hereby  amended and  restated in
its entirety to read as follows:

                  "EBITDA.  The sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income (or Net Loss)
         for any period,  plus (b) any income taxes (as calculated in accordance
         with the Tax Sharing  Agreement)  and interest  expense of the Borrower
         and its  Subsidiaries  for  such  period,  plus  (c)  depreciation  and
         amortization of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period,  all
         as  determined  in  conformity  with  generally   accepted   accounting
         principles."

         (vii) the definition of "Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles or
generally  accepted  accounting  principles"  is hereby  amended  by adding  the
following sentence at the end thereof: "Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in  the  foregoing,  the  Borrower  shall  base  its  accounting  and  financial
calculations  (including  without  limitation  those  pursuant  to  ss.9) on the
"first-in,  first-out" or "FIFO"  method.  Financial  statements may be prepared
using the "last-in  first-out" or "LIFO"  method,  but shall for purposes of the
Banks be adjusted to the "first-in first-out" or "FIFO" method."

         (viii) the definition of  "Obligations" is hereby amended by adding the
phrase ", Purchase and Consignment" immediately after the word "Loans" appearing
in the eighth line thereof.

         (ix) the definition of "Revolving Loan Maturity Date" is hereby amended
and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "Revolving Loan Maturity Date.  December 29, 2002."

         (x) the following new  definitions are hereby inserted into Section 1.1
in their appropriate alphabetical order:

                  "Applicable  Margin.  With  respect  to any LIBOR  Rate  Loan,
         Purchase and  Consignment  or Deferred  Payment Sale, at any time,  the
         Applicable  Margin shall be the interest rate margin  determined by BKB
         (in the case of LIBOR  Rate  Loans) or RIHT (in the case of a  Purchase
         and Consignment or Deferred  Payment Sale) based upon the OCF/TDS Ratio
         for the immediately  preceding fiscal quarter end,  effective as of the
         fifth Business Day after the financial statements referred to in ss.7.4
         hereof have been received or, if earlier,  are required to be furnished
         by the  Borrower to the Banks for such fiscal  quarter,  expressed as a
         per annum rate of interest as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         ---------------------------------- ---------------------- -------------------- ------------------
                   OCF/TDS Ratio              Deferred Payment       Consigned Rate        LIBOR Rate
                                               Sale Applicable      Applicable Margin   Applicable Margin
                                                   Margin
         ---------------------------------- ---------------------- -------------------- ------------------
         -------------------- ------------- ---------------------- ------------------- -------------------
         <S>   <C>            <C>                  <C>                   <C>                 <C>   
               Greater Than   But Less
               Or Equal To    Than
         -------------------- ------------- ---------------------- ------------------- -------------------
         -------------------- ------------- ---------------------- ------------------- -------------------

         -------------------- ------------- ---------------------- ------------------- -------------------
         -------------------- ------------- ---------------------- ------------------- -------------------
               1.50:1         -                     1.75%                1.75%               1.75%
         -------------------- ------------- ---------------------- ------------------- -------------------
         -------------------- ------------- ---------------------- ------------------- -------------------
               1.25:1         1.50:1                2.00%                2.00%               2.00%
         -------------------- ------------- ---------------------- ------------------- -------------------
</TABLE>

         provided, however, that, in the event that the Borrower fails to timely
         provide the financial statements referred to above  in  accordance with
         the  terms  hereof,  and  without  prejudice  to any  additional rights
         under  Section 12  hereof,  no  downward  adjustment of the  Applicable
         Margin  shall  occur until the second  Business  Day afte   the  actual
         delivery of such statements."

         "Consigned  Precious  Metal.   Precious  Metal (a) located at Permitted
Inventory Locations,  (b) subject to a Purchase and Consignment and consigned by
RIHT to the Borrower  pursuant to the terms of this Credit Agreement and (c) for
which RIHT has not received payment or which has not been Redelivered to RIHT."

        "Consigned  Precious  Metal Report.  A Consigned  Precious  Metal Report
signed by  the principal financial or accounting officer of the Borrower  and in
substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto."

        "Consignment Advance Rate Percentage.  Ninety percent (90%)."

        "Consignment Commitment. With respect to RIHT, RIHT's commitment to make
Purchases and  Consignments  of Precious Metal in an aggregate  amount up to the
Consignment  Limit,  as the same may be reduced  from time to time;  or, if such
commitment is terminated pursuant to the provisions hereof, zero."

      "Consignment Drawdown Date. The date on which any Purchase and Consignment
is made or is to be made."

         "Consignment Fees. Consignment fees on Consigned Precious  Metal at the
rates set forth in ss.4A.2."

         "Consignment  Limit. The amount by which the Commitment exceeds the sum
of (i) the aggregate  outstanding  balance of all Revolving Loans, plus (ii) the
Deferred  Payment  Sale Amount,  plus (iii) the Fair Market Value of  Segregated
Precious  Metals plus (iv) the Maximum  Drawing  Amount,  plus (v) the aggregate
amount of all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations."

         "Consignment Purchase Price.  See ss.4A.1."

         "Consignment  Rate.  A rate  determined  by RIHT in its  discretion  by
reference  to its cost of leasing metals."

         "Management Agreement.  That certain Financial,  Investment Banking and
Professional   Services  Agreement dated  as  of  December 1, 1997  between  the
Borrower and Andersen Group, Inc."

         "OCF/TDS Ratio.  See ss.9.1."

         "Permitted Indebtedness.  Indebtedness permitted pursuant to ss.8.1."

       "Purchases and Consignments. Purchases and consignments of the Borrower's
Precious Metal made or to be made by RIHT pursuant to ss.4A.1(a)."

         "Purchase and Consignment Request.  See ss.4A.3."

         "Redeliver(ed)  or  Redelivery.  The delivery by the Borrower to RIHT's
Head  Office,  at  the Borrower's  sole risk and  expense, of  Precious Metal in
bullion form of a type and quality which is acceptable to RIHT."

         "Segregated Precious Metal.  See ss.4B.1."

         "Segregated  Storage Limit. The amount by which the Commitment  exceeds
the sum of (i) the aggregate  outstanding  balance of all Revolving Loans,  plus
(ii) the  Deferred  Payment  Sale  Amount,  plus (iii) the Fair Market  Value of
Consigned  Precious  Metal plus (iv) the Maximum  Drawing  Amount,  plus (v) the
aggregate amount of all Unpaid Reimbursement Obligations."

         "Segregated  Storage.  The storage of RIHT's  Precious Metal in a vault
located at Borrower's  principal office,  such Precious Metal located therein to
be in the form as originally  delivered by RIHT to customer and to be physically
segregated  from the Borrower's  other Precious Metal in such vault,  if any, by
means of a physical barrier acceptable to RIHT."

         "Spot Value. At any time, with respect to the calculation of the Dollar
value of Precious  Metal,  (a) in all cases in which the Borrower is  purchasing
Precious  Metal or in which the value of Consigned  Precious Metal or Segregated
Precious Metal is being  calculated (for purposes of determining the Consignment
Limit or  Segregated  Storage  Limit,  as the case may be),  RIHT's  "ask"  spot
quotation  for  Precious  Metal at such times times the number of ounces of such
Precious Metal and (b) in all cases in which RIHT is purchasing  Precious Metal,
RIHT's "bid" spot  quotation for Precious Metal at such time times the number of
ounces of such Precious Metal."

         "Subordinate  Indebtedness.  The Indebtedness  of  the  Borrower to the
Subordinate Lender pursuant to the Subordinate Loan Documents."

         "Subordinate   Lender.   BankBoston,   N.A.,  as lender pursuant to the
Subordinate  Loan Documents,  but excluding  BankBoston,  N.A.'s  successors and
assigns thereunder."

         "Subordinate Loan Documents. That certain Securities Purchase Agreement
dated as of December 29, 1997 between the Borrower and the  Subordinate  Lender,
and all  other  documents  and  agreements  entered  into  and/or  delivered  in
connection therewith."

     "Warrant. Those certain warrants each dated as of December 29, 1997 between
the  Borrower  and  Subordinate  Lender,  in respect of the purchase of up to an
aggregate of 40,000 shares of the common stock of the  Borrower,  as amended and
in effect from time to time, together with any replacement warrants."

                  4.2. Amendment to ss.2.1.  Section 2.1 of the Credit Agreement
is hereby  amended by adding the phrase ", the Fair  Market  Value of  Consigned
Precious  Metals,   the  Fair  Market  Value  of  Segregated   Precious  Metals"
immediately after the word "Obligations" appearing in the eighth line thereof.

                  4.3. Amendment to ss.2.2.  Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement
is hereby  amended by adding the phrase ", the Fair  Market  Value of  Consigned
Precious  Metals,   the  Fair  Market  Value  of  Segregated   Precious  Metals"
immediately after the word "Obligations" appearing in the sixth line thereof.

                  4.4.  Amendment  to  ss.2.5(b).  Section  2.5(b) of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "(b) Each LIBOR Rate Loan shall bear  interest  for the period
         commencing with the Drawdown Date thereof and ending on the last day of
         each Interest  Period with respect thereto at the LIBOR Rate determined
         for such Interest  Period plus the Applicable  Margin from time to time
         in effect."

                  4.5. Amendment to Credit Agreement by Addition of New Sections
4A and 4B. The Credit  Agreement is hereby amended by adding the new Sections 4A
and 4B thereto that are set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

                  4.6.  Amendment  to  ss.5.1(a).  The last  sentence of Section
5.1(a) of the Credit  Agreement  is hereby  amended in its  entirety  to read as
follows:

                           "The Deferred Payment Sale Amount and all amounts due
                  and payable in connection  with Consigned  Precious Metals and
                  Segregated  Precious Metals that are owed to RIHT,  including,
                  without  limitation,  all Deferred Payment Sale Interest,  all
                  Consignment  Fees, all Purchase  Prices,  Precious Metals Fees
                  and Brokerage Fees, shall be repaid by the Borrower to RIHT in
                  the  applicable  Precious  Metal or in  immediately  available
                  Dollars  and  in  accordance  with  the  terms  hereof  or the
                  requirements of the applicable Confirmation Order."

                  4.7. Amendment to ss.5.2.  Section 5.2 of the Credit Agreement
is hereby  amended by (a) adding the  phrase ",  Consignment  Fees"  immediately
after the word  "Loans"  appearing in the second line thereof and (b) adding the
phrase "and the aggregate  amount of Consigned  Precious  Metals and  Segregated
Precious Metals" immediately after the word "Amount" appearing in the tenth line
thereof.

                  4.8.  Amendment toss.5.5.  Section 5.5 of the Credit Agreement
is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                           "ss.5.5.  Additional  Costs,  Etc.  If any present or
                  future  applicable  law,  which  expression,  as used  herein,
                  includes  statutes,   rules  and  regulations  thereunder  and
                  interpretations  thereof  by  any  competent  court  or by any
                  governmental or other regulatory body or official charged with
                  the administration or the interpretation thereof and requests,
                  directives,  instructions and notices at any time or from time
                  to time hereafter made upon or otherwise issued to any Bank by
                  any  central   bank  or  other   fiscal,   monetary  or  other
                  governmental  authority  (whether  or not  having the force of
                  law), shall:

                           (a) subject any Bank to any tax, levy,  impost,  duty
                  charge,  fee,  deduction  or  withholding  of any nature  with
                  respect  to this  Agreement,  the other  Loan  Documents,  the
                  Commitment  or the  Consignment  Commitment  or the  Revolving
                  Loans,   Letters  of  Credit,   Consigned   Precious   Metals,
                  Segregated  Precious  Metals or Deferred  Payment Sales (other
                  than taxes  based upon or measured by the income or profits of
                  such Bank), or

                           (b) materially  change the basis of taxation  (except
                  for change in taxes on income or  profits)  of payments to any
                  Bank of the  principal  of or the  interest  on any  Revolving
                  Loan,  Letters of Credit,  the aggregate amount of Consignment
                  Precious  Metals  or  Segregated  Precious  Metals,   Deferred
                  Payment Sale Amount,  or any other amounts payable to any Bank
                  under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or

                           (c) impose or  increase or render  applicable  (other
                  than to the extent specifically provided for elsewhere in this
                  Agreement)   any   special   deposit,   reserve,   assessment,
                  liquidity,  capital  adequacy  or other  similar  requirements
                  (whether or not having the force of law)  against  assets held
                  by,  or  deposits  in or for the  account  of, or loans by, or
                  letters of credit  issued by, or  commitments  of an office of
                  any Bank, or

                           (d)  impose  on any  Bank  any  other  conditions  or
                  requirements  with respect to this  Agreement,  the other Loan
                  Documents,  the Commitment,  the Consignment  Commitment,  the
                  Revolving  Loans,  the Letters of Credit,  Consigned  Precious
                  Metals, Segregated Precious Metals the Deferred Payment Sales,
                  or any  class  of  loans or  commitments  of which  any of the
                  Revolving  Loans,  the Letters of Credit,  Consigned  Precious
                  Metals,  Segregated  Precious Metals or Deferred Payment Sales
                  forms a part, and the result of any of the foregoing is:

                                    (i) to  increase  the  cost  to any  Bank of
                           making,  funding,  issuing,  renewing,  extending  or
                           maintaining  any of the Revolving  Loans,  Letters of
                           Credit,   Consigned   Precious   Metals,   Segregated
                           Precious   Metals,   Deferred   Payment  Sales,   the
                           Consignment Commitment or the Commitment, or

                                    (ii) to  reduce  the  amount  of  principal,
                           interest  or  other  amount   payable  to  such  Bank
                           hereunder  on  account  of  the   Commitment  or  the
                           Consignment Commitment or any of the Revolving Loans,
                           Letters of Credit,  the  Consigned  Precious  Metals,
                           Segregated Precious Metals or Deferred Payment Sales,
                           or

                                    (iii)  to  require  such  Bank to  make  any
                           payment  or to  forego  any  interest  or  other  sum
                           payable  hereunder  the  amount of which  payment  or
                           foregone  interest  or  other  sum is  calculated  by
                           reference to the gross  amount of any sum  receivable
                           or deemed  received  by such  Bank from the  Borrower
                           hereunder,

then, and in each such case, the Borrower will, upon demand made by such Bank at
any time and from time to time and as often as the occasion  therefor may arise,
pay to such Bank such  additional  amounts as will be  sufficient  to compensate
such Bank for such additional cost,  reduction,  payment or foregone interest or
other sum."

                  4.9. Amendment to ss.5.6.  Section 5.6 of the Credit Agreement
is amended by (a) adding the phrase "or the Consignment  Commitment  immediately
after the word  "Commitment"  appearing in the seventh line thereof,  (b) adding
the phrase ", the Consigned  Precious  Metals,  the Segregated  Precious Metals"
immediately after the word "Credit" appearing in the eighth line thereof and (c)
adding  the  phrase  ",Consignment  Rate"  immediately  after  the  word  "Rate"
appearing in the tenth line thereof.

                  4.10.  Amendment  to  ss.5.9.  Section  5.9(a)  of the  Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by adding the phrase ", the aggregate  amount of any
Consigned Precious Metals or Segregated  Precious Metals"  immediately after the
word "Loan"  appearing in the second line thereof.  Section 5.9(b) of the Credit
Agreement  is hereby  amended by adding the  phrase " the Fair  Market  Value of
Consigned Precious Metals, the Fair Market Value of Segregated  Precious Metals"
immediately after the word "Obligations," appearing in the third line thereof.

                  4.11.  Amendment  to  ss.5.10.  Section  5.10  of  the  Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by adding the phrase "all amounts due and payable in
connection  with  Consigned  Precious  Metals and  Segregated  Precious  Metals"
immediately after the word "Obligations" appearing in the fourth line thereof.

                  4.12. Amendment to ss.6.4. Section 6.4 of the Credit Agreement
is hereby  amended by deleting the phrase "ending  February 29, 1996"  appearing
therein and  inserting the phrase  "ended  February 28, 1997,  and the quarterly
financial  statements  for the fiscal  quarter  ending  August 31,  1997" in its
place.

                  4.13.  Amendment  toss.7.  The  preamble  to  Section 7 of the
Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "ss.7.  Affirmative  Covenants of the Borrowers.  The Borrower
         covenants and agrees that,  so long as any Revolving  Loan or Letter of
         Credit,  the  Deferred  Payment  Sale  Amount,  any amount of Consigned
         Precious Metals or Segregated  Precious  Metals or other  Obligation is
         outstanding  hereunder  or under any Loan  Document or any Bank has any
         obligation to make an Revolving Loan, Deferred Payment Sale or Purchase
         and Consignment or issue any Letter of Credit."

                  4.14. Amendment to ss.7.3. Section 7.3 of the Credit Agreement
is hereby amended by inserting the following  sentence at the end thereof:  "The
Borrower shall base its accounting and financial calculations (including without
limitation  those  pursuant  to ss.9) on the  "first-in,  first-out"  or  "FIFO"
method."

                  4.15.  Amendment to  ss.7.4(e).  Section  7.4(e) of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "(e) on (i) the fourth day of each calendar  week, a Borrowing
         Base report in respect of Eligible  Precious Metal Inventory,  and (ii)
         the fourth day of each  calendar  month,  a  Borrowing  Base  report in
         respect of Eligible  Receivables,  in each case  certified by the chief
         financial officer, controller or president of the Borrower, and in form
         reasonably acceptable to BKB;"

                  4.16.  Amendment to  ss.7.4(g).  Section  7.4(g) of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "(g) (i) until the  effectiveness of an IPO, promptly upon the
         mailing or filing thereof, copies of all financial statements,  reports
         and proxy  statements  mailed to the public  shareholders  of  Andersen
         Group, Inc. or any controlling  stockholder of the Borrower, and copies
         of all registration  statements and Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K filed with
         the  Securities and Exchange  Commission (or any successor  thereto) or
         any  national  securities  exchange  by  Andersen  Group,  Inc.  or any
         controlling  stockholder  of Andersen  Group,  Inc.; and (ii) after the
         effectiveness  of an  initial  public  offering  of  the  stock  of the
         Borrower,  promptly upon the mailing or filing  thereof,  copies of all
         financial statements, reports and proxy statements mailed to the public
         shareholders of the Borrower, and copies of all registration statements
         and Forms 10-K,  10-Q and 8-K filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange
         Commission  (or  any  successor  thereto)  or any  national  securities
         exchange  by  the  Borrower  or  any  controlling  stockholder  of  the
         Borrower."

                  4.17.  Amendment toss. 7.4(h).  Section  7.4(h) of  the Credit
Agreement is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "(h) as soon as available and in any event not later than 6:00
         p.m. on the fourth  Business Day of each calendar  week,  (i) a summary
         (certified by the chief financial  officer,  controller or president of
         the Borrower and substantially in form reasonably acceptable to BKB) of
         the  long and  short  positions  of the  Borrower  (including,  without
         limitation,  their  respective  open,  forward,  and options and future
         contracts) for Precious  Metal and the Precious Metal  Inventory of the
         Borrower as at the close of business on the previous Friday (or if such
         Friday was not a Business  Day, then as at the close of business on the
         next prior  Business Day),  and promptly  thereafter,  a written advice
         with respect to the foregoing,  together with such reasonable detail as
         to permit the Banks to  ascertain  the basis of such  calculations  and
         summaries,  (ii) a schedule  (certified by the chief financial officer,
         controller or president of the Borrower) setting forth the calculations
         necessary to show the Borrower's  compliance  with the terms of Section
         8.10 hereof;  and (iii) a Consigned Precious Metal Report setting forth
         (A) the  aggregate  amount of  Consigned  Precious  Metals,  Segregated
         Precious  Metals and the Borrower's  other Precious Metal as of the end
         of such date,  and (B) a calculation  of the  Consignment  Advance Rate
         Percentage  multiplied  by the  Fair  Market  Value  of the  sum of (1)
         Borrower's  Precious Metal (exclusive of Segregated  Precious Metal and
         Precious Metal that is the subject of a Deferred Payment Sale) plus (2)
         Consigned Precious Metal as of such date."

                  4.18.  Amendment  toss.8.  The  preamble  to Section 8 of  the
Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "ss.8.  Certain  Negative  Covenants  of  the  Borrower.   The
         Borrower  covenants  and agrees that,  so long as any  Revolving  Loan,
         Letter of Credit, any amount of Consigned Precious Metals or Segregated
         Precious  Metals,  the Deferred Payment Sale Amount or other amount due
         and payable under any of the Loan  Documents is outstanding or any Bank
         has any obligation to make any Revolving Loan or Deferred  Payment Sale
         or Purchase and Consignment or issue any Letter of Credit:"

                  4.19. Amendment to ss.8.1. Section 8.1 of the Credit Agreement
is hereby  amended by (i) deleting  the  reference  to  "$800,000"  appearing in
clause (j) thereof and inserting a reference to "$1,000,000"  in its place,  and
(ii) adding the  following  new clauses  (k),  (l) and (m) at the end of Section
8.1:

                  (k)  Subordinate  Indebtedness to the Subordinate  Lender  
underwritten by Equitable Securities Corp.;

                  (l)  Subordinate  Indebtedness  to Andersen  Group,  Inc. that
         satisfies each of the following conditions: (a) the obligation to repay
         such  Indebtedness  is  evidenced  by a written  agreement  between the
         Borrower (or its Subsidiary,  as applicable) and Andersen Group,  Inc.,
         and (b) the Borrower (or its  Subsidiary,  as applicable)  and Andersen
         Group,  Inc. shall have entered into a Subordination  Agreement in form
         and   substance   satisfactory   to  the  Banks  in   respect  of  such
         Indebtedness; and

                  (m)   Indebtedness  in  an  aggregate  amount  not  to  exceed
         $3,000,000  that: (i) is incurred or assumed solely in connection  with
         an acquisition  permitted pursuant to ss.8.4(a)(iv),  and (ii) consists
         of either  (x) the  Borrower's  obligation  to pay to the seller of the
         assets or stock so acquired all or a portion of the purchase  price for
         the assets or stock so acquired,  or (y) the  Borrower's  assumption of
         indebtedness  that (1) existed prior to such  acquisition  (and was not
         created in  contemplation  of such  acquisition) in connection with the
         assets  or stock  so  acquired,  and (2) is  payable  to a third  party
         lender."

                  4.20. Amendment to ss.8.2. Section 8.2 of the Credit Agreement
is hereby  amended by (i)  deleting  the word  "and" at the end of clause  (vii)
thereof,  (ii) deleting the  punctuation "." at the end of clause (viii) thereof
and  inserting  the phrase "; and" in its place,  and (iii) adding the following
new clauses (ix) and (x) immediately following clause (viii) thereof:

                  "(ix)    second  priority  liens  created  by  the Subordinate
Loan  Documents  to  secure  the Subordinate Indebtedness; and

                  (x) liens which (a) secure Indebtedness  permitted pursuant to
         ss.8.1(m)  and (b)  encumber the assets  and/or  stock  acquired by the
         Borrower pursuant to the provisions of ss.8.4(a)(iv)."

                  4.21. Amendment to ss.8.3. Section 8.3 of the Credit Agreement
is hereby amended by (i) deleting the words "of United States banks having total
assets  in  excess of  $1,000,000,000"  appearing  in  clause  (b)  thereof  and
inserting the words "(x) of United States banks having total assets in excess of
$1,000,000,000  or (y) which  deposits,  certificates  and acceptances are fully
insured by the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation" in their place, and (ii)
deleting the reference to  "$1,000,000,000"  appearing in clause (h) thereof and
inserting a reference to "$250,000,000" in its place.

                  4.22.  Amendment to  ss.8.4(a).  Section  8.4(a) of the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                           "(a) The  Borrower  will not, and will not permit any
         of its Subsidiaries to, become a party to any merger or  consolidation,
         or agree to or effect any asset  acquisition or stock acquisition other
         than (i) the sale of inventory and leasing of equipment in the ordinary
         course of business;  (ii) the merger or consolidation of one or more of
         the Subsidiaries of the Borrower with and into the Borrower,  (iii) the
         merger or  consolidation  of two or more  Subsidiaries of the Borrower,
         provided,   that,  if  a  merger  or  consolidation  occurs  between  a
         Subsidiary  which is  partially  owned by the Borrower and a Subsidiary
         which is wholly  owned by the  Borrower,  the wholly  owned  subsidiary
         shall be the surviving entity,  and (iv) so long as no Default or Event
         of Default shall have occurred,  the acquisition by the Borrower of the
         assets or stock of another Person, provided that such acquisition meets
         each of the following criteria:  (v) the aggregate purchase price to be
         paid by the Borrower in respect of such  acquisition  (when  aggregated
         with the  aggregate  purchase  price paid by the Borrower in respect of
         all other  acquisitions  effected pursuant to this Section  8.4(a)(iv))
         does not exceed $5,000,000, (w) the assets acquired (or, in the case of
         a stock  acquisition,  the assets and business of the Person  acquired)
         are of a type,  quality and character  consistent  with the  Borrower's
         existing business plan and strategy, and do not cause a material change
         in the nature of the business in which the Borrower is engaged,  all as
         determined by BKB, (x) as of the date of such acquisition, the Borrower
         shall have granted to the Banks a first priority  perfected lien on and
         security interest in (except for Permitted Liens) all of the assets and
         stock acquired by the Borrower and all of the assets and stock directly
         or  indirectly  held by any Person  acquired by the  Borrower,  (y) all
         corporate,   partnership,   governmental  and  other   proceedings  and
         approvals in  connection  with such  acquisition,  and all  transaction
         documents  incidental  to  such  acquisition,  shall  be  in  form  and
         substance  reasonably  satisfactory to the Banks,  and (z) the Borrower
         shall have provided the Banks with evidence  that,  after giving effect
         to the proposed acquisition, the Borrower shall continue to satisfy the
         financial covenants set forth in ss.9 on a pro forma basis."



<PAGE>



                  4.23.  Amendment to  ss.8.4(b).  Section  8.4(b) of the Credit
Agreement  is hereby  amended by adding the  following  new  sentence at the end
thereof:

                  "Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  and subject to the following
         proviso, the Borrower may dividend and transfer to Andersen Group, Inc.
         (or, in the case of the assets  described in the following  clause (y),
         transfer to Ney Ultrasonics Inc.) each of the following:  (x) the stock
         of Ney  Ultrasonics  Inc. and (y) after  delivery to the Banks of a pro
         forma asset statement approved by the Banks, the personal property used
         primarily by Ney Ultrasonics  Inc. in its Ultrasonics  business with an
         aggregate  value not to exceed the value shown on such asset  statement
         and  approved by the Banks;  provided,  that (i) the  aggregate  unpaid
         principal  and interest in respect of all loans made by the Borrower to
         Ney Ultrasonics Inc. does not exceed $750,000 as of the applicable date
         of such  dividend,  (ii)  after  giving  effect to such  dividend,  the
         Borrower shall retain all rights to repayment of such loans theretofore
         made by the Borrower to Ney Ultrasonics Inc., and (iii) Andersen Group,
         Inc.  shall agree in writing  that the net  proceeds of the sale of Ney
         Ultrasonics  Inc.  shall be applied first to pay off such loans made by
         the Borrower to Ney Ultrasonics Inc. prior to any other  application of
         such net sale proceeds."

                  4.24. Amendment to ss.8.8. Section 8.8 of the Credit Agreement
is hereby amended by adding the following new sentence at the end thereof:

                  "Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in this ss.8.8, the
         Borrower may (i) make payments to Andersen Group,  Inc. pursuant to the
         Tax  Sharing  Agreement,  as  provided  in ss.8.9,  (ii) enter into the
         Management   Agreement  with  Andersen  Group,   Inc.  as  provided  in
         ss.ss.8.1(l) and 8.14, and (iii) issue a note in an aggregate principal
         amount of up to  $4,000,000  to  Andersen  Group,  Inc.  as provided in
         ss.ss.8.1(l)  and 8.14,  provided  that the Borrower  shall in no event
         fail to comply with ss.ss.8.1(l), 8.9 and 8.14."

                  4.25.  Amendment toss.8.9. Section 8.9 of the Credit Agreement
is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "ss.8.9  Dividends and  Distributions.  Except for (i) accrued
         and  unpaid  dividends  in the  amount  of  $1,413,163  declared  as of
         December  1,  1997  and  (ii) any  additional  distributions  as may be
         declared based on the  Borrower's net income through  November 30, 1997
         in  accordance  with ss.8.9 of this  Agreement  as in effect  prior the
         effectiveness of the Amendment  Agreement dated as of December 29, 1997
         among the  Banks  and the  Borrower,  the  Borrower  shall not make any
         dividend or  distribution  to or for the  benefit of its  shareholders;
         provided,  that as long as (a) no  Default  or  Event  of  Default  has
         occurred, and (b) after giving

<PAGE>



                  effect to such dividend or distribution,  the Borrower will be
         in compliance  with all of its  covenants in ss.9 herein,  the Borrower
         may make  payments  to Andersen  Group,  Inc. in any fiscal year of the
         Borrower  ending on or after  February 28, 1997 in an aggregate  amount
         equal  to  required  payments  under  the Tax  Sharing  Agreement;  and
         provided further that (i) the Borrower may repurchase its securities in
         accordance with the Subordinate  Loan Documents,  (ii) the Borrower may
         pay  dividends  to the  holders of its common  stock pro rata solely in
         shares of common  stock,  and (iii) the Borrower may dividend the stock
         and  assets  of  Ney  Ultrasonics  Inc.  to  Andersen  Group,  Inc.  in
         accordance with ss.8.4(b)."

                  4.26.  Addition of ss.8.13.  The following new Section 8.13 is
hereby inserted in the Credit Agreement immediately following Section 8.12:

                  "ss.8.13  Amendments to Subordinate Indebtedness. The Borrower
will not amend, modify or waive in any material respect any term or condition of
any Subordinate Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Banks."

                  4.27.  Addition of ss.8.14.  The following new Section 8.14 is
hereby inserted in the Credit Agreement immediately following Section 8.13:

                  "ss.8.14.  Payments to Andersen  Group.  The Borrower will not
         (and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to) repay any Indebtedness
         held by,  pay any  management  fees due to, or make any other  payments
         (other  than  distributions  permitted  hereunder)  (the  "Subordinated
         Payments") to Andersen  Group,  Inc.;  provided,  that the Borrower may
         (and shall) make Subordinated  Payments in respect of such subordinated
         management fees and interest accrued on such subordinated  Indebtedness
         as  earned  or  accrued  quarterly  in  arrears  so  long  as:  (a) the
         obligation to pay such  Subordinated  Payments  shall be evidenced by a
         written  agreement  between  the  Borrower  (or  such  Subsidiary,   as
         applicable)  and  Andersen  Group,  Inc.,  (b)  the  Borrower  or  such
         Subsidiary  and  Andersen  Group,   Inc.  shall  have  entered  into  a
         Subordination Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Banks
         with   respect  to  the  payment  of  any   Subordinated   Payments  (a
         "Subordination Agreement"),  (c) both before and after giving effect to
         such payment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
         continuing  under the Loan Documents,  (d) both before and after giving
         effect to such payment, the Borrower's  Consolidated Net Income for the
         fiscal quarter ending immediately preceding such date of payment is not
         less  than  $1.00  (as  evidenced  by a  certificate  delivered  by the
         Borrower to the Banks prior to making  such  payment),  (e) both before
         and after giving effect to such payment, the difference between (x) the
         Borrower's  Consolidated  Net  Income  for the  fiscal  quarter  ending
         immediately preceding such date of payment minus (y) the amount of such
         payment,  is  not  less  than  $1.00  (as  evidenced  by a  certificate
         delivered by the  Borrower to the Banks prior to making such  payment),
         and (f) the  aggregate  amount  of all  Subordinated  Payments  made to
         Andersen  Group,  Inc.  during any fiscal year of the Borrower does not
         exceed the sum of (x) required payments under the Tax Sharing Agreement
         for such fiscal year plus (y) fifty percent (50%) of the Borrower's net
         income for the immediately preceding fiscal year of the Borrower."

                  4.28.  Amendment  toss.9.  The  preamble to Section 9 of the 
Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "ss.9.  CERTAIN  NEGATIVE  COVENANTS  OF  THE  BORROWER.   The
         Borrower  covenants and agrees that,  so long as any Revolving  Loan or
         Letter of Credit,  or the Deferred  Payment Sale Amount,  any amount of
         Consigned Precious Metals or Segregated Precious Metals or other amount
         due and payable under any of the Loan Documents,  is outstanding or any
         Bank  has any  obligation  to make any  Revolving  Loan,  Purchase  and
         Consignment or Deferred Payment Sale or issue any Letter of Credit."

                  4.29.  Amendment toss.9.1. Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement
is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "ss.9.1 Ratio of EBITDA to Debt  Payments.  As of the last day
         of the four fiscal  quarters of the Borrower most recently  ended,  the
         Borrower shall not permit the ratio (the "OCF/TDS Ratio") of (a) EBITDA
         of the Borrower for such period of four fiscal  quarters  plus,  to the
         extent  deducted  in  determining  EBITDA,  any  accrued   Subordinated
         Payments  payable by the  Borrower to  Andersen  Group,  Inc.  for such
         period and which are permitted  pursuant to ss.ss.8.1(l) and 8.14, less
         (i)  Capital  Expenditures  (other  than  Capital  Expenditures  of the
         Borrower  during  the  fiscal  year  ending  February  28,  1999  in an
         aggregate  amount of up to $1,000,000) that were not financed for their
         express  purpose by BKB and (ii) taxes  paid by the  Borrower  for such
         period  of  four  fiscal  quarters,   to  (b)  Consolidated   Financial
         Obligations (excluding the amounts of any accrued Subordinated Payments
         payable by the  Borrower to Andersen  Group,  Inc.  for such period and
         which are permitted  pursuant to ss.ss.8.1(l) and 8.14) during the such
         period of four fiscal quarters, to be less than 1.25 to 1."

                  4.30.  Amendment toss.9.2. Section 9.2 of the Credit Agreement
is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "ss.9.2  Ratio of  Liabilities  to Tangible Net Worth.  At all
         times set forth in the chart below,  the Borrower  shall not permit the
         ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Liabilities of the Borrower  (excluding
         accrued subordinated  Permitted Indebtedness payable by the Borrower to
         Andersen Group,  Inc. which is permitted  pursuant to ss.ss.8.1(l)  and
         8.14), to (b) the sum of the Borrower's Consolidated Tangible Net Worth
         plus  accrued  subordinated   Permitted  Indebtedness  payable  by  the
         Borrower  to  Andersen  Group,  Inc.  which is  permitted  pursuant  to
         ss.ss.8.1(l)  and 8.14, to exceed the applicable ratio set forth in the
         table below:

- --------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------
         Period                                                    Ratio
- --------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------

         December 29, 1997                                         2.50 to 1
         through November 30, 1998
- --------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------

         December 1, 1998 through                                  2.25 to 1
         November 30, 1999
- --------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------

         December 1, 1999 through                                  2.00 to 1
         maturity
- --------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------


                  4.31. Amendment toss.9.3. Section  9.3 of the Credit Agreement
is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "ss.9.3 Minimum Net Worth.  The Borrower shall not at any time
         permit  (a) the sum of (i) the  Borrower's  Consolidated  Tangible  Net
         Worth plus (ii)  subordinated  Permitted  Indebtedness due and owing to
         Andersen  Group,  Inc.,  to be less than (b) the sum (x) of  $9,500,000
         plus (y) 50% of the  Borrower's  positive  Consolidated  Net Income for
         each fiscal year ending on or after February 28, 1998."

                  4.32.  Amendment toss.9.5. Section 9.5 of the Credit Agreement
is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "ss.9.5  Consecutive Net Losses. The Borrower shall not permit
         Consolidated  Net Income plus,  to the extent  deducted in  determining
         Consolidated Net Income, any accrued  Subordinated  Payments payable by
         the  Borrower to  Andersen  Group,  Inc.  for such period and which are
         permitted  pursuant to ss.ss.8.1(l)  and 8.14, to be less than $0.00 in
         any two consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower."

                  4.33.  Amendment toss.9.6. Section 9.6 of the Credit Agreement
is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "ss.9.6 Capital  Expenditures.  The Borrower shall not make or
         commit to  Capital  Expenditures  in excess of  $2,750,000  during  any
         fiscal  year of the  Borrower  ending on or after  February  28,  1997,
         unless the Banks agree in writing to finance  Capital  Expenditures  in
         excess  of  $2,750,000  during  the  applicable  fiscal  year on  terms
         acceptable to the Banks and the Borrower."

                  4.34.  Amendment  toss.11.  The  preamble to Section 11 of the
Credit  Agreement s hereby  amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "ss.11.  Conditions to All Borrowings.  The obligations of the
         Banks  to make  any  Revolving  Loan,  Purchases  and  Consignments  or
         Deferred  Payment  Sales or issue any Letter of  Credit,  whether on or
         after the Closing Date,  shall also be subject to the  satisfaction  of
         the following conditions precedent:

                  4.35.  Amendments to ss.12.1(a), (k) and (n).

         (i) Sections  12.1(a),  (k) and (o) of the Credit  Agreement are hereby
amended in their entirety to read as follows:

                  "(a) the Borrower  shall fail to pay when due any principal of
         any  Revolving  Loan,  any  Reimbursement  Obligation  or any  Deferred
         Payment Sale Amount or pay for or Redeliver Consigned Precious Metal or
         Segregated Precious Metal when the same shall become due and payable;"

                  "(k) any uninsured loss,  theft or destruction of or damage to
         any  Consigned  Precious  Metal  or  Segregated  Precious  Metal or any
         Precious Metal that is the subject of a Deferred Payment Sale or to any
         products or property  which  includes  Precious Metal that is Consigned
         Precious  Metal  or  Segregated  Precious  Metal  or the  subject  of a
         Deferred Payment Sale or to any other Collateral;"

                  "(o) Andersen Group,  Inc., shall, at any time prior to an IPO
         of the Borrower,  legally or  beneficially  own less than a majority of
         the issued and  outstanding  voting stock of the  Borrower  (other than
         pursuant to Subordinate Lender's exercise of the Warrant); or"

         (ii) Section 12.1 of the Credit  Agreement is hereby  amended by adding
the following new clause (p) immediately following clause (o) thereof:

                  "(p) the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to pay
         or perform  when due,  or within any  applicable  period of grace,  any
         payment  or  other   obligation  under  any  of  the  Subordinate  Loan
         Documents."

         (iii)    The last  paragraph  of Section  12.1 of the Credit  Agreement
is amended in its entirety to read as follows:
                  "then,  and in any such event, (1) the Borrower shall purchase
         all  Consigned   Precious  Metal  and  Segregated   Precious  Metal  in
         accordance  with  the  provisions  of  ss.4A.4  and  ss.4B  hereof  (as
         applicable) and (2) the Banks may, by notice in writing to the Borrower
         declare all amounts  owing with respect to this Credit  Agreement,  the
         Notes and the other Loan  Documents  to be,  and they  shall  thereupon
         forthwith  become,  immediately  due and payable  without  presentment,
         demand,  protest or other  notice of any kind,  all of which are hereby
         expressly  waived by the  Borrower;  provided  that in the event of any
         Event of  Default  specified  in  ss.ss.12.1(g)  or  12.1(h),  all such
         amounts  shall become  immediately  due and payable  automatically  and
         without any  requirement  of notice from any Bank.  For the purposes of
         this ss.12,  RIHT shall have the right in its  discretion  to calculate
         the Deferred  Payment Sale Amounts and the applicable  repurchase price
         for all Consigned Precious Metals and Segregated  Precious Metals based
         upon RIHT's spot prices for the  applicable  Precious  Metals as of the
         date that the Event of Default is  declared  to have  occurred or as of
         such  date  that  RIHT   determines   to  be   appropriate   under  the
         circumstances."

                  4.36.  Amendment  to  ss.12.2.  Section  12.2  of  the  Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by adding the phrase ", Purchases and  Consignments,
the outstanding amount of Segregated Precious Metals" immediately after the word
"Loans" appearing in the fourth and tenth lines thereof.

                  4.37.  Amendment  to  ss.12.3.  Section  12.3  of  the  Credit
Agreement is hereby amended by adding the phrase ", Purchases and  Consignments"
immediately after the word (a) "Credit"  appearing in the third line thereof and
(b) "Loans" appearing in the fifth line thereof.

                  4.38.  Amendment to ss.15.  Section 15 of the Credit Agreement
is hereby amended by adding the phrase ", Purchases and Consignments, Segregated
Precious Metals" immediately after the word "Loans" appearing in the eighth line
thereof.

                  4.39.  Amendment to ss.16.  Section 16 of the Credit Agreement
is hereby amended by adding the phrase ", Purchases and Consignments, Segregated
Precious Metal  delivery"  immediately  after the word "Loans"  appearing in the
seventh and eleventh lines thereof.

                  4.40.  Amendment  to  ss.17.1.  Section  17.1  of  the  Credit
Agreement is hereby  amended by adding the phrase  "Consignment  Commitment  or"
immediately after the word "of" appearing on the fourth line thereof.

                  4.41.  Amendment to Schedule  6.7.  Schedule 6.7 to the Credit
Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth on
Schedule 6.7 annexed hereto.

         ss.5.  Conditions  Precedent.   The  effectiveness  of  the  amendments
contemplated  herein  shall  be  subject  to the  satisfaction  of  each  of the
following conditions precedent:

                  5.1.  All  of  the  representations  and  warranties  made  by
Borrower  and  the  Guarantor  herein,   whether  directly  or  incorporated  by
reference,  shall be true and correct on the date hereof,  except as provided in
ss.3 hereof;

                  5.2. Agent shall have received evidence  satisfactory to Agent
that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

                  5.3.  Borrower  shall have paid all fees,  expenses  and other
costs  incurred  by  Agent  and the  Banks in  connection  with  this  Amendment
(including, without limitation, all attorney's and other professionals' fees and
expenses).

         ss.6.  Miscellaneous Provisions.

                  6.1. Except as otherwise expressly provided by this Agreement,
         all of the  respective  terms,  conditions and provisions of the Credit
         Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents shall remain the same.
         It is declared and agreed by each of the parties hereto that the Credit
         Agreement,  the Note and the  other  Loan  Documents,  each as  amended
         hereby,  shall  continue  in full  force  and  effect,  and  that  this
         Agreement  and the  Credit  Agreement,  the  Note  and the  other  Loan
         Documents,   as  applicable,   shall  be  read  and  construed  as  one
         instrument.

                  6.2.  This  Agreement  is intended to take effect  under,  and
         shall be construed  according to and governed by, the laws of the State
         of Connecticut.

                  6.3.  This   Agreement  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of
         counterparts,  but all such counterparts shall together  constitute but
         one  instrument.  In  making  proof of this  Agreement  it shall not be
         necessary to produce or account for more than one counterpart signed by
         each party hereto by and against which enforcement hereof is sought.

                  6.4.  After the sale or other  distribution  of the Borrower's
         Ultrasonics  business  (including any dividend of all the shares of Ney
         Ultrasonics Inc. to Andersen Group,  Inc.),  the Banks shall,  promptly
         after the Borrower's request and at the Borrower's expense, release the
         Guaranty  and the  liens  in favor of the  Banks on the  assets  of Ney
         Ultrasonics Inc.

         [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY]



<PAGE>



         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  each of the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Agreement to be executed in its name and behalf by its duly  authorized  officer
as of the date first written above.

                                                 THE J.M. NEY COMPANY


                                                 By: /s/ Andrew M. O'Shea
                                                 ------------------------
                                                 Its Chief Financial Officer


                                                 BANKBOSTON, N.A.


                                                 By:/s/ Kevin Flaherty
                                                 ---------------------

                                                 Its Sr. Vice President


                                       RHODE ISLAND HOSPITAL TRUST NATIONAL BANK


                                                 By:/s/ Jay Zi
                                                 -------------
                                                 Its Sr. Vice President




                                                                             
                                       E-7
                                                                      Exhibit 21


                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

                                                               State or
                                                              Country of
           Name or Organization                              Incorporation
           --------------------                              -------------


           AG Investors, Inc.                                Florida

           AGI Technology, Inc.                              Connecticut

           Andersen Realty, Inc.                             Delaware

           Ney International, Inc.                           U.S. Virgin Islands

           Ney Technology, Inc.
           (f/k/a Ney Ultrasonics Inc.)                      Delaware

           The J.M. Ney Company                              Delaware

           New Jersey Precious Metals, Inc.                  Delaware

           Garden State Refining, Inc.                       Delaware











                                      E-8

                                                                      Exhibit 23
                                                                                

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT



     We consent to the  incorporation  by reference in Post Effective  Amendment
No. 1 to  Registration  Statement  No.  333-17659  of Andersen  Group,  Inc. and
subsidiaries  on Form S-8 of our reports  dated April 16, 1998,  relating to the
consolidated  financial statement and financial statement schedules appearing in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Andersen Group, Inc. and subsidiaries for the
year ended February 28, 1998.



/s/Deloitte & Touche LLP



Hartford, Connecticut
May 28, 1998










<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                5
<LEGEND>
                                      E-9

                                                                   Exhibit 27.1

                              Andersen Group, Inc.
                             Financial Data Schedule
                       Commercial and Industrial Companies
                           Article 5 of Regulation S-X

     This schedule  contains summary  financial  information  extracted from the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements of Andersen Group,  Inc. for the fiscal year
ended  February  28, 1998 and is  qualified in its entirety by reference to such
financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<CURRENCY>                                                           U.S.DOLLARS
                                                                           
                   <S>                                             <C>                           
                   <PERIOD-TYPE>                                   Year                             
                   <FISCAL-YEAR-END>                               Feb-28-1998
                   <PERIOD-START>                                  Mar-01-1997
                   <PERIOD-END>                                    Feb-28-1998
                   <EXCHANGE-RATE>                                       1,000
                   <CASH>                                                2,516
                   <SECURITIES>                                          9,001
                   <RECEIVABLES>                                         7,521
                   <ALLOWANCES>                                            130
                   <INVENTORY>                                           8,076
                   <CURRENT-ASSETS>                                     27,126
                   <PP&E>                                               21,854
                   <DEPRECIATION>                                       12,411
                   <TOTAL-ASSETS>                                       44,771
                   <CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                 8,367
                   <BONDS>                                              11,759
                                                        0
                                                              4,769
                   <COMMON>                                              2,103
                   <OTHER-SE>                                           13,324
                   <TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                         44,771
                   <SALES>                                              25,397
                   <TOTAL-REVENUES>                                     28,868
                   <CGS>                                                17,040
                   <TOTAL-COSTS>                                        25,907
                   <OTHER-EXPENSES>                                      7,704
                   <LOSS-PROVISION>                                         17
                   <INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                    1,233
                   <INCOME-PRETAX>                                       2,961             
                   <INCOME-TAX>                                          1,191
                   <INCOME-CONTINUING>                                   1,770
                   <DISCONTINUED>                                          442
                   <EXTRAORDINARY>                                           0
                   <CHANGES>                                                 0
                   <NET-INCOME>                                          1,772
                   <EPS-PRIMARY>                                           .92
                   <EPS-DILUTED>                                           .91
      

        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                5
<LEGEND>
                                      E-10

                                                                   Exhibit 27.2

                              Andersen Group, Inc.
                        Restated Financial Data Schedule
                       Commercial and Industrial Companies
                           Article 5 of Regulation S-X

     This schedule  contains summary  financial  information  extracted from the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements of Andersen Group,  Inc. for the fiscal year
ended  February  28, 1997 and is  qualified in its entirety by reference to such
financial statements.

                    RESTATED
</LEGEND>
<CURRENCY>                                                           U.S.DOLLARS
                                                                           
                   <S>                                             <C>                           
                   <PERIOD-TYPE>                                   Year                             
                   <FISCAL-YEAR-END>                               Feb-28-1997
                   <PERIOD-START>                                  Mar-01-1996
                   <PERIOD-END>                                    Feb-28-1997
                   <EXCHANGE-RATE>                                       1,000
                   <CASH>                                                3,219
                   <SECURITIES>                                          5,345
                   <RECEIVABLES>                                         2,963
                   <ALLOWANCES>                                            190
                   <INVENTORY>                                           9,040
                   <CURRENT-ASSETS>                                     20,893
                   <PP&E>                                               20,946
                   <DEPRECIATION>                                       11,610
                   <TOTAL-ASSETS>                                       37,677
                   <CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                 8,710
                   <BONDS>                                               7,041
                                                    4,891
                                                                  0
                   <COMMON>                                              2,103
                   <OTHER-SE>                                           11,544
                   <TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                         37,677
                   <SALES>                                              20,643
                   <TOTAL-REVENUES>                                     20,501
                   <CGS>                                                13,259
                   <TOTAL-COSTS>                                        21,049
                   <OTHER-EXPENSES>                                      7,000
                   <LOSS-PROVISION>                                         76
                   <INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                      811
                   <INCOME-PRETAX>                                        (548)             
                   <INCOME-TAX>                                        (882)<F1>
                   <INCOME-CONTINUING>                                     334
                   <DISCONTINUED>                                          (35)
                   <EXTRAORDINARY>                                           0
                   <CHANGES>                                                 0
                   <NET-INCOME>                                             22
                   <EPS-PRIMARY>                                           .01
                   <EPS-DILUTED>                                         .01<F2>
      

<FN>
<F1>        Represents income tax benefit
<F2>        Antidilutive
</FN>
        

</TABLE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                5
<LEGEND>

                                      E-11
                                                                    Exhibit 27.3

                              Andersen Group, Inc.
                            Restated Financial Data Schedule
                       Commercial and Industrial Companies
                           Article 5 of Regulation S-X

     This schedule  contains summary  financial  information  extracted from the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements of Andersen Group,  Inc. for the fiscal year
ended  February  29, 1996 and is  qualified in its entirety by reference to such
financial statements.

               RESTATED
</LEGEND>
                
<CURRENCY>                                                           U.S.DOLLARS
                                                                           
                   <S>                                             <C>                           
                   <PERIOD-TYPE>                                   Year                             
                   <FISCAL-YEAR-END>                               Feb-29-1996
                   <PERIOD-START>                                  Mar-01-1995
                   <PERIOD-END>                                    Feb-29-1996
                   <EXCHANGE-RATE>                                       1,000
                   <CASH>                                                4,116
                   <SECURITIES>                                          3,809
                   <RECEIVABLES>                                         4,461
                   <ALLOWANCES>                                            124
                   <INVENTORY>                                           8,612
                   <CURRENT-ASSETS>                                     20,966
                   <PP&E>                                               19,858
                   <DEPRECIATION>                                       10,742
                   <TOTAL-ASSETS>                                       38,798
                   <CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                 9,204
                   <BONDS>                                               7,349
                                                    5,280
                                                                  0
                   <COMMON>                                              2,103
                   <OTHER-SE>                                           11,522
                   <TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                         38,798
                   <SALES>                                              18,624
                   <TOTAL-REVENUES>                                     19,437
                   <CGS>                                                12,016
                   <TOTAL-COSTS>                                        22,310
                   <OTHER-EXPENSES>                                      9,057
                   <LOSS-PROVISION>                                         97
                   <INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                    1,259
                   <INCOME-PRETAX>                                      (2,873)            
                   <INCOME-TAX>                                        (952)<F1>
                   <INCOME-CONTINUING>                                  (1,921)
                   <DISCONTINUED>                                        3,854
                   <EXTRAORDINARY>                                           0
                   <CHANGES>                                                 0
                   <NET-INCOME>                                         (1,933)
                   <EPS-PRIMARY>                                          1.23
                   <EPS-DILUTED>                                        1.23<F2>
      

<FN>
<F1>      Represents income tax benefit
<F2>      Antidilutive
</FN>
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission